UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
_______________________
 
FORM 10-Q
 
_______________________
 
(Mark One)
x
Quarterly Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
 
For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2009
  OR

¨
Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
 
For the transition period from              to             
 
Commission File Number 1-6028
 
_______________________
 
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
_______________________
 
 
   
                Indiana                
        35-1140070        
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
   
150 N. Radnor Chester Road, Radnor, Pennsylvania
    19087    
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)
 
(484) 583-1400
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
 
Not Applicable
(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report.)
 
_______________________
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes  x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).   Yes x  No   ¨
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (Check one):

Large accelerated filer x   Accelerated filer ¨   Non-accelerated filer ¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes  ¨ No   x
 
As of November 2, 2009, there were 302,080,185 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.

 




 
 

 

PART I – FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Item 1 .  Financial Statements
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in millions, except share data)

   
As of
   
As of
 
   
September 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(Unaudited)
       
ASSETS
           
Investments:
           
Available-for-sale securities, at fair value:
           
Fixed maturity (amortized cost: 2009 – $60,442; 2008 – $54,381)
  $ 60,666     $ 48,141  
Equity (cost: 2009 – $393; 2008 – $428)
    283       254  
Trading securities
    2,548       2,333  
Mortgage loans on real estate
    7,277       7,715  
Real estate
    154       125  
Policy loans
    2,893       2,921  
Derivative investments
    1,282       3,397  
Other investments
    1,080       1,624  
Total investments
    76,183       66,510  
Cash and invested cash
    3,161       5,589  
Deferred acquisition costs and value of business acquired
    9,182       11,402  
Premiums and fees receivable
    323       449  
Accrued investment income
    943       814  
Reinsurance recoverables
    7,664       8,396  
Reinsurance related embedded derivatives
    -       31  
Goodwill
    3,096       3,696  
Other assets
    10,827       10,594  
Separate account assets
    70,111       55,655  
Total assets
  $ 181,490     $ 163,136  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
               
Liabilities
               
Future contract benefits
  $ 15,970     $ 18,431  
Other contract holder funds
    63,956       60,570  
Short-term debt
    400       815  
Long-term debt
    4,789       4,731  
Reinsurance related embedded derivatives
    39       -  
Funds withheld reinsurance liabilities
    1,220       2,042  
Deferred gain on business sold through reinsurance
    511       619  
Payables for collateral on investments
    2,240       3,706  
Other liabilities
    10,598       8,590  
Separate account liabilities
    70,111       55,655  
Total liabilities
    169,834       155,159  
                 
Contingencies and Commitments (See Note 11)
               
                 
Stockholders' Equity
               
Series A preferred stock – 10,000,000 shares authorized; 11,547 and 11,562 shares
               
issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2009, and December 31, 2008, respectively
    -       -  
Series B preferred stock – 950,000 shares authorized and outstanding
               
as of September 30, 2009
    800       -  
Common stock – 800,000,000 shares authorized; 302,073,869 and 255,869,859 shares
               
issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2009, and December 31, 2008, respectively
    7,842       7,035  
Retained earnings
    3,234       3,745  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (220 )     (2,803 )
Total stockholders' equity
    11,656       7,977  
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
  $ 181,490     $ 163,136  

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
1

 

LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS)
(Unaudited, in millions, except per share data)


   
For the Three
   
For the Nine
 
   
Months Ended
   
Months Ended
 
   
September 30,
   
September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2009
   
2008
 
Revenues
                       
Insurance premiums
  $ 491     $ 514     $ 1,541     $ 1,507  
Insurance fees
    766       754       2,158       2,314  
Net investment income
    1,071       1,068       3,055       3,170  
Realized loss:
                               
Total other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities
    (148 )     (237 )     (578 )     (395 )
Portion of loss recognized in other comprehensive income
    68       -       259       -  
Net other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities
                               
recognized in earnings
    (80 )     (237 )     (319 )     (395 )
Realized gain (loss), excluding other-than-temporary
                               
impairment losses on securities
    (288 )     30       (684 )     49  
Total realized loss
    (368 )     (207 )     (1,003 )     (346 )
Amortization of deferred gain on business sold through
                               
reinsurance
    18       19       56       57  
Other revenues and fees
    103       122       293       369  
Total revenues
    2,081       2,270       6,100       7,071  
Benefits and Expenses
                               
Interest credited
    623       625       1,848       1,849  
Benefits
    569       813       2,072       2,118  
Underwriting, acquisition, insurance and other expenses
    760       642       2,103       2,065  
Interest and debt expense
    68       69       130       209  
Impairment of intangibles
    (1 )     -       601       175  
Total benefits and expenses
    2,019       2,149       6,754       6,416  
Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes
    62       121       (654 )     655  
Federal income tax expense (benefit)
    (19 )     (8 )     (141 )     162  
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    81       129       (513 )     493  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of federal
                               
income taxes
    72       19       (74 )     69  
Net income (loss)
    153       148       (587 )     562  
Preferred stock dividends and accretion of discount
    (16 )     -       (16 )     -  
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ 137     $ 148     $ (603 )   $ 562  
                                 
Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share – Basic
                               
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ 0.21     $ 0.51     $ (1.94 )   $ 1.91  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
    0.24       0.07       (0.27 )     0.27  
Net income (loss)
  $ 0.45     $ 0.58     $ (2.21 )   $ 2.18  
                                 
Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share – Diluted
                               
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ 0.21     $ 0.51     $ (1.94 )   $ 1.90  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
    0.23       0.07       (0.27 )     0.26  
Net income (loss)
  $ 0.44     $ 0.58     $ (2.21 )   $ 2.16  

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
2

 

LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(Unaudited, in millions, except per share data)


   
For the Nine
 
   
Months Ended
 
   
September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
Preferred Stock
           
Balance as of beginning-of-year
  $ -     $ -  
Issuance of Series B preferred stock
    794       -  
Accretion of discount on Series B preferred stock
    6       -  
Balance as of end-of-period
    800       -  
                 
Common Stock
               
Balance as of beginning-of-year
    7,035       7,200  
Issuance of common stock
    652       -  
Issuance of common stock warrant
    156       -  
Stock compensation/issued for benefit plans
    (6 )     51  
Deferred compensation payable in stock
    5       4  
Retirement of common stock/cancellation of shares
    -       (249 )
Balance as of end-of-period
    7,842       7,006  
                 
Retained Earnings
               
Balance as of beginning-of-year
    3,745       4,293  
Cumulative effect from adoption of new accounting standards
    102       (4 )
Comprehensive income (loss)
    2,098       (1,473 )
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
    (2,685 )     2,035  
Net income (loss)
    (587 )     562  
Retirement of common stock
    -       (227 )
Dividends declared: Common (2009 - $0.03; 2008 - $1.245)
    (10 )     (320 )
Dividends on preferred stock
    (10 )     -  
Accretion of discount on Series B preferred stock
    (6 )     -  
Balance as of end-of-period
    3,234       4,304  
                 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
               
Balance as of beginning-of-year
    (2,803 )     225  
Cumulative effect from adoption of new accounting standards
    (102 )     -  
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
    2,685       (2,035 )
Balance as of end-of-period
    (220 )     (1,810 )
Total stockholders' equity as of end-of-period
  $ 11,656     $ 9,500  


See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
3

 

LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited, in millions)

   
For the Nine
 
   
Months Ended
 
   
September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
     
Net income (loss)
  $ (587 )   $ 562  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
Deferred acquisition costs, value of business acquired, deferred sales inducements
               
and deferred front end loads deferrals and interest, net of amortization
    (217 )     (492 )
Trading securities purchases, sales and maturities, net
    (36 )     141  
Change in premiums and fees receivable
    244       47  
Change in accrued investment income
    (129 )     (78 )
Change in future contract benefits
    (694 )     159  
Change in other contract holder funds
    205       202  
Change in funds withheld reinsurance liabilities and reinsurance recoverables
    167       (57 )
Change in federal income tax accruals
    (27 )     (228 )
Realized loss
    1,003       346  
Loss on disposal of discontinued operations
    220       13  
Gain on early extinguishment of debt
    (64 )     -  
Impairment of intangibles
    601       175  
Amortization of deferred gain on business sold through reinsurance
    (56 )     (57 )
Other
    (78 )     78  
Net cash provided by operating activities
    552       811  
                 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
               
Purchases of available-for-sale securities
    (11,468 )     (5,578 )
Sales of available-for-sale securities
    2,850       1,803  
Maturities of available-for-sale securities
    2,533       2,978  
Purchases of other investments
    (3,232 )     (1,848 )
Sales or maturities of other investments
    3,521       1,383  
Increase (decrease) in payables for collateral on investments
    (1,466 )     533  
Proceeds from sale of subsidiaries/businesses and from disposal of discontinued operations
    13       645  
Other
    (51 )     (90 )
Net cash used in investing activities
    (7,300 )     (174 )
                 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
               
Payment of long-term debt, including current maturities
    (522 )     (285 )
Issuance of long-term debt, net of issuance costs
    491       450  
Decrease in commercial paper, net
    (166 )     (145 )
Deposits of fixed account values, including the fixed portion of variable
    8,805       7,366  
Withdrawals of fixed account values, including the fixed portion of variable
    (4,282 )     (4,373 )
Transfers to and from separate accounts, net
    (1,566 )     (1,838 )
Payment of funding agreements
    -       (550 )
Common stock issued for benefit plans and excess tax benefits
    -       32  
Issuance of Series B preferred stock and associated common stock warrant
    950       -  
Issuance of common stock
    652       -  
Repurchase of common stock
    -       (476 )
Dividends paid to common and preferred stockholders
    (64 )     (323 )
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    4,298       (142 )
Net increase (decrease) in cash and invested cash, including discontinued operations
    (2,450 )     495  
Cash and invested cash, including discontinued operations, as of beginning-of-year
    5,926       1,665  
Cash and invested cash, including discontinued operations, as of end-of-period
  $ 3,476     $ 2,160  

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
4

 

LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

1.  Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation

Nature of Operations

Lincoln National Corporation and its majority-owned subsidiaries (“LNC” or the “Company,” which also may be referred to as “we,” “our” or “us”) operate multiple insurance businesses through four business segments.  See Note 17 for additional details.  The collective group of businesses uses “Lincoln Financial Group” as its marketing identity.  Through our business segments, we sell a wide range of wealth protection, accumulation and retirement income products.  These products include institutional and/or retail fixed and indexed annuities, variable annuities, universal life (“UL”) insurance, variable universal life (“VUL”) insurance, term life insurance and mutual funds.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with United States of America generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) for interim financial information and with the instructions for the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, including Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and notes required by GAAP for complete financial statements.  Therefore, the information contained in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (“2008 Form 10-K”) should be read in connection with the reading of these interim unaudited consolidated financial statements.

In the opinion of management, these statements include all normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the Company’s results. Operating results for the nine month period ended September 30, 2009, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2009. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

We have evaluated our subsequent events through the time of filing this Form 10-Q with the SEC, on November 6, 2009.  
 
Certain amounts reported in prior periods’ consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the presentation adopted in the current year.  These reclassifications have no effect on net income or stockholders’ equity of the prior periods.

2.   New Accounting Standards

Adoption of New Accounting Standards

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 168 – The FASB Accounting Standards Codification TM and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles – a replacement of FASB Standard No. 162

In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 168, “The FASB Accounting Standards Codification TM and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles – a replacement of FASB Standard No. 162” (“SFAS 168”).  The FASB Accounting Standards Codification TM   (“ASC”) is now the single source of authoritative GAAP recognized by the FASB.  Although the FASB ASC does not change current GAAP, it supersedes all existing non-SEC accounting and reporting standards as of the effective date.  The accounting guidance in the FASB ASC is organized by topical reference, with all the contents having the same level of authority.  In accordance with Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No.  2009-01, “Topic 105 – Generally Accepted Accounting Principles – amendments based on – Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 168 – The FASB Accounting Standards Codification TM   and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” (“ASU 2009-01”) the guidance in SFAS 168 will remain authoritative until it has been integrated into the FASB ASC.  We adopted SFAS 168 as of September 30, 2009, and have revised all of the referencing of GAAP accounting standards in this filing to reflect the appropriate references in the new FASB ASC.


 
5

 

Business Combinations Topic

In December 2007, the FASB revised the accounting guidance related to the Business Combinations Topic of the FASB ASC.  This revised accounting guidance retains the fundamental requirements of the business combination accounting standard, but establishes revised principles and requirements for the acquirer in a business combination to recognize and measure the identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interests in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired or the gain from a bargain purchase.  For a more detailed description of this accounting guidance see “ SFAS No. 141(R) – Business Combinations” in Note 2 of our 2008 Form 10-K.  We adopted these revisions for acquisitions occurring after January 1, 2009.  The adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

In April 2009, the FASB further amended the guidance in the Business Combinations Topic related to the recognition and measurement of contingencies acquired in a business combination.  Contingent assets acquired and liabilities assumed (jointly referred to as “pre-acquisition contingencies”) in a business combination are measured as of the acquisition-date fair value only if fair value can be determined during the measurement period.  If the fair value cannot be determined during the measurement period, but information is available as of the end of the measurement period indicating the pre-acquisition contingency is both probable and can be reasonably estimated, then the pre-acquisition contingency is recognized as of the acquisition date based on the estimated amount.  Subsequent to the acquisition date, the measurement of pre-acquisition contingencies is dependent on the nature of the contingency.  We adopted these amendments for acquisitions occurring after January 1, 2009.  The adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

Consolidations Topic

In December 2007, the FASB amended the Consolidations Topic of the FASB ASC in order to establish accounting and reporting standards surrounding noncontrolling interests, or minority interests, which are the portions of equity in a subsidiary not attributable, directly or indirectly, to a parent.  For a more detailed description of these amendments see “ SFAS No. 160 – Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements – an Amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51” in Note 2 of our 2008 Form 10-K.  We adopted these amendments effective January 1, 2009.  The adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

Derivatives and Hedging Topic

In March 2008, the FASB amended the Derivatives and Hedging Topic of the FASB ASC to expand the qualitative and quantitative disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities.  For a more detailed description of the new disclosure requirements, see “ SFAS No. 161 – Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133” in Note 2 of our 2008 Form 10-K.  The amended and expanded disclosure requirements apply to all derivative instruments within the scope of the Derivatives and Hedging Topic, nonderivative hedging instruments and all hedged items designated and qualifying as hedges.  We adopted these amendments effective January 1, 2009, and have prospectively included the enhanced disclosures related to derivative instruments and hedging activities in Note 6.

In addition, in June 2008, the FASB amended the Derivatives and Hedging Topic regarding the evaluation of an instrument (or embedded feature) indexed to an entity’s own stock.  The amendments to the accounting guidance require a two-step process to determine whether an equity-linked instrument (or embedded feature) is indexed to an entity’s own stock first by evaluating the instrument’s contingent exercise provisions, if any, and second, by evaluating the instrument’s settlement provisions.  We adopted this updated accounting guidance on January 1, 2009, for all outstanding instruments as of that date.  The adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic

In February 2008, the FASB amended the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the FASB ASC in order to delay the effective date of fair value measurement for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually).  We applied fair value measurement to nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities beginning on January 1, 2009.  The application did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.


 
6

 

In addition, in April 2009, the FASB amended the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic to provide additional guidance on estimating fair value when the volume and level of activity for an asset or liability have significantly decreased in relation to normal market activity for the asset or liability and additional guidance on circumstances that may indicate a transaction is not orderly.  The FASB provided illustrative examples of key considerations when applying fair value measurement principles to estimate fair value in nonactive markets when there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset.  Additional financial statement disclosures are also required about an entity’s fair value measurements in annual and interim reporting periods.  Any changes in valuation techniques resulting from the adoption of this amended guidance are accounted for as a change in accounting estimate in accordance with the FASB ASC guidance related to accounting changes and error corrections.  As permitted under the transition guidance, we elected to early adopt these amendments to the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic effective January 1, 2009.  The adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

Financial Instruments Topic

In April 2009, the FASB extended the financial statement disclosures under the Financial Instruments Topic of the FASB ASC to require that the fair value of financial instrument disclosures be included in the notes to the interim financial statements.  In addition, entities must disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments in the financial statements on an interim basis and to highlight any change in the method(s) and significant assumptions used from prior periods.  We included the disclosures related to the fair value of financial instruments as of June 30, 2009, and have included these enhanced disclosures in Note 16.

Financial Services – Insurance Industry Topic

In May 2008, the FASB updated the Financial Services – Insurance Industry Topic of the FASB ASC with accounting guidance applicable to financial guarantee insurance and reinsurance contracts not accounted for as derivative instruments.  For a more detailed description of these amendments, see “ SFAS No. 163 – Accounting for Financial Guarantee Insurance Contracts – an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 60” in Note 2 of our 2008 Form 10-K.  We do not hold a significant amount of financial guarantee insurance and reinsurance contracts, and as such, the adoption on January 1, 2009, did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

Intangibles – Goodwill and Other Topic

In April 2008, the FASB amended the Intangibles – Goodwill and Other Topic of the FASB ASC related to the determination of the useful life of intangible assets.  For a more detailed description of these amendments, see “ FSP FAS No. 142-3 Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets” in Note 2 of our 2008 Form 10-K.  We adopted these amendments effective January 1, 2009, and applied the guidance prospectively to recognized intangible assets acquired after the effective date and applied the disclosure requirements to all intangible assets recognized as of, and subsequent to, the effective date.  The adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

Investments – Debt and Equity Securities Topic

In April 2009, the FASB replaced the guidance in the Investments – Debt and Equity Securities Topic of the FASB ASC related to other-than-temporary impairments (“OTTI”).  Under this new accounting guidance, management’s assertion that it has the intent and ability to hold an impaired debt security until recovery is replaced by the requirement for management to assert if it either has the intent to sell the debt security or if it is more likely than not the entity will be required to sell the debt security before recovery of its amortized cost basis.  If management intends to sell the debt security or it is more likely than not the entity will be required to sell the debt security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, an OTTI shall be recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the debt security’s amortized cost basis and its fair value as of the balance sheet date.  After the recognition of an OTTI, the debt security is accounted for as if it had been purchased on the measurement date of the OTTI, with an amortized cost basis equal to the previous amortized cost basis less the OTTI recognized in earnings.

If management does not intend to sell the debt security and it is not more likely than not the entity will be required to sell the debt security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, but the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost basis of the debt security (referred to as the credit loss), an OTTI is considered to have occurred.  In this instance, the total OTTI must be bifurcated into the amount related to the credit loss, which is recognized in earnings, with the remaining amount of the total OTTI attributed to other factors (referred to as the noncredit portion) recognized as a separate component in other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”).  After the recognition of an OTTI, the debt security is accounted for as if it had been purchased on the measurement date of the OTTI, with an amortized cost basis equal to the previous amortized cost basis less the OTTI recognized in earnings.  In addition, the amendments to this topic expand and increase the frequency of existing disclosures about OTTIs for debt and equity securities regarding expected cash flows, credit losses and the aging of securities with unrealized losses.


 
7

 

As permitted by the transition guidance, we elected to early adopt the amendments to the Investments – Debt and Equity Securities Topic effective January 1, 2009, by recording an increase of $102 million to the opening balance of retained earnings with a corresponding decrease to accumulated OCI on our Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity to reclassify the noncredit portion of previously other-than-temporarily impaired debt securities held as of January 1, 2009.  The following summarizes the components (in millions) for this cumulative effect adjustment:
 
   
Unrealized
   
Net
       
   
OTTI
   
Unrealized
       
   
on
   
Loss
       
   
AFS
   
on AFS
       
   
Securities
   
Securities
   
Total
 
Increase in amortized cost of fixed maturity available-for-sale ("AFS") securities
  $ 34     $ 165     $ 199  
Change in DAC, VOBA, DSI and DFEL
    (7 )     (35 )     (42 )
Income tax
    (9 )     (46 )     (55 )
Net cumulative effect adjustment
  $ 18     $ 84     $ 102  

The cumulative effect adjustment was calculated for all debt securities held as of January 1, 2009, for which an OTTI was previously recognized, but as of January 1, 2009, we did not intend to sell the security and it was not more likely than not that we would be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost, by comparing the present value of cash flows expected to be received as of January 1, 2009, to the amortized cost basis of the debt securities.  The discount rate used to calculate the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected was the rate for each respective debt security in effect before recognizing any OTTI.  In addition, because the carrying amounts of deferred acquisition costs (“DAC”), value of business acquired (“VOBA”), deferred sales inducements (“DSI”) and deferred front-end loads (“DFEL”) are adjusted for the effects of realized and unrealized gains and losses on fixed maturity AFS securities, we recognized a true-up to our DAC, VOBA, DSI and DFEL balances for this cumulative effect adjustment.

The following summarizes the increase to the amortized cost of our fixed maturity AFS securities (in millions) as of January 1, 2009, resulting from the recognition of the cumulative effect adjustment:
 
Corporate bonds
  $ 131  
Residential collateralized mortgage obligations ("CMOs")
    65  
Collateralized debt obligations ("CDOs")
    3  
Total fixed maturity AFS securities
  $ 199  

The impact of this adoption to basic and diluted per share amounts for the three months ended September 30, 2009, was an increase of $0.23 and $0.22 per share, respectively.  The impact of this adoption to both basic and diluted per share amounts for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, was an increase of $0.95 per share.

In addition, we have enhanced our financial statement presentation to present the total OTTI recognized in realized loss, with an offset for the amount of noncredit impairments recognized in accumulated OCI, on the face of our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss).  We disclose the amount of OTTI recognized in accumulated OCI in Note 12, and the enhanced disclosures related to OTTI are included in Note 5.

Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures Topic

In November 2008, the FASB amended the guidance in the Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures Topic of the FASB ASC to addresses the impact of recent amendments to the Business Combinations and Consolidations Topics on the accounting for equity method investments.  For a more detailed description of these amendments, see “ EITF No. 07-5 – Determining Whether an Instrument (or Embedded Feature) is Indexed to an Entity’s Own Stock” in Note 2 of our 2008 Form 10-K.  We adopted these amendments on January 1, 2009, prospectively for all investments accounted for under the equity method.  The adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.


 
8

 

Subsequent Events Topic

In May 2009, the FASB updated the Subsequent Events Topic of the FASB ASC in order to establish standards of accounting for the disclosure of events that take place after the balance sheet date, but before the financial statements are issued.  The effect of all subsequent events must be recognized in the financial statements that provide information about conditions that existed as of the balance sheet date.  For those events that did not exist as of the balance sheet date, but arose after the balance sheet date and before the financial statements are issued, recognition is not required, but depending on the nature of the unrecognized subsequent event, disclosure of the event may be required in order to keep the financial statements from being misleading.  In addition, entities must disclose in the financial statements the date through which subsequent events have been evaluated.  We adopted these provisions, prospectively, as of the interim reporting period ended June 30, 2009, and have include the enhanced disclosures in Note 1.  The adoption of these amendments to the Subsequent Event Topic did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

Transfers and Servicing Topic

In February 2008, the FASB updated the Transfers and Servicing Topic of the FASB ASC regarding transfers of financial assets and the guidance for when a repurchase financing should be considered a linked transaction.  For a more detailed description of these amendments see “ FSP FAS No. 140-3 – Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets and Repurchase Financing Transactions” in Note 2 of our 2008 Form 10-K.  We adopted this update effective January 1, 2009, and applied the guidance prospectively to initial transfers and repurchase financings executed after that date.  The adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

Future Adoption of New Accounting Standards

Compensation – Retirement Benefits Topic

In December 2008, the FASB amended the disclosure requirements for the Compensation – Retirement Benefits Topic of the FASB ASC, which will require enhanced disclosures regarding the plan assets of an employer’s defined benefit pension or other postretirement benefit plans.  The new disclosures will include information regarding the investment allocation decisions made for plan assets, the fair value of each major category of plan assets disclosed separately for pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans and the inputs and valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of plan assets, including the level within the fair value hierarchy as defined by the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the FASB ASC.  In addition, disclosures will now be required for fair value measurements of plan assets using Level 3 inputs.  These new disclosures are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009, and are not required for earlier periods presented for comparative purposes.  We will include the disclosures required by the Compensation – Retirement Benefits Topic in the notes to our consolidated financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2009.

Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic

In August 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-05, “Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value” (“ASU 2009-05”) which amends the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the FASB ASC to provide further guidance on the application of fair value measurements, due to the general lack of observable market information available for liabilities.  These amendments to the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic identify valuation techniques which can be used to measure the fair value of a liability when a quoted price in an active market is not available.  In addition, the amendments clarify that an entity is not required to include a separate input or adjustment to other inputs related to a restriction that prevents the transfer of the liability and clarifies when a quoted price for a liability would be considered a Level 1 input.  ASU 2009-05 is effective for the reporting period ending December 31, 2009.  Any revisions resulting from a change in a valuation technique, or its application, must be accounted for as a change in accounting estimate and the specified disclosure for a change in accounting estimate must be included in the notes to the financial statements.  We will adopt these amendments to the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic in the fourth quarter of 2009, and are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption on our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.


 
9

 

In September 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-12, “Investments in Certain Entities That Calculate Net Asset Value per Share (or Its Equivalent)” (“ASU 2009-12”), which amends the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the FASB ASC to permit the use of net asset value per share, without further adjustment, to estimate the fair value of investments in investment companies that do not have readily determinable fair values.  The net asset value per share must be calculated in a manner consistent with the measurement principles of the Financial Services – Investment Companies Topic of the FASB ASC and can be used by investors in investments such as hedge funds, private equity funds, venture capital funds and real estate funds.  If it is probable the investment will be sold for an amount other than net asset value, the investor would be required to estimate the fair value of the investment considering all of the rights and obligations of the investment and any other market available data.  In addition, the amendments will require enhanced disclosure for the investments within the scope of this accounting update.  The accounting guidance in ASU 2009-12 is effective for periods ending after December 15, 2009, and entities will be permitted to early adopt this accounting guidance without providing the enhanced disclosures.  Upon the effective date of ASU 2009-12, the enhanced disclosures must be provided in the notes to the financial statements.  We will adopt these amendments in the fourth quarter of 2009, and are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption on our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

SFAS No. 166 – Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets – an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140

In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 166, “Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets – an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140” (“SFAS 166”).  In accordance with ASU 2009-01, the guidance in SFAS 166 will remain authoritative until it has been integrated into the FASB ASC.  SFAS 166 will, among other things, eliminate the concept of a qualifying special-purpose entity (“SPE”) and remove the scope exception for a qualifying SPE from the Consolidations Topic of the FASB ASC.  As a result, previously unconsolidated qualifying SPEs must be re-evaluated for consolidation by the sponsor or transferor.  In addition, this standard amends the accounting guidance related to transfers of financial assets in order to address practice issues that have been highlighted by the events of the recent economic decline.  SFAS 166 is effective as of the beginning of the annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009.  The recognition and measurement provisions will be applied to transfers that occur on or after the effective date and all qualifying SPEs that exist on and after the effective date must be evaluated for consolidation.  We will adopt the provisions of SFAS 166 effective January 1, 2010, and are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption on our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

SFAS No. 167 – Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R)

In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 167, “Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R)” (“SFAS 167”).  In accordance with ASU 2009-01, the guidance in SFAS 167 will remain authoritative until it has been integrated into the FASB ASC.  SFAS 167 amends the consolidation guidance related to variable interest entities (“VIEs”) to require entities to perform an analysis of their respective variable interests to determine if a controlling financial interest exists in the VIE.  The current quantitative analysis used under the Consolidations Topic of the FASB ASC will be eliminated and replaced with a qualitative approach that is focused on identifying the variable interest that has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the performance of the VIE and absorb losses or receive returns that could potentially be significant to the VIE.  In addition, this new accounting standard will require an ongoing reassessment of the primary beneficiary of the VIE, rather than reassessing the primary beneficiary only upon the occurrence of certain events defined in the FASB ASC.  SFAS 167 will be effective as of the beginning of the annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009, and requires that on the effective date all VIEs in which an entity has a variable interest be reconsidered for consolidation based on this amended accounting guidance.  The investments we hold that we are evaluating are certain of our partnership investments in our alternative investment portfolio and the credit linked notes (“CLNs”).  See Notes 4 and 5 for details on the CLNs.  If we were required to consolidate our CLNs, it would also result in requiring us to record changes in fair value through the income statement with the initial mark-to-market recorded as a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings.  We will adopt the provisions of SFAS 167 effective January 1, 2010, and are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption on our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

3.  Acquisitions and Dispositions

Acquisitions

Newton County Loan & Savings, FSB (“NCLS”)

On January 8, 2009, the Office of Thrift Supervision approved our application to become a savings and loan holding company and our acquisition of NCLS, a federally regulated savings bank located in Indiana.  We contributed $10 million to the capital of NCLS.  We closed on our purchase of NCLS on January 15, 2009, which did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.


 
10

 

Dispositions

Discontinued Investment Management Operations

On August 18, 2009, we entered into a purchase and sale agreement with Macquarie Bank Limited (“MBL”), pursuant to which we agreed to sell to MBL all of the outstanding capital stock of Delaware Management Holdings, Inc. (“Delaware”), our subsidiary, which provides investment products and services to individuals and institutions.

In addition, certain of our subsidiaries, including The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company (“LNL”), our primary insurance subsidiary, will enter into investment advisory agreements with Delaware, pursuant to which Delaware will continue to manage the majority of the general account insurance assets of the subsidiaries.  The investment advisory agreements will have ten-year terms, and we may terminate them without cause by paying an aggregate termination fee of up to $84 million in the event that all of the agreements with our subsidiaries are terminated that will decline on a pro rata basis over the ten-year term of the advisory agreements.

Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of this business have been reclassified as held-for-sale for all periods presented and are reported within other assets and other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The major classes of assets and liabilities held-for-sale (in millions) were as follows:
 
   
As of
   
As of
 
   
September 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
Assets
           
Cash and invested cash
  $ 152     $ 165  
Premiums and fees receivable
    34       32  
Goodwill
    248       248  
Other assets
    84       77  
Total assets held-for-sale
  $ 518     $ 522  
                 
Liabilities
               
Other liabilities
  $ 162     $ 166  
Total liabilities held-for-sale
  $ 162     $ 166  

We have reclassified the results of operations of Delaware into income (loss) from discontinued operations for all periods presented on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss), and selected amounts (in millions) were as follows:
 
   
For the Three
   
For the Nine
 
   
Months Ended
   
Months Ended
 
   
September 30,
   
September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2009
   
2008
 
Discontinued Operations Before Disposal
                       
Revenues:
                       
Investment advisory fees – external
  $ 55     $ 67     $ 146     $ 220  
Investment advisory fees – internal
    22       21       62       61  
Other revenues and fees
    23       22       66       75  
Gain on sale of business
    2       2       6       6  
Total revenues
  $ 102     $ 112     $ 280     $ 362  
                                 
Income from discontinued operations before disposal,
                               
before federal income tax expense
  $ 12     $ 10     $ 29     $ 57  
Federal income tax expense
    5       3       13       21  
Income from discontinued operations before disposal
  $ 7     $ 7     $ 16     $ 36  



 
11

 

We expect this transaction to close on or around December 31, 2009.  The completion of the transaction contemplated by the purchase and sale agreement is subject to regulatory approvals and the satisfaction of other customary conditions, some of which are beyond our control, and no assurance can be given that such completion will occur.  The transaction is expected to be neutral to earnings per share assuming reinvestment of net proceeds back into core insurance businesses.  We expect a modest gain on disposal, which will be recorded as of the close of the transaction; however, the actual gain (loss) may differ from our expected result depending upon, among other things, the actual purchase price after closing adjustments.

Discontinued U.K. Operations

On June 15, 2009, we entered into a share purchase agreement with SLF of Canada UK Limited (“SLF”) and Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada, as the guarantor, pursuant to which we agreed to sell to SLF all of the outstanding capital stock of Lincoln National (UK) plc (“Lincoln UK”), our subsidiary, which is focused primarily on providing life and retirement income products in the United Kingdom.  This transaction closed on October 1, 2009, and we retained Lincoln UK’s pension plan assets and liabilities.

Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of this business have been reclassified as held-for-sale for all periods presented and are reported within other assets and other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The major classes of assets and liabilities held-for-sale (in millions) were as follows:
 
   
As of
   
As of
 
   
September 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
Assets
           
Investments
  $ 998     $ 831  
Cash and invested cash
    163       172  
DAC and VOBA
    562       534  
Accrued investment income
    21       18  
Reinsurance recoverables
    60       54  
Other assets
    45       44  
Separate account assets
    6,193       4,978  
Total assets held-for-sale
  $ 8,042     $ 6,631  
                 
Liabilities
               
Future contract benefits
  $ 896     $ 829  
Other contract holder funds
    287       277  
Other liabilities
    159       129  
Separate account liabilities
    6,193       4,978  
Total liabilities held-for-sale
  $ 7,535     $ 6,213  


 
12

 

We have reclassified the results of operations of Lincoln UK into income (loss) from discontinued operations for all periods presented on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss), and selected amounts (in millions) were as follows:
 
   
For the Three
   
For the Nine
 
   
Months Ended
   
Months Ended
 
   
September 30,
   
September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2009
   
2008
 
Discontinued Operations Before Disposal
                       
Revenues:
                       
Insurance premiums
  $ 17     $ 19     $ 41     $ 64  
Insurance fees
    42       40       99       138  
Net investment income
    15       21       43       61  
Realized gain (loss)
    -       1       (1 )     (7 )
Total revenues
  $ 74     $ 81     $ 182     $ 256  
                                 
Income from discontinued operations before disposal,
                               
before federal income tax expense
  $ 16     $ 20     $ 38     $ 58  
Federal income tax expense
    6       7       13       20  
Income from discontinued operations before disposal
    10       13       25       38  
                                 
Disposal
                               
Gain (loss) on disposal, before federal income tax benefit
    17       -       (220 )     -  
Federal income tax benefit
    38       -       105       -  
Gain (loss) on disposal
    55       -       (115 )     -  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
  $ 65     $ 13     $ (90 )   $ 38  

There will be a post-closing adjustment of the purchase price based upon a final actuarial appraisal of the value of the business as set forth in the share purchase agreement.

Discontinued Media Operations

During the fourth quarter of 2007, we entered into definitive agreements to sell our television broadcasting, Charlotte radio and sports programming businesses.  These businesses were acquired as part of the Jefferson-Pilot merger on April 3, 2006.  The sports programming sale closed on November 30, 2007, the Charlotte radio broadcasting sale closed on January 31, 2008, and the television broadcasting sale closed on March 31, 2008.


 
13

 

The results of operations of these businesses were reclassified into income (loss) from discontinued operations on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss), and selected amounts (in millions) were as follows:
 
   
For the
   
For the
 
   
Three
   
Nine
 
   
Months
   
Months
 
   
Ended
   
Ended
 
   
September 30,
   
September 30,
 
   
2008
   
2008
 
Discontinued Operations Before Disposal
           
Media revenues, net of agency commissions
  $ -     $ 22  
                 
Income from discontinued operations before disposal, before federal income expense
  $ -     $ 8  
Federal income tax expense
    -       3  
Income from discontinued operations before disposal
    -       5  
                 
Disposal
               
Loss on disposal, before federal income tax expense (benefit)
    -       (13 )
Federal income tax expense (benefit)
    1       (3 )
Loss on disposal
    (1 )     (10 )
Loss from discontinued operations
  $ (1 )   $ (5 )

4.  Variable Interest Entities

Our involvement with VIEs is primarily to obtain financing and to invest in assets that allow us to gain exposure to a broadly diversified portfolio of asset classes.  We have carefully analyzed each VIE to determine whether we are the primary beneficiary.  Based on our analysis of the expected losses and residual returns of the VIEs in which we have a variable interest, we have concluded that there are no VIEs for which we are the primary beneficiary, and, as such, we have not consolidated the VIEs in our consolidated financial statements.  However, for those VIEs in which we are not the primary beneficiary, but hold a variable interest, we recognize the fair value of our variable interest on our consolidated financial statements.

Information (in millions) included on our Consolidated Balance Sheets for those VIEs where we had significant variable interest and where we were a sponsor was as follows:

   
As of September 30, 2009
   
As of December 31, 2008
 
               
Maximum
               
Maximum
 
   
Total
   
Total
   
Loss
   
Total
   
Total
   
Loss
 
   
Assets
   
Liabilities
   
Exposure
   
Assets
   
Liabilities
   
Exposure
 
Affiliated trust
  $ 5     $ -     $ -     $ 5     $ -     $ -  
Credit-linked notes
    318       -       600       50       -       600  
 
Affiliated Trust

We are the sponsor of an affiliated trust, Lincoln National Capital Trust VI, which was formed solely for the purpose of issuing trust preferred securities and lending the proceeds to us.  We own the common securities of this trust, approximately a 3% ownership, and the only assets of the trust are the junior subordinated debentures issued by us. Our common stock investment in this trust was financed by the trust and is reported in other investments on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.  Distributions are paid by the trust to the preferred security holders on a quarterly basis and the principal obligations of the trust are irrevocably guaranteed by us.  Upon liquidation of the trust, the holders of the preferred securities are entitled to a fixed amount per share plus accumulated and unpaid distributions. We reserve the right to redeem the preferred securities at a fixed price plus accumulated and unpaid distributions and defer the interest payments due on the subordinated debentures for up to 20 consecutive quarters, but not beyond the maturity date of the subordinated debenture.

Our common stock investment does not represent a significant variable interest in the trust, as we do not receive any distributions or absorb any losses from the trust.  In addition, our guarantee of the principal obligations of the trust does not represent a variable interest, as we are guaranteeing our own performance.  Therefore, we are not the primary beneficiary and do not consolidate the trust.  Since our investment in the common stock of the trust was financed directly by the trust, we do not have any equity investment at risk, and, therefore, do not have exposure to loss from the trust.

 
14

 

Credit-Linked Notes

We invested in two CLNs where the note holders do not have voting rights or decision-making capabilities.  The entities that issued the CLNs are financed by the note holders, and, as such, the note holders participate in the expected losses and residual returns of the entities.  Because the note holders’ investment does not permit them to make decisions about the entities’ activities that would have a significant effect on the success of the entities, we have determined that these entities are VIEs.  We are not the primary beneficiary of the VIEs as the multi-tiered class structure of the CLNs requires the subordinated classes of the investment pool to absorb credit losses prior to our class of notes.  As a result, we will not absorb the majority of the expected losses and the coupon we receive on the CLNs limits our participation in the residual returns.  For information regarding our exposure to loss in our CLNs, see “Credit-Linked Notes” in Note 5.

5.  Investments

AFS Securities

Pursuant to the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the FASB ASC, we have categorized AFS securities into a three-level hierarchy, based on the priority of the inputs to the respective valuation technique.  The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3), as described in Note 16, which also includes additional disclosures regarding our fair value measurements.

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains, losses and OTTI and fair value of AFS securities (in millions) were as follows:
 
   
As of September 30, 2009
 
   
Amortized
   
Gross Unrealized
   
Fair
 
   
Cost
   
Gains
   
Losses
   
OTTI (1)
   
Value
 
Fixed Maturity Securities
                             
Corporate bonds
  $ 44,579     $ 2,612     $ 1,265     $ 78     $ 45,848  
U.S. Government bonds
    203       20       2       -       221  
Foreign government bonds
    473       31       11       -       493  
Mortgage-backed securities ("MBS"):
                                       
CMOs
    6,237       306       342       172       6,029  
Residential mortgage pass-through
                                       
securities ("MPTS")
    2,594       85       14       -       2,665  
Commercial MBS ("CMBS")
    2,592       52       391       -       2,253  
Asset-backed securities ("ABS"):
                                       
CDOs
    191       5       47       9       140  
CLNs
    600       -       282       -       318  
State and municipal bonds
    1,425       54       15       -       1,464  
Hybrid and redeemable preferred securities
    1,548       21       334       -       1,235  
Total fixed maturity securities
    60,442       3,186       2,703       259       60,666  
Equity Securities
                                       
Banking securities
    274       -       118       -       156  
Insurance securities
    43       1       -       -       44  
Other financial services securities
    23       11       7       -       27  
Other securities
    53       4       1       -       56  
Total equity securities
    393       16       126       -       283  
Total AFS securities
  $ 60,835     $ 3,202     $ 2,829     $ 259     $ 60,949  
 
(1)
This amount is comprised of the gross unrealized OTTI cumulative effect adjustment as discussed in Note 2 and the amount reflected on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) during the first nine months of 2009 adjusted for other changes, including but not limited to, sales of fixed maturity AFS securities.

 
15

 
 
   
As of December 31, 2008
 
   
Amortized
   
Gross Unrealized
   
Fair
 
   
Cost
   
Gains
   
Losses
   
OTTI
   
Value
 
Fixed Maturity Securities
                             
Corporate bonds
  $ 39,773     $ 638     $ 4,463     $ -     $ 35,948  
U.S. Government bonds
    204       42       -       -       246  
Foreign government bonds
    532       37       49       -       520  
MBS:
                                       
CMOs
    6,918       174       780       -       6,312  
MPTS
    1,875       62       38       -       1,899  
CMBS
    2,535       9       625       -       1,919  
ABS:
                                       
CDOs
    256       7       103       -       160  
CLNs
    600       -       550       -       50  
State and municipal bonds
    125       2       2       -       125  
Hybrid and redeemable preferred securities
    1,563       6       607       -       962  
Total fixed maturity securities
    54,381       977       7,217       -       48,141  
Equity Securities
                                       
Banking securities
    274       -       146       -       128  
Insurance securities
    71       1       19       -       53  
Other financial services securities
    29       4       8       -       25  
Other securities
    54       4       10       -       48  
Total equity securities
    428       9       183       -       254  
Total AFS securities
  $ 54,809     $ 986     $ 7,400     $ -     $ 48,395  
 
The amortized cost and fair value of fixed maturity AFS securities by contractual maturities (in millions) were as follows:
 
   
As of September 30, 2009
 
   
Amortized
   
Fair
 
   
Cost
   
Value
 
Due in one year or less
  $ 1,717     $ 1,734  
Due after one year through five years
    13,444       13,930  
Due after five years through ten years
    16,609       17,327  
Due after ten years
    16,458       16,270  
Subtotal
    48,228       49,261  
MBS
    11,423       10,947  
CDOs
    191       140  
CLNs
    600       318  
Total fixed maturity AFS securities
  $ 60,442     $ 60,666  

Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or pre-pay obligations.


 
16

 

The fair value and gross unrealized losses, including the portion of OTTI recognized in OCI, of AFS securities (in millions), aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, were as follows:
 
   
As of September 30, 2009
 
   
Less Than or Equal
   
Greater Than
             
   
to Twelve Months
   
Twelve Months
   
Total
 
         
Gross
         
Gross
         
Gross
 
         
Unrealized
         
Unrealized
         
Unrealized
 
   
Fair
   
Losses and
   
Fair
   
Losses and
   
Fair
   
Losses and
 
   
Value
   
OTTI
   
Value
   
OTTI
   
Value
   
OTTI
 
Fixed Maturity Securities
                                   
Corporate bonds
  $ 1,905     $ 190     $ 7,399     $ 1,153     $ 9,304     $ 1,343  
U.S. Government bonds
    41       2       -       -       41       2  
Foreign government bonds
    24       -       50       11       74       11  
MBS:
                                               
CMOs
    261       172       1,018       342       1,279       514  
MPTS
    223       2       103       12       326       14  
CMBS
    103       17       782       374       885       391  
ABS:
                                               
CDOs
    9       7       117       49       126       56  
CLNs
    -       -       318       282       318       282  
State and municipal bonds
    285       7       60       8       345       15  
Hybrid and redeemable
                                               
preferred securities
    128       45       912       289       1,040       334  
Total fixed maturity securities
    2,979       442       10,759       2,520       13,738       2,962  
Equity Securities
                                               
Banking securities
    138       103       18       15       156       118  
Insurance securities
    6       -       -       -       6       -  
Other financial services securities
    8       7       -       -       8       7  
Other securities
    2       1       -       -       2       1  
Total equity securities
    154       111       18       15       172       126  
Total AFS securities
  $ 3,133     $ 553     $ 10,777     $ 2,535     $ 13,910     $ 3,088  
                                                 
Total number of securities in an unrealized loss position
                              1,680  


 
17

 

 
 
   
As of December 31, 2008
 
   
Less Than or Equal
   
Greater Than
             
   
to Twelve Months
   
Twelve Months
   
Total
 
         
Gross
         
Gross
         
Gross
 
   
Fair
   
Unrealized
   
Fair
   
Unrealized
   
Fair
   
Unrealized
 
   
Value
   
Losses
   
Value
   
Losses
   
Value
   
Losses
 
Fixed Maturity Securities
                                   
Corporate bonds
  $ 18,864     $ 2,341     $ 5,893     $ 2,122     $ 24,757     $ 4,463  
U.S. Government bonds
    3       -       -       -       3       -  
Foreign government bonds
    147       17       50       32       197       49  
MBS:
                                               
CMOs
    853       299       720       481       1,573       780  
MPTS
    96       26       52       12       148       38  
CMBS
    1,133       175       498       450       1,631       625  
ABS:
                                               
CDOs
    76       20       68       83       144       103  
CLNs
    -       -       50       550       50       550  
State and municipal bonds
    29       2       2       -       31       2  
Hybrid and redeemable
                                               
preferred securities
    461       267       418       340       879       607  
Total fixed maturity securities
    21,662       3,147       7,751       4,070       29,413       7,217  
Equity Securities
                                               
Banking securities
    128       146       -       -       128       146  
Insurance securities
    30       19       -       -       30       19  
Other financial services securities
    16       8       -       -       16       8  
Other securities
    23       9       2       1       25       10  
Total equity securities
    197       182       2       1       199       183  
Total AFS securities
  $ 21,859     $ 3,329     $ 7,753     $ 4,071     $ 29,612     $ 7,400  
                                                 
Total number of securities in an unrealized loss position
                              3,563  
 
Each quarter we review the cash flows for the MBS to determine whether or not they are sufficient to provide for the recovery of our amortized cost.  We revise our cash flow projections only for those securities that are at most risk for impairment based on current credit enhancement and trends in the underlying collateral performance.  We use the process described below to evaluate the level of the expected cash flows.

When evaluating MBS and mortgage-related ABS, we consider a number of pool-specific factors as well as market level factors when determining whether or not the impairment on the security is temporary or other-than-temporary.  The most important factor is the performance of the underlying collateral in the security and the trends of that performance in the prior periods.  We use this information about the collateral to forecast the timing and rate of mortgage loan defaults, including making projections for loans that are already delinquent and for those loans that are currently performing but may become delinquent in the future.  Other factors used in this analysis include type of underlying collateral (e.g., prime, Alt-A or subprime), geographic distribution of underlying loans and timing of liquidations by state.  Once default rates and timing assumptions are determined, we then make assumptions regarding the severity of a default if it were to occur.  Factors that impact the severity assumption include expectations for future home price appreciation/depreciation, loan size, first lien versus second lien, existence of loan level private mortgage insurance, type of occupancy and geographic distribution of loans.  Once default and severity assumptions are determined for the security in question, cash flows for the underlying collateral are projected including expected defaults and prepayments.  These cash flows on the collateral are then translated to cash flows on our tranche based on the cash flow waterfall of the entire capital security structure.  If this analysis indicates the entire principal on a particular security will not be returned, the security is reviewed for other-than-temporary impairment by comparing the expected cash flows to amortized cost.  To the extent that the security has already been impaired or was purchased at a discount, such that the amortized cost of the security is less than or equal to the present value of cash flows expected to be collected, no impairment is required.


 
18

 

Otherwise, if the amortized cost of the security is greater than the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected, and the security was not purchased at a discount greater than the expected principal loss, then impairment is recognized.

We further monitor the cash flows of all of our AFS securities backed by pools on an ongoing basis.  We also perform detailed analysis on all of our subprime, Alt-A, non-agency residential MBS and on a significant percentage of our AFS securities backed by pools of commercial mortgages.  The detailed analysis includes revising projected cash flows by updating the cash flows for actual cash received and applying assumptions with respect to expected defaults, foreclosures and recoveries in the future.  These revised projected cash flows are then compared to the amount of credit enhancement (subordination) in the structure to determine whether the amortized cost of the security is recoverable.  If it is not recoverable, we record an impairment of the security.

We perform detailed analysis on the AFS securities backed by pools that are most at risk of impairment based on factors noted above.  Selected information for these securities in a gross unrealized loss position (in millions) was as follows:
 
   
As of September 30, 2009
 
   
Amortized
         
Unrealized
 
   
Cost
   
Fair Value
   
Loss
 
Total
                 
AFS securities backed by pools of residential mortgages
  $ 3,285     $ 2,267     $ 1,018  
AFS securities backed by pools of commercial mortgages
    1,347       930       417  
Total
  $ 4,632     $ 3,197     $ 1,435  
                         
Subject to Detailed Analysis
                       
AFS securities backed by pools of residential mortgages
  $ 2,985     $ 1,971     $ 1,014  
AFS securities backed by pools of commercial mortgages
    363       204       159  
Total
  $ 3,348     $ 2,175     $ 1,173  

For the nine months ended September 30, 2009, we recorded OTTI for AFS securities backed by pools of residential and commercial mortgages of $499 million, pre-tax, and before associated amortization expense for DAC, VOBA, DSI and DFEL, of which $247 million was recognized in OCI and $252 million was recognized in net income (loss).

The fair value, gross unrealized losses, the portion of OTTI recognized in OCI (in millions) and number of AFS securities where the fair value had declined and remained below amortized cost by greater than 20% were as follows:


   
As of September 30, 2009
 
                     
Number
 
   
Fair
   
Gross Unrealized
   
of
 
   
Value
   
Losses
   
OTTI
   
Securities (1)
 
Less than six months
  $ 277     $ 120     $ -       71  
Six months or greater, but less than nine months
    301       114       89       69  
Nine months or greater, but less than twelve months
    989       509       14       169  
Twelve months or greater
    1,668       1,376       137       277  
Total AFS securities
  $ 3,235     $ 2,119     $ 240       586  
 
   
As of December 31, 2008
 
                     
Number
 
   
Fair
   
Gross Unrealized
   
of
 
   
Value
   
Losses
   
OTTI
   
Securities (1)
 
Less than six months
  $ 6,711     $ 3,497     $ -       982  
Six months or greater, but less than nine months
    496       505       -       102  
Nine months or greater, but less than twelve months
    485       646       -       147  
Twelve months or greater
    173       869       -       90  
Total AFS securities
  $ 7,865     $ 5,517     $ -       1,321  
 
(1)
We may reflect a security in more than one aging category based on various purchase dates.

 
19

 

As described more fully below, we regularly review our investment holdings for OTTIs.  Based upon this review, the cause of the $4.3 billion decrease in our gross AFS securities unrealized losses for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, was attributable primarily to increased liquidity in several market segments and improved credit fundamentals (i.e., market improvement and narrowing credit spreads), partially offset by the cumulative adjustment resulting from the adoption of new accounting guidance related to the recognition of OTTI, which resulted in the $165 million increase in amortized cost in AFS securities as discussed in Note 2.  We believe that the securities in an unrealized loss position as of September 30, 2009, were not other-than-temporarily impaired as we do not intend to sell these debt securities or it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell the debt securities before recovery of their amortized cost basis, and we have the ability and intent to hold the equity securities for a period of time sufficient for recovery.

Changes in the amount of credit loss of OTTIs recognized in net income (loss) where the portion related to other factors was recognized in OCI (in millions) on fixed maturity AFS securities were as follows:
 
   
For the
   
For the
 
   
Three
   
Nine
 
   
Months
   
Months
 
   
Ended
   
Ended
 
   
September 30,
   
September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2009
 
Balance as of beginning-of-period
  $ 132     $ 31  
Increases attributable to:
               
Credit losses on securities for which an OTTI was not previously recognized
    32       127  
Credit losses on securities for which an OTTI was previously recognized
    64       100  
Decreases attributable to:
               
Securities sold
    (6 )     (6 )
Amounts recognized in net income (loss)
    -       (30 )
Balance as of end-of-period
  $ 222     $ 222  

During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, we recorded credit losses on securities for which an OTTI was not previously recognized as we determined that it is no longer likely that we would receive cash flows sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security.  The credit losses we recorded on securities for which an OTTI was not previously recognized were attributable primarily to one or a combination of the following reasons:

·
Failure of the issuer of the security to make scheduled payments;
·
Deterioration of creditworthiness of the issuer;
·
Deterioration of conditions specifically related to the security;
·
Deterioration of fundamentals of the industry in which the issuer operates;
·
Deterioration of fundamentals in the economy including, but not limited to, higher unemployment and lower housing prices and
·
Deterioration of the rating of the security by a rating agency.

We recognize the OTTI attributed to the noncredit portion as a separate component in OCI referred to as unrealized OTTI on AFS securities.  See Note 12 for details.

Details of the amount of credit loss of OTTIs recognized in net income (loss) where the portion related to other factors was recognized in OCI (in millions) as of September 30, 2009, were as follows:
 
         
Gross
         
OTTI in
 
   
Amortized
   
Unrealized
   
Fair
   
Credit
 
   
Cost
   
OTTI
   
Value
   
Losses
 
Corporate bonds
  $ 160     $ 72     $ 88     $ 58  
MBS CMOs
    383       172       211       164  
    $ 543     $ 244     $ 299     $ 222  


 
20

 

Realized Loss Related to Investments

The detail of the realized loss related to investments (in millions) was as follows:
 
   
For the Three
   
For the Nine
 
   
Months Ended
   
Months Ended
 
   
September 30,
   
September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2009
   
2008
 
Fixed maturity AFS securities:
                       
Gross gains
  $ 23     $ 19     $ 110     $ 44  
Gross losses
    (166 )     (372 )     (579 )     (592 )
Equity AFS securities:
                               
Gross gains
    -       1       4       1  
Gross losses
    (8 )     (25 )     (16 )     (32 )
Gain (loss) on other investments
    2       1       (58 )     29  
Associated amortization expense of DAC, VOBA, DSI
                               
and DFEL and changes in other contract holder funds
                               
and funds withheld reinsurance liabilities
    25       91       128       139  
Total realized loss on investments, excluding trading securities
    (124 )     (285 )     (411 )     (411 )
Loss on certain derivative instruments
    (12 )     (30 )     (33 )     (62 )
Total realized loss on investments and certain
                               
derivative instruments, excluding trading securities
  $ (136 )   $ (315 )   $ (444 )   $ (473 )



 
21

 

Details underlying write-downs taken as a result of OTTI (in millions) that was recognized in net income (loss) and included in realized loss on AFS securities above, and the portion of OTTI recognized in OCI (in millions) were as follows:
 
   
For the Three
   
For the Nine
 
   
Months Ended
   
Months Ended
 
   
September 30,
   
September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2009
   
2008
 
OTTI Recognized in Net Income (Loss)
                       
Fixed maturity securities:
                       
Corporate bonds
  $ 29     $ 205     $ 187     $ 331  
MBS:
                               
CMOs
    70       76       213       153  
ABS:
                               
CDOs
    10       -       39       1  
Hybrid and redeemable preferred securities
    17       1       18       1  
Total fixed maturity securities
    126       282       457       486  
Equity securities:
                               
Insurance securities
    -       1       -       1  
Other financial services securities
    8       24       10       24  
Other securities
    -       -       6       7  
Total equity securities
    8       25       16       32  
Gross OTTI recognized in net income (loss)
    134       307       473       518  
Associated amortization expense of DAC, VOBA,
                               
DSI and DFEL
    (54 )     (70 )     (154 )     (123 )
Net OTTI recognized in net income (loss), pre-tax
  $ 80     $ 237     $ 319     $ 395  
                                 
Portion of OTTI Recognized in OCI
                               
Gross OTTI recognized in OCI
  $ 97     $ -     $ 338     $ -  
Associated amortization expense of DAC, VOBA, DSI
                               
and DFEL
    (29 )     -       (79 )     -  
Net portion of OTTI recognized in OCI, pre-tax
  $ 68     $ -     $ 259     $ -  

We regularly review our AFS securities for declines in fair value that we determine to be other-than-temporary.  For an equity security, if we do not have the ability and intent to hold the security for a sufficient period of time to allow for a recovery in value, we conclude that an OTTI has occurred and the amortized cost of the equity security is written down to the current fair value, with a corresponding charge to realized gain (loss) on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss).  When assessing our ability and intent to hold the equity security to recovery, we consider, among other things, the severity and duration of the decline in fair value of the equity security as well as the cause of the decline, a fundamental analysis of the liquidity, business prospects and overall financial condition of the issuer.

For a debt security, if we intend to sell a security or it is more likely than not we will be required to sell a debt security before recovery of its amortized cost basis and the fair value of the debt security is below amortized cost, we conclude that an OTTI has occurred and the amortized cost is written down to current fair value, with a corresponding charge to realized gain (loss) on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss).  If we do not intend to sell a debt security or it is not more likely than not we will be required to sell a debt security before recovery of its amortized cost basis but the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost of the debt security (referred to as the credit loss), we conclude that an OTTI has occurred and the amortized cost is written down to the estimated recovery value with a corresponding charge to realized gain (loss) on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss), as this amount is deemed the credit portion of the OTTI.  The remainder of the decline to fair value is recorded in OCI to unrealized OTTI on AFS securities on our Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity, as this amount is considered a noncredit (i.e., recoverable) impairment.


 
22

 

When assessing our intent to sell a debt security or if it is more likely than not we will be required to sell a debt security before recovery of its cost basis, we evaluate facts and circumstances such as, but not limited to, decisions to reposition our security portfolio, sale of securities to meet cash flow needs and sales of securities to capitalize on favorable pricing.  In order to determine the amount of the credit loss for a debt security, we calculate the recovery value by performing a discounted cash flow analysis based on the current cash flows and future cash flows we expect to recover.  The discount rate is the effective interest rate implicit in the underlying debt security.  The effective interest rate is the original yield or the coupon if the debt security was previously impaired.  See the discussion below for additional information on the methodology and significant inputs, by security type, which we use to determine the amount of a credit loss.

To determine the recovery period of a debt security, we consider the facts and circumstances surrounding the underlying issuer including, but not limited to, the following:

·
Historic and implied volatility of the security;
·
Length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than amortized cost;
·
Adverse conditions specifically related to the security or to specific conditions in an industry or geographic area;
·
Failure, if any, of the issuer of the security to make scheduled payments; and
·
Recoveries or additional declines in fair value subsequent to the balance sheet date.

In periods subsequent to the recognition of an OTTI, the AFS security is accounted for as if it had been purchased on the measurement date of the OTTI.  Therefore, for the fixed maturity AFS security, the original discount or reduced premium is reflected in net investment income over the contractual term of the investment in a manner that produces a constant effective yield.

Determination of Credit Losses on Corporate Bonds

To determine recovery value of a corporate bond, we perform analysis related to the underlying issuer including, but not limited to, the following:

·
Fundamentals of the issuer to determine what we would recover if they were to file bankruptcy versus the price at which the market is trading;
·
Fundamentals of the industry in which the issuer operates;
·
Earnings multiples for the given industry or sector of an industry that the underlying issuer operates within, divided by the outstanding debt to determine an expected recovery value of the security in the case of a liquidation;
·
Expected cash flows of the issuer (e.g., whether the issuer has cash flows in excess of what is required to fund its operations);
·
Expectations regarding defaults and recovery rates;
·
Changes to the rating of the security by a rating agency; and
·
Additional market information (e.g., if there has been a replacement of the corporate debt security).

As of September 30, 2009, we reviewed our corporate bond portfolio for potential shortfall in contractual principal and interest based on numerous subjective and objective inputs.  Due to the number and variety of securities in an unrealized loss position, as well as the variety of factors for each individual corporate bond, which are used in the determination of the potential shortfall in contractual principal and interest, including, but not limited to, near term risk, substantial discrepancy between book and market value, sector or company-specific volatility, negative operating trends and trading levels wider than peers, we can not quantify the significant inputs used to measure the amounts of credit losses.

Determination of Credit Losses on MBS

To determine recovery value of a MBS, we perform analysis related to the underlying issuer including, but not limited to, the following:

·
Discounted cash flow analysis based on the current cash flows and future cash flows we expect to recover;
·
Level of creditworthiness of the home equity loans that back a CMO, residential mortgages that back a MPTS or commercial mortgages that back a CMBS;
·
Susceptibility to fair value fluctuations for changes in the interest rate environment;
·
Susceptibility to reinvestment risks, in cases where market yields are lower than the securities’ book yield earned;
·
Susceptibility to reinvestment risks, in cases where market yields are higher than the book yields earned on a security and our expectations of sale of such a security; and
·
Susceptibility to variability of prepayments.

 
23

 

As of September 30, 2009, default rates were projected by considering underlying MBS loan performance and collateral type.  Projected default rates on existing delinquencies vary between 25% to 100% depending on loan type and severity of delinquency status.  In addition, we estimate the potential contributions of currently performing loans that may become delinquent in the future based on the change in delinquencies and loan liquidations experienced in the recent history.  Finally, we develop a default rate timing curve by aggregating the defaults for all loans (delinquent loans, foreclosure and real estate owned and new delinquencies from currently performing loans) in the pool to project the future expected cash flows. 

We use certain available loan characteristics such as lien status, loan sizes and occupancy to estimate the loss severity of loans.  Second lien loans are assigned 100% severity if defaulted.  For first lien loans, we assume a minimum of 30% loan severity with higher severity assumed for investor properties and further housing price depreciation.

Payables for Collateral on Investments

When we enter into collateralized financing transactions on our investments, a liability is recorded equal to the cash collateral received.  This liability is included within payables for collateral on investments on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.  Income and expenses associated with these transactions are recorded as investment income and investment expenses within net investment income on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss).  Changes in payables for collateral on investments are reflected within cash flows from investing activities on our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

The carrying values of the payables for collateral on investments (in millions) and the fair value of the related investments included on our Consolidated Balance Sheets consisted of the following:
 
   
As of September 30, 2009
   
As of December 31, 2008
 
   
Carrying
   
Fair
   
Carrying
   
Fair
 
   
Value
   
Value
   
Value
   
Value
 
Collateral payable held for derivative investments (1)
  $ 714     $ 714     $ 2,809     $ 2,809  
Securities pledged under securities lending agreements (2)
    694       668       427       410  
Securities pledged under reverse repurchase agreements (3)
    344       364       470       496  
Securities pledged for Treasury Asset-Backed Securities
                               
 Loan Facility ("TALF") (4)
    388       441       -       -  
Securities pledged for Federal Home Loan Bank of
                               
Indianapolis Securities ("FHLBI") (5)
    100       113       -       -  
Total payables for collateral on investments
  $ 2,240     $ 2,300     $ 3,706     $ 3,715  

(1)
We obtain collateral based upon contractual provisions with our counterparties.  These agreements take into consideration the counterparties’ credit rating as compared to ours, the fair value of the derivative investments and specified thresholds that once exceeded result in the receipt of cash that is typically invested in cash and invested cash.  See Note 6 for details about maximum collateral potentially required to post on our credit default swaps.
(2)
Our pledged securities under securities lending agreements are included in fixed maturity AFS securities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.  We generally obtain collateral in an amount equal to 102% and 105% of the fair value of the domestic and foreign securities, respectively.  We value collateral daily and obtain additional collateral when deemed appropriate.  The cash received in our securities lending program is typically invested in cash and invested cash or fixed maturity AFS securities.
(3)
Our pledged securities under reverse repurchase agreements are included in fixed maturity AFS securities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.  We obtain collateral in an amount equal to 95% of the fair value of the securities, and our agreements with third parities contain contractual provisions to allow for additional collateral to be obtained when necessary.  The cash received in our reverse repurchase program is typically invested in fixed maturity AFS securities.
(4)
Our pledged securities for TALF are included in fixed maturity AFS securities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.  We obtain collateral in an amount that has typically averaged 90% of the fair value of the TALF securities.  The cash received in these transactions is invested in fixed maturity AFS securities.
(5)
Our pledged securities for FHLBI are included in fixed maturity AFS securities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.  We generally obtain collateral in an amount equal to 85% to 95% of the fair value of the FHLBI securities.  The cash received in these transactions is typically invested in cash and invested cash or fixed maturity AFS securities.


 
24

 

Increase (decrease) in payables for collateral on investments (in millions) included in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows consisted of the following:
 
   
For the Nine Months
 
   
Ended September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
Collateral payable held for derivative investments
  $ (2,095 )   $ 797  
Securities pledged under securities lending agreements
    267       (192 )
Securities pledged under reverse repurchase agreements
    (126 )     (200 )
Securities pledged for TALF
    388       -  
Securities pledged for FHLBI
    100       128  
Total increase (decrease) in payables for collateral on investments
  $ (1,466 )   $ 533  

Investment Commitments

As of September 30, 2009, our investment commitments for fixed maturity AFS securities (primarily private placements), limited partnerships, real estate and mortgage loans on real estate were $797 million, which included $372 million of limited partnerships and $219 million of standby commitments to purchase real estate upon completion and leasing.

Credit-Linked Notes

As of September 30, 2009, and December 31, 2008, other contract holder funds on our Consolidated Balance Sheets included $600 million outstanding in funding agreements of LNL.  LNL invested the proceeds of $600 million received for issuing two funding agreements in 2006 and 2007 into two separate CLNs originated by a third party company.  The CLNs are included in fixed maturity AFS securities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

We earn a spread between the coupon received on the CLNs and the interest credited on the funding agreements.  Our CLNs were created using a special purpose trust that combines highly rated assets with credit default swaps to produce a multi-class structured security.  The high quality assets in these transactions are AAA-rated ABS secured by a pool of credit card receivables.  The credit default swaps in the underlying portfolios are actively managed by the investment manager for the pool of underlying issuers in each of the transactions, as permitted in the CLN agreements.  The investment manager, from time to time, has directed substitutions of corporate names in the reference portfolio.  When substituting corporate names, the issuing special purpose trust transacts with a third party to sell credit protection on a new issuer, selected by the investment manager.  The cost to substitute the corporate names is based on market conditions and the liquidity of the corporate names.  This new issuer will replace the issuer the investment manager has identified to remove from the pool of issuers.  The substitution of corporate issuers does not revise the CLN agreement.  The subordination and the participation in credit losses may change as a result of the substitution.  The amount of the change is dependent upon the relative risk of the issuers removed and replaced in the pool of issuers. 

Consistent with other debt market instruments, we are exposed to credit losses within the structure of the CLNs, which could result in principal losses to our investments.  However, we have attempted to protect our investments from credit losses through the multi-tiered class structure of the CLN, which requires the subordinated classes of the investment pool to absorb all of the credit losses up to the current attachment point.  LNL owns the mezzanine tranche of these investments.

Our evaluation of the CLNs for OTTI involves projecting defaults in the underlying collateral pool, making assumptions regarding severity and then comparing losses on the underlying collateral pool to the amount of subordination.  We apply current published industry data of projected default rates to the underlying collateral pool to estimate the expected future losses.   If expected losses were to exceed the attachment point, we may recognize an OTTI on the CLN.  To date, there has been one default in the underlying collateral pool of the $400 million CLN and two defaults in the underlying collateral pool of the $200 million CLN.  There has been no event of default on the CLNs themselves.  Based upon our analysis, the remaining subordination as represented by the attachment point should be sufficient to absorb future credit losses, subject to changing market conditions.  Similar to other debt market instruments, our maximum principal loss is limited to our original investment of $600 million as of September 30, 2009.


 
25

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2009, as in the general markets, spreads on these transactions have tightened, reducing unrealized losses.  We had unrealized losses of $282 million on the $600 million in CLNs as of September 30, 2009, and $550 million on the $600 million in CLNs as of December 31, 2008.  As described more fully in the realized loss related to investments section above, we regularly review our investment holdings for OTTIs.  Based upon this review, we believe that these securities were not other-than-temporarily impaired as of September 30, 2009, and December 31, 2008.  The following summarizes the fair value to amortized cost ratio of the CLNs:
 
 
As of
 
As of
 
As of
 
October 31,
 
September 30,
 
December 31,
 
2009
 
2009
 
2008
Fair value to amortized cost ratio
50%
 
53%
 
8%
 
The following summarizes information regarding our investments in these securities (dollars in millions) as of September 30, 2009:
 
   
Amount and Date of Issuance
 
      $400       $200  
   
December 2006
   
April 2007
 
Amortized cost
  $ 400     $ 200  
Fair value
    205       113  
Original attachment point (subordination)
    5.50 %     2.05 %
Current attachment point (subordination)
    4.79 %     1.48 %
Maturity
 
12/20/2016
   
3/20/2017
 
Current rating of tranche
 
BBB-
   
Ba3 (1)
 
Current rating of underlying collateral pool
 
Aa1-Caa2
   
Aaa-B3
 
Number of entities
    124       98  
Number of countries
    19       23  
 
(1)
As of October 31, 2009, the current rating of this tranche was B2.

The following summarizes the exposure of the CLNs’ underlying collateral by industry and rating as of September 30, 2009:
 
Industry
 
AAA
 
AA
 
A
 
BBB
 
BB
 
B
 
CC
 
Total
Financial intermediaries
 
0.4%
 
3.5%
 
7.1%
 
0.5%
 
0.0%
 
0.0%
 
0.0%
 
11.5%
Telecommunications
 
0.0%
 
0.0%
 
5.5%
 
4.5%
 
1.1%
 
0.0%
 
0.0%
 
11.1%
Oil and gas
 
0.0%
 
1.4%
 
1.7%
 
4.4%
 
0.0%
 
0.0%
 
0.0%
 
7.5%
Utilities
 
0.0%
 
0.0%
 
2.4%
 
1.8%
 
0.0%
 
0.0%
 
0.0%
 
4.2%
Chemicals and plastics
 
0.0%
 
0.0%
 
2.3%
 
1.6%
 
0.0%
 
0.0%
 
0.0%
 
3.9%
Property and casualty insurance
 
0.0%
 
0.0%
 
2.2%
 
1.1%
 
0.0%
 
0.0%
 
0.5%
 
3.8%
Drugs
 
0.3%
 
2.5%
 
0.9%
 
0.0%
 
0.0%
 
0.0%
 
0.0%
 
3.7%
Retailers (except food and drug)
 
0.0%
 
0.0%
 
0.6%
 
1.8%
 
1.1%
 
0.0%
 
0.0%
 
3.5%
Industrial equipment
 
0.0%
 
0.0%
 
3.0%
 
0.3%
 
0.0%
 
0.0%
 
0.0%
 
3.3%
Sovereign
 
0.0%
 
0.3%
 
1.6%
 
1.4%
 
0.0%
 
0.0%
 
0.0%
 
3.3%
Forest products
 
0.0%
 
0.0%
 
0.0%
 
1.6%
 
1.4%
 
0.0%
 
0.0%
 
3.0%
Other industry < 3% (28 industries)
 
0.9%
 
2.8%
 
15.2%
 
16.6%
 
3.9%
 
1.8%
 
0.0%
 
41.2%
Total by industry
 
1.6%
 
10.5%
 
42.5%
 
35.6%
 
7.5%
 
1.8%
 
0.5%
 
100.0%

Alternative Investments 

Alternative investments, which consist primarily of investments in Limited Partnerships ("LPs"), are included in other investments on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 

 
26

 

We account for our investments in LPs using the equity method to determine the GAAP carrying value.  The LPs where LNC is a participant generally report their assets at fair value.  Since the assets of the LPs are measured at fair value and the values of the LPs’ liabilities would generally approximate fair value according to the audited financial statements received from the partnerships, the GAAP carrying value on our consolidated balance sheet would approximate a fair value for our LP investments.

Recognition of alternative investment income is delayed due to the availability of the related financial statements, as our venture capital, real estate and oil and gas portfolios are generally on a three-month delay and our hedge funds are on a one-month delay and are generally obtained from the partnerships’ general partners.  In addition, the impact of audit adjustments related to completion of calendar-year financial statement audits of the investees are typically received after the filing of Form 10-K.  Accordingly, our investment income from alternative investments for any calendar year period may not include the complete impact of the change in the underlying net assets for the partnership for that calendar year period.

6.  Derivative Instruments

Types of Derivative Instruments and Derivative Strategies
 
We maintain an overall risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate risk, foreign currency exchange risk, equity market risk and credit risk.  We assess these risks by continually identifying and monitoring changes in interest rate exposure, foreign currency exposure, equity market exposure and credit exposure that may adversely impact expected future cash flows and by evaluating hedging opportunities. Derivative instruments that are used as part of our interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swap agreements, interest rate futures, interest rate cap agreements, forward-starting interest rate swaps and treasury locks. Derivative instruments that are used as part of our foreign currency risk management strategy include foreign currency swaps, currency futures and foreign currency forwards.  Call options based on our stock, call options based on the Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) 500 Index® (“S&P 500”), total return swaps, variance swaps, equity collars, put options and equity futures are used as part of our equity market risk management strategy.  We also use credit default swaps as part of our credit risk management strategy.
 
We evaluate and recognize our derivative instruments in accordance with the Derivatives and Hedging Topic of the FASB ASC.  As of September 30, 2009, we had derivative instruments that were designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges, fair value hedges and the hedge of a net investment in a foreign subsidiary, as well as embedded derivatives that qualified as hedging instruments.  In addition, we had embedded derivatives that did not qualify as hedging instruments, and derivative instruments that were economic hedges, but were not designed to meet the requirements to be accounted for as a hedge.  See Note 1 of our 2008 Form 10-K for a detailed discussion of the accounting treatment for derivative instruments.

Our derivative instruments are monitored by our Asset Liability Management Committee and our Equity Risk Management Committee as part of those committees’ oversight of our derivative activities.  Our committees are responsible for implementing various hedging strategies that are developed through their analysis of financial simulation models and other internal and industry sources.  The resulting hedging strategies are incorporated into our overall risk management strategies.

We use a hedging strategy designed to mitigate the risk and income statement volatility caused by changes in the equity markets, interest rates and volatility associated with living benefit guarantees offered in our variable annuity products, including the Lincoln SmartSecurit y® Advantage guaranteed withdrawal benefit (“GWB”) feature, the 4LATER® Advantage guaranteed income benefit (“GIB”) feature and the i4LIFE ® Advantage GIB feature.  See “Guaranteed Living Benefit Embedded Derivative Reserves” below for further details.

See Note 16 for disclosures required by the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the FASB ASC.


 
27

 

We have derivative instruments with off-balance-sheet risks whose notional or contract amounts exceed the credit exposure.  Outstanding derivative instruments with off-balance-sheet risks (in millions) were as follows:
 
   
As of September 30, 2009
 
   
Number
         
Asset Carrying
   
(Liability) Carrying
 
   
of
   
Notional
   
or Fair Value
   
or Fair Value
 
   
Instruments
   
Amounts
   
Gain
   
Loss
   
Gain
   
Loss
 
Derivative Instruments
                                   
Designated and Qualifying
                                   
as Hedging Instruments
                                   
Cash flow hedges:
                                   
Interest rate swap agreements (1)
    92     $ 649     $ 37     $ (68 )   $ -     $ -  
Foreign currency swaps (1)
    13       340       37       (19 )     -       -  
Forward-starting interest rate swaps (1)
    1       75       -       -       -       -  
Total cash flow hedges
    106       1,064       74       (87 )     -       -  
Fair value hedges:
                                               
Interest rate swap agreements (1)
    1       375       92       -       -       -  
Equity collars (1)
    1       49       128       -       -       -  
Total fair value hedges
    2       424       220       -       -       -  
Net investment in foreign subsidiary:
                                               
Foreign currency forwards (1)
    2       324       12       -       -       -  
Embedded derivatives:
                                               
Deferred compensation plans (2)
    7       -       -       -       -       (418 )
Indexed annuity contracts (3)
    104,642       -       -       -       -       (391 )
GLB embedded derivative reserves (3)
    248,669       -       -       -       281       (1,382 )
Reinsurance related embedded
                                               
derivatives (4)
    -       -       -       -       -       (39 )
Total embedded derivatives
    353,318       -       -       -       281       (2,230 )
Total derivative instruments
                                               
designated and qualifying as
                                               
hedging instruments
    353,428       1,812       306       (87 )     281       (2,230 )
Derivative Instruments Not
                                               
Designated and Not Qualifying
                                               
as Hedging Instruments
                                               
Interest rate cap agreements (1)
    34       1,700       -       -       -       -  
Interest rate futures (1)
    31,555       4,163       -       -       -       -  
Equity futures (1)
    24,073       1,299       -       -       -       -  
Interest rate swap agreements (1)
    109       6,611       283       (399 )     -       -  
Foreign currency forwards (1)
    17       1,016       12       (130 )     -       -  
Credit default swaps (2)
    15       249       -       -       -       (78 )
Total return swaps (1)
    2       142       -       -       -       -  
Put options (1)
    120       4,259       1,022       -       -       -  
Call options (based on LNC stock) (1)
    1       9       -       -       -       -  
Call options (based on S&P 500) (1)
    557       3,342       174       -       -       -  
Variance swaps (1)
    36       26       101       (18 )     -       -  
Currency futures (1)
    3,432       487       -       -       -       -  
AFS securities embedded derivatives (1)
    2       -       18       -       -       -  
Total derivative instruments not
                                               
designated and not qualifying as
                                               
hedging instruments
    59,953       23,303       1,610       (547 )     -       (78 )
Total derivative instruments
    413,381     $ 25,115     $ 1,916     $ (634 )   $ 281     $ (2,308 )


 
28

 

(1)
Reported in derivative investments on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(2)
Reported in other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(3)
Reported in future contract benefits on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(4)
Reported in reinsurance related embedded derivatives on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The maturity of the notional amounts of derivative financial instruments (in millions) was as follows:
 
   
Remaining Life as of September 30, 2009
 
   
Less Than
      1 – 5       5 – 10       10 – 30        
   
1 Year
   
Years
   
Years
   
Years
   
Total
 
Derivative Instruments Designated and
                                   
 Qualifying as Hedging Instruments
                                   
Cash flow hedges:
                                   
Interest rate swap agreements
  $ 53     $ 90     $ 240     $ 266     $ 649  
Foreign currency swaps
    -       68       191       81       340  
Forward-starting interest rate swaps
    -       -       75       -       75  
Total cash flow hedges
    53       158       506       347       1,064  
Fair value hedges:
                                       
Interest rate swap agreements
    -       -       -       375       375  
    Equity collars
    49       -       -       -       49  
Total fair value hedges
    49       -       -       375       424  
Net investment in foreign subsidiary:
                                       
Foreign currency forwards
    324       -       -       -       324  
Total derivative instruments designated
                                       
and qualifying as hedging instruments
    426       158       506       722       1,812  
Derivative Instruments Not Designated and
                                       
Not Qualifying as Hedging Instruments
                                       
Interest rate cap agreements
    1,550       150       -       -       1,700  
Interest rate futures
    4,163       -       -       -       4,163  
Equity futures
    1,299       -       -       -       1,299  
Interest rate swap agreements
    477       1,635       1,494       3,005       6,611  
Foreign currency forwards
    1,016       -       -       -       1,016  
Credit default swaps
    20       40       189       -       249  
Total return swaps
    142       -       -       -       142  
Put options
    134       1,200       2,750       175       4,259  
Call options (based on LNC stock)
    9       -       -       -       9  
Call options (based on S&P 500)
    2,534       808       -       -       3,342  
Variance swaps
    -       3       23       -       26  
Currency futures
    487       -       -       -       487  
Total derivative instruments not designated
                                       
and not qualifying as hedging instruments
    11,831       3,836       4,456       3,180       23,303  
Total derivative instruments
                                       
with notional amounts
  $ 12,257     $ 3,994     $ 4,962     $ 3,902     $ 25,115  


 
29

 

The change in our unrealized gain on derivative instruments in accumulated OCI (in millions) was as follows:
 
   
For the
 
   
Nine
 
   
Months
 
   
Ended
 
   
September 30,
 
   
2009
 
Unrealized Gain on Derivative Instruments
     
Balance as of beginning-of-year
  $ 127  
Other comprehensive income (loss):
       
Unrealized holding losses arising during the period:
       
Cash flow hedges:
       
Interest rate swap agreements
    23  
Foreign currency swaps
    (49 )
Fair value hedges:
       
Interest rate swap agreements
    3  
Equity collars
    (28 )
Net investment in foreign subsidiary
    (61 )
Change in DAC, VOBA, DSI and other contract holder funds
    16  
Income tax benefit
    (16 )
Less:
       
Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income:
       
Cash flow hedges:
       
Interest rate swap agreements (1)
    2  
Foreign currency swaps (1)
    1  
Fair value hedges:
       
Interest rate swap agreements (2)
    3  
Income tax expense
    (2 )
Balance as of end-of-period
  $ 11  
 
(1)
The OCI offset is reported within net investment income on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss).
(2)
The OCI offset is reported within interest and debt expense on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss).

 
30

 

The settlement payments and mark-to-market adjustments on derivative instruments (in millions) recorded on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) were as follows:
 
   
For the
   
For the
 
   
Three
   
Nine
 
   
Months
   
Months
 
   
Ended
   
Ended
 
   
September 30,
   
September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2009
 
Derivative Instruments Designated and Qualifying as Hedging Instruments
           
Cash flow hedges:
           
Interest rate swap agreements (1)
  $ -     $ 2  
Foreign currency swaps (1)
    1       2  
Total cash flow hedges
    1       4  
Fair value hedges:
               
Interest rate swap agreements (2)
    5       12  
Embedded derivatives:
               
Deferred compensation plans (3)
    (17 )     (42 )
Indexed annuity contracts (4)
    (54 )     (4 )
GLB embedded derivative reserves (4)
    (28 )     1,793  
Reinsurance related embedded derivatives (4)
    (85 )     (70 )
Total embedded derivatives
    (184 )     1,677  
Total derivative instruments designated and qualifying as hedging instruments
    (178 )     1,693  
Derivative Instruments Not Designated and Not Qualifying as Hedging Instruments
         
Interest rate futures (4)
    (3 )     (586 )
Equity futures (4)
    (285 )     (599 )
Interest rate swap agreements (4)
    93       (686 )
Foreign currency forwards (1)
    (36 )     (119 )
Credit default swaps (1)
    -       1  
Total return swaps (3)
    19       28  
Put options (4)
    (116 )     (526 )
Call options (based on S&P 500) (4)
    48       50  
Variance swaps (4)
    5       (78 )
Currency futures (4)
    9       7  
AFS securities embedded derivatives (1)
    1       4  
Total derivative instruments not designated and not qualifying as hedging instruments
    (265 )     (2,504 )
Total derivative instruments
  $ (443 )   $ (811 )

(1)
Reported in net investment income on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss).
(2)
Reported in interest and debt expense on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss).
(3)
Reported in underwriting, acquisition, insurance and other expenses on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss).
(4)
Reported in realized loss on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss).

Derivative Instruments Designated and Qualifying as Cash Flow Hedges

There was zero and $1 million in ineffective portions of cash flow hedges recognized through realized loss for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively.

As of September 30, 2009, $6 million of the deferred net gains on derivative instruments in accumulated OCI were expected to be reclassified to earnings during the next twelve months.  This reclassification is due primarily to the receipt of interest payments associated with variable rate securities and forecasted purchases, payment of interest on our senior debt, the receipt of interest payments associated with foreign currency securities and the periodic vesting of stock appreciation rights (“SARs”).

 
31

 


For both the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, there were no reclassifications to earnings due to hedged firm commitments no longer deemed probable or due to hedged forecasted transactions that had not occurred by the end of the originally specified time period.

Interest Rate Swap Agreements

We use a portion of our interest rate swap agreements to hedge the interest rate risk to our exposure to floating rate bond coupon payments, replicating a fixed rate bond.  An interest rate swap is a contractual agreement to exchange payments at one or more times based on the actual or expected price level, performance or value of one or more underlying interest rates.  We are required to pay the counterparty the stream of variable interest payments based on the coupon payments from the hedged bonds, and in turn, receive a fixed payment from the counterparty at a predetermined interest rate.  The net receipts/payments from these interest rate swaps are recorded on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) as specified in the table above.  Gains or losses on interest rate swaps hedging our interest rate exposure on floating rate bond coupon payments are reclassified from accumulated OCI to net income as the related bond interest is accrued.

In addition, we use interest rate swap agreements to hedge our exposure to fixed rate bond coupon payments and the change in underlying asset values as interest rates fluctuate.  The net receipts/payments from these interest rate swaps are recorded on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) as specified in the table above.

As of September 30, 2009, the latest maturity date for which we were hedging our exposure to the variability in future cash flows for these instruments was June 2037.

Foreign Currency Swaps

We use foreign currency swaps, which are traded over-the-counter, to hedge some of the foreign exchange risk of investments in fixed maturity securities denominated in foreign currencies.  A foreign currency swap is a contractual agreement to exchange the currencies of two different countries at a specified rate of exchange in the future.  Gains or losses on foreign currency swaps hedging foreign exchange risk exposure on foreign currency bond coupon payments are reclassified from accumulated OCI to net income as the related bond interest is accrued.

As of September 30, 2009, the latest maturity date for which we were hedging our exposure to the variability in future cash flows for these instruments was July 2022.

Forward-Starting Interest Rate Swaps

We use forward-starting interest rate swaps to hedge our exposure to interest rate fluctuations related to the forecasted purchase of assets for certain investment portfolios.  The gains or losses resulting from the swap agreements are recorded in OCI.  The gains or losses are reclassified from accumulated OCI to earnings over the life of the assets once the assets are purchased.

As of September 30, 2009, the latest maturity date for which we were hedging our exposure to the variability in future cash flows for these instruments was September 2017.

Derivative Instruments Designated and Qualifying as Fair Value Hedges

There were no ineffective portions of fair value hedges for both the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009.  We recognized $1 million as a component of realized investment loss for our equity collars for both the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009.

Interest Rate Swap Agreements

We use a portion of our interest rate swap agreements to hedge the risk of paying a higher fixed rate of interest on junior subordinated debentures issued to affiliated trusts and on senior debt than would be paid on long-term debt based on current interest rates in the marketplace.  We are required to pay the counterparty a stream of variable interest payments based on the referenced index, and in turn, we receive a fixed payment from the counterparty at a predetermined interest rate.  The net receipts/payments from these interest rate swaps are recorded as an adjustment to the interest expense for the debt being hedged.  The changes in fair value of the interest rate swap are recorded on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) as specified in the table above in the period of change, along with the offsetting changes in fair value of the debt being hedged.


 
32

 

Equity Collars

We used an equity collar on four million shares of our Bank of America (“BOA”) stock holdings.  The equity collar is structured such that we purchased a put option on the BOA stock and simultaneously sold a call option with the identical maturity date as the put option.  This structure effectively protects us from a price decline in the stock while allowing us to participate in some of the upside if the BOA stock appreciates over the time of the transaction.  With the equity collar in place, we are able to pledge the BOA stock as collateral, which then allows us to advance a substantial portion of the stock’s value, effectively monetizing the stock for liquidity purposes. This variable forward contract is scheduled to settle in September 2010, at which time we will be required to deliver shares or cash.  If we choose to settle in shares, the number of shares to be delivered will be determined based on the volume-weighted average price of BOA common stock over a period of 10 trading days prior to settlement.  The change in fair value of the equity collar is recorded on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) as specified in the table above in the period of change, along with the offsetting changes (when applicable) in fair value of the stock being hedged. 

Derivative Instruments Designated and Qualifying as a Net Investment in Foreign Subsidiary

We use foreign currency forwards to hedge a portion of our net investment in our foreign subsidiary, Lincoln UK.  The foreign currency forwards obligate us to deliver a specified amount of currency at a future date at a specified exchange rate. The foreign currency forwards outstanding as of December 31, 2008, were terminated on February 5, 2009.  The gain on the termination of the foreign currency forward of $38 million was recorded in OCI.  During 2009, we entered into foreign currency forward to hedge a significant portion of the foreign currency fluctuations associated with the expected proceeds from the sale of Lincoln UK.  The loss upon the termination of these foreign currency contracts of $12 million was also recorded in OCI.

Embedded Derivative Instruments Designated and Qualifying as Hedging Instruments

Deferred Compensation Plans

We have certain deferred compensation plans that have embedded derivative instruments.  The liability related to these plans varies based on the investment options selected by the participants.  The liability related to certain investment options selected by the participants is marked-to-market through net income on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) as specified in the table above.

Indexed Annuity Contracts

We distribute indexed annuity contracts that permit the holder to elect an interest rate return or an equity market component, where interest credited to the contracts is linked to the performance of the S&P 500.  This feature represents an embedded derivative under the Derivatives and Hedging Topic of the FASB ASC. Contract holders may elect to re-balance index options at renewal dates, either annually or biannually.  As of each renewal date, we have the opportunity to re-price the indexed component by establishing participation rates, subject to minimum guarantees.  We purchase S&P 500 call options that are highly correlated to the portfolio allocation decisions of our contract holders, such that we are economically hedged with respect to equity returns for the current reset period.  The mark-to-market of the options held generally offsets the change in value of the embedded derivative within the indexed annuity, both of which are recorded on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) as specified in the table above.

Guaranteed Living Benefit Embedded Derivative Reserves
 
We have certain guaranteed living benefit (“GLB”) variable annuity products with GWB and GIB features that are embedded derivatives.  Certain features of these guarantees, notably our GIB and 4LATER® features, have elements of both insurance benefits accounted for under the Financial Services – Insurance – Claim Costs and Liabilities for Future Policy Benefits Subtopic of the FASB ASC (“benefit reserves”) and embedded derivatives accounted for under the Derivatives and Hedging and the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topics of the FASB ASC (“embedded derivative reserves”). We calculate the value of the embedded derivative reserve and the benefit reserve based on the specific characteristics of each GLB feature.  The change in embedded derivative reserves flows through our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) as specified in the table above.  As of September 30, 2009, we had $21.5 billion of account values that were attributable to variable annuities with a GWB feature and $8.8 billion of account values that were attributable to variable annuities with a GIB feature.


 
33

 

We use a hedging strategy designed to mitigate the risk and income statement volatility caused by changes in the equity markets, interest rates and volatility associated with GWB and GIB features.  The hedging strategy is designed such that changes in the value of the hedge contracts due to changes in equity markets, interest rates and implied volatilities move in the opposite direction of changes in embedded derivative reserves of the GWB and GIB caused by those same factors. As part of our current hedging program, equity markets, interest rates and volatility in market conditions are monitored on a daily basis. We re-balance our hedge positions based upon changes in these factors as needed.  While we actively manage our hedge positions, these hedge positions may not be totally effective in offsetting changes in the embedded derivative reserve due to, among other things, differences in timing between when a market exposure changes and corresponding changes to the hedge positions, extreme swings in the equity markets and interest rates, market volatility, contract holder behavior, divergence between the performance of the underlying funds and the hedging indices, divergence between the actual and expected performance of the hedge instruments and our ability to purchase hedging instruments at prices consistent with our desired risk and return trade off.

Reinsurance Related Embedded Derivative

We have certain modified coinsurance (“Modco”) and coinsurance with funds withheld (“CFW”) reinsurance arrangements with embedded derivatives related to the withheld assets of the related funds.  These derivatives are considered total return swaps with contractual returns that are attributable to various assets and liabilities associated with these reinsurance arrangements. Changes in the estimated fair value of these derivatives as they occur are recorded on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) as specified in the table above.  Offsetting these amounts are corresponding changes in the estimated fair value of trading securities in portfolios that support these arrangements.  During the first quarter of 2009, the portion of the embedded derivative liability related to the funds withheld reinsurance agreement on our disability income business was released due to the rescission of the underlying reinsurance agreement.  See Note 11 for additional details.

Derivative Instruments Not Designated and Not Qualifying as Hedging Instruments
 
We use various other derivative instruments for risk management and income generation purposes that either do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment or have not currently been designated by us for hedge accounting treatment in accordance with the Derivatives and Hedging Topic of the FASB ASC.

Interest Rate Cap Agreements

Interest rate cap agreements entitle us to receive quarterly payments from the counterparties on specified future reset dates, contingent on future interest rates.  For each cap, the amount of such quarterly payments, if any, is determined by the excess of a market interest rate over a specified cap rate, multiplied by the notional amount divided by four.  The purpose of our interest rate cap agreement program is to provide a level of protection from the effect of rising interest rates for our annuity business, within our Retirement Solutions – Annuities and Retirement Solutions – Defined Contribution segments.  The interest rate cap agreements provide an economic hedge of the annuity line of business.  However, the interest rate cap agreements do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment.

Interest Rate Futures and Equity Futures

We use interest rate futures and equity futures contracts to hedge the liability exposure on certain options in variable annuity products.  These futures contracts require payment between our counterparty and us on a daily basis for changes in the futures index price.  Cash settlements on the change in market value of financial futures contracts, along with the resulting gains or losses, are recorded on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) as specified in the table above.

Interest Rate Swap Agreements

We use interest rate swap agreements to hedge the liability exposure on certain options in variable annuity products.  The change in market value and periodic cash settlements are recorded on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) as specified in the table above.

Foreign Currency Forwards

We use foreign currency forwards to hedge dividends received from our U.K.-based subsidiary, Lincoln UK.  The foreign currency forwards obligate us to deliver a specified amount of currency at a future date and a specified exchange rate.


 
34

 

Credit Default Swaps

We buy credit default swaps to hedge against a drop in bond prices due to credit concerns of certain bond issuers.  A credit default swap allows us to put the bond back to the counterparty at par upon a default event by the bond issuer.  A default event is defined as bankruptcy, failure to pay, obligation acceleration or restructuring.  Our credit default swaps are not currently qualified for hedge accounting treatment, as amounts are insignificant.
 
We also sell credit default swaps to offer credit protection to investors.  The credit default swaps hedge the investor against a drop in bond prices due to credit concerns of certain bond issuers.  A credit default swap allows the investor to put the bond back to us at par upon a default event by the bond issuer.  A default event is defined as bankruptcy, failure to pay, obligation acceleration or restructuring.

Information related to our open credit default swap liabilities for which we are the seller (in millions) as of September 30, 2009, was as follows:
 
               
Credit
             
   
Reason
   
Nature
   
Rating of
         
Maximum
 
   
for
   
of
   
Counter-
   
Fair
   
Potential
 
Maturity
 
Entering
   
Recourse
   
party
   
Value (1)
   
Payout
 
                               
3/20/2010
    (2)       (4)       A2/A     $ -     $ 10  
6/20/2010
    (2)        (4)          A1/A       -       10  
12/20/2012
    (3)        (4)       
    Aa2/A+
      -       10  
12/20/2012
    (3)       (4)    
    Aa2/A+
      -       10  
12/20/2012
    (3)       (4)       A1/A       -       10  
12/20/2012
    (3)       (4)       A1/A       -       10  
12/20/2016
    (3)       (4)       A2/A (5)       13       29  
12/20/2016
    (3)       (4)       A2/A (5)       8       24  
12/20/2016
    (3)       (4)       A2/A (5)       10       24  
3/20/2017
    (3)       (4)       A2/A (5)       8       22  
3/20/2017
    (3)       (4)       A2/A (5)       12       15  
3/20/2017
    (3)       (4)       A2/A (5)       6       18  
3/20/2017
    (3)       (4)       A2/A (5)       12       17  
3/20/2017
    (3)       (4)       A2/A (5)       4       23  
3/20/2017
    (3)       (4)       A2/A (5)       5       17  
                            $ 78     $ 249  
 
(1)
Broker quotes are used to determine the market value of credit default swaps.
(2)
Credit default swap was entered into in order to generate income by providing protection on a highly rated basket of securities in return for a quarterly payment.
(3)
Credit default swap was entered into in order to generate income by providing default protection in return for a quarterly payment.
(4)
Seller does not have the right to demand indemnification/compensation from third parties in case of a loss (payment) on the contract.
(5)
These credit default swaps were sold to a counter party of the issuing special purpose trust as discussed in the “Credit-Linked Notes” section in Note 5.

Details underlying the associated collateral of our open credit default swaps for which we are the seller as of September 30, 2009, if credit risk related contingent features were triggered (in millions) were as follows:
 
Maximum potential payout
  $ 249  
Less:
       
Counterparty thresholds
    30  
Maximum collateral potentially required to post
  $ 219  
 
 
 
35

 

Certain of our credit default swap agreements contain contractual provisions that allow for the netting of collateral with our counterparties related to all of our collateralized financing transactions that we have outstanding.  In the event that these netting agreements were not in place, fair values of the associated investments, counterparties’ credit ratings as compared to ours and specified thresholds that once exceeded result in the payment of cash would have required that we post approximately $70 million as of September 30, 2009.  Netting of these contracts allowed us to post approximately $62 million.

Total Return Swaps

We use total return swaps to hedge a portion of the liability related to our deferred compensation plans.  We receive the total return on a portfolio of indexes and pay a floating rate of interest.  Cash settlements on the change in market value of the total return swaps along with the resulting gains or losses recorded on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) as specified in the table above.

Put Options

We use put options to hedge the liability exposure on certain options in variable annuity products.  Put options are contracts that require counterparties to pay us at a specified future date the amount, if any, by which a specified equity index is less than the strike rate stated in the agreement, applied to a notional amount.  The change in market value of the put options along with the resulting gains or losses on terminations and expirations are recorded on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) as specified in the table above.

Call Options (Based on LNC Stock)

We use call options on our stock to hedge the expected increase in liabilities arising from SARs granted on our stock.  Call options hedging vested SARs are not eligible for hedge accounting treatment.  The mark-to-market changes are recorded on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) as specified in the table above.

Call Options (Based on S&P 500)

We use indexed annuity contracts to permit the holder to elect an interest rate return or an equity market component, where interest credited to the contracts is linked to the performance of the S&P 500.  Contract holders may elect to re-balance index options at renewal dates, either annually or biannually.  As of each renewal date, we have the opportunity to re-price the indexed component by establishing participation rates, subject to minimum guarantees.  We purchase call options that are highly correlated to the portfolio allocation decisions of our contract holders, such that we are economically hedged with respect to equity returns for the current reset period.  The mark-to-market of the options held generally offsets the change in value of the embedded derivative within the indexed annuity, both of which are recorded on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) as specified in the table above.

Variance Swaps

We use variance swaps to hedge the liability exposure on certain options in variable annuity products.  Variance swaps are contracts entered into at no cost and whose payoff is the difference between the realized variance of an underlying index and the fixed variance rate determined as of inception.  The change in market value and resulting gains and losses on terminations and expirations are recorded on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) as specified in the table above.

Currency Futures

We use currency futures to hedge foreign exchange risk associated with certain options in variable annuity products.  Currency futures exchange one currency for another at a specified date in the future at a specified exchange rate.  These contracts do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment; therefore, all cash settlements along with the resulting gains or losses are recorded on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) as specified in the table above.

AFS Securities Embedded Derivatives

We own various debt securities that either contain call options to exchange the debt security for other specified securities of the borrower, usually common stock, or contain call options to receive the return on equity-like indexes.  These embedded derivatives have not been qualified for hedge accounting treatment; therefore, the change in fair value of the embedded derivatives flows through our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) as specified in the table above.


 
36

 

Credit Risk

We are exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by our counterparties on various derivative contracts and reflect assumptions regarding the credit or nonperformance risk.  The nonperformance risk is based upon assumptions for each counterparty’s credit spread over the estimated weighted average life of the counterparty exposure less collateral held.   As of September 30, 2009, the nonperformance risk adjustment was $10 million. The credit risk associated with such agreements is minimized by purchasing such agreements from financial institutions with long-standing, superior performance records.  Additionally, we maintain a policy of requiring all derivative contracts to be governed by an International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) Master Agreement.  We are required to maintain minimum ratings as a matter of routine practice in negotiating ISDA agreements.  Under some ISDA agreements, our insurance subsidiaries have agreed to maintain certain financial strength or claims-paying ratings.  A downgrade below these levels could result in termination of the derivatives contract, at which time any amounts payable by us would be dependent on the market value of the underlying derivative contract.  In certain transactions, we and the counterparty have entered into a collateral support agreement requiring either party to post collateral when net exposures exceed pre-determined thresholds.  These thresholds vary by counterparty and credit rating.  We do not believe the inclusion of termination or collateralization events pose any material threat to the liquidity position of any insurance subsidiary of the Company.  The amount of such exposure is essentially the net replacement cost or market value less collateral held for such agreements with each counterparty if the net market value is in our favor.  As of September 30, 2009, the exposure was $426 million.

The amounts recognized (in millions) by S&P credit rating of counterparty as of September 30, 2009, for which we had the right to reclaim cash collateral or were obligated to return cash collateral, were as follows:
 
     
Collateral
   
Collateral
 
S&P
   
Posted by
   
Posted by
 
Credit
   
Counterparty
   
LNC
 
Rating of
   
(Held by
   
(Held by
 
Counterparty
   
LNC)
   
Counterparty)
 
               
AAA
    $ 9     $ -  
AA
      115       -  
AA-
      187       -  
  A+       275       (16 )
  A       288       (88 )
        $ 874     $ (104 )
 
7.  Federal Income Taxes

The effective tax rate is a ratio of tax expense over pre-tax income (loss).  Because the pre-tax income of $62 million and $121 million resulted in a tax benefit of $19 million and $8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively, the effective tax rate was not meaningful.  The effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 was 22% and 25%, respectively.  The effective tax rate on pre-tax income (loss) from continuing operations was lower than the prevailing corporate federal income tax rate.  Differences in the effective rates and the U.S. statutory rate of 35% for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 were the result of certain tax preferred investment income, separate account dividends-received deduction (“DRD”), foreign tax credits and other tax preference items and the impact of the goodwill impairment related to our Retirement Solutions – Annuities reporting segment, which did not have a corresponding tax effect.

Federal income tax benefit for the first nine months of 2009 included an increase of $60 million related to favorable adjustments from the 2008 tax return, filed during 2009, relating primarily to the separate account DRD, foreign tax credits and other tax preference items.  Federal income tax expense for the first nine months of 2008 included a reduction of $34 million related to favorable adjustments from the 2007 tax return, filed during 2008, relating primarily to the separate account DRD, foreign tax credits and other tax preference items.

The application of GAAP requires us to evaluate the recoverability of our deferred tax assets and establish a valuation allowance if necessary, to reduce our deferred tax asset to an amount that is more likely than not to be realizable.  Considerable judgment and the use of estimates are required in determining whether a valuation allowance is necessary, and if so, the amount of such valuation allowance.  In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, we consider many factors, including: the nature and character of the deferred tax assets and liabilities; taxable income in prior carryback years; future reversals of temporary differences; the length of time carryovers can be utilized; and any tax planning strategies we would employ to avoid a tax benefit from expiring unused.  Although realization is not assured, management believes it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets, including our capital loss deferred tax asset, will be realized.

 
37

 

As of September 30, 2009, there have been no material changes to the balance of unrecognized tax benefits reported as of December 31, 2008. We anticipate a change to our unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months in the range of $0 million to $53 million.

We recognize interest and penalties, if any, accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of tax expense.

8.  Goodwill

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill (in millions) by reportable segment were as follows:
 
   
For the Nine Months Ended
 
   
September 30, 2009
 
   
Balance
   
Purchase
         
Balance
 
   
As of
   
Accounting
         
As of
 
   
Beginning-
   
Adjust-
   
Impair-
   
End-of-
 
   
of-Year
   
ments
   
ment
   
Period
 
Retirement Solutions:
                       
Annuities
  $ 1,040     $ -     $ (600 )   $ 440  
Defined Contribution
    20       -       -       20  
Insurance Solutions:
                               
Life Insurance
    2,188       -       -       2,188  
Group Protection
    274       -       -       274  
Other Operations
    174       1       (1 )     174  
Total goodwill
  $ 3,696     $ 1     $ (601 )   $ 3,096  
 
We performed a Step 1 goodwill impairment analysis on all of our reporting units as of March 31, 2009.  The Step 1 analysis for our Insurance Solutions – Life Insurance and Retirement Solutions – Annuities reporting units utilized primarily a discounted cash flow valuation technique.  In determining the estimated fair value of these reporting units, we incorporated consideration of discounted cash flow calculations, the level of our own share price and assumptions that market participants would make in valuing these reporting units.  Our fair value estimations were based primarily on an in-depth analysis of projected future cash flows and relevant discount rates, which considered market participant inputs (“income approach”).  The discounted cash flow analysis required us to make judgments about revenues, earnings projections, capital market assumptions and discount rates.  For our other reporting units, we used other available information including market data obtained through strategic reviews and other analysis to support our Step 1 conclusions.

All of our reporting units passed the Step 1 analysis, except for our Retirement Solutions – Annuities reporting unit, which required a Step 2 analysis to be completed.  In our Step 2 analysis, we estimated the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill as determined by allocating the reporting unit’s fair value determined in Step 1 to all of its net assets (recognized and unrecognized) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination as of the date of the impairment test.

Based upon our Step 2 analysis, we recorded goodwill impairment for the Retirement Solutions – Annuities reporting unit in the first quarter of 2009, which was attributable primarily to higher discount rates driven by higher debt costs and equity market volatility, deterioration in sales and declines in equity markets.  There were no indicators of impairment as of September 30, 2009, due primarily to the continued improvement in the equity markets and lower discount rates.

For our acquisition of NCLS, we are in the process of finalizing the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date.  As such, these values are subject to change.  During the first nine months of 2009, we impaired the estimated goodwill that arose from the acquisition after giving consideration to the expected financial performance and other relevant factors of this business.

9.  Guaranteed Benefit Features

We issue variable annuity contracts through our separate accounts for which investment income and investment gains and losses accrue directly to, and investment risk is borne by, the contract holder (traditional variable annuities).  We also issue variable annuity and life contracts through separate accounts that include various types of guaranteed death benefit (“GDB”), GWB and GIB features.  The GDB features include those where we contractually guarantee to the contract holder either:  return of no less than total deposits made to the contract less any partial withdrawals (“return of net deposits”); total deposits made to the contract less any partial withdrawals plus a minimum return (“minimum return”); or the highest contract value on any contract anniversary date through age 80 minus any payments or withdrawals following the contract anniversary (“anniversary contract value”).

 
38

 


As discussed in Note 6, certain features of these guarantees are accounted for as embedded derivative reserves, whereas other guarantees are accounted for as benefit reserves.  Other guarantees contain characteristics of both and are accounted for under an approach that calculates the value of the embedded derivative reserve and the benefit reserve based on the specific characteristics of each GLB feature.  We use derivative instruments to hedge our exposure to the risks and earnings volatility that result from the embedded derivatives for living benefits in certain of our variable annuity products.  The change in fair value of these instruments tends to move in the opposite direction of the change in the value of the associated reserves.  The net impact of these changes is reported as a component of realized loss on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) in a category referred to as GLBs.

The “market consistent scenarios” used in the determination of the fair value of the GWB liability are similar to those used by an investment bank to value derivatives for which the pricing is not transparent and the aftermarket is nonexistent or illiquid.  In our calculation, risk-neutral Monte-Carlo simulations resulting in over 10 million scenarios are utilized to value the entire block of guarantees.  The market consistent scenario assumptions, as of each valuation date, are those we view to be appropriate for a hypothetical market participant. The market consistent inputs include assumptions for the capital markets (e.g., implied volatilities, correlation among indices, risk-free swap curve, etc.), policyholder behavior (e.g., policy lapse, benefit utilization, mortality, etc.), risk margins, administrative expenses and a margin for profit. We believe these assumptions are consistent with those that would be used by a market participant; however, as the related markets develop we will continue to reassess our assumptions.  It is possible that different valuation techniques and assumptions could produce a materially different estimate of fair value.

Information on the GDB features outstanding (dollars in millions) was as follows (our variable contracts with guarantees may offer more than one type of guarantee in each contract; therefore, the amounts listed are not mutually exclusive):
 
   
As of
   
As of
 
   
September 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
Return of Net Deposits
           
Total account value
  $ 42,415     $ 33,907  
Net amount at risk (1)
    2,446       6,337  
Average attained age of contract holders
 
57 years
   
56 years
 
Minimum Return
               
Total account value
  $ 204     $ 191  
Net amount at risk (1)
    72       109  
Average attained age of contract holders
 
69 years
   
68 years
 
Guaranteed minimum return
    5 %     5 %
Anniversary Contract Value
               
Total account value
  $ 20,605     $ 16,950  
Net amount at risk (1)
    4,764       8,402  
Average attained age of contract holders
 
65 years
   
65 years
 
 
(1)
Represents the amount of death benefit in excess of the account balance.  The decrease in net amount at risk when comparing September 30, 2009, to December 31, 2008, was attributable primarily to the rise in equity markets and associated increase in the account values.


 
39

 

The determination of GDB liabilities is based on models that involve a range of scenarios and assumptions, including those regarding expected market rates of return and volatility, contract surrender rates and mortality experience.  The following summarizes the balances of and changes in the liabilities for GDB (in millions), which were recorded in future contract benefits on our Consolidated Balance Sheets:   
 
   
For the Nine
 
   
Months Ended
 
   
September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
Balance as of beginning-of-year
  $ 277     $ 38  
Change in reserves
    (39 )     87  
Benefits paid
    (150 )     (22 )
Balance as of end-of-period
  $ 88     $ 103  
 
Account balances of variable annuity contracts with guarantees (in millions) were invested in separate account investment options as follows:
 
   
As of
   
As of
 
   
September 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
Asset Type
           
Domestic equity
  $ 31,318     $ 24,878  
International equity
    11,737       9,204  
Bonds
    9,041       6,701  
Money market
    5,958       5,802  
Total
  $ 58,054     $ 46,585  
                 
Percent of total variable annuity separate account values
    97 %     99 %
 
Future contract benefits also include reserves for our products with secondary guarantees for our products sold through our Insurance Solutions – Life Insurance segment.  These UL and VUL products with secondary guarantees represented approximately 39% of permanent life insurance in force as of September 30, 2009, and approximately 58% and 66% of sales for these products for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009.


 
40

 

10.  Long-Term Debt

Changes in long-term debt, excluding current portion (in millions), were as follows:

   
For the
 
   
Nine
 
   
Months
 
   
Ended
 
   
September 30,
 
   
2009
 
Balance as of beginning-of-year
  $ 4,731  
Early extinguishment of the following capital securities:
       
Portion of 7%, due 2066 (1)
    (78 )
Portion of 6.05%, due 2067 (2)
    (9 )
Senior notes issued (3)
    495  
Maturity of LIBOR + 11 bps notes, due 2009
    (500 )
Reclassification to short-term debt
    250  
Change in fair value hedge
    (104 )
Accretion (amortization) of discounts (premiums), net
    4  
Balance as of end-of-period
  $ 4,789  
 
(1)
The results of the extinguishment of debt were favorable by a ratio of 25 cents to one dollar.
(2)
The results of the extinguishment of debt were favorable by a ratio of 23 cents to one dollar.
(3)
On June 22, 2009, we issued 8.75% fixed rate senior notes due 2019.  We have the option to repurchase the outstanding notes by paying the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed and (ii) the make-whole amount, plus in each case any accrued and unpaid interest as of the date of redemption.  The make-whole amount is equal to the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments on the senior notes, discounted to the date of redemption on a semi-annual basis, at a rate equal to the sum of the applicable treasury rate (as defined in the senior notes) plus 50 basis points.

Details underlying the recognition of a gain on the extinguishment of debt (in millions) reported within interest and debt expense on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) were as follows:
 
   
For the
 
   
Three
 
   
Months
 
   
Ended
 
   
March 31,
 
   
2009
 
Principal balance outstanding prior to payoff
  $ 87  
Unamortized debt issuance costs and discounts prior to payoff
    (1 )
Amount paid to retire
    (22 )
Gain on extinguishment of debt, pre-tax
  $ 64  



 
41

 

11.  Contingencies and Commitments

Regulatory and Litigation Matters

In the ordinary course of its business, LNC and its subsidiaries are involved in various pending or threatened legal proceedings, including purported class actions, arising from the conduct of business.  In some instances, these proceedings include claims for unspecified or substantial punitive damages and similar types of relief in addition to amounts for alleged contractual liability or requests for equitable relief.  After consultation with legal counsel and a review of available facts, it is management’s opinion that these proceedings, after consideration of any reserves and rights to indemnification, ultimately will be resolved without materially affecting the consolidated financial position of LNC.  However, given the large and indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these proceedings and the inherent difficulty in predicting the outcome of such legal proceedings, including the proceeding described below, it is possible that an adverse outcome in certain matters could be material to our operating results for any particular reporting period.

Transamerica Investment Management, LLC and Transamerica Investments Services, Inc. v. Delaware Management Holdings, Inc. (dba Delaware Investments), Delaware Investment Advisers and certain individuals , was filed in the San Francisco County Superior Court on April 28, 2005.  The plaintiffs are seeking substantial compensatory and punitive damages.  The complaint alleges breach of fiduciary duty, breach of duty of loyalty, breach of contract, breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, unfair competition, interference with prospective economic advantage, conversion, unjust enrichment and conspiracy, in connection with Delaware Investment Advisers’ hiring of a portfolio management team from the plaintiffs.  We and the individual defendants dispute the allegations and are vigorously defending these actions.  The pending sale of Delaware has no impact on this matter.

Contingencies

Rescission of Indemnity Reinsurance for Disability Income Business

Included in the business sold to Swiss Re through indemnity reinsurance in 2001 was disability income business.  In response to the rescission award of a panel of arbitrators on January 24, 2009, of the underlying reinsurance agreement with Swiss Re, we recorded an adjustment to write down our reinsurance recoverable and the corresponding funds withheld liability, and we released the embedded derivative liability related to the funds withheld nature of the reinsurance agreement, as discussed below.  Although these adjustments were based on our best estimate of the impact of the rescission, we may record further adjustments depending on the outcome of our review of the adequacy of the reserves, which we expect to complete during the fourth quarter of 2009.  Any resulting adjustment may have a material impact on our results for the quarter in which the adjustment is recorded.  The rescission resulted in our being responsible for paying claims on the business and maintaining sufficient reserves to support the liabilities.

For the three months ended March 31, 2009, an unfavorable adjustment of $64 million, after-tax, was reflected in segment income from operations within Other Operations, comprised of increases of $78 million to benefits, $15 million to interest credited and $5 million to underwriting, acquisition, insurance and other expenses, partially offset by a tax benefit of $34 million.  In addition, during the first three months of 2009, the embedded derivative liability release discussed above increased net income by approximately $31 million.  The combined adjustments reduced net income by approximately $33 million, after-tax.  In addition, as a result of the rescission we reduced our reinsurance recoverables by approximately $900 million related to the reserves for the disability income business and a reduction of approximately $840 million in the funds withheld liability.


 
42

 

12.  Shares and Stockholders’ Equity

The changes in our preferred and common stock (number of shares) were as follows:
 
   
For the Three
   
For the Nine
 
   
Months Ended
   
Months Ended
 
   
September 30,
   
September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2009
   
2008
 
Series A Preferred Stock
                       
Balance as of beginning-of-period
    11,557       11,662       11,565       11,960  
Conversion into common stock
    (10 )     (100 )     (18 )     (398 )
Balance as of end-of-period
    11,547       11,562       11,547       11,562  
                                 
Series B Preferred Stock
                               
Balance as of beginning-of-period
    -       -       -       -  
Stock issued
    950,000       -       950,000       -  
Balance as of end-of-period
    950,000       -       950,000       -  
                                 
Common Stock
                               
Balance as of beginning-of-period
    302,093,017       256,801,622       255,869,859       264,233,303  
Stock issued
    -       -       46,000,000       -  
Conversion of Series A preferred stock
    160       1,600       288       6,368  
Stock compensation/issued for benefit plans
    12,070       114,919       284,637       861,220  
Retirement/cancellation of shares
    (31,378 )     (1,076,508 )     (80,915 )     (9,259,258 )
Balance as of end-of-period
    302,073,869       255,841,633       302,073,869       255,841,633  
                                 
Common stock as of end-of-period:
                               
Assuming conversion of preferred stock
    302,258,621       256,026,625       302,258,621       256,026,625  
Diluted basis
    311,845,511       256,908,832       311,845,511       256,908,832  
 
Our common and Series A preferred stocks are without par value.

Common Stock Issued

On June 22, 2009, we closed on the issuance and sale of 40,000,000 shares of common stock and on June 25, 2009, we closed on the issuance and sale of 6,000,000 shares of common stock, both at a price of $15.00 per share.

Series B Preferred Stock Issued

On July 10, 2009, in connection with the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”), established as part of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”), we issued and sold to the U.S. Treasury 950,000 shares of Series B preferred stock together with a related warrant to purchase up to 13,049,451 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $10.92 per share, in accordance with the terms of the TARP CPP, for an aggregate purchase price of $950 million .  The Series B preferred stock has no maturity date and ranks senior to our common stock.  The Series B preferred stock is non- voting .   Holders of this Series B preferred stock are entitled to a cumulative cash dividend at the annual rate per share of 5% of the liquidation preference, $1,000 per share, or $48 million annually, for the first five years from issuance.  After July 10, 2014, if the preferred shares are still outstanding, the annual dividend rate will increase to 9% per year.  The warrant will expire on July 10, 2019.

As required under the TARP CPP, dividend payments on, and repurchases of, the Company’s outstanding preferred and common stock are subject to certain restrictions (unless the U.S. Treasury consents).  Additionally, any increase in the quarterly common stock dividend for the next three years will require the consent of the U.S. Government while our obligations under the CPP remain outstanding.


 
43

 

Upon issuance, the fair values of the Series B preferred stock and the associated warrant were computed as if the instruments were issued on a stand alone basis. The fair value of the Series B preferred stock was estimated based on a five-year holding period and cash flows discounted at a rate of 10%, resulting in a fair value estimate of approximately $777 million. We used a binomial lattice model to estimate the fair value of the warrant, resulting in a stand alone fair value of approximately $152 million.  The relative fair value of each security to the total combined fair value of both securities was 83.6% for the preferred stock and 16.4% for the common stock warrant.  The most significant and unobservable assumption in this valuation was our share price volatility.  We used a long-term realized volatility of our stock of 73.17%. 

The individual fair values were then used to record the Series B preferred stock and associated warrant on a relative fair value basis of $794 million and $156 million, respectively.  The warrant was recorded to common stock.  The Series B preferred stock amount was recorded at the liquidation value of $1,000 per share or $950 million, net of discount of $156 million.  The discount is being amortized over a five-year period from the date of issuance, using the effective yield method and is recorded as a direct reduction to retained earnings and deducted from income (loss) available to common stockholders in the calculation of earnings (loss) per share (“EPS”).  The accretion of discount totaled $6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009.

A reconciliation of the denominator (number of shares) in the calculations of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share was as follows:
 
   
For the Three
   
For the Nine
 
   
Months Ended
   
Months Ended
 
   
September 30,
   
September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2009
   
2008
 
Weighted-average shares, as used in basic calculation
    301,803,107       255,865,067       272,651,819       258,192,178  
Shares to cover exercise of CPP warrant
    11,786,601       -       3,928,867       -  
Shares to cover conversion of preferred stock
    184,787       185,672       184,931       187,101  
Shares to cover non-vested stock
    568,933       315,939       525,534       276,132  
Average stock options outstanding during the period
    577,045       6,241,386       295,438       8,478,357  
Assumed acquisition of shares with assumed
                               
proceeds from exercising CPP warrant
    (5,909,851 )     -       (1,969,950 )     -  
Assumed acquisition of shares with assumed
                               
proceeds and benefits from exercising stock
                               
options (at average market price for the year)
    (386,354 )     (6,240,810 )     (207,216 )     (8,392,562 )
Shares repurchaseable from measured but
                               
unrecognized stock option expense
    (160,867 )     (2,279 )     (55,922 )     (57,531 )
Average deferred compensation shares
    1,576,482       1,280,279       1,563,073       1,278,454  
Weighted-average shares, as used in diluted
                               
calculation (1)
    310,039,883       257,645,254       276,916,574       259,962,129  

(1)
As a result of a loss from continuing operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, shares used in the EPS calculation represent basic shares, since using diluted shares would have been anti-dilutive to the calculation.

In the event the average market price of LNC common stock exceeds the issue price of stock options, such options would be dilutive to our EPS and will be shown in the table above.  Participants in our deferred compensation plans that select LNC stock for measuring the investment return attributable to their deferral amounts will be paid out in LNC stock.  The obligation to satisfy these deferred compensation plan liabilities is dilutive and is shown in the table above.

The income used in the calculation of our diluted EPS is our net income (loss), reduced by preferred stock dividends and accretion of discount along with our minority interest adjustments related to outstanding stock options under the Delaware Investments U.S., Inc. (“DIUS”) stock option incentive plan of less than $1 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, and 2008.  These amounts are presented on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss).


 
44

 

OCI

The following summarizes the changes in OCI (in millions):
 
   
For the Nine Months
   
For the Nine Months
 
   
Ended September 30, 2009
   
Ended September 30, 2008
 
   
Pre-Tax
   
Tax
   
Net
   
Pre-Tax
   
Tax
   
Net
 
Net unrealized gain (loss)
                                   
on AFS securities
  $ 4,434     $ (1,568 )   $ 2,866     $ (3,046 )   $ 1,056     $ (1,990 )
Unrealized OTTI on AFS securities
    (161 )     56       (105 )     -       -       -  
Net unrealized gain (loss)
                                               
on derivative instruments
    (102 )     (14 )     (116 )     3       (2 )     1  
Foreign currency translation
                                               
adjustment
    98       (36 )     62       (90 )     36       (54 )
Funded status of employee benefit
                                               
plans
    (34 )     12       (22 )     12       (4 )     8  
Total OCI
  $ 4,235     $ (1,550 )   $ 2,685     $ (3,121 )   $ 1,086     $ (2,035 )


 
45

 

13.  Realized Loss

Details underlying realized loss (in millions) reported on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) were as follows:
 
   
For the Three
   
For the Nine
 
   
Months Ended
   
Months Ended
 
   
September 30,
   
September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2009
   
2008
 
Total realized loss on investments and certain
                       
derivative instruments, excluding trading securities (1)
  $ (136 )   $ (315 )   $ (444 )   $ (473 )
Gain (loss) on certain reinsurance derivative/trading securities (2)
    71       (2 )     83       -  
Indexed annuity net derivative results (3) :
                               
Gross gain (loss)
    (9 )     8       -       19  
Associated amortization benefit (expense) of DAC, VOBA, DSI
                               
and DFEL
    5       (5 )     -       (10 )
Guaranteed living benefits (4) :
                               
Gross gain (loss)
    (216 )     159       (450 )     196  
Associated amortization benefit (expense) of DAC, VOBA, DSI
                               
and DFEL
    2       (59 )     (16 )     (85 )
Guaranteed death benefits (5) :
                               
Gross gain (loss)
    (97 )     8       (203 )     10  
Associated amortization benefit (expense) of DAC, VOBA, DSI
                               
and DFEL
    12       (1 )     26       (3 )
Gain on sale of subsidiaries/businesses
    -       -       1       -  
Total realized loss
  $ (368 )   $ (207 )   $ (1,003 )   $ (346 )
 
(1)
See “Realized Loss Related to Investments” section in Note 5.
(2)
Represents changes in the fair value of total return swaps (embedded derivatives) related to various modified coinsurance and coinsurance with funds withheld reinsurance arrangements that have contractual returns related to various assets and liabilities associated with these arrangements.  Changes in the fair value of these derivatives are offset by the change in fair value of trading securities in the portfolios that support these arrangements.
(3)
Represents the net difference between the change in the fair value of the S&P 500 call options that we hold and the change in the fair value of the embedded derivative liabilities of our indexed annuity products along with changes in the fair value of embedded derivative liabilities related to index call options we may purchase in the future to hedge contract holder index allocations applicable to future reset periods for our indexed annuity products as required under the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the FASB ASC.  The nine months ended September 30, 2008, included a $10 million gain from the initial impact of adopting the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the FASB ASC.
(4)
Represents the net difference in the change in embedded derivative reserves of our GLB products and the change in the fair value of the derivative instruments we own to hedge, including the cost of purchasing the hedging instruments.  The nine months ended September 30, 2008, included a $34 million loss from the initial impact of adopting the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the FASB ASC.
(5)
Represents the change in the fair value of the derivatives used to hedge our GDB riders.


 
46

 

14.   Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plan s
 
The components of net defined benefit pension plan and other postretirement benefit plan expense (in millions) reported in underwriting, acquisition, insurance and other expenses on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) were as follows:
 
   
For the Three Months Ended September 30,
 
   
Pension Benefits
   
Other
Postretirement Benefits
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2009
   
2008
 
U.S. Plans
                       
Service cost (1)
  $ 1     $ -     $ 1     $ 1  
Interest cost
    15       15       2       2  
Expected return on plan assets
    (14 )     (19 )     (1 )     -  
Recognized net actuarial loss
    7       1       -       -  
Net periodic benefit expense (recovery)
  $ 9     $ (3 )   $ 2     $ 3  
                                 
Non-U.S. Plans
                               
Interest cost
  $ 1     $ 5                  
Expected return on plan assets
    (1 )     (5 )                
Recognized net actuarial loss
    -       1                  
Recognized net actuarial loss due to curtailment (2)
    1       -                  
Net periodic benefit expense
  $ 1     $ 1                  
 
   
For the Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
   
Pension Benefits
   
Other
Postretirement Benefits
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2009
   
2008
 
U.S. Plans
                       
Service cost (1)
  $ 3     $ 1     $ 2     $ 2  
Interest cost
    46       46       6       6  
Expected return on plan assets
    (42 )     (58 )     (2 )     (1 )
Recognized net actuarial (gain) loss
    21       3       (1 )     (1 )
Net periodic benefit expense (recovery)
  $ 28     $ (8 )   $ 5     $ 6  
                                 
Non-U.S. Plans
                               
Service cost
  $ 1     $ 2                  
Interest cost
    12       15                  
Expected return on plan assets
    (11 )     (16 )                
Recognized net actuarial loss (2)
    1       2                  
Recognized net actuarial loss due to curtailment (2)
    1       -                  
Net periodic benefit expense
  $ 4     $ 3                  

(1)
Amounts for our pension plans represent general and administrative expenses.
(2)
We retained the UK pension and as a result of the Lincoln UK sale, the plan was frozen, which resulted in a curtailment.

 
47

 

15.  Stock-Based Incentive Compensation Plans

We sponsor various incentive plans for our employees, agents, directors and subsidiaries that provide for the issuance of stock options, stock incentive awards, SARs, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units (“performance shares”) and deferred stock units.  DIUS has a separate stock-based incentive compensation plan, which has DIUS stock underlying the awards.

In the second quarter of 2009, a performance period from 2009-2011 was approved for our executive officers by the Compensation Committee.  The award for executive officers participating in this performance period consists of LNC restricted stock units representing approximately 27%, LNC stock options representing approximately 40% and performance cash awards representing approximately 33% of the total award.  LNC stock options granted for this performance period vest ratably over the three-year period, based solely on a service condition.  DIUS restricted stock units granted for this performance period vest ratably over a four-year period, based solely on a service condition and were granted only to employees of DIUS.  Under the 2009-2011 plan, 609,175 LNC stock options, 243,313 DIUS restricted stock units and 684,619 LNC restricted stock units were granted during the nine months ended September 30, 2009.  In addition, as required under TARP CPP, we have complied with enhanced compensation restrictions for certain executives and employees.  None of the awards for the three months ended September 30, 2009 were granted to employees who are currently subject to enhanced compensation restrictions.
 
Total LNC stock-based awards granted during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, were as follows:
 
   
For the
   
For the
 
   
Three
   
Nine
 
   
Months
   
Months
 
   
Ended
   
Ended
 
   
September 30,
   
September 30,
 
   
2009 (1)
   
2009
 
Awards
           
10-year LNC stock options
    (9,072 )     478,521  
Non-employee director stock options
    -       84,901  
Non-employee agent stock options
    (65 )     130,654  
Restricted stock
    105,566       684,619  
Performance shares
    -       48,840  
SARs
    (2,651 )     114,800  
 
(1)
For the three months ended September 30, 2009, negative amounts for specific classes of awards were the result of the revocation of previously granted awards.

 
48

 

16.  Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying values and estimated fair values of our financial instruments (in millions) were as follows:
 
   
As of September 30, 2009
   
As of December 31, 2008
 
   
Carrying
   
Fair
   
Carrying
   
Fair
 
   
Value
   
Value
   
Value
   
Value
 
Assets
                       
AFS securities:
                       
Fixed maturity
  $ 60,666     $ 60,666     $ 48,141     $ 48,141  
Equity
    283       283       254       254  
Trading securities
    2,548       2,548       2,333       2,333  
Mortgage loans on real estate
    7,277       7,541       7,715       7,424  
Derivative instruments
    1,282       1,282       3,397       3,397  
Other investments
    1,080       1,080       1,624       1,624  
Cash and invested cash
    3,161       3,161       5,589       5,589  
Reinsurance related embedded derivatives
    -       -       31       31  
Liabilities
                               
Future contract benefits:
                               
Indexed annuity contracts
    (391 )     (391 )     (252 )     (252 )
GLB embedded derivative reserves
    (1,101 )     (1,101 )     (2,904 )     (2,904 )
Other contract holder funds:
                               
Remaining guaranteed interest and similar contracts
    (919 )     (919 )     (782 )     (782 )
Account value of certain investment contracts
    (24,028 )     (24,045 )     (21,974 )     (22,372 )
Short-term debt (1)
    (400 )     (398 )     (815 )     (775 )
Long-term debt
    (4,789 )     (4,414 )     (4,731 )     (2,909 )
Reinsurance related embedded derivatives
    (39 )     (39 )     -       -  
Off-Balance-Sheet
                               
Guarantees
    -       -       -       (1 )

 (1)
The difference between the carrying value and fair value of short-term debt as of September 30, 2009, and December 31, 2008, related to current maturities of long-term debt.

Valuation Methodologies and Associated Inputs for Financial Instruments Not Carried at Fair Value

The following discussion outlines the methodologies and assumptions used to determine the fair value of our financial instruments not carried at fair value.  Considerable judgment is required to develop these assumptions used to measure fair value.  Accordingly, the estimates shown are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that would be realized in a one-time, current market exchange of all of our financial instruments.

Mortgage Loans on Real Estate

The fair value of mortgage loans on real estate is established using a discounted cash flow method based on credit rating, maturity and future income.  The ratings for mortgages in good standing are based on property type, location, market conditions, occupancy, debt service coverage, loan to value, quality of tenancy, borrower and payment record.  The fair value for impaired mortgage loans is based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.
 
Other Investments and Cash and Invested Cash

The carrying value of our assets classified as other investments and cash and invested cash on our Consolidated Balance Sheets approximates their fair value.  Other investments include limited partnership and other privately held investments that are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

 
49

 

Other Contract Holder Funds

Other contract holder funds on our Consolidated Balance Sheets includes remaining guaranteed interest and similar contracts and account values of certain investment contracts.  The fair value for the remaining guaranteed interest and similar contracts is estimated using discounted cash flow calculations as of the balance sheet date.  These calculations are based on interest rates currently offered on similar contracts with maturities that are consistent with those remaining for the contracts being valued.  As of September 30, 2009, and December 31, 2008, the remaining guaranteed interest and similar contracts carrying value approximates fair value.  The fair value of the account values of certain investment contracts is based on their approximate surrender value as of the balance sheet date.

Short-term and Long-term Debt

The fair value of long-term debt is based on quoted market prices or estimated using discounted cash flow analysis determined in conjunction with our incremental borrowing rate as of the balance sheet date for similar types of borrowing arrangements where quoted prices are not available.  For short-term debt, excluding current maturities of long-term debt, the carrying value approximates fair value.

Guarantees

Our guarantees relate to mortgage loan pass-through certificates.  Based on historical performance where repurchases have been negligible and the current status of the debt, none of the loans are delinquent and the fair value liability for the guarantees related to mortgage loan pass-through certificates is insignificant.

Financial Instruments Carried at Fair Value

Our measurement of fair value is based on assumptions used by market participants in pricing the asset or liability, which may include inherent risk, restrictions on the sale or use of an asset or non-performance risk, which would include our own credit risk.  Our estimate of an exchange price is the price in an orderly transaction between market participants to sell the asset or transfer the liability (“exit price”) in the principal market, or the most advantageous market in the absence of a principal market, for that asset or liability, as opposed to the price that would be paid to acquire the asset or receive a liability (“entry price”).  Pursuant to the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the FASB ASC, we categorize our financial instruments carried at fair value into a three-level fair value hierarchy, based on the priority of inputs to the respective valuation technique.  The three-level hierarchy for fair value measurement is defined as follows:

·
Level 1 – inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices available in active markets for identical investments as of the reporting date as “blockage discounts” for large holdings of unrestricted financial instruments where quoted prices are readily and regularly available for an identical asset or liability in an active market are prohibited;
·
Level 2 – inputs to the valuation methodology are other than quoted prices in active markets, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date, and fair value can be determined through the use of models or other valuation methodologies; and
·
Level 3 – inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable inputs in situations where there is little or no market activity for the asset or liability and the reporting entity makes estimates and assumptions related to the pricing of the asset or liability, including assumptions regarding risk.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy.  In such cases, an investment’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.  Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the investment.

When a determination is made to classify an asset or liability within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, the determination is based upon the significance of the unobservable inputs to the overall fair value measurement.  Because certain securities trade in less liquid or illiquid markets with limited or no pricing information, the determination of fair value for these securities is inherently more difficult.  However, Level 3 fair value investments may include, in addition to the unobservable or Level 3 inputs, observable components, which are components that are actively quoted or can be validated to market-based sources.

We did not have any assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of September 30, 2009, or December 31, 2008, and we noted no changes in our valuation methodologies between these periods.


 
50

 

The following summarizes our financial instruments carried at fair value (in millions) on a recurring basis by the fair value hierarchy levels described above:
 
   
As of September 30, 2009
 
   
Quoted
                   
   
Prices
                   
   
in Active
                   
   
Markets for
   
Significant
   
Significant
       
   
Identical
   
Observable
   
Unobservable
   
Total
 
   
Assets
   
Inputs
   
Inputs
   
Fair
 
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
   
Value
 
Assets
                       
Investments:
                       
Fixed maturity AFS securities:
                       
Corporate bonds
  $ 61     $ 43,711     $ 2,076     $ 45,848  
U.S. Government bonds
    185       33       3       221  
Foreign government bonds
    -       417       76       493  
MBS:
                               
CMOs
    -       5,933       96       6,029  
MPTS
    -       2,557       108       2,665  
CMBS
    -       2,006       247       2,253  
ABS:
                               
CDOs
    -       3       137       140  
CLNs
    -       -       318       318  
State and municipal bonds
    -       -       1,464       1,464  
Hybrid and redeemable preferred stocks
    13       1,112       110       1,235  
Equity AFS securities:
                               
Banking securities
    18       138       -       156  
Insurance securities
    3       -       41       44  
Other financial services securities
    -       6       21       27  
Other securities
    31       2       23       56  
Trading securities
    4       2,442       102       2,548  
Derivative investments
    -       (170 )     1,452       1,282  
Cash and invested cash
    -       3,161       -       3,161  
Separate account assets
    -       70,111       -       70,111  
Total assets
  $ 315     $ 131,462     $ 6,274     $ 138,051  
                                 
Liabilities
                               
Future contract benefits:
                               
Indexed annuity contracts
  $ -     $ -     $ (391 )   $ (391 )
GLB embedded derivative reserves
    -       -       (1,101 )     (1,101 )
Reinsurance related embedded derivatives
    -       (39 )     -       (39 )
Total liabilities
  $ -     $ (39 )   $ (1,492 )   $ (1,531 )


 
51

 

The following summarizes changes to our financial instruments carried at fair value (in millions) and classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.  This summary excludes any impact of amortization on DAC, VOBA, DSI and DFEL.  The gains and losses below may include changes in fair value due in part to observable inputs that are a component of the valuation methodology.
 
   
For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2009
 
                     
Sales,
   
Transfers
       
         
Items
         
Issuances,
   
In or
       
         
Included
   
Gains
   
Maturities,
   
Out
       
   
Beginning
   
in
   
(Losses)
   
Settlements,
   
of
   
Ending
 
   
Fair
   
Net
   
in
   
Calls,
   
Level 3,
   
Fair
 
   
Value
   
Income
   
OCI
   
Net
   
Net (1)
   
Value
 
Investments:
                                   
Fixed maturity AFS securities:
                                   
Corporate bonds
  $ 1,991     $ (11 )   $ 171     $ 59     $ (134 )   $ 2,076  
U.S. Government bonds
    3       -       -       -       -       3  
Foreign government bonds
    100       -       5       (5 )     (24 )     76  
MBS:
                                               
CMOs
    123       (11 )     15       (9 )     (22 )     96  
MPTS
    154       -       3       (2 )     (47 )     108  
CMBS
    230       -       27       (10 )     -       247  
ABS:
                                               
CDOs
    110       (8 )     38       (3 )     -       137  
CLNs
    219       -       99       -       -       318  
State and municipal bonds
    907       -       54       423       80       1,464  
Hybrid and redeemable
                                               
preferred stocks
    97       -       10       3       -       110  
Equity AFS securities:
                                               
Insurance securities
    34       (8 )     15       -       -       41  
Other financial services securities
    16       -       5       -       -       21  
Other securities
    23       -       -       -       -       23  
Trading securities
    86       23       -       4       (11 )     102  
Derivative investments
    1,465       (85 )     3       69       -       1,452  
Future contract benefits:
                                               
Indexed annuity contracts
    (294 )     (54 )     -       (43 )     -       (391 )
GLB embedded derivative reserves
    (1,072 )     20       -       (49 )     -       (1,101 )
Total, net
  $ 4,192     $ (134 )   $ 445     $ 437     $ (158 )   $ 4,782  


 
52

 


 
   
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009
 
                     
Sales,
   
Transfers
       
         
Items
         
Issuances,
   
In or
       
         
Included
   
Gains
   
Maturities,
   
Out
       
   
Beginning
   
in
   
(Losses)
   
Settlements,
   
of
   
Ending
 
   
Fair
   
Net
   
in
   
Calls,
   
Level 3,
   
Fair
 
   
Value
   
Income
   
OCI
   
Net
   
Net (1)
   
Value
 
Investments:
                                   
Fixed maturity AFS securities:
                                   
Corporate bonds
  $ 2,356     $ (49 )   $ 223     $ (125 )   $ (329 )   $ 2,076  
U.S. Government bonds
    3       -       -       -       -       3  
Foreign government bonds
    60       -       3       (7 )     20       76  
MBS:
                                               
CMOs
    161       (16 )     18       (18 )     (49 )     96  
MPTS
    18       -       4       96       (10 )     108  
CMBS
    244       1       44       (42 )     -       247  
ABS:
                                               
CDOs
    152       (40 )     45       (20 )     -       137  
CLNs
    50       -       268       -       -       318  
State and municipal bonds
    126       -       52       1,169       117       1,464  
Hybrid and redeemable
                                               
preferred stocks
    96       -       -       6       8       110  
Equity AFS securities:
                                               
Insurance securities
    50       (7 )     19       (21 )     -       41  
Other financial services securities
    21       (3 )     6       (3 )     -       21  
Other securities
    23       2       (1 )     (1 )     -       23  
Trading securities
    81       22       -       1       (2 )     102  
Derivative investments
    2,148       (571 )     (6 )     (119 )     -       1,452  
Future contract benefits:
                                               
Indexed annuity contracts
    (252 )     (4 )     -       (135 )     -       (391 )
GLB embedded derivative reserves
    (2,904 )     1,934       -       (131 )     -       (1,101 )
Total, net
  $ 2,433     $ 1,269     $ 675     $ 650     $ (245 )   $ 4,782  
 
(1)
Transfers in or out of Level 3 for AFS and trading securities are displayed at amortized cost as of the beginning-of-period.  For AFS and trading securities, the difference between beginning-of-period amortized cost and beginning-of-period fair value was included in OCI and earnings, respectively, in prior periods.

 
53

 

The following provides the components of the items included in net income, excluding any impact of amortization on DAC, VOBA, DSI and DFEL and changes in future contract benefits, (in millions) as reported above:
 
   
For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2009
 
               
Gains
             
               
(Losses)
             
               
from
             
               
Sales,
   
Unrealized
       
   
(Amortization)
         
Maturities,
   
Holding
       
   
Accretion,
         
Settlements,
   
Gains
       
   
Net
   
OTTI
   
Calls
   
(Losses) (1)
   
Total
 
Investments:
                             
Fixed maturity AFS securities:
                             
Corporate bonds
  $ 1     $ (10 )   $ (2 )   $ -     $ (11 )
MBS:
                                       
CMOs
    -       (10 )     (1 )     -       (11 )
ABS:
                                       
CDOs
    -       (9 )     1       -       (8 )
Equity AFS securities:
                                       
Insurance securities
    -       (8 )     -       -       (8 )
Trading securities (2)
    -       (1 )     -       24       23  
Derivative investments (3)
    -       -       (8 )     (77 )     (85 )
Future contract benefits:
                                       
Indexed annuity contracts
    -       -       5       (59 )     (54 )
GLB embedded derivative reserves
    -       -       8       12       20  
Total, net
  $ 1     $ (38 )   $ 3     $ (100 )   $ (134 )


 
54

 

 
 
   
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009
 
               
Gains
             
               
(Losses)
             
               
from
             
               
Sales,
   
Unrealized
       
   
(Amortization)
         
Maturities,
   
Holding
       
   
Accretion,
         
Settlements,
   
Gains
       
   
Net
   
OTTI
   
Calls
   
(Losses) (1)
   
Total
 
Investments:
                             
Fixed maturity AFS securities:
                             
Corporate bonds
  $ 3     $ (47 )   $ (5 )   $ -     $ (49 )
MBS:
                                       
CMOs
    1       (16 )     (1 )     -       (16 )
CMBS
    1       -       -       -       1  
ABS:
                                       
CDOs
    -       (42 )     2       -       (40 )
Equity AFS securities:
                                       
Insurance securities
    -       (8 )     1       -       (7 )
Other financial services securities
    -       (3 )     -       -       (3 )
Other securities
    -       -       2       -       2  
Trading securities (2)
    2       (2 )             22       22  
Derivative investments (3)
    -       -       (48 )     (523 )     (571 )
Future contract benefits:
                                       
Indexed annuity contracts
    -       -       23       (27 )     (4 )
GLB embedded derivative reserves
    -       -       37       1,897       1,934  
Total, net
  $ 7     $ (118 )   $ 11     $ 1,369     $ 1,269  
 
(1)
This change in unrealized gains or losses relates to assets and liabilities that we still held as of September 30, 2009.
(2)
Amortization and accretion, net and unrealized holding losses are included in net investment income on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss).  All other amounts are included in realized loss on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss).
(3)
All amounts are included in realized loss on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss).

Valuation Methodologies and Associated Inputs for Financial Instruments Carried at Fair Value

Investments

We measure our investments that are required to be carried at fair value based on assumptions used by market participants in pricing the security.  The most appropriate valuation methodology is selected based on the specific characteristics of the fixed maturity or equity security, and we consistently apply the valuation methodology to measure the security’s fair value.  Our fair value measurement is based on a market approach, which utilizes prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable securities.  Sources of inputs to the market approach include third-party pricing services, independent broker quotations or pricing matrices.  We use observable and unobservable inputs to our valuation methodologies.  Observable inputs include benchmark yields, reported trades, broker-dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers and reference data.  In addition, market indicators, industry and economic events are monitored and further market data is acquired if certain triggers are met. For certain security types, additional inputs may be used, or some of the inputs described above may not be applicable.  For broker-quoted only securities, quotes from market makers or broker-dealers are obtained from sources recognized to be market participants. In order to validate the pricing information and broker-dealer quotes, we employ, where possible, procedures that include comparisons with similar observable positions, comparisons with subsequent sales, discussions with senior business leaders and brokers and observations of general market movements for those security classes.  For those securities trading in less liquid or illiquid markets with limited or no pricing information, we use unobservable inputs in order to measure the fair value of these securities.  In cases where this information is not available, such as for privately placed securities, fair value is estimated using an internal pricing matrix.  This matrix relies on management’s judgment concerning the discount rate used in calculating expected future cash flows, credit quality, industry sector performance and expected maturity.

 
55

 


We do not adjust prices received from third parties; however, we do analyze the third-party pricing services’ valuation methodologies and related inputs and perform additional evaluation to determine the appropriate level within the fair value hierarchy.

The observable and unobservable inputs to our valuation methodologies are based on a set of standard inputs that we generally use to evaluate all of our AFS securities.  The standard inputs used in order of priority are benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers and reference data.  Depending on the type of security or the daily market activity, standard inputs may be prioritized differently or may not be available for all AFS securities on any given day.  In addition to the defined standard inputs to our valuation methodologies, we also use Trade Reporting and Compliance Engine TM reported tables for our corporate bonds and vendor trading platform data for our U.S. Government bonds.  MBS and ABS utilize additional inputs which include new issues data, monthly payment information and monthly collateral performance, including prepayments, severity, delinquencies, step down features and over collateralization features.  The valuation methodologies for our state and municipal bonds use additional inputs which include information from the Municipal Securities Rule Making Board, as well as material event notices, new issue data, issuer financial statements and Municipal Market Data benchmark yields. Our hybrid and redeemable preferred stocks and equity AFS securities utilize additional inputs of exchange prices (underlying and common stock of the same issuer).

Trading securities consist of fixed maturity and equity securities in designated portfolios, which support Modco and CFW reinsurance arrangements.  The valuation methodologies and inputs for our trading securities are determined in the same manner as our securities classified as AFS discussed above.  For discussion of the significant inputs of our embedded derivatives for Level 2 and Level 3, see the discussion of derivative investments below.

Derivative Investments

We employ several different methods for determining the fair value of our derivative instruments.  The fair value of our derivative instruments is measured based on current settlement values, which are based on quoted market prices, industry standard models that are commercially available and broker quotes.  These techniques project cash flows of the derivatives using current and implied future market conditions.  We calculate the present value of the cash flows to measure the current fair market value of the derivative.

Cash and Invested Cash

Cash and invested cash is carried at cost, which approximates fair value.  This category includes highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a maturity of three months or less.  Due to the nature of these assets, we believe these assets should be classified as Level 2.

Reinsurance Related Embedded Derivative

The fair value of our reinsurance embedded derivative is estimated using the same methodologies and associated inputs as our investments as discussed above.

Separate Account Assets

The fair value of our separate account assets is estimated using the same methodologies and associated inputs as our investments, as discussed above.  The related separate account liabilities are reported at an amount equivalent to the separate account assets.  Investment risks associated with market value changes are borne by the contract holders, except to the extent of minimum guarantees made by the Company with respect to certain accounts.  See Note 9 for additional information regarding arrangements with contractual guarantees.

Future Contract Benefits

The fair value of our indexed annuity contracts is based on their approximate surrender values.

The fair value of the GLB embedded derivative reserves is based on their approximate surrender values, including an estimate for our non-performance risk.


 
56

 

17.  Segment Information

We provide products and services in two operating businesses and report results through four business segments as follows:
 
Business
 
Corresponding Segments
Retirement Solutions
 
Annuities
   
Defined Contribution
     
Insurance Solutions
 
Life Insurance
   
Group Protection
 
We also have Other Operations, which includes the financial data for operations that are not directly related to the business segments.  Our reporting segments reflect the manner by which our chief operating decision makers view and manage the business.  The following is a brief description of these segments and Other Operations.

Retirement Solutions

The Retirement Solutions business provides its products through two segments:  Annuities and Defined Contribution.  The Retirement Solutions – Annuities segment provides tax-deferred investment growth and lifetime income opportunities for its clients by offering individual fixed annuities, including indexed annuities and variable annuities.  The Retirement Solutions – Defined Contribution segment provides employer-sponsored variable and fixed annuities and mutual-fund based programs in the 401(k), 403(b) and 457 marketplaces.

Insurance Solutions

The Insurance Solutions business provides its products through two segments:  Life Insurance and Group Protection.  The Insurance Solutions – Life Insurance segment offers wealth protection and transfer opportunities through term insurance, a linked-benefit product (which is a UL policy linked with riders that provide for long-term care costs) and both single and survivorship versions of UL and VUL, including corporate-owned UL and VUL insurance and bank-owned UL and VUL insurance products.  The Insurance Solutions – Group Protection segment offers group life, disability and dental insurance to employers, and its products are marketed primarily through a national distribution system of regional group offices.  These offices develop business through employee benefit brokers, third-party administrators and other employee benefit firms.

Other Operations

Other Operations includes investments related to the excess capital in our insurance subsidiaries, investments in media properties and other corporate investments, benefit plan net assets, the unamortized deferred gain on indemnity reinsurance related to the sale of reinsurance to Swiss Re in 2001 and external debt.  We are actively managing our remaining radio station clusters to maximize performance and future value.  Other Operations also includes the Institutional Pension business, which is a closed-block of pension business, the majority of which was sold on a group annuity basis, and is currently in run-off; and the results of certain disability income business due to the rescission of this business previously sold to Swiss Re.


 
57

 

Segment operating revenues and income (loss) from operations are internal measures used by our management and Board of Directors to evaluate and assess the results of our segments.  Income (loss) from operations is GAAP net income excluding the after-tax effects of the following items, as applicable:

·
Realized gains and losses associated with the following (“excluded realized loss”):
 
§
Sale or disposal of securities;
 
§
Impairments of securities;
 
§
Change in the fair value of embedded derivatives within certain reinsurance arrangements and the change in the fair value of our trading securities;
 
§
Net difference between the portion of the change in the GDB benefit reserves resulting from benefit ratio unlocking (“benefit ratio reserves”) within our variable annuities and the change in the fair value of the derivatives we own to hedge the changes in the benefit ratio reserves, excluding our expected cost of purchasing the hedging instruments;
 
§
Change in the GLB embedded derivative reserves and GLB benefit ratio reserves within our variable annuities net of the change in the fair value of the derivatives we own to hedge the changes in the embedded derivative reserves; and
 
§
Changes in the fair value of the embedded derivative liabilities related to index call options we may purchase in the future to hedge contract holder index allocations applicable to future reset periods for our indexed annuity products accounted for under the Derivatives and Hedging and the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topics of the FASB ASC.
·
Income (loss) from the initial adoption of new accounting standards;
·
Income (loss) from reserve changes (net of related amortization) on business sold through reinsurance;
·
Gains (losses) on early retirement of debt;
·
Losses from the impairment of intangible assets; and
·
Income (loss) from discontinued operations.

Operating revenues represent GAAP revenues excluding the pre-tax effects of the following items, as applicable:

·
Excluded realized loss;
·
Amortization of deferred gains arising from the reserve changes on business sold through reinsurance; and
·
Revenue adjustments from the initial adoption of new accounting standards.

Operating revenues and income (loss) from operations do not replace revenues and net income as the GAAP measures of our consolidated results of operations.



 
58

 

Segment information (in millions) was as follows:
 
   
For the Three
   
For the Nine
 
   
Months Ended
   
Months Ended
 
   
September 30,
   
September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2009
   
2008
 
Revenues
                       
Operating revenues:
Retirement Solutions:
Annuities
  $ 523     $ 675     $ 1,559     $ 1,916  
Defined Contribution
    236       241       676       718  
Total Retirement Solutions
    759       916       2,235       2,634  
Insurance Solutions:
Life Insurance
    1,089       1,074       3,168       3,216  
Group Protection
    414       403       1,279       1,227  
Total Insurance Solutions
    1,503       1,477       4,447       4,443  
Other Operations
    120       135       340       412  
Excluded realized loss, pre-tax
    (302 )     (259 )     (924 )     (420 )
Amortization of deferred gain arising from
                       
reserve changes on business sold through
                       
reinsurance, pre-tax
    1       1       2       2  
Total revenues
  $ 2,081     $ 2,270     $ 6,100     $ 7,071  

 
   
For the Three
   
For the Nine
 
   
Months Ended
   
Months Ended
 
   
September 30,
   
September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2009
   
2008
 
Net Income (Loss)
                       
Income (loss) from operations:
Retirement Solutions:
Annuities
  $ 95     $ 131     $ 234     $ 365  
Defined Contribution
    43       42       100       124  
Total Retirement Solutions
    138       173       334       489  
Insurance Solutions:
Life Insurance
    137       137       412       458  
Group Protection
    35       27       94       86  
Total Insurance Solutions
    172       164       506       544  
Other Operations
    (34 )     (39 )     (195 )     (128 )
Excluded realized loss, after-tax
    (196 )     (169 )     (600 )     (274 )
Gain on early extinguishment of debt, net of tax
    -       -       42       -  
Income from reserve changes (net of related
                       
amortization) on business sold through
                       
reinsurance, after-tax
    -       -       1       1  
Impairment of intangibles, after-tax
    1       -       (601 )     (139 )
Income (loss) from continuing operations, after-tax
    81       129       (513 )     493  
                Income (loss) from discontinued operations, after-tax   
         72
    19        (74  )     69  
Net income (loss)
  $ 153     $ 148     $ (587 )   $ 562  

 
 
59

 

18.  Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow

The following summarizes our supplemental cash flow data (in millions):

             
   
For the Nine
 
   
Months Ended
 
   
September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
Significant non-cash investing and financing transactions:
           
Business dispositions:
           
Assets disposed (includes cash and invested cash)
  $ -     $ (732 )
Liabilities disposed
    -       126  
Cash received
    -       647  
Realized gain on disposal
    -       41  
Estimated loss on net assets held-for-sale in prior periods
    -       (54 )
Loss on dispositions
  $ -     $ (13 )



 
60

 


Item 2.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) is intended to help the reader understand the financial condition of Lincoln National Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries (“LNC,” “Lincoln” or the “Company” which also may be referred to as “we,” “our” or “us”) as of September 30, 2009, compared with December 31, 2008, and the results of operations of LNC for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, as compared with the corresponding periods in 2008.  The MD&A is provided as a supplement to, and should be read in conjunction with:  our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (“Notes”) presented in “Item 1. Financial Statements”; our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (“2008 Form 10-K”), including the sections entitled “Part I – Item 1A. Risk Factors,” “Part II – Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Part II – Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”; our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q filed in 2009; and our current reports on Form 8-K filed in 2009.

See Note 2 for a detailed discussion of how the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification TM (“ASC”) is now the single source of authoritative United States of America generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) recognized by the FASB.  Accordingly, we have revised all references to GAAP accounting standards in this filing to reflect the appropriate references in the new FASB ASC.
 
In this report, in addition to providing consolidated revenues and net income (loss), we also provide segment operating revenues and income (loss) from operations because we believe they are meaningful measures of revenues and the profitability of our operating segments.  Income (loss) from operations is net income recorded in accordance with GAAP excluding the after-tax effects of the following items, as applicable:

·
Realized gains and losses associated with the following (“excluded realized loss”):
 
§
Sale or disposal of securities;
 
§
Impairments of securities;
 
§
Change in the fair value of embedded derivatives within certain reinsurance arrangements and the change in the fair value of our trading securities;
 
§
Net difference between the portion of the change in reserves accounted for under the Financial Services – Insurance – Claim Costs and Liabilities for Future Policy Benefits Subtopic of the FASB ASC resulting from benefit ratio unlocking (“benefit ratio reserves”) of our guaranteed death benefit (“GDB”) riders within our variable annuities and the change in the fair value of the derivatives we own to hedge the changes in the benefit ratio reserves, excluding our expected cost of purchasing the hedging instruments, the net of which is referred to as “GDB derivatives results”;
 
§
Change in the fair value of the embedded derivatives of our guaranteed living benefit (“GLB”) riders within our variable annuities accounted for under the Derivatives and Hedging and the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topics of the FASB ASC (“embedded derivative reserves”) and GLB benefit ratio reserves, net of the change in the fair value of the derivatives we own to hedge the changes in the embedded derivative reserves, the net of which is referred to as “GLB net derivative results”; and
 
§
Changes in the fair value of the embedded derivative liabilities related to index call options we may purchase in the future to hedge contract holder index allocations applicable to future reset periods for our indexed annuity products accounted for under the Derivatives and Hedging and the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topics of the FASB ASC (“indexed annuity forward-starting option”).
·
Income (loss) from the initial adoption of new  accounting standards;
·
Income (loss) from reserve changes (net of related amortization) on business sold through reinsurance;
·
Gains (losses) on early retirement of debt;
·
Losses from the impairment of intangible assets; and
·
Income (loss) from discontinued operations.

Operating revenues represent GAAP revenues excluding the pre-tax effects of the following items, as applicable:

·
Excluded realized loss;
·
Amortization of deferred gains arising from the reserve changes on business sold through reinsurance; and
·
Revenue adjustments from the initial adoption of new accounting standards.


 
61

 

Operating revenues and income (loss) from operations are the financial performance measures we use to evaluate and assess the results of our segments.  Accordingly, we report operating revenues and income (loss) from operations by segment in Note 17.  Our management and Board of Directors believe that operating revenues and income (loss) from operations explain the results of our ongoing businesses in a manner that allows for a better understanding of the underlying trends in our current businesses because the excluded items are unpredictable and not necessarily indicative of current operating fundamentals or future performance of the business segments, and, in many instances, decisions regarding these items do not necessarily relate to the operations of the individual segments.  In addition, we believe that our definitions of operating revenues and income (loss) from operations will provide investors with a more valuable measure of our performance because it better reveals trends in our business.
Operating revenues and income (loss) from operations do not replace revenues and net income as the GAAP measures of our consolidated results of operations.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS CAUTIONARY LANGUAGE

Certain statements made in this report and in other written or oral statements made by LNC or on LNC’s behalf are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (“PSLRA”).  A forward-looking statement is a statement that is not a historical fact and, without limitation, includes any statement that may predict, forecast, indicate or imply future results, performance or achievements, and may contain words like:  “believe,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “estimate,” “project,” “will,” “shall” and other words or phrases with similar meaning in connection with a discussion of future operating or financial performance.  In particular, these include statements relating to future actions, trends in our businesses, prospective services or products, future performance or financial results and the outcome of contingencies, such as legal proceedings.  LNC claims the protection afforded by the safe harbor for forward-looking statements provided by the PSLRA.

Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from the results contained in the forward-looking statements.  Risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to vary materially, some of which are described within the forward-looking statements, include, among others:

·
Continued deterioration in general economic and business conditions, both domestic and foreign, that may affect foreign exchange rates, premium levels, claims experience, the level of pension benefit costs and funding and investment results;
·
Continued economic declines and credit market illiquidity could cause us to realize additional impairments on investments and certain intangible assets, including goodwill and a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets, which may reduce future earnings and/or affect our financial condition and ability to raise additional capital or refinance existing debt as it matures;
·
Uncertainty about the impact of the U.S. Treasury’s Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) on the economy;
·
The cost and other consequences of our participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”), including the impact of existing regulation and future regulations to which we may become subject;
·
Legislative, regulatory or tax changes, both domestic and foreign, that affect the cost of, or demand for, LNC’s products, the required amount of reserves and/or surplus, or otherwise affect our ability to conduct business, including changes to statutory reserves and/or risk-based capital (“RBC”) requirements related to secondary guarantees under universal life and variable annuity products such as Actuarial Guideline (“AG”) 43 (“AG43,” also known as Commissioners Annuity Reserve Valuation Method for Variable Annuities or “VACARVM”); restrictions on revenue sharing and 12b-1 payments; and the potential for U.S. Federal tax reform;
·
The initiation of legal or regulatory proceedings against LNC or its subsidiaries, and the outcome of any legal or regulatory proceedings, such as:  adverse actions related to present or past business practices common in businesses in which LNC and its subsidiaries compete; adverse decisions in significant actions including, but not limited to, actions brought by federal and state authorities and extra-contractual and class action damage cases; new decisions that result in changes in law; and unexpected trial court rulings;
·
Changes in interest rates causing a reduction of investment income, the margins of LNC’s fixed annuity and life insurance businesses and demand for LNC’s products;
·
A decline in the equity markets causing a reduction in the sales of LNC’s products, a reduction of asset-based fees that LNC charges on various investment and insurance products, an acceleration of amortization of deferred acquisition costs (“DAC”), value of business acquired (“VOBA”), deferred sales inducements (“DSI”) and deferred front-end loads (“DFEL”) and an increase in liabilities related to guaranteed benefit features of LNC’s variable annuity products;
·
Ineffectiveness of LNC’s various hedging strategies used to offset the impact of changes in the value of liabilities due to changes in the level and volatility of the equity markets and interest rates;
·
A deviation in actual experience regarding future persistency, mortality, morbidity, interest rates or equity market returns from LNC’s assumptions used in pricing its products, in establishing related insurance reserves and in the amortization of intangibles that may result in an increase in reserves and a decrease in net income, including as a result of stranger-originated life insurance business;
·
Changes in GAAP that may result in unanticipated changes to LNC’s net income;

 
62

 

·
Lowering of one or more of LNC’s debt ratings issued by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations and the adverse impact such action may have on LNC’s ability to raise capital and on its liquidity and financial condition;
·
Lowering of one or more of the insurer financial strength ratings of LNC’s insurance subsidiaries and the adverse impact such action may have on the premium writings, policy retention, profitability of its insurance subsidiaries and liquidity;
·
Significant credit, accounting, fraud or corporate governance issues that may adversely affect the value of certain investments in the portfolios of LNC’s companies requiring that LNC realize losses on such investments;
·
The impact of acquisitions and divestitures, restructurings, product withdrawals and other unusual items, including LNC’s ability to integrate acquisitions and to obtain the anticipated results and synergies from acquisitions;
·
The adequacy and collectibility of reinsurance that LNC has purchased;
·
Acts of terrorism, a pandemic, war or other man-made and natural catastrophes that may adversely affect LNC’s businesses and the cost and availability of reinsurance;
·
Competitive conditions, including pricing pressures, new product offerings and the emergence of new competitors, that may affect the level of premiums and fees that LNC can charge for its products;
·
The unknown impact on LNC’s business resulting from changes in the demographics of LNC’s client base, as aging baby-boomers move from the asset-accumulation stage to the asset-distribution stage of life; and
·
Loss of key management, financial planners or wholesalers.

The risks included here are not exhaustive.  Other sections of this report, our 2008 Form 10-K, current reports on Form 8-K and other documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) include additional factors that could impact LNC’s business and financial performance, including “Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” and the risk discussions included in this section under “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates,” “Consolidated Investments” and “Reinsurance,” which are incorporated herein by reference.  Moreover, LNC operates in a rapidly changing and competitive environment.  New risk factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for management to predict all such risk factors.

Further, it is not possible to assess the impact of all risk factors on LNC’s business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.  Given these risks and uncertainties, investors should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements as a prediction of actual results.  In addition, LNC disclaims any obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that occur after the date of this report.
 
INTRODUCTION

Executive Summary

We are a holding company that operates multiple insurance businesses through subsidiary companies.  Through our business segments, we sell a wide range of wealth protection, accumulation and retirement income products and solutions.  These products include institutional and/or retail fixed and indexed annuities, variable annuities, universal life insurance (“UL”), variable universal life insurance (“VUL”), linked-benefit UL, term life insurance and mutual funds.

We provide products and services in two operating businesses and report results through four business segments as follows:
 
Business                   
Corresponding Segments     
Retirement Solutions
Annuities
 
Defined Contribution
   
Insurance Solutions
Life Insurance
 
Group Protection
 
These operating businesses and their segments are described in “Part I Item 1. Business” of our 2008 Form 10-K.

We also have Other Operations, which includes the financial data for operations that are not directly related to the business segments.  Other Operations also includes our run-off Institutional Pension business, the results of certain disability income business due to the rescission of this business previously sold to Swiss Re and the results of our remaining media businesses.

Our former Lincoln UK and Investment Management segments are reported in discontinued operations for all periods presented.


 
63

 

Current Market Conditions

Subsequent to the first quarter of 2009, the capital and credit markets showed signs of improvement following a period of extreme volatility and disruption that affected both equity market returns and interest rates.  During this period, credit spreads widened across asset classes and reduced liquidity in the credit markets.  The price of our common stock steadily increased during the second and third quarters of 2009 to close at $25.91 on September 30, 2009, as compared to $18.84 on December 31, 2008, after having traded at a low of $4.90 during the first quarter of 2009.  Analysts and economists noted in January 2009 that the U.S. economy lost more jobs in 2008 than in any year subsequent to World War II and projected that the economic recovery might take longer than previously expected.  We also experienced a series of ratings downgrades primarily from February 2009 to May 2009 as depressed capital markets continued to strain our liquidity as we prepared to fund debt maturities in the second quarter of 2009; however, during June of 2009 and following the announcement about our planned capital actions discussed below, all four of the major independent rating agencies affirmed our financial strength ratings, and Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) improved its outlook on our company to stable from negative.

Earnings will continue to be unfavorably impacted by the prior significant decline in the equity markets.  Due to these challenges, the capital markets had a significant effect on our segment income (loss) from operations and consolidated net income during the first nine months of 2009.  In the face of these capital market challenges, we continue to focus on building our businesses through these difficult markets and beyond by developing and introducing high quality products, expanding distribution in new and existing key accounts and channels and targeting market segments that have high growth potential while maintaining a disciplined approach to managing our expenses.  During the third quarter of 2009, we experienced modestly lower deposits but significantly higher net flows than in the corresponding period of 2008.

The markets have primarily impacted the following areas:

Adequacy of Our Liquidity and Capital Positions

We are committed to managing our capital effectively.  The continued adequacy of our liquidity resources to meet requirements of our businesses and our holding company depends upon such factors as market conditions and our ability to access sources of liquidity.  In addition, market volatility impacts the level of capital required to support our businesses.

Given this dynamic and challenging environment, we have taken measures to prudently and actively manage our liquidity and capital positions.  As discussed in “Review of Consolidated Financial Condition – Liquidity and Capital Resources – Sources of Liquidity and Cash Flow – Financing Activities,” we issued $690 million of common stock and $500 million of senior notes during the second quarter of 2009 and issued $950 million preferred stock and a common stock warrant through the U.S. Treasury’s TARP CPP in the third quarter of 2009, as discussed below in “TARP CPP.”  These actions compliment our past actions of reducing the dividend on our common stock, suspending stock repurchase activity, restructuring the company to reduce overall expenses and entering into a reinsurance transaction to increase statutory capital for our primary insurance subsidiary.

Currently, we expect to meet the ongoing cash needs of the holding company for the foreseeable future as a result of the raising of $2.1 billion as part of several capital transactions and in combination with expense savings and sales discussed below in “Acquisitions and Dispositions.”  We also expect to maintain more liquidity at the holding company as compared to prior years.

For more information on our liquidity and capital positions, see “Review of Consolidated Financial Condition” below.

Earnings from Account Values

Our asset-gathering segments – Retirement Solutions – Annuities and Retirement Solutions – Defined Contribution – are the most sensitive to the equity markets.  We discuss the earnings impact of the equity markets on account values and the related asset-based earnings below in “Item 3.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk – Equity Market Risk – Impact of Equity Market Sensitivity.”  From December 31, 2008, to September 30, 2009, our account values were up $19 billion driven by strong deposits, positive net flows and recent improvements in the equity markets.   The effect of the negative equity markets on our account values that subsided in the second quarter of 2009 will continue to dampen our earnings in 2009 even if the equity market returns become consistent with our long-term assumptions.  While our ending variable account values as of September 30, 2009, were modestly higher than as of September 30, 2008, the daily average account values for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, were much lower than the corresponding period in the prior year, consistent with the reduction in our asset-based earnings.  Accordingly, we may continue to report lower asset-based fees, higher DAC and VOBA amortization and higher reserves related to our GDB guarantees relative to expectations or prior periods.


 
64

 

Investment Income on Alternative Investments

We believe that overall market conditions in both the equity and credit markets caused our alternative investments portfolio, which consists primarily of hedge funds and various limited partnership investments, to under-perform relative to our long-term return expectations, and we expect these assets to continue to under-perform at least in the short term.  During the first nine months of 2009, the most significant unfavorable impact from these investments was related to audit adjustments from the completion of calendar-year financial statement audits of our investees, determined and recognized during the second quarter of 2009.  The audit reports that we received for these investees reflected a lower equity balance than the unaudited financial statements that we had been provided previously that were used as the basis for valuation at year end 2008 and the first quarter of 2009.  These investments impact primarily our Insurance Solutions – Life Insurance segment and to a lesser extent our Retirement Solutions – Annuities and Retirement Solutions – Defined Contribution segments.  See “Consolidated Investments – Alternative Investments” for additional information on our investment portfolio and further discussion on the nature of the audit adjustments referred to above.

Variable Annuity Hedge Program Results

We offer variable annuity products with living benefit guarantees.  As described below in “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates – Derivatives – Guaranteed Living Benefits,” we use derivative instruments to hedge our exposure to the risks and earnings volatility that result from the GLB embedded derivatives in certain of our variable annuity products.  The change in fair value of these instruments tends to move in the opposite direction of the change in embedded derivative reserves.  For the first nine months of 2009, impacts of changes in interest rate risk unfavorably affected the net change in GLB embedded derivative reserves, excluding the effect of our non-performance risk (“NPR”), and the change in fair value of the hedging derivatives.  This impact was heightened as a result of our decision not to hedge all of the interest rate risk in response to the pending adoption of VACARVM, which is discussed further below.

The NPR factors result in an additional amount added to the discount rate in the calculation of the GLB embedded derivative reserve.  The NPR factors are impacted by our holding company’s credit default swap (“CDS”) spreads adjusted for items, such as the liquidity of our holding company CDS.  Because the guaranteed benefit liabilities are contained within our insurance subsidiaries, we apply items, such as the impact of our insurance subsidiaries’ claims-paying ratings compared to holding company credit risk and the over-collateralization of insurance liabilities, in order to determine factors that are representative of a theoretical market participant’s view of the NPR of the specific liability within our insurance subsidiaries.  This had an unfavorable effect during the first nine months of 2009 attributable to narrowing of credit spreads.  These results are excluded from the Retirement Solutions – Annuities and Defined Contribution segments’ operating revenues and income from operations.  See “Realized Loss – Operating Realized Gain (Loss) – GLB” for information on our methodology for calculating the NPR.

We also offer variable products with death benefit guarantees.  As described in “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates – Future Contract Benefits and Other Contract Holder Obligations – Guaranteed Death Benefits” in our 2008 Form 10-K, we use derivative instruments to attempt to hedge in the opposite direction of the changes in our associated GDB benefit ratio reserves for movements in equity markets.  These results are excluded from income (loss) from operations.

Variable Annuity Business Model

In order to address the realities of the current market conditions in the variable annuity marketplace, in late January 2009, we introduced changes to our GLB riders including increased rider fees, reduced roll-up periods and tighter investment restrictions on new business and a large percentage of in-force account value.  Increased equity market implied volatility and falling interest rates have increased the cost of providing GLBs.  The January product changes reduce our exposure to equity market volatility and interest rate movements while compensating us for increasing costs to provide the benefits.

Credit Losses, Impairments and Unrealized Losses

Related to our investments in fixed income and equity securities, we experienced net realized losses which reduced net income by $82 million and $238 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, and included credit related write-downs of securities for other-than-temporary impairments (“OTTI”) of $52 million and $207 million, respectively.  Although economic conditions have improved, we expect a continuation of some level of OTTI.  If we were to experience another period of weakness in the economic environment like we did in late 2008 and early 2009, it could lead to increased credit defaults, resulting in additional write-downs of securities for OTTI.


 
65

 

Increased liquidity in several market segments and improved credit fundamentals (i.e., market improvement and narrowing credit spreads) as of September 30, 2009, compared to December 31, 2008, has resulted in the $4.3 billion decrease in gross unrealized losses on the available-for-sale (“AFS”) fixed maturity securities in our general account as of September 30, 2009.  Our unrealized losses are concentrated in the investment grade category of investments and demonstrate how reduced liquidity in the credit markets has impacted asset values.

Stimulus Legislation

In reaction to the recession, credit market illiquidity and global financial crisis experienced during the latter part of 2008 and into 2009, Congress enacted the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”) on October 3, 2008, and the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) which was signed into law on February 17, 2009, in an effort to restore liquidity to the U.S. credit markets and stimulate the U.S. economy.  The ARRA and TARP authorized the purchase of “troubled assets” from financial institutions, including insurance companies.  Pursuant to the authority granted under the TARP, the U.S. Treasury also adopted the CPP, the Generally Available Capital Access Program and the Exceptional Financial Recovery Assistance Program.  It remains unclear at this point, if and when the EESA and ARRA will restore sustained liquidity and confidence in the markets and its affect on the fair value of our invested assets. 

TARP CPP

On November 13, 2008, we filed an application to participate in the CPP that was established under the EESA.  On January 8, 2009, the Office of Thrift Supervision approved our application to become a savings and loan holding company and our acquisition of Newton County Loan & Savings, FSB, a federally regulated savings bank, located in Indiana.  We contributed $10 million to the capital of Newton County Loan & Savings, FSB, and closed on the purchase on January 15, 2009.  On May 8, 2009, the U.S. Treasury granted us preliminary approval to participate in the CPP.  On July 10, 2009, we issued, in a private placement, $950 million of Series B preferred stock and a warrant for 13,049,451 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $10.92 per share to the U.S. Treasury under the CPP.  See “Review of Consolidated Financial Condition – Liquidity and Capital Resources – Sources of Liquidity and Cash Flow – Financing Activities” for more information about our preferred stock issuance.

Participation in the CPP subjects us to increased oversight by the U.S. Treasury.  The U.S. Treasury has the power to unilaterally amend the terms of the purchase agreement to the extent required to comply with changes in applicable statutes and to inspect our corporate books and records through our federal banking regulators.  In addition, the U.S. Treasury has the right to appoint two directors to our Board if we miss dividend payments on the preferred stock as discussed below.  Participation in the CPP may also subject us to increased Congressional scrutiny.

In connection with participating in the CPP, we registered as a savings and loan holding company, which subjects us to new legal and regulatory requirements, including minimum capital requirements, and subjects us to oversight, regulation and examination by the Office of Thrift Supervision.

We are also subject to certain restrictions, notably, limits on incentive compensation for certain executives and employees for the duration of the U.S. Treasury’s investment.  We are also subject to limits on increasing the dividend on our common stock and redeeming capital stock (unless the U.S. Treasury consents), both of which apply until the third anniversary of the U.S. Treasury’s investment unless we redeem the Series B preferred shares in whole or the U.S. Treasury transfers all of the Series B preferred stock to third parties.

The U.S. Treasury will not vote the Series B preferred stock or the common stock it may receive upon exercise of the warrant.  However, with respect to the Series B preferred stock, the U.S. Treasury would have class voting rights on the issuance of shares ranking senior to the Series B preferred stock, amendments to the rights of the Series B preferred stock or any merger, exchange or similar transaction that would adversely affect the rights of the Series B preferred stock.  If dividends on the Series B preferred stock are not paid in full for six dividend periods, whether or not consecutive, the Series B preferred stock holders will have the right, together with the holders of any other affected classes of future parity stock, voting as a single class, to elect two directors.

Under current CPP documentation, if we receive aggregate cash proceeds equal to not less than 100% of the aggregate liquidation preference of the Series B preferred stock sold to the U.S. Treasury from the sale of shares of common stock, perpetual preferred stock or any combination of such securities after the closing of our CPP transaction and on or prior to December 31, 2009, the number of shares of common stock underlying the warrant held by the U.S. Treasury will be reduced by half.  In addition, under current guidance, after redeeming the Series B preferred stock, we will have the right to repurchase the warrant for its appraised market value, and if we do not repurchase the warrant, the U.S. Treasury can liquidate the warrant.  In addition, we have granted the U.S. Treasury registration rights covering the shares of Series B preferred stock, the warrant and the shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the warrant.

 
66

 

Challenges and Outlook

For the remainder of 2009, we expect major challenges to include:

·
Unstable credit markets that impact our financing alternatives, spreads and other-than-temporary securities impairments;
·
Volatile equity markets that have a significant impact on our hedge program performance and revenues;
·
Continuation of the low interest rate environment, which affects the investment margins and reserve levels for many of our products, such as fixed annuities and UL;
·
Possible additional intangible asset impairments, such as goodwill, if the financial performance of our reporting units deteriorates, our market capitalization remains below book value for a prolonged period of time or business valuation assumptions (such as discount rates and equity market volatility) are adversely affected;
·
Achieving continued sales success with our portfolio of products, including marketplace acceptance of new variable annuity features, as well as retaining management and wholesaler talent to maintain our competitive position; and
·
Continuing focus by the government on tax and healthcare reform including potential changes in company dividends-received deduction (“DRD”) calculations, which may affect the value and profitability of our products and overall earnings.

In the face of these challenges, we expect to focus on the following throughout the remainder of 2009:

·
Increase our product development activities together with identifying future product development initiatives, with a focus on further reducing risk related to guaranteed benefit riders available on with certain variable annuity contracts;
·
Manage our expenses aggressively through cost reduction and process improvement initiatives combined with continued financial discipline and execution excellence throughout our operations;
·
Execute on financing strategies addressing the statutory reserve strain related to our secondary guarantee UL products in order to manage our capital position effectively in accordance with our pricing guidelines; and
·
Closely monitor our capital and liquidity positions taking into account the fragile economic recovery and changing statutory accounting and reserving practices.

For additional factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those set forth in this section, see “Part I – Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our 2008 Form 10-K and “Forward-Looking Statements – Cautionary Language” in this report.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The MD&A included in our 2008 Form 10-K contains a detailed discussion of our critical accounting policies and estimates.  The following information updates the “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” provided in our 2008 Form 10-K and, accordingly, should be read in conjunction with the “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” discussed in our 2008 Form 10-K.

DAC, VOBA, DSI and DFEL

On a quarterly basis, we may record an adjustment to the amounts included within our Consolidated Balance Sheets for DAC, VOBA, DSI and DFEL with an offsetting benefit or charge to revenue or expense for the impact of the difference between future estimated gross profits (“EGPs”) used in the prior quarter and the emergence of actual and updated future EGPs in the current quarter (“retrospective unlocking”).  In addition, in the third quarter of each year, we conduct our annual comprehensive review of the assumptions and the projection models used for our estimates of future gross profits underlying the amortization of DAC, VOBA, DSI and DFEL and the calculations of the embedded derivatives and reserves for annuity and life insurance products with living benefit and death benefit guarantees.  These assumptions include investment margins, mortality, retention, rider utilization and maintenance expenses (costs associated with maintaining records relating to insurance and individual and group annuity contracts and with the processing of premium collections, deposits, withdrawals and commissions).  Based on our review, the cumulative balances of DAC, VOBA, DSI and DFEL, included on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, are adjusted with an offsetting benefit or charge to revenue or amortization expense to reflect such change (“prospective unlocking – assumption changes”).  We may also identify and implement actuarial modeling refinements (“prospective unlocking – model refinements”) that result in increases or decreases to the carrying values of DAC, VOBA, DSI, DFEL, embedded derivatives and reserves for annuity and life insurance products with living benefit and death benefit guarantees.  The primary distinction between retrospective and prospective unlocking is that retrospective unlocking is driven by the difference between actual gross profits compared to EGPs each period, while prospective unlocking is driven by changes in assumptions or projection models related to our projections of future EGPs.


 
67

 

In discussing our results of operations below in this MD&A, we refer to favorable and unfavorable unlocking.  With respect to DAC, VOBA and DSI, favorable unlocking refers to a decrease in the amortization expense in the period, whereas unfavorable unlocking refers to an increase in the amortization expense in the period.  With respect to DFEL, favorable unlocking refers to an increase in the amortization income in the period, whereas unfavorable unlocking refers to a decrease in the amortization income in the period.  With respect to the calculations of the embedded derivatives and reserves for annuity and life insurance products with living benefit and death benefit guarantees, favorable unlocking refers to a decrease in reserves in the period, whereas unfavorable unlocking refers to an increase in reserves in the period.

For illustrative purposes, the following presents the hypothetical impacts to EGP and DAC (1) amortization attributable to changes in assumptions from those our model projections assume, assuming all other factors remain constant:
 
       
Hypothetical
               
   
Hypothetical
 
Impact to
               
Actual Experience Differs
 
Impact to
 
 Net Income
               
From Those Our Model
 
 Net Income
 
for DAC (1)
               
Projections Assume
 
 for EGPs
 
Amortization
 
Description of Expected Impact
   
Higher equity markets
 
Favorable
 
Favorable
 
Increase to fee income and decrease to changes in
           
reserves.
         
                         
Lower equity markets
 
Unfavorable
 
Unfavorable
 
Decrease to fee income and increase to changes in
           
reserves.
         
                         
Higher investment margins
 
Favorable
 
Favorable
 
Increase to interest rate spread on our fixed product
           
line, including fixed portion of variable.
 
                         
Lower investment margins
 
Unfavorable
 
Unfavorable
 
Decrease to interest rate spread on our fixed product
           
line, including fixed portion of variable.
 
                         
Higher credit losses
 
Unfavorable
 
Unfavorable
 
Decrease to realized gains on investments.
 
                         
Lower credit losses
 
Favorable
 
Favorable
 
Increase to realized gains on investments.
 
                         
Higher lapses
 
Unfavorable
 
Unfavorable
 
Decrease to fee income, partially offset by decrease to
           
benefits due to shorter contract life.
   
                         
Lower lapses
 
Favorable
 
Favorable
 
Increase to fee income, partially offset by increase to
           
benefits due to longer contract life.
   
                         
Higher death claims
 
Unfavorable
 
Unfavorable
 
Decrease to fee income and increase to changes in
           
reserves due to shorter contract life.
   
                         
Lower death claims
 
Favorable
 
Favorable
 
Increase to fee income and decrease to changes in
           
reserves due to longer contract life.
   
 
(1)
DAC refers to the associated amortization of DAC, VOBA, DSI and DFEL and changes in future contract benefits.

 
68

 

Details underlying the increase to income from continuing operations from our prospective unlocking (in millions) were as follows:

   
For the Three
 
   
Months Ended
 
   
September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
Insurance fees:
           
Retirement Solutions - Annuities
  $ 3     $ (1 )
Insurance Solutions - Life Insurance
    20       (28 )
      Total insurance fees
    23       (29 )
Realized gain (loss):
               
    GLB
    (26 )     48  
      Total realized gain (loss)
    (26 )     48  
         Total revenues
    (3 )     19  
Benefits:
               
    Retirement Solutions - Annuities
    1       1  
    Insurance Solutions - Life Insurance
    (2 )     85  
      Total benefits
    (1 )     86  
Underwriting, acquisition, insurance and other expenses:
               
    Retirement Solutions - Annuities
    10       (2 )
    Retirement Solutions - Defined Contribution
    (8 )     -  
    Insurance Solutions - Life Insurance
    33       (81 )
      Total underwriting, acquisition, insurance and other expenses
    35       (83 )
Total benefits and expenses
    34       3  
      Income from continuing operations before taxes
    (37 )     16  
      Federal income tax expense (benefit)
    (13 )     6  
         Income from continuing operations
  $ (24 )   $ 10  

As equity markets do not move in a systematic manner, we reset the baseline of account values from which EGPs are projected, which we refer to as our “reversion to the mean” (“RTM”) process.  Under our current RTM process, on each valuation date, future EGPs are projected using stochastic modeling of a large number of future equity market scenarios in conjunction with best estimates of lapse rates, interest rate spreads and mortality to develop a statistical distribution of the present value of future EGPs for our variable annuity, annuity-based 401(k) and VUL blocks of business.  Because future equity market returns are unpredictable, the underlying premise of this process is that best estimate projections of future EGPs need not be affected by random short-term and insignificant deviations from expectations in equity market returns.  However, long-term or significant deviations from expected equity market returns require a change to best estimate projections of EGPs and prospective unlocking of DAC, VOBA, DSI, DFEL and changes in future contract benefits.  The statistical distribution is designed to identify when the equity market return deviations from expected returns have become significant enough to warrant a change of the future equity return EGP assumption.

The stochastic modeling performed for our variable annuity blocks of business as described above is used to develop a range of reasonably possible future EGPs.  We compare the range of the present value of the future EGPs from the stochastic modeling to that used in our amortization model.  A set of intervals around the mean of these scenarios is utilized to calculate two separate statistical ranges of reasonably possible EGPs.  These intervals are then compared again to the present value of the EGPs used in the amortization model.  If the present value of EGP assumptions utilized for amortization were to exceed the margin of the reasonable range of statistically calculated EGPs, a revision of the EGPs used to calculate amortization would occur.  If a revision is deemed necessary, future EGPs would be re-projected using the current account values at the end of the period during which the revision occurred along with a revised long-term annual equity market gross return assumption such that the reprojected EGPs would be our best estimate of EGPs.


 
69

 

Notwithstanding these intervals, if a severe decline or advance in equity markets were to occur or should other circumstances, including contract holder behavior, suggest that the present value of future EGPs no longer represents our best estimate, we could determine that a revision of the EGPs is necessary.

Our practice is not necessarily to unlock immediately after exceeding the first of the two statistical ranges, but, rather, if we stay between the first and second statistical range for several quarters, we would likely unlock.  Additionally, if we exceed the ranges as a result of a short-term market reaction, we would not necessarily unlock.  However, if the second statistical range is exceeded for more than one quarter, it is likely that we would unlock.  While this approach reduces adjustments to DAC, VOBA, DSI and DFEL due to short-term equity market fluctuations, significant changes in the equity markets that extend beyond one or two quarters could result in a significant favorable or unfavorable unlocking.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Under the Intangibles – Goodwill and Other Topic of the FASB ASC, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized, but are subject to impairment tests conducted at least annually.  Intangibles that do not have indefinite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives.  We are required to perform a two-step test in our evaluation of the carrying value of goodwill.  In Step 1 of the evaluation, the fair value of each reporting unit is determined and compared to the carrying value of the reporting unit.  If the fair value is greater than the carrying value, then the carrying value is deemed to be sufficient and Step 2 is not required.  If the fair value estimate is less than the carrying value, it is an indicator that impairment may exist and Step 2 is required to be performed.  In Step 2, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is determined by allocating the reporting unit’s fair value as determined in Step 1 to all of its net assets (recognized and unrecognized) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination at the date of the impairment test.  If the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is lower than its carrying amount, goodwill is impaired and written down to its fair value.  Refer to Note 8 of our consolidated financial statements for goodwill by reporting unit.

We use October 1 as the annual review date for goodwill and other intangible assets impairment testing.  However, when factors indicate that an impairment could be present, we reassess our conclusions related to goodwill recoverability through completion of an interim test.  Subsequent reviews of goodwill could result in impairment of goodwill.  Due to volatile capital markets and their unfavorable impact to our liquidity, earnings and discount rate assumptions and the execution of a reinsurance transaction on our life business, we completed an interim test of goodwill impairment as of March 31, 2009.

We performed a Step 1 goodwill impairment analysis on all of our reporting units as of March 31, 2009.  The Step 1 analysis for Insurance Solutions – Life and Retirement Solutions – Annuities reporting units utilized primarily a discounted cash flow valuation technique.  In determining the estimated fair value of these reporting units, we incorporated consideration of discounted cash flow calculations, the level of our own share price and assumptions that market participants would make in valuing these reporting units.  Our fair value estimations were based primarily on an in-depth analysis of projected future cash flows and relevant discount rates, which considered market participant inputs (“income approach”).  The discounted cash flow analysis required us to make judgments about revenues, earnings projections, capital market assumptions and discount rates.  The key assumptions used in the analysis to determine the fair value of these reporting units included:

·
New business for 10 years and run off of cash flows on in-force and new business for the life of the reporting unit;
·
Adjustments of several assumptions in our projections to reflect conservatism in the near-term as a result of the current volatility in the capital markets, including:
 
§
Lower equity market returns for 2 years;
 
§
Lower alternative investment income returns for 2 years;
 
§
Higher line of credit costs related to reserve securitizations;
·
Discount rates ranging from 11.0% to 16.0%, which were based on the weighted average cost of capital for each of our reporting units adjusted for the risks associated with the operations.  We used 11.0% for our Insurance Solutions – Life reporting unit and 16.0% for our Retirement Solutions – Annuities reporting unit.

For our other reporting units, we used other available information including market data obtained through strategic reviews and other analysis to support our Step 1 conclusions.

In the first quarter of 2009, all of our reporting units passed the Step 1 analysis, except for our Retirement Solutions – Annuities reporting unit, which required a Step 2 analysis to be completed.  In our Step 2 analysis, we estimated the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill as determined by allocating the reporting unit’s fair value determined in Step 1 to all of its net assets (recognized and unrecognized) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination at the date of the impairment test.

 
70

 

Based upon our Step 2 analysis, we recorded a goodwill impairment of $600 million for the Retirement Solutions – Annuities reporting unit in the first quarter of 2009, which was attributable primarily to higher discount rates related to higher debt costs and equity market volatility, deterioration in equity markets, which unfavorably impacted our account values and lower annuity sales.

There were no indicators of impairment as of September 30, 2009, due primarily to the continued improvement in the equity markets and lower discount rates during the second and third quarters of 2009.  Media results are showing signs of weakness, and the associated intangibles will be reviewed for impairment during our fourth quarter testing process.

Investments

Investment Valuation

We use an internationally recognized pricing service as our primary pricing source, and we generally do not obtain multiple prices for our financial instruments.  We generally use prices from the pricing service rather than broker quotes as we have documentation from the pricing service on the observable market inputs that they use to determine the prices in contrast to the broker quotes where we have limited information on the pricing inputs.

Our primary third party pricing service has policies and processes to ensure that they are using objectively verifiable observable market data.  The pricing service regularly reviews the evaluation inputs for securities covered, including broker quotes, executed trades and credit information, as applicable.  If the pricing service determines it does not have sufficient objectively verifiable information about a security’s valuation, they discontinue providing a valuation for the security.  The pricing service regularly publishes and updates a summary of inputs used in their valuations by major security type.  In addition, we have policies and procedures in place to review the process that is utilized by the third party pricing service and the output that is provided to ensure we are in agreement with the output provided by the pricing service.  On a periodic basis, we test the pricing for a sample of securities to evaluate the inputs and assumptions used by the pricing service.  In addition, we perform a check on prices provided by our primary pricing service to ensure that they are not stale or unreasonable by reviewing the prices for unusual changes from period to period based on certain parameters or for lack of change from one period to the next.  If such anomalies in the pricing are observed, we verify the price provided by our pricing service with another pricing source.

As of September 30, 2009, we only obtained multiple prices for 106 available-for-sale and trading securities.  These multiple prices were primarily related to instances where the vendor was providing a price for the first time and we also received a broker quote.  In these instances, we used the price from the pricing service due to the higher reliability as discussed above.

For certain available-for-sale and trading securities, such as synthetic convertibles, index-linked certificates of deposit and collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), we obtain a broker quote when sufficient information, such as security structure or other market information, is not available to produce an evaluation.  The brokers are asked to provide prices at which they believe they would trade the security; however, the inputs used by the brokers are unknown.  Broker-quoted securities are adjusted based solely on receipt of updated quotes from market makers or broker-dealers recognized as market participants.  Generally, the price for a security on this list is based on a quote from a single broker or market maker.  As of September 30, 2009, we used broker quotes for 290 securities as our final price source.

For additional information, see “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates – Investments – Investment Valuation” in our 2008 Form 10-K.

Adoption of Updates to the Investments – Debt and Equity Securities Topic

We adopted updates to the Investments Debt and Equity Securities Topic   of the FASB ASC for our debt securities effective January 1, 2009.  This adoption required that an OTTI loss be separated into the amount representing the decrease in cash flows expected to be collected (“credit loss”), which is recognized in earnings, and the amount related to all other factors (“noncredit loss”), which is recognized in other comprehensive income (“OCI”).  In addition, the requirement for management to assert that it has the intent and ability to hold an impaired security until recovery was replaced with the requirement that management assert that it does not have the intent to sell the security and that it is more likely than not that it will not be required to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis.

We regularly review our AFS securities for declines in fair value that we determine to be other-than-temporary.  If we intend to sell a security and the market value of the security is below amortized cost, the amortized cost is written down to current fair value with a corresponding charge to realized loss on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss), as this is deemed a credit-related event.  If we do not intend to sell a security but believe we will not recover a security’s amortized cost, the amortized cost is written down to the estimated recovery value with a corresponding charge to realized loss on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss), as this is also deemed a credit-related event, and the remainder of the decline to fair value is recorded to OCI – unrealized OTTI on AFS securities on our Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity, as this is considered a noncredit (i.e., recoverable) event.

 
71

 

The determination of our intent to sell a security is based upon whether we can assert that we do not have the intent to sell the security and if it is more likely than not that we will not be required to sell the security before recovery of the security’s cost basis.  In making this determination, we evaluate facts and circumstances such as, but not limited to, decisions to reposition our security portfolio, sales of securities to meet cash flow needs and sales of securities to capitalize on favorable pricing.  The credit loss on a security is based upon our estimate of the decrease in expected cash flows or our best estimate of credit deterioration.

As a result of the adoption, we recorded a cumulative effect adjustment, resulting in an increase of $102 million to our opening balance of retained earnings with a corresponding decrease to accumulated OCI, to reclassify the noncredit portion of previously other-than-temporarily impaired debt securities.  In addition, the amortized cost basis of debt securities for which a noncredit OTTI loss was previously recognized was increased by $199 million, or the amount of the cumulative effect adjustment, pre-DAC, VOBA, DSI, DFEL and tax.  The fair value of our debt securities did not change as a result of the adoption.

We recognized an OTTI loss of $96 million and $376 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, of which $52 million and $207 million were recognized in net income on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) related to credit losses and $44 million and $169 million were recognized in OCI on our Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity related to noncredit losses, respectively.  For additional details, see “Investments” below and Notes 2 and 5.

Adoption of Updates to the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic

We adopted updates to the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the FASB ASC, effective January 1, 2009.  The FASB provided additional guidance on estimating fair value when the volume and level of activity for an asset or liability have significantly decreased in relation to normal market activity for the asset or liability and additional guidance on circumstances that may indicate that a transaction is not orderly.

This guidance does not change the objective of a fair value measurement.  That is, even when there has been a significant decrease in market activity for a security, the fair value objective remains the same.  Fair value is the price that would be received to sell the security in an orderly transaction (i.e., not a forced liquidation or distressed sale), between market participants at the measurement date in the current inactive market (i.e., an “exit price” notion).

The FASB provided additional guidance on estimating fair value when the volume and level of activity for an asset or liability have significantly decreased in relation to normal market activity for the asset or liability.  The FASB also provided additional guidance on circumstances that may indicate that a transaction is not orderly.  Specifically, the guidance provided factors that indicate that a market is not active, including:

·
Few recent transactions based on volume and level of activity in the market, therefore there is not sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis;
·
Price quotations are not based on current information;
·
Price quotations vary substantially either over time or among market makers;
·
Indexes that previously were highly correlated with the fair values of the asset are demonstrably uncorrelated with recent fair values;
·
Abnormal, or significant increases in, liquidity risk premiums or implied yields for quoted prices when compared with reasonable estimates using realistic assumptions of credit and other nonperformance risk for the asset class;
·
Abnormally wide bid-ask spread or significant increases in the bid-ask spread; and
·
Little information is released publicly.

After evaluating all factors and considering the significance and relevance of each factor, the reporting entity shall use its judgment in determining whether there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset when the market for that asset is not active.  The factors should be considered in relation to the normal market activity for the asset.

When the market for an asset or liability has exhibited a significant decrease in transaction volume when compared to normal market activity for the asset or liability (or similar assets and liabilities), additional analysis is required to ascertain whether or not observed transactions or quoted prices are reflective of fair values.  When there has been a significant decline in activity and a market is no longer active, the use of multiple valuation techniques (or a change in valuation technique) may be appropriate.  The circumstances that may indicate a transaction is not orderly could include:

·
The seller is in or near bankruptcy or receivership or the seller was required to sell the asset to meet regulatory requirements;
·
There was a usual and customary marketing period, but the seller marketed the asset to a single market participant; and
·
The transaction price is significantly different relative to other similar transactions.

 
72

 

Transactions that are deemed not orderly would not be determinative of fair value or of market participant risk premiums.  In estimating fair value, an entity should place more weight on transactions that it concludes are orderly.  Less weight should be placed on transactions that the reporting entity does not have sufficient information to conclude whether the transaction is orderly.  As of September 30, 2009, we evaluated the markets that our securities trade in and concluded that none were inactive.  We will continue to re-evaluate this conclusion, as needed, based on market conditions.

Derivatives

We use derivative instruments to manage a variety of equity market and interest rate risks that are inherent in many of our life insurance and annuity products.  Assessing the effectiveness of these hedging programs and evaluating the carrying values of the related derivatives often involve a variety of assumptions and estimates.  We use derivatives to hedge equity market risks, interest rate risk and foreign currency exposures that are embedded in our annuity and life insurance product liabilities or investment portfolios.  Derivatives held as of September 30, 2009, contain industry standard terms.  Our accounting policies for derivatives and the potential impact on interest spreads in a falling rate environment are discussed in “Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” and Note 6 of this report and “Part II Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” and Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements in our 2008 Form 10-K.

Guaranteed Living Benefits

We have a dynamic hedging strategy designed to mitigate selected risk and income statement volatility caused by changes in the equity markets, interest rates and market implied volatilities associated with the Lincoln SmartSecurity ® Advantage guaranteed withdrawal benefit (“GWB”) feature and our i4LIFE ® Advantage and 4LATER® Advantage guaranteed income benefit (“GIB”) features that are available in our variable annuity products.  We have certain GLB variable annuity products with GWB and GIB features that are embedded derivatives.  Certain features of these guarantees, notably our GIB and 4LATER® features, have elements of both insurance benefits accounted for under the Financial Services – Insurance – Claim Costs and Liabilities for Future Policy Benefits Subtopic of the FASB ASC (“benefit reserves”) and embedded derivative reserves.  We calculate the value of the embedded derivative reserve and the benefit reserve based on the specific characteristics of each GLB feature.  In addition to mitigating selected risk and income statement volatility, the hedge program is also focused on a long-term goal of accumulating assets that could be used to pay claims under these benefits, recognizing that such claims are likely to begin no earlier than approximately a decade in the future.

If we were to experience unfavorable capital markets as we did late in 2008, then we would expect greater liabilities associated with the contractual guarantees.  However, the relationship between the components of the guarantees, namely, the embedded derivative reserves and the benefit reserves, is not linear.  As the exposure to net amount at risk increases, the relative portion of the projected benefits that is accounted for as benefit reserves increases relative to the portion that is accounted for as embedded derivative reserves.

The hedging strategy is designed such that changes in the value of the hedge contracts move in the opposite direction of changes in GLB embedded derivative reserves.  This dynamic hedging strategy utilizes options on U.S.-based equity indices, futures on U.S.-based and international equity indices and variance swaps on U.S.-based equity indices, as well as interest rate futures and swaps.  The notional amounts of the underlying hedge instruments are such that the magnitude of the change in the value of the hedge instruments due to changes in equity markets, interest rates and implied volatilities is designed to offset the magnitude of the change in the fair value of the GLB guarantees caused by those same factors.  As of September 30, 2009, the fair value of the embedded derivative reserve, before adjustment for the required NPR factors, for GWB, the i4LIFE ® Advantage GIB and the 4LATER® Advantage GIB were valued at $631 million, $283 million and $100 million, respectively.  See “Realized Loss – Operating Realized Gain (Loss) – GLB” for information on how we determine our NPR.

As part of our current hedging program, equity market, interest rate and market implied volatility conditions are monitored on a daily basis.  We rebalance our hedge positions based upon changes in these factors as needed.  While we actively manage our hedge positions, our hedge positions may not completely offset changes in the fair value embedded derivative reserve caused by movements in these factors due to, among other things, differences in timing between when a market exposure changes and corresponding changes to the hedge positions, extreme swings in the equity markets, interest rates and market implied volatilities, realized market volatility, contract holder behavior, divergence between the performance of the underlying funds and the hedging indices, divergence between the actual and expected performance of the hedge instruments or our ability to purchase hedging instruments at prices consistent with our desired risk and return trade-off.  This hedging strategy is managed on a combined basis with the hedge for our GDB features.

For more information on our GDB hedging strategy, see “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates – Future Contract Benefits and Other Contract Holder Obligations – Guaranteed Death Benefits” in our 2008 Form 10-K.

 
73

 

As of September 30, 2009, the fair value of our derivative assets, which hedge both our GLB and GDB features, and including margins generated by futures contracts, was $1.2 billion.  As of September 30, 2009, the sum of all GLB liabilities at fair value, excluding the NPR adjustment, and GDB reserves was $1.1 billion, comprised of $1.0 billion for GLB liabilities and $0.1 billion for the GDB reserves.  The fair value of the hedge assets exceeded the liabilities by $0.1 billion, which we believe indicates that the hedge strategy has performed well by providing funding for our best estimate of the present value of the liabilities related to our GLB and GDB features.  However, the relationship of hedge assets to the liabilities for the guarantees may vary in any given reporting period due to market conditions, hedge performance and/or changes to the hedging strategy.

Approximately 38% of our variable annuity account values contain a GWB rider as of September 30, 2009.  Declines in the equity markets increase our exposure to potential benefits under the GWB contracts, leading to an increase in our existing liability for those benefits.  For example, a GWB contract is “in the money” if the contract holder’s account balance falls below the guaranteed amount.  As of September 30, 2009, and September 30, 2008, 59% and 79%, respectively, of all GWB in-force contracts were “in the money,” and our exposure to the guaranteed amounts, after reinsurance, as of September 30, 2009, and September 30, 2008, was $2.5 billion.  Our exposure before reinsurance for these same periods was $2.8 billion and $2.9 billion, respectively.  However, the only way the GWB contract holder can monetize the excess of the guaranteed amount over the account value of the contract is upon death or through a series of withdrawals that do not exceed a specific percentage per year of the guaranteed amount.  If, after the series of withdrawals, the account value is exhausted, the contract holder will receive a series of annuity payments equal to the remaining guaranteed amount, and, for our lifetime GWB products, the annuity payments can continue beyond the guaranteed amount.  The account value can also fluctuate with equity market returns on a daily basis resulting in increases or decreases in the excess of the guaranteed amount over account value.

As a result of these factors, the ultimate amount to be paid by us related to GWB guarantees is uncertain and could be significantly more or less than $2.5 billion, net of reinsurance.  Our fair value estimates of the GWB liabilities, which are based on detailed models of future cash flows under a wide range of market-consistent scenarios, reflect a more comprehensive view of the related factors and represent our best estimate of the present value of these potential liabilities.  The market-consistent scenarios used in the determination of the fair value of the GWB liabilities are similar to those used by an investment bank to value derivatives for which the pricing is not transparent and the aftermarket is nonexistent or illiquid.  In our calculation, risk-neutral Monte Carlo simulations resulting in over 10 million scenarios are utilized to value the entire block of guarantees.  The market-consistent scenario assumptions, at each valuation date, are those we view to be appropriate for a hypothetical market participant.  The market consistent inputs include assumptions for the capital markets (e.g., implied volatilities, correlation among indices, risk-free swap curve, etc.), policyholder behavior (e.g., policy lapse, benefit utilization, mortality, etc.), risk margins, administrative expenses and a margin for profit.  We believe these assumptions are consistent with those that would be used by a market participant; however, as the related markets develop, we will continue to reassess our assumptions. It is possible that different valuation techniques and assumptions could produce a materially different estimate of fair value.

For information on our GLB hedging results, see our discussion in “Realized Loss” below.

Income Taxes

The application of GAAP requires us to evaluate the recoverability of our deferred tax assets and establish a valuation allowance, if necessary, to reduce our deferred tax asset to an amount that is more likely than not to be realizable.  Considerable judgment and the use of estimates are required in determining whether a valuation allowance is necessary, and if so, the amount of such valuation allowance.  In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, we consider many factors, including:  the nature and character of the deferred tax assets and liabilities; taxable income in prior carryback years; future reversals of existing temporary differences; the length of time carryovers can be utilized; and any tax planning strategies we would employ to avoid a tax benefit from expiring unused.  Although realization is not assured, management believes it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets, including our capital loss deferred tax asset, will be realized.  For additional information on our income taxes, see Note 7 in this report and Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements in our 2008 Form 10-K.

 
74

 

Acquisitions and Dispositions

As of August 18, 2009, LNC and its wholly owned subsidiary, Lincoln National Investment Companies, entered into a Purchase and Sale Agreement with Macquarie Bank Limited (“MBL”), pursuant to which we agreed to sell to MBL all of the outstanding capital stock of Delaware Management Holdings, Inc., our subsidiary, or “Delaware,” which provides investment products and services to individuals and institutions.  We expect this transaction to close on or around December 31, 2009.  At closing, we will receive $320 million in addition to the value of net assets (excluding goodwill and as otherwise defined in the Purchase and Sale Agreement) of Delaware and its subsidiaries as estimated at closing.  In addition, a revenue run-rate adjustment mechanism will be applied in the event that the closing revenue run-rate of Delaware is less than 90% of its revenue run-rate on April 30, 2009 (the “Base Revenue Run-Rate”), provided that the reduction in the purchase price shall not exceed 15%.  In the event that the closing revenue run-rate of Delaware is less than 75% of the Base Revenue Run-Rate, the buyer may exercise the option to terminate the transaction.  The revenue run-rates will be calculated in a manner that excludes the impact of any distributions of interest, dividends, income or capital gains from any client account and any increase or decrease in assets under management due to changes in the markets and/or currency fluctuations.  Based on the foregoing, we currently expect to receive cash consideration at closing of approximately $430 million; however, this number may differ based on the adjustments set forth above.

The closing purchase price is also subject to other post-closing adjustments, including an adjustment based on the final closing balance sheet (as determined under the Purchase and Sale Agreement).  In addition, certain of our subsidiaries, including The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company (“LNL”), our primary insurance subsidiary, will enter into investment advisory agreements with Delaware, pursuant to which Delaware will continue to manage the majority of the general account insurance assets of the subsidiaries.  The investment advisory agreements will have ten-year terms, and we may terminate them without cause by paying an aggregate termination fee of up to $84 million in the event that all of the agreements with our subsidiaries are terminated that will decline on a pro rata basis over the ten-year term of the advisory agreements.

MBL and we have each made customary representations, warranties and covenants, as applicable, in the Purchase and Sale Agreement.  The Purchase and Sale Agreement also contains customary indemnifications, including our indemnifying MBL with respect to the Transamerica litigation, which is described in Note 11.  The completion of the transaction contemplated by the Purchase and Sale Agreement is subject to regulatory approvals and the satisfaction of other customary conditions, some of which are beyond our control, and no assurance can be given that such completion will occur.

The transaction is expected to be neutral to earnings per share assuming reinvestment of net proceeds back into core insurance businesses.  We expect a modest gain on disposal, which will be recorded as of the close of the transaction.  The actual gain or loss may differ from our expected result depending upon, among other things, the actual purchase price after closing adjustments.

This summary of the material terms and provisions of the Purchase and Sale Agreement is subject in its entirety to the Purchase and Sale Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 2.1 and incorporated herein by reference.

On October 1, 2009, we completed the previously announced sale of the capital stock of Lincoln National (UK) plc to SLF of Canada UK Limited for proceeds of approximately $305 million, after-tax, subject to customary post-closing adjustments.  We retained Lincoln UK’s pension plan assets and liabilities.  The results of Lincoln National (UK) plc and its subsidiaries comprised the former Lincoln UK segment.  The Lincoln UK segment primarily focused on providing life and retirement income products in the U.K.  In the third quarter of 2009, there was a $55 million adjustment to the loss on disposition of our Lincoln UK segment as a result of finalizing treatment of the UK pension, refining certain tax estimates and closing out various hedges put in place at the time of the announcement.

Accordingly, we have reported the results of these businesses as discontinued operations on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) and the assets and liabilities as held for sale on our Consolidated Balance Sheets for all periods presented.  See Note 3 for additional details.

For additional information about acquisitions and divestitures, see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in our 2008 Form 10-K.

 
75

 

 
RESULTS OF CONSOLIDATED OPERATIONS

Net Income

Details underlying the consolidated results, deposits, net flows and account values (in millions) were as follows:
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Revenues
                                   
Insurance premiums
  $ 491     $ 514       -4 %   $ 1,541     $ 1,507       2 %
Insurance fees
    766       754       2 %     2,158       2,314       -7 %
Net investment income
    1,071       1,068       0 %     3,055       3,170       -4 %
Realized loss:
                                               
Total OTTI losses on securities
    (148 )     (237 )     38 %     (578 )     (395 )     -46 %
Portion of loss recognized in OCI
    68       -    
NM
      259       -    
NM
 
Net OTTI losses on securities recognized
                                               
in earnings
    (80 )     (237 )     66 %     (319 )     (395 )     19 %
Realized gain (loss), excluding OTTI
                                               
losses on securities
    (288 )     30    
NM
      (684 )     49    
NM
 
Total realized loss
    (368 )     (207 )     -78 %     (1,003 )     (346 )  
NM
 
Amortization of deferred gain on business sold
                                               
through reinsurance
    18       19       -5 %     56       57       -2 %
Other revenues and fees
    103       122       -16 %     293       369       -21 %
Total revenues
    2,081       2,270       -8 %     6,100       7,071       -14 %
Benefits and Expenses
                                               
Interest credited
    623       625       0 %     1,848       1,849       0 %
Benefits
    569       813       -30 %     2,072       2,118       -2 %
Underwriting, acquisition, insurance and
                                               
other expenses
    760       642       18 %     2,103       2,065       2 %
Interest and debt expense
    68       69       -1 %     130       209       -38 %
Impairment of intangibles
    (1 )     -    
NM
      601       175       243 %
Total benefits and expenses
    2,019       2,149       -6 %     6,754       6,416       5 %
Income (loss) from continuing operations
                                               
before taxes
    62       121       -49 %     (654 )     655    
NM
 
Federal income tax expense (benefit)
    (19 )     (8 )  
NM
      (141 )     162    
NM
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    81       129       -37 %     (513 )     493    
NM
 
Income (loss) from discontinued
                                               
operations, net of federal income taxes
    72       19       279 %     (74 )     69    
NM
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 153     $ 148       3 %   $ (587 )   $ 562    
NM
 


 
76

 

 
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Revenues
                                   
Operating revenues:
                                   
Retirement Solutions:
                                   
Annuities
  $ 523     $ 675       -23 %   $ 1,559     $ 1,916       -19 %
Defined Contribution
    236       241       -2 %     676       718       -6 %
Total Retirement Solutions
    759       916       -17 %     2,235       2,634       -15 %
Insurance Solutions:
                                               
Life Insurance
    1,089       1,074       1 %     3,168       3,216       -1 %
Group Protection
    414       403       3 %     1,279       1,227       4 %
Total Insurance Solutions
    1,503       1,477       2 %     4,447       4,443       0 %
Other Operations
    120       135       -11 %     340       412       -17 %
Excluded realized loss, pre-tax
    (302 )     (259 )     -17 %     (924 )     (420 )  
NM
 
Amortization of deferred gain arising from
                                               
reserve changes on business sold through
                                               
reinsurance, pre-tax
    1       1       0 %     2       2       0 %
Total revenues
  $ 2,081     $ 2,270       -8 %   $ 6,100     $ 7,071       -14 %


   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Net Income (Loss)
                                   
Income (loss) from operations:
                                   
Retirement Solutions:
                                   
Annuities
  $ 95     $ 131       -27 %   $ 234     $ 365       -36 %
Defined Contribution
    43       42       2 %     100       124       -19 %
Total Retirement Solutions
    138       173       -20 %     334       489       -32 %
Insurance Solutions:
                                               
Life Insurance
    137       137       0 %     412       458       -10 %
Group Protection
    35       27       30 %     94       86       9 %
Total Insurance Solutions
    172       164       5 %     506       544       -7 %
Other Operations
    (34 )     (39 )     13 %     (195 )     (128 )     -52 %
Excluded realized loss, after-tax
    (196 )     (169 )     -16 %     (600 )     (274 )  
NM
 
Early extinguishment of debt
    -       -    
NM
      42       -    
NM
 
Income from reserve changes (net of related
                                               
amortization) on business sold through
                                               
reinsurance, after-tax
    -       -    
NM
      1       1       0 %
Impairment of intangibles, after-tax
    1       -    
NM
      (601 )     (139 )  
NM
 
Income (loss) from continuing
                                               
operations, after-tax
    81       129       -37 %     (513 )     493    
NM
 
Income (loss) from discontinued
                                               
 operations, after-tax
    72       19       279 %     (74 )     69    
NM
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 153     $ 148       3 %   $ (587 )   $ 562    
NM
 


 
77

 

 
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Deposits
                                   
Retirement Solutions:
                                   
Annuities
  $ 3,088     $ 2,948       5 %   $ 7,901     $ 9,410       -16 %
Defined Contribution
    1,103       1,334       -17 %     3,794       4,306       -12 %
Insurance Solutions - Life Insurance
    1,074       1,082       -1 %     3,151       3,276       -4 %
Total deposits
  $ 5,265     $ 5,364       -2 %   $ 14,846     $ 16,992       -13 %
                                                 
Net Flows
                                               
Retirement Solutions:
                                               
Annuities
  $ 1,601     $ 944       70 %   $ 3,074     $ 3,714       -17 %
Defined Contribution
    144       93       55 %     1,057       610       73 %
Insurance Solutions - Life Insurance
    562       690       -19 %     1,659       2,018       -18 %
Total net flows
  $ 2,307     $ 1,727       34 %   $ 5,790     $ 6,342       -9 %
 
   
As of September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Account Values
                 
Retirement Solutions:
                 
Annuities
  $ 71,146     $ 66,475       7 %
Defined Contribution
    34,322       32,573       5 %
Insurance Solutions - Life Insurance
    31,272       32,283       -3 %
Total account values
  $ 136,740     $ 131,331       4 %
 
Comparison of the Three Months Ended September 30, 2009 to 2008

Net income increased due primarily to the following:

·
A $10 million net favorable retrospective unlocking of DAC, VOBA, DSI, DFEL and the reserves for annuity and life insurance products with living benefit and death benefit guarantees in the third quarter of 2009 due primarily to lower lapses and higher equity market performance than our model projections assumed, compared to a $107 million unfavorable retrospective unlocking in the third quarter of 2008 due primarily to lower equity market performance and premiums received and higher death claims and future GDB claims than our model projections assumed;
·
A decrease in realized losses on our AFS securities attributable primarily to lower OTTI;
·
A $55 million adjustment to the loss on disposition of our Lincoln UK segment as a result of finalizing treatment of the UK pension, refining certain tax estimates and closing out various hedges put in place at the time of the announcement (see “Acquisitions and Dispositions” above and Note 3 for additional information on the disposition of our discontinued operations); and
·
A reduction in the federal income tax expense due primarily to lower income from continuing operations, partially offset by more favorable permanent differences in 2008 relating to favorable tax return true-ups driven by the separate account DRD and other items.

 
78

 

The increase in net income was partially offset by the following:

·
The overall unfavorable GLB net derivatives results, excluding unlocking, in the third quarter 2009, which was due to a reduction in the NPR component of the liability that is not included in the hedge program attributable to a narrowing of credit spreads, compared to favorable GLB net derivatives results in the third quarter of 2008 as the NPR adjustment was favorable attributable primarily to widening credit spreads that more than offset the unfavorable GLB hedge program performance due to extreme market conditions   (see “Realized Loss” below for more information on our GLB liability and derivative performance);
·
Higher DAC, VOBA, DSI and DFEL amortization, net of interest and excluding unlocking, due primarily to the reduction in EGPs (see “Retirement Solutions – Annuities – Additional Segment Information” below for more information);
·
Higher benefits due primarily to an increase in the growth in benefit reserves from higher expected GDB benefit payments;
·
A $25 million unfavorable prospective unlocking (a $19 million decrease from assumption changes and a $6 million decrease from model refinements) of DAC, VOBA, DSI, DFEL and the reserves for annuity and life insurance products with living benefit and death benefit guarantees due primarily to lower investment spreads and higher expenses, mortality and lapses in the third quarter of 2009 than our model projections assumed, compared to a $10 million favorable prospective unlocking (a $44 million increase from assumption changes reflecting primarily updates to implied ultimate volatility net of a $34 million decrease from model refinements) in the third quarter of 2008 (see “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates – DAC, VOBA, DSI and DFEL” for more information); and
·
Higher underwriting, acquisition, insurance and other expenses, excluding amortization of DAC and VOBA, due primarily to higher account-value-based trail commissions driven by positive net flows that more than offset the impact of unfavorable equity markets since the third quarter of 2008, higher incentive compensation accruals as a result of higher earnings and production performance relative to planned goals and higher expenses attributable to our U.S. pension plans (see discussion in “Additional Segment Information” below), partially offset by lower merger expenses as many of our integration efforts related to our acquisition of Jefferson-Pilot have been completed.

Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 to 2008

Net income decreased due primarily to the following:

·
Impairment of goodwill in the first quarter of 2009 of $600 million for Retirement Solutions – Individual Annuities due to continued market volatility, the corresponding increase in discount rates and lower annuity sales compared to $139 million of impairment of goodwill and our Federal Communications Commission license intangible assets on our remaining radio clusters in the second quarter of 2008  attributable to declines in advertising revenues for the entire radio market (see “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” above for additional information on our goodwill impairment); however, these non-cash impairments did not impact our liquidity and will not impact our future liquidity;
·
The overall unfavorable GLB net derivatives results, excluding unlocking, in the first nine months of 2009, which was due to a reduction in the NPR component of the liability that is not included in the hedge program attributable to a narrowing of credit spreads, compared to favorable GLB net derivatives results in the first nine months of 2008 as the NPR adjustment was favorable attributable primarily to widening credit spreads that more than offset the unfavorable GLB hedge program performance due to extreme market conditions   (see “Realized Loss” below for more information on our GLB liability and derivative performance);
·
The $115 million loss on disposition of our Lincoln UK segment during 2009 (see “Acquisitions and Dispositions” above and Note 3 for additional information on the disposition of our discontinued operations);
·
Lower earnings from our variable annuity and mutual fund products as a result of declines in the equity markets;
·
Lower net investment income attributable primarily to less favorable investment income on surplus and alternative investments due primarily to a deterioration of the capital markets (see “Consolidated Investments – Alternative Investments” below for additional information on our alternative investments) as well as holding higher cash balances related to our short-term liquidity strategy during the recent volatile markets that has reduced our portfolio yield;
·
The $64 million unfavorable impact from the rescission of the reinsurance agreement on certain disability income business sold to Swiss Re in the first quarter of 2009, as discussed in “Reinsurance” below;
·
Higher DAC, VOBA, DSI and DFEL amortization, net of interest and excluding unlocking, due primarily to the reduction in EGPs (see “Retirement Solutions – Annuities – Additional Segment Information” below for more information);
·
Higher benefits due primarily to an increase in the growth in benefit reserves from higher expected GDB benefit payments; and
·
The impact of prospective unlocking discussed above.

 
79

 

The decrease in net income was partially offset by the following:

·
A $42 million gain in the first quarter of 2009 associated with the early extinguishment of long-term debt;
·
A reduction in federal income tax expense due primarily to favorable tax return true-ups driven by the separate account DRD, foreign tax credit adjustments and other items;
·
Lower broker-dealer expenses due primarily to lower sales of non-proprietary products, lower interest and debt expenses as a result of a decline in interest rates and average balances of outstanding debt in 2009, lower merger expenses as many of our integration efforts related to our acquisition of Jefferson-Pilot have been completed and the implementation of several expense initiatives, partially offset by restructuring charges related to many of these initiatives and higher incentive compensation accruals as a result of higher earnings and production performance relative to planned goals;
·
A $97 million unfavorable retrospective unlocking of DAC, VOBA, DSI, DFEL and the reserves for annuity and life insurance products with living benefit and death benefit guarantees during the first nine months of 2009 due primarily to the overall performance of our GLB derivative program (see “Realized Loss” below for more information on our GLB derivative performance), partially offset by lower lapses and higher equity market performance than our model projections assumed, compared to a $118 million unfavorable retrospective unlocking during the first nine months of 2008 due primarily to the impact of lower equity market performance and premiums received, higher death claims and future GDB claims than our model projections assumed and model adjustments on certain life insurance policies;
·
A decrease in realized losses on our AFS securities attributable primarily to lower OTTI; and
·
The $16 million impact of the initial adoption of the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the FASB ASC on January 1, 2008.

The foregoing items are discussed in further detail in results of operations by segment discussions and “Realized Loss” below.  In addition, for a discussion of the earnings impact of the equity markets, see “Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk – Equity Market Risk – Impact of Equity Market Sensitivity.”

 
80

 

RESULTS OF RETIREMENT SOLUTIONS

The Retirement Solutions business provides its products through two segments:  Annuities and Defined Contribution.  The Retirement Solutions – Annuities segment provides tax-deferred investment growth and lifetime income opportunities for its clients by offering individual fixed annuities, including indexed annuities, and variable annuities.  The Retirement Solutions – Defined Contribution segment provides employer-sponsored variable and fixed annuities and mutual-fund based programs in the 401(k), 403(b) and 457 marketplaces.

Retirement Solutions – Annuities

Income from Operations

Details underlying the results for Retirement Solutions – Annuities (in millions) were as follows:
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Operating Revenues
                                   
Insurance premiums (1)
  $ 17     $ 52       -67 %   $ 77     $ 103       -25 %
Insurance fees
    223       246       -9 %     598       749       -20 %
Net investment income
    271       243       12 %     756       736       3 %
Operating realized gain (loss)   (2)
    (61 )     52    
NM
      (73 )     74    
NM
 
Other revenues and fees (3)
    73       82       -11 %     201       254       -21 %
Total operating revenues
    523       675       -23 %     1,559       1,916       -19 %
Operating Expenses
                                               
Interest credited
    185       170       9 %     511       496       3 %
Benefits (2)
    (43 )     112    
NM
      69       199       -65 %
Underwriting, acquisition, insurance and other
                                               
 expenses
    268       254       6 %     728       774       -6 %
Total operating expenses
    410       536       -24 %     1,308       1,469       -11 %
Income from operations before taxes
    113       139       -19 %     251       447       -44 %
Federal income tax expense
    18       8       125 %     17       82       -79 %
Income from operations
  $ 95     $ 131       -27 %   $ 234     $ 365       -36 %
 
(1)
Insurance premiums includes primarily our single premium immediate annuities, which have a corresponding offset in benefits for changes in reserves.
(2)
The change in benefit ratio reserves for this segment was $(76) million and $(101) million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively, driven by variable account growth, as compared to $50 million and $65 million in the corresponding periods of 2008; however, this impact is offset within operating realized gain (loss) as discussed below.
(3)
Other revenues and fees consists primarily of broker-dealer earnings that are subject to market volatility.

Comparison of the Three Months Ended September 30, 2009 to 2008

Income from operations for this segment decreased due primarily to the following:

·
Lower insurance fees driven primarily by lower average daily variable account values due to unfavorable equity markets;
·
A reduction in federal income tax expense in the third quarter of 2008 due primarily to favorable tax return true-ups driven by the separate account DRD and other items;
·
Higher underwriting, acquisition, insurance and other expenses, excluding amortization of DAC and VOBA, due primarily to higher account-value-based trail commissions driven by positive net flows that more than offset the impact of unfavorable equity markets since the third quarter of 2008, higher incentive compensation accruals as a result of higher earnings and production performance relative to planned goals and higher expenses attributable to our U.S. pension plans (see discussion in “Additional Segment Information” below);

 
81

 
 
 
·
Higher benefits, excluding the change in benefit ratio reserves in operating realized gain (loss), due primarily to an increase in the growth in benefit reserves from higher expected
GDB benefit payments;
·
A $6 million unfavorable prospective unlocking from assumption changes of DAC, VOBA, DSI, DFEL and reserves for our guarantee riders in 2009 due primarily to higher maintenance expenses partially offset by higher expense assessments than our model projections assumed compared to none in 2008 (see “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates – DAC, VOBA, DSI and DFEL” for more information);
·
Higher DAC, VOBA, DSI and DFEL amortization, net of interest and excluding unlocking, due primarily to the reduction in EGPs discussed in “Additional Segment Information” below; and
·
A less favorable net broker-dealer margin attributable primarily to lower sales of non-proprietary products, lower earnings due to lower production levels and higher legal accruals.
 
The decrease in income from operations was partially offset by the following:

·
A $16 million favorable retrospective unlocking of DAC, VOBA, DSI, DFEL and reserves for our guarantee riders during the third quarter of 2009 due primarily to lower lapses and the impact of higher equity market performance than our model projections assumed, compared to a $9 million unfavorable retrospective unlocking during the third quarter of 2008 due primarily to lower equity market performance than our model projections assumed; and
·
Higher net investment income, partially offset by higher interest credited, driven primarily by higher average fixed account values, including the fixed portion of variable annuity contracts, attributable primarily to positive net flows and an increase in investment income on surplus investments due primarily to more favorable investment income on alternative investments, partially offset by our liquidity strategy of maintaining higher cash balances during the recent volatile markets that remained present early in the third quarter of 2009 that has reduced our portfolio yield by 3 basis points for the third quarter of 2009.

Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 to 2008

Income from operations for this segment decreased due primarily to the following:

·
Lower insurance fees driven primarily by lower average daily variable account values due to unfavorable equity markets;
·
Higher benefits, excluding the change in benefit ratio reserves in operating realized gain (loss), due primarily to an increase in the growth in benefit reserves from higher expected GDB benefit payments;
·
A less favorable net broker-dealer margin attributable primarily to lower sales of non-proprietary products;
·
The impact of the prospective unlocking discussed above;
·
Higher underwriting, acquisition, insurance and other expenses, excluding amortization of DAC and VOBA, due primarily to higher account-value-based trail commissions driven by positive net flows since the third quarter of 2008, partially offset by the impact of unfavorable equity markets on account values, higher incentive compensation accruals as a result of higher earnings and production performance relative to planned goals and higher expenses attributable to our U.S. pension plans (see discussion in “Additional Segment Information” below); and
·
Higher DAC, VOBA, DSI and DFEL amortization, net of interest and excluding unlocking, due primarily to the reduction in EGPs discussed in “Additional Segment Information” below.

The decrease in income from operations was partially offset by the following:

·
A reduction in federal income tax expense due primarily to the decrease in earnings and favorable tax return true-ups driven by the separate account DRD, foreign tax credit adjustments and other items in the first nine months of 2009;
·
A $14 million favorable retrospective unlocking of DAC, VOBA, DSI, DFEL and reserves for our guarantee riders during the first nine months of 2009 due primarily to lower lapses and higher equity market performance than our model projections assumed, compared to a $6 million unfavorable retrospective unlocking during the first nine months of 2008 due primarily to lower equity market performance than our model projections assumed; and
·
Higher net investment income, partially offset by higher interest credited, driven primarily by higher average fixed account values, including the fixed portion of variable annuity contracts, attributable primarily to positive net flows and by actions implemented since the third quarter of 2008 to reduce interest crediting rates, partially offset by our liquidity strategy of maintaining higher cash balances during the recent volatile markets that has reduced our portfolio yield by 25 basis points for the first nine months of 2009, a decline in investment income on surplus investments due primarily to less favorable investment income on alternative investments (see “Consolidated Investments – Alternative Investments” below for additional information).

 
82

 

Additional Segment Information

Prior to the second quarter of 2009, the equity markets unfavorably impacted our average variable account values and the resulting fees earned on these accounts.  Additionally, weaker credit fundamentals negatively impacted our investment margins and increased our realized losses on investments, including OTTI.  As a result, we lowered the projected EGPs for this segment, which will result in higher DAC, VOBA, DSI and DFEL amortization and lower earnings for this segment.

We experienced higher expenses attributable to our U.S. pension plans (see “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates – Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans” in our 2008 Form 10-K) during the first nine months of 2009, and the fourth quarter of 2009 will continue this unfavorable trend when compared to the corresponding period in 2008.

Although the segment’s results during the first nine months of 2009 were unfavorably impacted by lower average account values and the economic environment, its overall net flows were strong in a challenging economic environment and our end of period account values were higher.  New deposits are an important component of net flows and key to our efforts to grow our business.  Although deposits do not significantly impact current period income from operations, they are an important indicator of future profitability.

The other component of net flows relates to the retention of the business.  An important measure of retention is the lapse rate, which compares the amount of withdrawals to the average account values.  The overall lapse rates for our annuity products were 7% and 9% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, compared to 9% and 8% for the corresponding periods in 2008.

See Note 9 above for information on contractual guarantees to contract holders related to GDB features for our Retirement Solutions business.

We expect to manage the effect of changing market investment returns by managing interest rate spreads for near-term income from operations through a combination of crediting rate actions and portfolio management.  Our expectation includes the assumption that there are no significant changes in net flows in or out of our fixed accounts or other changes that may cause interest rate spreads to differ from our expectation.

Our fixed annuity business includes products with crediting rates that are reset on an annual basis and are not subject to surrender charges.  Account values for these products, including the fixed portion of variable, were $7.1 billion as of September 30, 2009, with 68% already at their minimum guaranteed rates.  The average crediting rates for these products were approximately 37 basis points in excess of average minimum guaranteed rates.  Our ability to retain annual reset annuities will be subject to current competitive conditions at the time interest rates for these products reset.  For information on interest rate spreads and the interest rate risk due to falling interest rates, see “Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk – Interest Rate Risk on Fixed Insurance Business – Falling Rates” in our 2008 Form 10-K.

For factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those set forth in this section, see “Part I – Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our 2008 Form 10-K and “Forward-Looking Statements – Cautionary Language” in this report.

We provide information about this segment’s operating revenue and operating expense line items, the period in which amounts are recognized, key drivers of changes and historical details underlying the line items and their associated drivers below.  For detail on the operating realized gain (loss), see “Realized Loss” below.

 
83

 

Insurance Fees

Details underlying insurance fees, account values and net flows (in millions) were as follows:
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Insurance Fees
                                   
Mortality, expense and other assessments
  $ 228     $ 245       -7 %   $ 609     $ 748       -19 %
Surrender charges
    9       13       -31 %     27       32       -16 %
DFEL:
                                               
Deferrals
    (16 )     (13 )     -23 %     (39 )     (38 )     -3 %
Prospective unlocking - assumption changes
    3       (1 )  
NM
      3       (1 )  
NM
 
Retrospective unlocking
    (2 )     3    
NM
      (11 )     3    
NM
 
Amortization, net of interest, excluding
                                               
unlocking
    1       (1 )     200 %     9       5       80 %
Total insurance fees
  $ 223     $ 246       -9 %   $ 598     $ 749       -20 %
 
   
As of September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Account Values
                 
Variable portion of variable annuities
  $ 52,429     $ 49,982       5 %
Fixed portion of variable annuities
    3,990       3,547       12 %
Total variable annuities
    56,419       53,529       5 %
Fixed annuities, including indexed
    15,776       14,142       12 %
Fixed annuities ceded to reinsurers
    (1,049 )     (1,196 )     12 %
Total fixed annuities
    14,727       12,946       14 %
Total account values
  $ 71,146     $ 66,475       7 %
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Averages
                                   
Daily variable account values, excluding the fixed
                                   
 portion of variable
  $ 49,135     $ 54,717       -10 %   $ 44,036     $ 55,929       -21 %
                                                 
Daily S&P 500
    994.45       1,255.42       -21 %     900.22       1,325.03       -32 %


 
84

 
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Net Flows on Account Values
                                   
Variable portion of variable annuity deposits
  $ 1,063     $ 1,672       -36 %   $ 2,741     $ 5,602       -51 %
Variable portion of variable annuity withdrawals
    (977 )     (1,216 )     20 %     (2,914 )     (3,704 )     21 %
   Variable portion of variable annuity net flows
    86       456       -81 %     (173 )     1,898    
NM
 
Fixed portion of variable annuity deposits
    766       896       -15 %     2,400       2,631       -9 %
Fixed portion of variable annuity withdrawals
    (105 )     (124 )     15 %     (391 )     (358 )     -9 %
Fixed portion of variable annuity net flows
    661       772       -14 %     2,009       2,273       -12 %
Total variable annuity deposits
    1,829       2,568       -29 %     5,141       8,233       -38 %
Total variable annuity withdrawals
    (1,082 )     (1,340 )     19 %     (3,305 )     (4,062 )     19 %
Total variable annuity net flows
    747       1,228       -39 %     1,836       4,171       -56 %
Fixed indexed annuity deposits
    846       215       293 %     1,864       789       136 %
Fixed indexed annuity withdrawals
    (115 )     (114 )     -1 %     (516 )     (299 )     -73 %
Fixed indexed annuity net flows
    731       101    
NM
      1,348       490       175 %
Other fixed annuity deposits
    413       165       150 %     896       388       131 %
Other fixed annuity withdrawals
    (290 )     (550 )     47 %     (1,006 )     (1,335 )     25 %
Other fixed annuity net flows
    123       (385 )     132 %     (110 )     (947 )     88 %
Total annuity deposits
    3,088       2,948       5 %     7,901       9,410       -16 %
Total annuity withdrawals
    (1,487 )     (2,004 )     26 %     (4,827 )     (5,696 )     15 %
Total annuity net flows
  $ 1,601     $ 944       70 %   $ 3,074     $ 3,714       -17 %
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Other Changes to Account Values
                                   
Interest credited and change in market value on
                                   
variable, excluding the fixed portion of variable
  $ 6,211     $ (7,069 )     188 %   $ 9,928     $ (12,571 )     179 %
Transfers from the fixed portion of variable
                                               
annuity products to the variable portion of
                                               
variable annuity products
    609       742       -18 %     1,749       2,218       -21 %

 
We charge contract holders mortality and expense assessments on variable annuity accounts to cover insurance and administrative expenses.  These assessments are a function of the rates priced into the product and the average daily variable account values.  Average daily account values are driven by net flows and the equity markets.  In addition, for our fixed annuity contracts and for some variable contracts, we collect surrender charges when contract holders surrender their contracts during their surrender charge periods to protect us from premature withdrawals.  Insurance fees include charges on both our variable and fixed annuity products, but exclude the attributed fees on our GLB products; see “Realized Loss – Operating Realized Gain (Loss) – GLB” below for discussion of these attributed fees.

 
85

 

Net Investment Income and Interest Credited

Details underlying net investment income, interest credited (in millions) and our interest rate spread were as follows:
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Net Investment Income
                                   
Fixed maturity securities, mortgage loans on real
                                   
estate and other, net of investment expenses
  $ 248     $ 222       12 %   $ 707     $ 675       5 %
Commercial mortgage loan prepayment and bond
                                               
makewhole premiums (1)
    1       1       0 %     1       2       -50 %
Alternative investments (2)
    -       -    
NM
      -       (1 )     100 %
Surplus investments (3)
    22       19       16 %     48       57       -16 %
Broker-dealer
    -       1       -100 %     -       3       -100 %
Total net investment income
  $ 271     $ 243       12 %   $ 756     $ 736       3 %
                                                 
Interest Credited
                                               
Amount provided to contract holders
  $ 205     $ 187       10 %   $ 541     $ 550       -2 %
Adjustment (4)
    (8 )     -    
NM
      -       -    
NM
 
DSI deferrals
    (20 )     (25 )     20 %     (54 )     (76 )     29 %
Interest credited before DSI amortization
    177       162       9 %     487       474       3 %
DSI amortization:
                                               
Retrospective unlocking
    (7 )     3    
NM
      (8 )     2    
NM
 
Amortization, excluding unlocking
    15       5       200 %     32       20       60 %
Total interest credited
  $ 185     $ 170       9 %   $ 511     $ 496       3 %
 
(1)
See “Consolidated Investments – Commercial Mortgage Loan Prepayment and Bond Makewhole Premiums” below for additional information.
(2)
See “Consolidated Investments – Alternative Investments” below for additional information.
(3)
Represents net investment income on the required statutory surplus for this segment and includes the impact of investment income on alternative investments for such assets that are held in the portfolios supporting statutory surplus versus the portfolios supporting product liabilities.
(4)
During the third quarter of 2009, we recorded an adjustment for a misclassification between benefits and interest credited that did not impact the results for the nine months ended September 30, 2009.

 
86

 

 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
   
Basis
   
Months Ended
   
Basis
 
   
September 30,
   
Point
   
September 30,
   
Point
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Interest Rate Spread
                                   
Fixed maturity securities, mortgage loans on real
                                   
estate and other, net of investment expenses
    5.68 %     5.82 %     (14 )     5.47 %     5.85 %     (38 )
Commercial mortgage loan prepayment and
                                               
bond make whole premiums
    0.02 %     0.02 %     -       0.01 %     0.02 %     (1 )
Alternative investments
    0.01 %     0.00 %     1       0.00 %     -0.01 %     1  
Net investment income yield on reserves
    5.71 %     5.84 %     (13 )     5.48 %     5.86 %     (38 )
Interest rate credited to contract holders (1)
    3.98 %     3.95 %     3       3.81 %     3.83 %     (2 )
Interest rate spread
    1.73 %     1.89 %     (16 )     1.67 %     2.03 %     (36 )
 
(1)
The adjustment to interest credited discussed above had a 17 basis point impact on the interest rate credited to contract holders for the third quarter of 2009.

Note:  The yields, rates and spreads above are calculated using whole dollars instead of dollars rounded to millions.
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Other Information
                                   
Average invested assets on reserves
  $ 17,496     $ 15,615       12 %   $ 17,220     $ 15,691       10 %
Average fixed account values, including the
                                               
fixed portion of variable
    18,715       17,174       9 %     17,892       17,291       3 %
Transfers from the fixed portion of variable
                                               
annuity products to the variable portion of
                                               
variable annuity products
    (609 )     (742 )     18 %     (1,749 )     (2,218 )     21 %
Net flows for fixed annuities, including the
                                               
fixed portion of variable
    1,515       488       210 %     3,247       1,816       79 %
 
A portion of our investment income earned is credited to the contract holders of our fixed annuity products, including the fixed portion of variable annuity contracts.  We expect to earn a spread between what we earn on the underlying general account investments supporting the fixed annuity product line, including the fixed portion of variable annuity contracts, and what we credit to our fixed annuity contract holders’ accounts, including the fixed portion of variable annuity contracts.  The interest rate spread for this segment represents the excess of the yield on invested assets on reserves over the average crediting rate.  The yield on invested assets on reserves is calculated as net investment income, excluding the amounts attributable to our surplus investments, reverse repurchase agreement interest expense, inter-segment cash management program interest expense and interest on collateral divided by average invested assets on reserves.  The average invested assets on reserves is calculated based upon total invested assets, excluding hedge derivatives and collateral.  The average crediting rate is calculated as interest credited before DSI amortization, plus the immediate annuity reserve change (included within benefits) divided by the average fixed account values, including the fixed portion of variable annuity contracts, net of coinsured account values.  Fixed account values reinsured under modified coinsurance agreements are included in account values for this calculation.  Changes in commercial mortgage loan prepayments and bond makewhole premiums, investment income on alternative investments and surplus investment income can vary significantly from period to period due to a number of factors and, therefore, may contribute to investment income results that are not indicative of the underlying trends.

Benefits

Benefits for this segment include changes in reserves of immediate annuity account values driven by premiums and changes in GDB and GLB benefit reserves.

 
87

 

The changes in the GDB benefit ratio reserves for this segment are offset in operating realized gain (loss).  See “Realized Loss – Operating Realized Gain (Loss) – GDB” below for additional information.

Underwriting, Acquisition, Insurance and Other Expenses

Details underlying underwriting, acquisition, insurance and other expenses (in millions) were as follows:
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Underwriting, Acquisition, Insurance and
                                   
Other Expenses
                                   
Commissions
  $ 185     $ 161       15 %   $ 467     $ 513       -9 %
General and administrative expenses
    82       83       -1 %     231       243       -5 %
Taxes, licenses and fees
    5       5       0 %     15       21       -29 %
Total expenses incurred, excluding
                                               
broker-dealer
    272       249       9 %     713       777       -8 %
DAC and VOBA deferrals
    (181 )     (170 )     -6 %     (467 )     (534 )     13 %
Total pre-broker-dealer expenses incurred,
                                               
excluding amortization, net of interest
    91       79       15 %     246       243       1 %
DAC and VOBA amortization, net of interest:
                                               
Prospective unlocking - assumption changes
    10       (2 )  
NM
      10       (2 )  
NM
 
Retrospective unlocking
    (53 )     35    
NM
      (68 )     35    
NM
 
Amortization, net of interest, excluding
                                               
unlocking
    145       63       130 %     330       241       37 %
Broker-dealer expenses incurred
    75       79       -5 %     210       257       -18 %
Total underwriting, acquisition, insurance
                                               
and other expenses
  $ 268     $ 254       6 %   $ 728     $ 774       -6 %
                                                 
DAC and VOBA Deferrals
                                               
As a percentage of sales/deposits
    5.9 %     5.8 %             5.9 %     5.7 %        
 
Commissions and other costs that vary with and are related primarily to the production of new business are deferred to the extent recoverable and are amortized over the lives of the contracts in relation to EGPs.  We have certain trail commissions that are based upon account values that are expensed as incurred rather than deferred and amortized.

Broker-dealer expenses that vary with and are related to sales are expensed as incurred and not deferred and amortized.  Fluctuations in these expenses correspond with fluctuations in other revenues and fees.

 
88

 

Retirement Solutions Defined Contribution

Income from Operations

Details underlying the results for Retirement Solutions – Defined Contribution (in millions) were as follows:
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Operating Revenues
                                   
Insurance fees
  $ 48     $ 56       -14 %   $ 133     $ 178       -25 %
Net investment income
    190       181       5 %     541       527       3 %
Operating realized loss (1)
    (5 )     -    
NM
      (6 )     -    
NM
 
Other revenues and fees
    3       4       -25 %     8       13       -38 %
Total operating revenues
    236       241       -2 %     676       718       -6 %
Operating Expenses
                                               
Interest credited
    111       107       4 %     334       320       4 %
Benefits (1)
    (6 )     -    
NM
      (12 )     -    
NM
 
Underwriting, acquisition, insurance and other
                                               
expenses
    71       77       -8 %     220       229       -4 %
Total operating expenses
    176       184       -4 %     542       549       -1 %
Income from operations before taxes
    60       57       5 %     134       169       -21 %
Federal income tax expense
    17       15       13 %     34       45       -24 %
Income from operations
  $ 43     $ 42       2 %   $ 100     $ 124       -19 %
 
(1)
The change in benefit ratio reserves for this segment was $(6) million and $(9) million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively, driven by variable account growth, as compared to none in the corresponding periods of 2008; however, this impact is offset within operating realized gain (loss) as discussed below.

Comparison of the Three Months Ended September 30, 2009 to 2008

Income from operations for this segment modestly increased due primarily to the following:

·
Higher net investment income driven primarily by higher average fixed account values, including the fixed portion of variable annuity contracts, driven by transfers from variable to fixed since the third quarter of 2008, partially offset by our liquidity strategy of maintaining higher cash balances during the recent volatile markets that remained present early in the third quarter of 2009 that has reduced our portfolio yield by 11 basis points for the third quarter of 2009;
·
A $5 million favorable prospective unlocking from assumption changes of DAC, VOBA, DSI and reserves for our guarantee riders in 2009 due primarily to a compensation-related change in our wholesaling distribution organization that lowered deferrals as a percentage of total expenses incurred and lower maintenance expenses than our model projections assumed (see “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates – DAC, VOBA, DSI and DFEL” for more information); and
·
A $2 million unfavorable retrospective unlocking of DAC, VOBA, DSI and reserves for our guarantee riders during the third quarter of 2008 due primarily to lower equity market performance and higher lapses than our model projections assumed.

The increase in income from operations was partially offset by the following:

·
Lower insurance fees driven primarily by lower average daily variable account values resulting from the unfavorable equity markets and an overall shift in business mix toward products with lower expense assessment rates;
·
Higher interest credited driven primarily by higher average fixed account values, including the fixed portion of variable annuity contracts, driven by transfers from variable to fixed since the third quarter of 2008, partially offset by actions implemented during the third quarter of 2009 to reduce interest crediting rates; and
·
Higher underwriting, acquisition, insurance and other expenses, excluding unlocking, due primarily to higher incentive compensation accruals as a result of higher earnings and production performance relative to planned goals.

 
89

 

Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 to 2008

Income from operations for this segment decreased due primarily to the following:

·
Lower insurance fees driven primarily by lower average daily variable account values resulting from the unfavorable equity markets and an overall shift in business mix toward products with lower expense assessment rates; and
·
Higher interest credited driven primarily by higher average fixed account values, including the fixed portion of variable annuity contracts, driven by transfers from variable to fixed since the third quarter of 2008, partially offset by actions implemented during the third quarter of 2009 to reduce interest crediting rates.

The decrease in income from operations was partially offset by the following:

·
Higher net investment income driven primarily by higher average fixed account values, including the fixed portion of variable annuity contracts, driven by transfers from variable to fixed since the third quarter of 2008, partially offset by our liquidity strategy of maintaining higher cash balances during the recent volatile markets that has reduced our portfolio yield by 15 basis points and a decline in investment income on surplus investments due primarily to less favorable investment income on alternative investments (see “Consolidated Investments – Alternative Investments” below for additional information);
·
The impact of the prospective unlocking discussed above; and
·
A $1 million unfavorable retrospective unlocking of DAC, VOBA, DSI and reserves for our guarantee riders during the first nine months of 2009 due primarily to higher lapses and maintenance expenses and lower equity market performance than our model projections assumed, compared to a $3 million unfavorable retrospective unlocking during the first nine months of 2008 due primarily to lower equity market performance and higher lapses than our model projections assumed.

Additional Segment Information

We experienced higher expenses attributable to our U.S. pension plans (see “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates – Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans” in our 2008 Form 10-K) during the first nine months of 2009, and the fourth quarter of 2009 will continue this unfavorable trend when compared to the corresponding period in 2008.

New deposits are an important component of net flows and key to our efforts to grow our business.  Although deposits do not significantly impact current period income from operations, they are an important indicator of future profitability.

The other component of net flows relates to the retention of the business.  An important measure of retention is the lapse rate, which compares the amount of withdrawals to the average account values.  The overall lapse rates for our annuity products were 12% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, compared to 14% and 15% for the corresponding periods in 2008.

Due to an expected overall shift in business mix towards products with lower expense assessment rates, a substantial increase in new deposit production will be necessary to maintain earnings at current levels.

See Note 9 above for information on contractual guarantees to contract holders related to GDB features for our Retirement Solutions Business.

We expect to manage the effect of changing market investment returns by managing interest rate spreads for near-term income from operations through a combination of crediting rate actions and portfolio management.  Our expectation includes the assumption that there are no significant changes in net flows in or out of our fixed accounts or other changes that may cause interest rate spreads to differ from our expectation.  For information on interest rate spreads and the interest rate risk due to falling interest rates, see “Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

For factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those set forth in this section, see “Part I – Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our 2008 Form 10-K and “Forward-Looking Statements – Cautionary Language” in this report.

We provide information about this segment’s operating revenue and operating expense line items, the period in which amounts are recognized, key drivers of changes and historical details underlying the line items and their associated drivers below.  For detail on the operating realized loss, see “Realized Loss” below.

 
90

 

Insurance Fees

Details underlying insurance fees, account values and net flows (in millions) were as follows:
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Insurance Fees
                                   
Annuity expense assessments
  $ 41     $ 50       -18 %   $ 113     $ 159       -29 %
Mutual fund fees
    6       5       20 %     16       14       14 %
Total expense assessments
    47       55       -15 %     129       173       -25 %
Surrender charges
    1       1       0 %     4       5       -20 %
Total insurance fees
  $ 48     $ 56       -14 %   $ 133     $ 178       -25 %
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Averages
                                   
Daily variable account values, excluding the
                                   
 fixed portion of variable
  $ 11,881     $ 15,582       -24 %   $ 10,839     $ 16,369       -34 %
                                                 
Daily S&P 500
    994.45       1,255.42       -21 %     900.22       1,325.03       -32 %
 
   
As of September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Account Values
                 
Variable portion of variable annuities
  $ 12,620     $ 13,480       -6 %
Fixed portion of variable annuities
    6,128       6,114       0 %
Total variable annuities
    18,748       19,594       -4 %
Fixed annuities
    6,030       5,304       14 %
Total annuities
    24,778       24,898       0 %
Mutual funds
    9,544       7,675       24 %
Total annuities and mutual funds
  $ 34,322     $ 32,573       5 %


 
91

 

 
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Account Value Roll Forward – By Product
                                   
Total Micro – Small Segment:
                                   
Balance at beginning-of-period
  $ 5,234     $ 7,286       -28 %   $ 4,888     $ 7,798       -37 %
Gross deposits
    290       389       -25 %     852       1,276       -33 %
Withdrawals and deaths
    (319 )     (465 )     31 %     (853 )     (1,429 )     40 %
Net flows
    (29 )     (76 )     62 %     (1 )     (153 )     99 %
Transfers between fixed and variable accounts
    -       -    
NM
      (4 )     (12 )     67 %
Inter-product transfer (1)
    -       (653 )     100 %     -       (653 )     100 %
Investment increase and change in market value
    580       (767 )     176 %     902       (1,190 )     176 %
Balance at end-of-period
  $ 5,785     $ 5,790       0 %   $ 5,785     $ 5,790       0 %
                                                 
Total Mid – Large Segment:
                                               
Balance at beginning-of-period
  $ 11,425     $ 9,985       14 %   $ 9,540     $ 9,463       1 %
Gross deposits
    617       687       -10 %     2,304       2,203       5 %
Withdrawals and deaths
    (259 )     (222 )     -17 %     (703 )     (679 )     -4 %
Net flows
    358       465       -23 %     1,601       1,524       5 %
Transfers between fixed and variable accounts
    16       (4 )  
NM
      13       (44 )     130 %
Inter-product transfer (1)
    -       653       -100 %     -       653       -100 %
Investment increase and change in market value
    1,173       (789 )     249 %     1,818       (1,286 )     241 %
Balance at end-of-period
  $ 12,972     $ 10,310       26 %   $ 12,972     $ 10,310       26 %
                                                 
Total Multi-Fund ® and Other Variable Annuities:
                                               
Balance at beginning-of-period
  $ 14,668     $ 17,770       -17 %   $ 14,450     $ 18,797       -23 %
Gross deposits
    196       258       -24 %     638       827       -23 %
Withdrawals and deaths
    (381 )     (554 )     31 %     (1,181 )     (1,588 )     26 %
Net flows
    (185 )     (296 )     38 %     (543 )     (761 )     29 %
Transfers between fixed and variable accounts
    (1 )     (1 )     -       -       (1 )     100 %
Inter-segment transfer
    -       -    
NM
      -       295       -100 %
Investment increase and change in market value
    1,083       (1,000 )     208 %     1,658       (1,857 )     189 %
Balance at end-of-period
  $ 15,565     $ 16,473       -6 %   $ 15,565     $ 16,473       -6 %
                                                 
Total Annuities and Mutual Funds:
                                               
Balance at beginning-of-period
  $ 31,327     $ 35,041       -11 %   $ 28,878     $ 36,058       -20 %
Gross deposits
    1,103       1,334       -17 %     3,794       4,306       -12 %
Withdrawals and deaths
    (959 )     (1,241 )     23 %     (2,737 )     (3,696 )     26 %
Net flows
    144       93       55 %     1,057       610       73 %
Transfers between fixed and variable accounts
    15       (5 )  
NM
      9       (57 )     116 %
Inter-segment transfer
    -       -    
NM
      -       295       -100 %
Investment increase and change in market value
    2,836       (2,556 )     211 %     4,378       (4,333 )     201 %
Balance at end-of-period (2)
  $ 34,322     $ 32,573       5 %   $ 34,322     $ 32,573       5 %
 
(1)
On September 30, 2008, $653 million relating to the Lincoln Employee 401(k) Plan transferred from LINCOLN DIRECTOR SM to LINCOLN ALLIANCE ®.
(2)
Includes mutual fund account values.  Mutual funds are not included in the separate accounts reported on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as we do not have any ownership interest in them.

 
92

 
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Net Flows on Account Values
                                   
Variable portion of variable annuity deposits
  $ 387     $ 532       -27 %   $ 1,173     $ 1,767       -34 %
Variable portion of variable annuity withdrawals
    (471 )     (723 )     35 %     (1,299 )     (2,202 )     41 %
Variable portion of variable annuity net flows
    (84 )     (191 )     56 %     (126 )     (435 )     71 %
Fixed portion of variable annuity deposits
    79       94       -16 %     256       279       -8 %
Fixed portion of variable annuity withdrawals
    (178 )     (228 )     22 %     (570 )     (620 )     8 %
Fixed portion of variable annuity net flows
    (99 )     (134 )     26 %     (314 )     (341 )     8 %
Total variable annuity deposits
    466       626       -26 %     1,429       2,046       -30 %
Total variable annuity withdrawals
    (649 )     (951 )     32 %     (1,869 )     (2,822 )     34 %
Total variable annuity net flows
    (183 )     (325 )     44 %     (440 )     (776 )     43 %
Fixed annuity deposits
    227       196       16 %     787       623       26 %
Fixed annuity withdrawals
    (149 )     (183 )     19 %     (466 )     (541 )     14 %
Fixed annuity net flows
    78       13    
NM
      321       82       291 %
Total annuity deposits
    693       822       -16 %     2,216       2,669       -17 %
Total annuity withdrawals
    (798 )     (1,134 )     30 %     (2,335 )     (3,363 )     31 %
Total annuity net flows
    (105 )     (312 )     66 %     (119 )     (694 )     83 %
Mutual fund deposits
    410       512       -20 %     1,578       1,637       -4 %
Mutual fund withdrawals
    (161 )     (107 )     -50 %     (402 )     (333 )     -21 %
Mutual fund net flows
    249       405       -39 %     1,176       1,304       -10 %
Total annuity and mutual fund deposits
    1,103       1,334       -17 %     3,794       4,306       -12 %
Total annuity and mutual fund
                                               
withdrawals
    (959 )     (1,241 )     23 %     (2,737 )     (3,696 )     26 %
Total annuity and mutual fund
                                               
net flows
  $ 144     $ 93       55 %   $ 1,057     $ 610       73 %
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Other Changes to Account Values
                                   
Interest credited and change in market value on
                                   
variable, excluding the fixed portion of variable
  $ 1,581     $ (1,854 )     185 %   $ 2,322     $ (3,296 )     170 %
Transfers from the fixed portion of variable
                                               
annuity products to the variable portion of
                                               
variable annuity products
    21       (117 )     118 %     (164 )     (318 )     48 %
 
We charge expense assessments to cover insurance and administrative expenses.  Expense assessments are generally equal to a percentage of the daily variable account values.  Average daily account values are driven by net flows and the equity markets.  Our expense assessments include fees we earn for the services that we provide to our mutual fund programs.  In addition, for both our fixed and variable annuity contracts, we collect surrender charges when contract holders surrender their contracts during the surrender charge periods to protect us from premature withdrawals.

 
93

 

Net Investment Income and Interest Credited

Details underlying net investment income, interest credited (in millions) and our interest rate spread were as follows:
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Net Investment Income
                                   
Fixed maturity securities, mortgage loans on real
                                   
estate and other, net of investment expenses
  $ 174     $ 165       5 %   $ 510     $ 489       4 %
Commercial mortgage loan prepayment and
                                               
bond makewhole premiums (1)
    2       5       -60 %     3       7       -57 %
Alternative investments (2)
    1       -    
NM
      -       (2 )     100 %
Surplus investments (3)
    13       11       18 %     28       33       -15 %
Total net investment income
  $ 190     $ 181       5 %   $ 541     $ 527       3 %
                                                 
Interest Credited
  $ 111     $ 107       4 %   $ 334     $ 320       4 %
 
(1)
See “Consolidated Investments – Commercial Mortgage Loan Prepayment and Bond Makewhole Premiums” below for additional information.
(2)
See “Consolidated Investments – Alternative Investments” below for additional information.
(3)
Represents net investment income on the required statutory surplus for this segment and includes the impact of investment income on alternative investments for such assets that are held in the portfolios supporting statutory surplus versus the portfolios supporting product liabilities.
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
   
Basis
   
Months Ended
   
Basis
 
   
September 30,
   
Point
   
September 30,
   
Point
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Interest Rate Spread
                                   
Fixed maturity securities, mortgage loans on real
                                   
estate and other, net of investment expenses
    5.85 %     5.94 %     (9 )     5.78 %     5.91 %     (13 )
Commercial mortgage loan prepayment and
                                               
bond makewhole premiums
    0.08 %     0.17 %     (9 )     0.03 %     0.08 %     (5 )
Alternative investments
    0.03 %     -0.01 %     4       0.00 %     -0.02 %     2  
Net investment income yield on reserves
    5.96 %     6.10 %     (14 )     5.81 %     5.97 %     (16 )
Interest rate credited to contract holders
    3.66 %     3.77 %     (11 )     3.73 %     3.79 %     (6 )
Interest rate spread
    2.30 %     2.33 %     (3 )     2.08 %     2.18 %     (10 )
 
Note:  The yields, rates and spreads above are calculated using whole dollars instead of dollars rounded to millions.

 
94

 

 
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Other Information
                                   
Average invested assets on reserves
  $ 11,895     $ 11,146       7 %   $ 11,762     $ 11,034       7 %
Average fixed account values, including the
                                               
fixed portion of variable
    12,114       11,321       7 %     11,960       11,233       6 %
Transfers from the fixed portion of variable
                                               
annuity products to the variable portion of
                                               
variable annuity products
    (21 )     117    
NM
      164       318       -48 %
Net flows for fixed annuities, including the
                                               
fixed portion of variable
    (21 )     (121 )     83 %     7       (259 )     103 %
 
A portion of our investment income earned is credited to the contract holders of our fixed annuity products, including the fixed portion of variable annuity contracts.  We expect to earn a spread between what we earn on the underlying general account investments supporting the fixed annuity product line, including the fixed portion of variable annuity contracts, and what we credit to our fixed annuity contract holders’ accounts, including the fixed portion of variable annuity contracts.  The interest rate spread for this segment represents the excess of the yield on invested assets on reserves over the average crediting rate.  The yield on invested assets on reserves is calculated as net investment income, excluding the amounts attributable to our surplus investments, reverse repurchase agreement interest expense, inter-segment cash management program interest expense and interest on collateral, divided by average invested assets on reserves.  The average invested assets on reserves are calculated based upon total invested assets, excluding hedge derivatives.  The average crediting rate is calculated as interest credited before DSI amortization, divided by the average fixed account values, including the fixed portion of variable annuity contracts.  Commercial mortgage loan prepayments and bond makewhole premiums, investment income on alternative investments and surplus investment income can vary significantly from period to period due to a number of factors and, therefore, may contribute to investment income results that are not indicative of the underlying trends.

Benefits

Benefits for this segment include changes in GDB and GLB benefit reserves.

The changes in the GDB benefit ratio reserves for this segment are offset in operating realized loss.  See “Realized Loss – Operating Realized Gain (Loss) – GDB” below for additional information.

 
95

 

Underwriting, Acquisition, Insurance and Other Expenses

Details underlying underwriting, acquisition, insurance and other expenses (in millions) were as follows:
                                     
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Underwriting, Acquisition, Insurance and
                                   
Other Expenses
                                   
Commissions
  $ 16     $ 17       -6 %   $ 46     $ 56       -18 %
General and administrative expenses
    53       53       0 %     161       158       2 %
Taxes, licenses and fees
    3       3       0 %     9       10       -10 %
Total expenses incurred
    72       73       -1 %     216       224       -4 %
DAC deferrals
    (15 )     (20 )     25 %     (51 )     (66 )     23 %
Total expenses recognized before amortization
    57       53       8 %     165       158       4 %
DAC and VOBA amortization, net of interest:
                                               
Prospective unlocking - assumption changes
    (8 )     -    
NM
      (8 )     -    
NM
 
Retrospective unlocking
    (2 )     3    
NM
      -       5       -100 %
Amortization, net of interest, excluding
                                               
unlocking
    24       21       14 %     63       66       -5 %
Total underwriting, acquisition, insurance
                                               
and other expenses
  $ 71     $ 77       -8 %   $ 220     $ 229       -4 %
                                                 
DAC Deferrals
                                               
As a percentage of annuity sales/deposits
    2.2 %     2.4 %             2.3 %     2.5 %        
 
Commissions and other costs, that vary with and are related primarily to the sale of annuity contracts, are deferred to the extent recoverable and are amortized over the lives of the contracts in relation to EGPs.  For certain annuity contracts, trail commissions that are based upon account values are expensed as they are incurred rather than deferred and amortized.  We do not pay commissions on sales of our mutual fund products, and distribution expenses associated with the sale of these mutual fund products are expensed as they are incurred.

 
96

 

RESULTS OF INSURANCE SOLUTIONS

The Insurance Solutions business provides its products through two segments:  Life Insurance and Group Protection.  The Insurance Solutions – Life Insurance segment offers wealth protection and transfer opportunities through term insurance, a linked-benefit product (which is a UL policy linked with riders that provide for long-term care costs) and both single and survivorship versions of UL and VUL, including corporate-owned UL and VUL (“COLI”) and bank-owned UL and VUL (“BOLI”) products.  The Insurance Solutions – Group Protection segment offers group life, disability and dental insurance to employers.

For factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those set forth in this section, see “Part I – Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our 2008 Form 10-K and “Forward-Looking Statements – Cautionary Language” in this report.

Insurance Solutions – Life Insurance

Income from Operations

Details underlying the results for Insurance Solutions – Life Insurance (in millions) were as follows:
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Operating Revenues
                                   
Insurance premiums
  $ 93     $ 91       2 %   $ 277     $ 267       4 %
Insurance fees
    494       451       10 %     1,426       1,386       3 %
Net investment income
    495       522       -5 %     1,446       1,541       -6 %
Amortization of deferred loss on business sold
                                               
  through reinsurance
    (1 )     -    
NM
      (1 )     -    
NM
 
Other revenues and fees
    8       10       -20 %     20       22       -9 %
Total operating revenues
    1,089       1,074       1 %     3,168       3,216       -1 %
Operating Expenses
                                               
Interest credited
    293       305       -4 %     886       902       -2 %
Benefits
    320       400       -20 %     1,000       1,006       -1 %
Underwriting, acquisition, insurance and other
                                               
 expenses
    284       167       70 %     700       621       13 %
Total operating expenses
    897       872       3 %     2,586       2,529       2 %
Income from operations before taxes
    192       202       -5 %     582       687       -15 %
Federal income tax expense
    55       65       -15 %     170       229       -26 %
Income from operations
  $ 137     $ 137       0 %   $ 412     $ 458       -10 %

Comparison of the Three Months Ended September 30, 2009 to 2008

Income from operations for this segment remained flat due primarily to the following:

·
Lower net investment income due primarily to unfavorable results from our investment income on alternative investments (see “Consolidated Investments – Alternative Investments” below for additional information) and the reinsurance transaction effective December 31, 2008, discussed in “Additional Segment Information” below;
·
A $7 million unfavorable prospective unlocking of DAC, VOBA, DFEL and secondary guarantee life insurance product reserves from assumption changes due primarily to lower investment spreads and higher expenses, mortality and lapse rates than our model projections assumed in 2009 compared to a $21 million unfavorable prospective unlocking (a $34 million unfavorable unlocking from model refinements, net of a $13 million favorable unlocking from assumption changes due primarily to higher investment spreads and lower death claims, lapse rates and expenses than our model projections assumed and adjustments to secondary guarantee life insurance product reserves) in 2008 (see “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates – DAC, VOBA, DSI and DFEL” for more information); and
·
The impact of the coinsurance agreement discussed in “Additional Segment Information” below, which resulted in reductions in insurance fees, net investment income, interest credited, benefits and underwriting, acquisition, insurance and other expenses.

 
97

 
Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 to 2008

Income from operations for this segment decreased due primarily to the following:

·
Lower net investment income due primarily to unfavorable results from our investment income on alternative investments (see “Consolidated Investments – Alternative Investments” below for additional information) and the reinsurance transaction effective December 31, 2008, discussed in “Additional Segment Information” below;
·
An increase in benefits, excluding unlocking, attributable primarily to an increase in secondary guarantee life insurance product reserves from continued growth in the business; and
·
The impact of the coinsurance agreement discussed in “Additional Segment Information” below, which resulted in reductions in insurance fees, net investment income, interest credited, benefits and underwriting, acquisition, insurance and other expenses.

The decrease in income from operations was partially offset by the following:

·
The impact of prospective unlocking discussed above;
·
Lower underwriting, acquisition, insurance and other expenses, excluding unlocking, due primarily to a decrease in DAC and VOBA amortization as a result of lower gross margins in the first and second quarters of 2009, attributable primarily to lower investment income on alternative investments; and
·
A reduction in federal income tax expense due primarily to favorable tax return true-ups in the first quarter of 2009.

Additional Segment Information

The coinsurance agreement that we entered into on March 31, 2009, resulted in a pre-tax deferred loss of $53 million, and approximately $2 million annually will be amortized into income from operations prospectively over 20 years.  Effective October 1, 2009, we executed an additional agreement whereby we assumed the mortality risk on this block of business through yearly renewable term reinsurance.  As a result of these agreements, this segment’s income from operations will be reduced by approximately $6 million per quarter as a result of reductions in insurance fees, net investment income, interest credited and benefits that we had not experienced prior to these agreements.  This unfavorable impact will be partially offset by an approximate $2 million increase to income from operations in Other Operations, as a result of having higher net investment income due to the transfer of assets from Insurance Solutions – Life Insurance attributable to its reduction in capital as a result of these coinsurance agreements; therefore, we expect our net impact from this transaction to our consolidated net income will be a reduction of $4 million per quarter.  See “Reinsurance” below for more information.

As of December 31, 2008, we released approximately $240 million of capital that had previously supported our UL products with secondary guarantees as a result of executing on a reinsurance transaction that resulted in the release of statutory reserves related to the Application of the Valuation of Life Insurance Policies Model Regulation (“AG38”).  This reduction in capital lowered the level of assets supporting this business, as assets were transferred to Other Operations, and caused an approximate $4 million per quarter ongoing reduction in this segment’s net investment income.

A portion of the retrospective and prospective unlocking of DAC, VOBA, DFEL and secondary guarantee life insurance product reserves in 2008 resulted in an unfavorable recurring earnings impact of $7 million per quarter that began in the third quarter of 2008.

On March 1, 2009, we implemented a 15 basis point decrease in crediting rates on most interest-sensitive products not already at contractual guarantees, which has increased spreads by approximately 5 basis points.  On June 1, 2008, we implemented a 10 basis point decrease in crediting rates on most interest-sensitive products not already at contractual guarantees, which has increased spreads by approximately 5 basis points.
 
As of September 30, 2009, 73% of interest-sensitive account values had crediting rates at contract guaranteed levels, and 14% had crediting rates within 50 basis points of contractual guarantees.  Going forward, we expect to be able to manage the effects of spreads on near-term income from operations through a combination of rate actions and portfolio management, which assumes no significant changes in net flows into or out of our fixed accounts or other changes that may cause interest rate spreads to differ from our expectations.  For information on interest rate spreads and the interest rate risk due to falling interest rates, see “Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

Sales are not recorded as a component of revenues (other than for traditional products) and do not have a significant impact on current quarter income from operations but are indicators of future profitability.  Generally, we have higher sales during the second half of the year with the fourth quarter being our strongest; however, results for 2008 were muted given the economic conditions.

 
98

 

We experienced higher expenses attributable to our U.S. pension plans (see “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates – Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans” in our 2008 Form 10-K) during the first nine months of 2009, and the fourth quarter of 2009 will continue this unfavorable trend when compared to the corresponding period in 2008.

We provide information about this segment’s operating revenue and operating expense line items, the period in which amounts are recognized, key drivers of changes and historical details underlying the line items and their associated drivers below.

Insurance Premiums

Insurance premiums relate to traditional products and are a function of the rates priced into the product and the level of insurance in force.  Insurance in force, in turn, is driven by sales, persistency and mortality experience.

Insurance Fees

Details underlying insurance fees, sales, net flows, account values and in-force face amount (in millions) were as follows:
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Insurance Fees
                                   
Mortality assessments
  $ 317     $ 332       -5 %   $ 981     $ 982       0 %
Expense assessments
    186       178       4 %     538       520       3 %
Surrender charges
    33       18       83 %     81       52       56 %
DFEL:
                                               
Deferrals
    (108 )     (97 )     -11 %     (305 )     (276 )     -11 %
Amortization, net of interest:
                                               
Prospective unlocking - assumption changes
    20       (4 )  
NM
      20       (4 )  
NM
 
Prospective unlocking - model refinements
    -       (25 )     100 %     -       (25 )     100 %
Retrospective unlocking
    8       12       -33 %     12       27       -56 %
Amortization, net of interest, excluding
                                               
unlocking
    38       37       3 %     99       110       -10 %
Total insurance fees
  $ 494     $ 451       10 %   $ 1,426     $ 1,386       3 %
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Sales by Product
                                   
UL:
                                   
Excluding MoneyGuard ®
  $ 91     $ 144       -37 %   $ 278     $ 382       -27 %
MoneyGuard ®
    18       14       29 %     44       37       19 %
Total UL
    109       158       -31 %     322       419       -23 %
VUL
    7       12       -42 %     23       39       -41 %
COLI and BOLI
    14       13       8 %     31       54       -43 %
Term/whole life
    16       7       129 %     39       18       117 %
Total sales
  $ 146     $ 190       -23 %   $ 415     $ 530       -22 %
                                                 
Net Flows
                                               
Deposits
  $ 1,074     $ 1,082       -1 %   $ 3,151     $ 3,276       -4 %
Withdrawals and deaths
    (512 )     (392 )     -31 %     (1,492 )     (1,258 )     -19 %
Net flows
  $ 562     $ 690       -19 %   $ 1,659     $ 2,018       -18 %
                                                 
Contract holder assessments
  $ 747     $ 705       6 %   $ 2,205     $ 2,060       7 %


 
99

 
   
As of September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Account Values
                 
UL (1)
  $ 24,631     $ 24,951       -1 %
VUL (1)
    4,369       5,056       -14 %
Interest-sensitive whole life
    2,272       2,276       0 %
Total account values
  $ 31,272     $ 32,283       -3 %
                         
In-Force Face Amount
                       
UL and other (1)
  $ 289,124     $ 306,293       -6 %
Term insurance
    242,889       233,671       4 %
Total in-force face amount
  $ 532,013     $ 539,964       -1 %
 
(1)
Effective with the March 31, 2009, coinsurance agreement, UL and VUL account values were reduced by $938 million and $640 million, respectively, and UL and other face amount in force was reduced by $20.9 billion.

Insurance fees relate only to interest-sensitive products and include mortality assessments, expense assessments (net of deferrals and amortization related to DFEL) and surrender charges.  Mortality and expense assessments are deducted from our contract holders’ account values.  These amounts are a function of the rates priced into the product and premiums received, face amount in force and account values.  Insurance in force, in turn, is driven by sales, persistency and mortality experience.  In-force growth should be considered independently with respect to term products versus UL and other products, as term products have a lower profitability relative to face amount compared to whole life and interest-sensitive products.

Sales in the table above and as discussed above were reported as follows:

·
UL (excluding linked-benefit products) and VUL (including COLI and BOLI) – first year commissionable premiums plus 5% of excess premiums received, including an adjustment for internal replacements of approximately 50% of commissionable premiums;
·
MoneyGuard ® (our linked-benefit product) – 15% of premium deposits; and
·
Whole life and term – 100% of first year paid premiums.

UL and VUL products with secondary guarantees represented approximately 39% of interest-sensitive life insurance in force as of September 30, 2009, and approximately 58% and 66% of sales for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009.  AG38 imposes additional statutory reserve requirements for these products.

 
100

 

Net Investment Income and Interest Credited

Details underlying net investment income, interest credited (in millions) and our interest rate spread were as follows:

   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Net Investment Income
                                   
Fixed maturity securities, mortgage loans on real
                                   
estate and other, net of investment expenses
  $ 487     $ 478       2 %   $ 1,454     $ 1,425       2 %
Commercial mortgage loan prepayment and
                                               
bond makewhole premiums (1)
    3       1       200 %     7       14       -50 %
Alternative investments (2)
    (20 )     21    
NM
      (73 )     35    
NM
 
Surplus investments (3)
    25       22       14 %     58       67       -13 %
Total net investment income
  $ 495     $ 522       -5 %   $ 1,446     $ 1,541       -6 %
                                                 
Interest Credited
  $ 293     $ 305       -4 %   $ 886     $ 902       -2 %
 
(1)
See “Consolidated Investments – Commercial Mortgage Loan Prepayment and Bond Makewhole Premiums” below for additional information.
(2)
See “Consolidated Investments – Alternative Investments” below for additional information.
(3)
Represents net investment income on the required statutory surplus for this segment and includes the impact of investment income on alternative investments for such assets that are held in the portfolios supporting statutory surplus versus the portfolios supporting product liabilities.
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
   
Basis
   
Months Ended
   
Basis
 
   
September 30,
   
Point
   
September 30,
   
Point
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Interest Rate Yields and Spread
                                   
Attributable to interest-sensitive products:
                                   
Fixed maturity securities, mortgage loans on real
                                   
estate and other, net of investment expenses
    5.97 %     5.92 %     5       5.95 %     5.94 %     1  
Commercial mortgage loan prepayment and
                                               
bond makewhole premiums
    0.04 %     0.02 %     2       0.03 %     0.06 %     (3 )
Alternative investments
    -0.29 %     0.31 %     (60 )     -0.35 %     0.18 %     (53 )
Net investment income yield on reserves
    5.72 %     6.25 %     (53 )     5.63 %     6.18 %     (55 )
Interest rate credited to contract holders
    4.22 %     4.35 %     (13 )     4.22 %     4.36 %     (14 )
Interest rate spread
    1.50 %     1.90 %     (40 )     1.41 %     1.82 %     (41 )
                                                 
Attributable to traditional products:
                                               
Fixed maturity securities, mortgage loans on real
                                               
estate and other, net of investment expenses
    5.98 %     6.06 %     (8 )     5.98 %     6.13 %     (15 )
Commercial mortgage loan prepayment
                                               
   and bond makewhole premiums
    0.01 %     0.00 %     1       0.01 %     0.04 %     (3 )
Alternative investments
    0.02 %     -0.01 %     3       0.00 %     -0.01 %     1  
Net investment income yield on reserves
    6.01 %     6.05 %     (4 )     5.99 %     6.16 %     (17 )


 
101

 
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Averages
                                   
Attributable to interest-sensitive products:
                                   
Invested assets on reserves (1)
  $ 27,734     $ 27,398       1 %   $ 27,721     $ 26,773       4 %
Account values - universal and whole life (1)
    27,465       27,713       -1 %     27,660       27,063       2 %
                                                 
Attributable to traditional products:
                                               
Invested assets on reserves
    4,916       4,814       2 %     4,873       5,137       -5 %
 
(1)
We experienced declines in our average calculations for invested assets on reserves and account values attributable to interest-sensitive products during the second quarter of 2009 as a result of the coinsurance agreement effective March 31, 2009, which reduced these balances by $927 million and $938 million, respectively, on that date.
 
A portion of the investment income earned for this segment is credited to contract holder accounts.  Invested assets will typically grow at a faster rate than account values because of the AG38 reserve requirements, which cause statutory reserves to grow at an accelerated rate.  Invested assets are based upon the statutory reserve liabilities and are therefore affected by various reserve adjustments, including capital transactions providing relief from AG38 reserve requirements, which leads to a transfer of invested assets from this segment to Other Operations for use in other corporate purposes.  We expect to earn a spread between what we earn on the underlying general account investments and what we credit to our contract holders’ accounts.  The interest rate spread for this segment represents the excess of the yield on invested assets on reserves over the average crediting rate on interest-sensitive products.  The yield on invested assets on reserves is calculated as net investment income, excluding amounts attributable to our surplus investments and reverse repurchase agreement interest expense, divided by average invested assets on reserves.  In addition, we exclude the impact of earnings from affordable housing tax credit securities, which is reflected as a reduction to federal income tax expense, from our spread calculations.  Traditional products use interest income to build the policy reserves.  Commercial mortgage loan prepayments and bond makewhole premiums and investment income on alternative investments can vary significantly from period to period due to a number of factors, and, therefore, may contribute to investment income results that are not indicative of the underlying trends.

 
102

 

Benefits

Details underlying benefits (dollars in millions) were as follows:
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Benefits
                                   
Death claims direct and assumed
  $ 541     $ 536       1 %   $ 1,643     $ 1,612       2 %
Death claims ceded
    (231 )     (249 )     7 %     (719 )     (722 )     0 %
Reserves released on death
    (99 )     (80 )     -24 %     (294 )     (271 )     -8 %
Net death benefits
    211       207       2 %     630       619       2 %
Change in secondary guarantee life insurance
                                               
product reserves:
                                               
Prospective unlocking - assumption changes
    (2 )     8    
NM
      (2 )     8    
NM
 
Prospective unlocking - model refinements
    -       76       -100 %     -       76       -100 %
Other
    57       32       78 %     168       86       95 %
Change in secondary guarantee life insurance
                                               
product reserves - reinsurance
    (4 )     6    
NM
      29       6    
NM
 
Other benefits (1)
    58       71       -18 %     175       211       -17 %
Total benefits
  $ 320     $ 400       -20 %   $ 1,000     $ 1,006       -1 %
                                                 
Death claims per $1,000 of inforce
    1.61       1.55       4 %     1.59       1.55       3 %
 
(1)
Other benefits includes primarily traditional product changes in reserves and dividends.

Benefits for this segment includes claims incurred during the period in excess of the associated reserves for its interest-sensitive and traditional products.  In addition, benefits includes the change in secondary guarantee life insurance product reserves.  The reserve for secondary guarantees is impacted by changes in expected future trends of expense assessments causing unlocking adjustments to this liability similar to DAC, VOBA and DFEL.  Additionally, we establish a reserve for reinsurance margin (reinsurance premiums paid less death benefit recoveries) and amortize this margin over the life of the expected insurance assessments for certain blocks of secondary guarantee UL business.  When we experience unfavorable mortality, particularly on higher face amount claims, our reinsurance recoveries can increase significantly and are deferred, which reduces the amount by which the expense for the direct claims are offset by reinsurance.  The reinsurance on our secondary guarantee UL business is excess of loss reinsurance, and this block has a large range of face amounts, both of which contribute to volatility in our actual experience of reinsurance recoveries as compared to our expectations.

 
103

 

Underwriting, Acquisition, Insurance and Other Expenses

Details underlying underwriting, acquisition, insurance and other expenses (in millions) were as follows:
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Underwriting, Acquisition, Insurance and
                                   
Other Expenses
                                   
Commissions
  $ 159     $ 209       -24 %   $ 478     $ 584       -18 %
General and administrative expenses
    112       102       10 %     332       308       8 %
Taxes, licenses and fees
    31       36       -14 %     87       95       -8 %
Total expenses incurred
    302       347       -13 %     897       987       -9 %
DAC and VOBA deferrals
    (213 )     (261 )     18 %     (635 )     (744 )     15 %
Total expenses recognized before amortization
    89       86       3 %     262       243       8 %
DAC and VOBA amortization, net of interest:
                                               
Prospective unlocking - assumption changes
    33       (32 )     203 %     33       (32 )     203 %
Prospective unlocking - model refinements
    -       (49 )     100 %     -       (49 )     100 %
Retrospective unlocking
    20       26       -23 %     38       53       -28 %
Amortization, net of interest, excluding
                                               
unlocking
    141       135       4 %     364       403       -10 %
Other intangible amortization
    1       1       0 %     3       3       0 %
Total underwriting, acquisition, insurance
                                               
and other expenses
  $ 284     $ 167       70 %   $ 700     $ 621       13 %
                                                 
DAC and VOBA Deferrals
                                               
As a percentage of sales
    145.9 %     137.4 %             153.0 %     140.4 %        
 
Commissions and other general and administrative expenses that vary with and are related primarily to the production of new business are deferred to the extent recoverable and for our interest-sensitive products are generally amortized over the lives of the contracts in relation to EGPs.  For our traditional products, DAC and VOBA are amortized on either a straight-line basis or as a level percent of premium of the related contracts, depending on the block of business.

When comparing DAC and VOBA deferrals as a percentage of sales for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, the increase is a result of incurred deferrable general and administrative expenses declining at a rate lower than sales.

 
104

 

Insurance Solutions Group Protection

Income from Operations

Details underlying the results for Insurance Solutions – Group Protection (in millions) were as follows:

   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Operating Revenues
                                   
Insurance premiums
  $ 379     $ 371       2 %   $ 1,183     $ 1,134       4 %
Net investment income
    34       31       10 %     92       89       3 %
Other revenues and fees
    1       1       0 %     4       4       0 %
Total operating revenues
    414       403       3 %     1,279       1,227       4 %
Operating Expenses
                                               
Interest credited
    1       1       0 %     2       1       100 %
Benefits
    261       268       -3 %     836       823       2 %
Underwriting, acquisition, insurance and other
                                               
expenses
    99       92       8 %     297       271       10 %
Total operating expenses
    361       361       0 %     1,135       1,095       4 %
Income from operations before taxes
    53       42       26 %     144       132       9 %
Federal income tax expense
    18       15       20 %     50       46       9 %
Income from operations
  $ 35     $ 27       30 %   $ 94     $ 86       9 %
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Income from Operations by Product Line
                                   
Life
  $ 16     $ 9       78 %   $ 29     $ 30       -3 %
Disability
    18       16       13 %     63       51       24 %
Dental
    (1 )     1    
NM
      (3 )     1    
NM
 
Total non-medical
    33       26       27 %     89       82       9 %
Medical
    2       1       100 %     5       4       25 %
Total income from operations
  $ 35     $ 27       30 %   $ 94     $ 86       9 %

Comparison of the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 to 2008

Income from operations for this segment increased due to the following:

·
More favorable total non-medical loss ratio experience, slightly below the low end of our expected range; and
·
Growth in insurance premiums driven by normal, organic business growth in our non-medical products.

The increase in income from operations was partially offset by an increase to underwriting, acquisition, insurance and other expenses due primarily to higher expenses attributable to our U.S. pension plans (see “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates – Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans” in our 2008 Form 10-K for additional information) and the increase in paid premiums, partially offset by higher costs of investments in strategic initiatives associated with realigning our marketing and distribution structure in 2008.

 
105

 

During the first nine months of 2009, we experienced exceptional short- and long-term disability loss ratios due primarily to favorable claims incidence and termination experience.  We attribute the recent favorable incidence and termination experience in our long-term disability line of business to be related, at least in part, to the impact of the challenging economic environment on our insureds.  Consequently, we expect to experience non-medical loss ratios over the remainder of this year around the low end of our historical expected range of 71% to 74%.  In addition, we experienced unfavorable life loss ratios in the first quarter of 2009 due primarily to adverse mortality experience, the one-time adjustment noted below and the downward effects of whole-case pricing on premium rates, all of which we do not expect to recur in future quarters.

During the third quarter of 2009, certain reserving methodology changes contributed to a decrease in life loss ratios and an increase in long-term disability loss ratios, but had effectively no impact on total non-medical loss ratios.

Benefits included a one-time adjustment of $3 million in the first quarter of 2009 relating to unfavorable waiver claim reserves.

We experienced higher expenses attributable to our U.S. pension plans (see “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates – Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans” in our 2008 Form 10-K) during the first nine months of 2009, and the fourth quarter of 2009 will continue this unfavorable trend when compared to the corresponding period in 2008.

Sales relate to long-duration contracts sold to new contract holders and new programs sold to existing contract holders.  We believe that the trend in sales is an important indicator of development of business in force over time.

Management focuses on trends in loss ratios to compare actual experience with pricing expectations because group-underwriting risks change over time.  We expect normal fluctuations in our composite non-medical loss ratios of this segment, as claim experience is inherently uncertain.  As discussed further above, we expect favorable loss ratio experience over the remainder of this year.

Insurance Premiums

Details underlying insurance premiums (in millions) were as follows:
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Insurance Premiums by Product Line
                                   
Life
  $ 142     $ 136       4 %   $ 432     $ 402       7 %
Disability
    173       168       3 %     518       499       4 %
Dental
    36       38       -5 %     111       112       -1 %
Total non-medical
    351       342       3 %     1,061       1,013       5 %
Medical
    28       29       -3 %     122       121       1 %
Total insurance premiums
  $ 379     $ 371       2 %   $ 1,183     $ 1,134       4 %
                                                 
Sales
  $ 80     $ 68       18 %   $ 194     $ 187       4 %

Our cost of insurance and policy administration charges are embedded in the premiums charged to our customers.  The premiums are a function of the rates priced into the product and our business in force.  Business in force, in turn, is driven by sales and persistency experience.  Sales in the table above are the combined annualized premiums for our life, disability and dental products.

The business represented as “medical” consists primarily of our non-core EXEC-U-CARE® product.  This product provides an insured medical expense reimbursement vehicle to executives for non-covered health plan costs.  This product produces significant revenues and benefits expenses for this segment but only a limited amount of income.  Discontinuance of this product would significantly impact segment revenues, but not income from operations.

Net Investment Income

We use our interest income to build the associated policy reserves, which are a function of our insurance premiums and the yields on our invested assets.

 
106

 

Benefits and Interest Credited

Details underlying benefits and interest credited (in millions) were as follows:
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Benefits and Interest Credited by Product Line
                                   
Life
  $ 95     $ 100       -5 %   $ 314     $ 293       7 %
Disability
    115       116       -1 %     326       337       -3 %
Dental
    29       29       0 %     92       89       3 %
Total non-medical
    239       245       -2 %     732       719       2 %
Medical
    23       24       -4 %     106       105       1 %
Total benefits and interest credited
  $ 262     $ 269       -3 %   $ 838     $ 824       2 %
                                                 
Loss Ratios by Product Line
                                               
Life
    66.6 %     74.0 %             72.8 %     72.7 %        
Disability
    66.8 %     68.6 %             62.8 %     67.6 %        
Dental
    79.7 %     75.9 %             83.4 %     79.2 %        
Total non-medical
    68.1 %     71.6 %             69.0 %     70.9 %        
Medical
    82.0 %     86.2 %             86.9 %     87.7 %        

Note:  Loss ratios presented above are calculated using whole dollars instead of dollars rounded to millions.

Underwriting, Acquisition, Insurance and Other Expenses

Details underlying underwriting, acquisition, insurance and other expenses (in millions) were as follows:
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Underwriting, Acquisition, Insurance
                                   
and Other Expenses
                                   
Commissions
  $ 44     $ 42       5 %   $ 131     $ 123       7 %
General and administrative expenses
    48       45       7 %     144       134       7 %
Taxes, licenses and fees
    9       9       0 %     27       28       -4 %
Total expenses incurred
    101       96       5 %     302       285       6 %
DAC and VOBA deferrals
    (13 )     (13 )     0 %     (38 )     (40 )     5 %
Total expenses recognized before amortization
    88       83       6 %     264       245       8 %
DAC and VOBA amortization, net of interest
    11       9       22 %     33       26       27 %
Total underwriting, acquisition, insurance
                                               
and other expenses
  $ 99     $ 92       8 %   $ 297     $ 271       10 %
                                                 
DAC and VOBA Deferrals
                                               
As a percentage of insurance premiums
    3.4 %     3.5 %             3.2 %     3.5 %        

Expenses, excluding broker commissions, that vary with and are related primarily to the production of new business are deferred to the extent recoverable and are amortized on either a straight-line basis or as a level percent of premium of the related contracts depending on the block of business.  Broker commissions, which vary with and are related to paid premiums, are expensed as incurred.  The level of expenses is an important driver of profitability for this segment as group insurance contracts are offered within an environment that competes on the basis of price and service.

 
107

 

RESULTS OF OTHER OPERATIONS

Other Operations includes investments related to the excess capital in our insurance subsidiaries, investments in media properties and other corporate investments, benefit plan net assets, the unamortized deferred gain on indemnity reinsurance, which was sold to Swiss Re in 2001, external debt and business sold through reinsurance.  We are actively managing our remaining radio station clusters to maximize performance and future value.  Other Operations also includes the Institutional Pension business, which is a closed block of pension business, the majority of which was sold on a group annuity basis, and is currently in run-off, and the results of certain disability income business due to the rescission of this business previously sold to Swiss Re.

Loss from Operations

Details underlying the results for Other Operations (in millions) were as follows:
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Operating Revenues
                                   
Insurance premiums
  $ -     $ 1       -100 %   $ 4     $ 4       0 %
Net investment income
    81       90       -10 %     221       277       -20 %
Amortization of deferred gain on business
                                               
 sold through reinsurance
    18       18       0 %     55       55       0 %
Media revenues (net)
    17       21       -19 %     51       66       -23 %
Other revenues and fees
    4       5       -20 %     9       10       -10 %
Total operating revenues
    120       135       -11 %     340       412       -17 %
Operating Expenses
                                               
Interest credited
    33       43       -23 %     115       130       -12 %
Benefits
    38       29       31 %     178       87       105 %
Media expenses
    13       14       -7 %     40       45       -11 %
Other expenses
    23       39       -41 %     120       132       -9 %
Interest and debt expenses
    68       69       -1 %     194       209       -7 %
Total operating expenses
    175       194       -10 %     647       603       7 %
Loss from operations before taxes
    (55 )     (59 )     7 %     (307 )     (191 )     -61 %
Federal income tax benefit
    (21 )     (20 )     -5 %     (112 )     (63 )     -78 %
Loss from operations
  $ (34 )   $ (39 )     13 %   $ (195 )   $ (128 )     -52 %
 
Comparison of the Three Months Ended September 30, 2009 to 2008

Loss from operations for this segment decreased due primarily to the following:

·
Lower other expenses attributable primarily to higher merger-related expenses in the third quarter of 2008 as a result of higher system integration work related to our administrative systems and lower branding expenses in the third quarter of 2009 due to cost save initiatives; and
·
More favorable tax items that impacted the effective tax rate related primarily to changes in tax preferred investments.

 
108

 

The decrease in loss from operations was partially offset by the following:

·
Lower net investment income related to our short-term liquidity strategy during the recent volatile markets that has reduced our portfolio yield and lower dividend income from our holdings of Bank of America common stock due to dividend rate cuts, partially offset by higher invested assets driven by distributable earnings received from our insurance segments, dividends received from our other segments and issuances of common stock, preferred stock and debt, partially offset by transfers to other segments for other-than-temporary impairments;
·
Unfavorable results of our run-off disability income business due primarily to the rescission of the Swiss Re reinsurance agreement discussed below; and
·
Lower media earnings related primarily to the general weakening of the U.S economy causing substantial declines in revenues throughout the radio market.

Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 to 2008

Loss from operations for this segment increased due primarily to the following:

·
The $64 million unfavorable impact in the first quarter of 2009 of the rescission of the reinsurance agreement on certain disability income business sold to Swiss Re as discussed in “Reinsurance” below, which resulted in pre-tax increases in benefits of $78 million, interest credited of $15 million and other expenses of $5 million, partially offset by a $34 million tax benefit;
·
Lower net investment income related to our short-term liquidity strategy during the recent volatile markets that has reduced our portfolio yield and lower dividend income from our holdings of Bank of America common stock due to dividend rate cuts, partially offset by higher invested assets driven by distributable earnings received from our insurance segments, dividends received from our other segments and issuances of common stock, preferred stock and debt, partially offset by transfers to other segments for other-than-temporary impairments;
·
Lower media earnings related primarily to the general weakening of the U.S economy causing substantial declines in revenues throughout the radio market; and
·
Unfavorable results of our run-off disability income business due primarily to the rescission discussed above.

The increase in loss from operations was partially offset by the following:

·
Lower other expenses attributable primarily to higher merger-related expenses as a result of higher system integration work related to our administrative systems and relocation costs associated with the move of our corporate office in 2008 and lower branding expenses in 2009 due to cost save initiatives, partially offset by restructuring charges of $22 million in 2009 related to expense reduction initiatives that are discussed further below;
·
Lower interest and debt expenses as a result of a decline in interest rates that affect our variable rate borrowings and lower average balances of outstanding debt in 2009; and
·
More favorable tax items that impacted the effective tax rate related primarily to changes in tax preferred investments.

Additional Segment Information

We expect lower media earnings in 2009 than was experienced in 2008, as our customers have reduced their advertising expenses in response to the economic conditions.

We expect lower investment income in 2009 as compared to 2008 due to lower dividend income from our holdings of Bank of America common stock as it announced dividend rate cuts during the latter part of 2008 and early 2009, partially offset by higher investment income of $2 million per quarter prospectively related to the coinsurance agreement that we entered into on March 31, 2009 (see “Results of Insurance Solutions – Insurance Solutions – Life Insurance” and “Reinsurance” for more information) and by the net investment income earned on the proceeds received from the issuance of common stock and debt during the second quarter of 2009 and preferred stock and a common stock warrant during the third quarter of 2009, which is discussed in more detail below in “Review of Consolidated Financial Condition – Liquidity and Capital Resources – Financing Activities.”

The inclusion of run-off disability income business results within Other Operations due to the rescission of the Swiss Re reinsurance agreement mentioned above may create volatility in earnings going forward.  As part of our transition plan related to the rescission, we are conducting a reserve study to determine whether or not reserves are adequate to cover contract holder obligations.  This study, which we expect to complete during the fourth quarter of 2009, could result in an adjustment to the reserves that we have assumed from Swiss Re pursuant to the rescission agreement.

 
109

 

Sustained market volatility and the challenging economic environment continue to put pressure on many industries and companies, including our own.  After reviewing the impact of this difficult economy on our anticipated sales and business activities, we initiated actions in the fourth quarter of 2008 to streamline operations, reduce expenses and ensure that staffing levels were aligned with expected business activity.  Additionally, we initiated a second expense reduction initiative in the second quarter of 2009, as discussed below.  We focused on reducing the workforce, reducing capital spending and addressing corporate-wide discretionary spending.

As a result of shrinking revenues due to the impact of unfavorable equity markets on our asset management businesses and a reduction in sales volumes caused by the unfavorable economic environment, we launched further initiatives to reduce expenses, including a 12% workforce reduction that was substantially completed in the second quarter of 2009, that we believe will improve our capital position and preserve profits.  The restructuring costs associated with these layoffs are included in other expenses within Other Operations.

For factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those set forth in this section, see “Part I – Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our 2008 Form 10-K and “Forward-Looking Statements – Cautionary Language” in this report.

We provide information about this segment’s operating revenue and operating expense line items, the period in which amounts are recognized, key drivers of changes and historical details underlying the line items and their associated drivers below.

Net Investment Income and Interest Credited

We utilize an internal formula to determine the amount of capital that is allocated to our business segments.  Investment income on capital in excess of the calculated amounts is reported in Other Operations.  If regulations require increases in our insurance segments’ statutory reserves and surplus, the amount of capital allocated to Other Operations would decrease and net investment income would be negatively impacted.  In addition, as discussed below in “Review of Consolidated Financial Condition –
Alternative Sources of Liquidity,” we maintain an inter-segment cash management program where certain subsidiaries can borrow from or lend money to the holding company to meet short-term borrowing needs.  The inter-segment cash management program affects net investment income for Other Operations, as all inter-segment eliminations are reported within Other Operations.

Write-downs for other-than-temporary impairments decrease the recorded value of our invested assets owned by our business segments.  These write-downs are not included in the income from operations of our operating segments.  When impairment occurs, assets are transferred to the business segments’ portfolios and will reduce the future net investment income for Other Operations, but should not have an impact on a consolidated basis unless the impairments are related to defaulted securities.  Statutory reserve adjustments for our business segments can also cause allocations of invested assets between the affected segments and Other Operations.

The majority of our interest credited relates to our reinsurance operations sold to Swiss Re in 2001.  A substantial amount of the business was sold through indemnity reinsurance transactions resulting in some of the business still flowing through our consolidated financial statements.  The interest credited corresponds to investment income earnings on the assets we continue to hold for this business.  There is no impact to income or loss in Other Operations or on a consolidated basis for these amounts.

Benefits

Benefits are recognized when incurred for Institutional Pension products and disability income business.

 
110

 

Other Expenses

Details underlying other expenses (in millions) were as follows:
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Other Expenses
                                   
Merger-related expenses
  $ 3     $ 13       -77 %   $ 14     $ 44       -68 %
Restructuring charges for expense initiatives
    1       -    
NM
      34       -    
NM
 
Branding
    4       8       -50 %     13       27       -52 %
Retirement Income Security Ventures
    2       4       -50 %     6       9       -33 %
Taxes, licenses and fees
    (1 )     2    
NM
      4       5       -20 %
Other
    14       12       17 %     49       47       4 %
Total other expenses
  $ 23     $ 39       -41 %   $ 120     $ 132       -9 %
 
Other in the table above includes expenses that are corporate in nature including charitable contributions, certain litigation reserves, amortization of media intangible assets with a definite life, other expenses not allocated to our business segments and inter-segment expense eliminations.

Merger-related expenses were the result of actions undertaken by us to eliminate duplicate operations and functions as a result of the Jefferson-Pilot merger along with costs related to the implementation of our new unified product portfolio and other initiatives.  Although these actions were substantially completed in the first nine months of 2009, we expect to incur up to $6 million of merger-related expenses during the remainder of 2009.  Our current estimate of the cumulative integration expenses is approximately $215 million to $225 million, pre-tax, and excludes amounts capitalized or recorded as goodwill.

Starting in December 2008, we implemented a restructuring plan in response to the current economic downturn and sustained market volatility, which focused on reducing expenses.  During the fourth quarter of 2008, we recorded a pre-tax charge of $8 million.  The expenses associated with this initiative are reported in restructuring charges for expense initiatives above.  We expect our cumulative pre-tax charges to amount to $43 million for severance, benefits and related costs associated with the plan for workforce reduction and other restructuring actions.

Interest and Debt Expenses

Our current level of interest expense may not be indicative of the future due to, among other things, the timing of the use of cash, the availability of funds from our inter-company cash management program and the future cost of capital.  For additional information on our financing activities, see “Review of Consolidated Financial Condition – Liquidity and Capital Resources – Sources of Liquidity and Cash Flow – Financing Activities” below.

 
111

 

REALIZED LOSS

Details underlying realized loss, after-DAC (1) (in millions) were as follows:
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
Pre-Tax
 
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Operating realized gain (loss):
                                   
Indexed annuity net derivatives results
  $ -     $ 2       -100 %   $ -     $ -    
NM
 
GLB
    8       11       -27 %     28       27       4 %
GDB
    (74 )     39    
NM
      (107 )     47    
NM
 
Total operating realized gain (loss)
    (66 )     52    
NM
      (79 )     74    
NM
 
Realized loss related to certain investments
    (136 )     (315 )     57 %     (444 )     (473 )     6 %
Gain (loss) on certain reinsurance derivative/
                                               
trading securities
    71       (2 )  
NM
      83       -    
NM
 
GLB net derivatives results
    (222 )     89    
NM
      (494 )     85    
NM
 
GDB derivatives results
    (11 )     (33 )     67 %     (70 )     (41 )     -71 %
Indexed annuity forward-starting option
    (4 )     2    
NM
      -       9       -100 %
Gain on sale of subsidiaries/businesses
    -       -    
NM
      1       -    
NM
 
Total excluded realized loss
    (302 )     (259 )     -17 %     (924 )     (420 )  
NM
 
Total realized loss
  $ (368 )   $ (207 )     -78 %   $ (1,003 )   $ (346 )  
NM
 
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
After-Tax
 
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Operating realized gain (loss):
                                   
Indexed annuity net derivatives results
  $ -     $ 1       -100 %   $ -     $ -    
NM
 
GLB
    5       7       -29 %     18       18       0 %
GDB
    (48 )     25    
NM
      (70 )     31    
NM
 
Total operating realized gain (loss)
    (43 )     33    
NM
      (52 )     49    
NM
 
Realized loss related to certain investments
    (88 )     (205 )     57 %     (288 )     (307 )     6 %
Gain (loss) on certain reinsurance derivative/
                                               
trading securities
    46       (1 )  
NM
      54       -    
NM
 
GLB net derivatives results
    (144 )     58    
NM
      (321 )     54    
NM
 
GDB derivative results
    (7 )     (22 )     68 %     (46 )     (27 )     -70 %
Indexed annuity forward-starting option
    (3 )     1    
NM
      -       6       -100 %
Gain on sale of subsidiaries/businesses
    -       -    
NM
      1       -    
NM
 
Total excluded realized loss
    (196 )     (169 )     -16 %     (600 )     (274 )  
NM
 
Total realized loss
  $ (239 )   $ (136 )     -76 %   $ (652 )   $ (225 )  
NM
 

(1)
DAC refers to the associated amortization of DAC, VOBA, DSI and DFEL and changes in other contract holder funds and funds withheld reinsurance liabilities.

For factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those set forth in this section, see “Part I – Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our 2008 Form 10-K and “Forward-Looking Statements – Cautionary Language” in this report.

For information on our counterparty exposure see “Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

 
112

 

Comparison of the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 to 2008

GLB net derivatives results declined due primarily to the NPR component of the liability being unfavorable in 2009 attributable to a narrowing of credit spreads.  See “GLB Net Derivatives Results” below for a discussion of how our NPR adjustment is determined.  This decline was partially offset by significantly more favorable GLB hedge program performance in 2009 relative to 2008.  In 2008, the result was largely driven by extremely volatile capital markets.  At the end of the second quarter of 2009, we made a strategic decision to reduce our interest rate coverage as we prepare for the adoption of VACARVM, which is effective for statutory accounting on December 31, 2009.  The reduced coverage on rates may create some GAAP earnings volatility going forward.  Also, as a result of this reduction in coverage of interest rate changes, we estimate that for every one basis point increase in interest rates, we will experience an immediate $1 million unfavorable impact to earnings.

The third quarter of 2009 had unfavorable prospective unlocking of assumptions associated with the GLB reserves reflecting primarily updates to our lapse assumption.  The third quarter of 2008 had favorable unlocking of assumptions associated with the GLB reserves reflecting primarily updates to implied ultimate volatility.

The third quarter of 2008 had unfavorable prospective DAC, VOBA, DSI and DFEL unlocking related to the GLB reserves reflecting the impact of incorporating the change in EGPs resulting from the change in assumptions for the reserves discussed above into the DAC, VOBA, DSI and DFEL models.

The decline in the realized loss related to certain investments was attributable primarily to the lower OTTI.   This is due to some improvement in the credit markets and the change in the accounting for impairments under the Investments – Debt and Equity Securities Topic of the FASB ASC that is effective for impairments recorded after January 1, 2009.  For a further explanation of this change, see Note 2.  For more information on realized losses on certain investments, see “Consolidated Investments – Realized Loss Related to Investments” below.

The gain on certain reinsurance derivative/trading securities in 2009 was due primarily to the rescission of the Swiss Re indemnity reinsurance agreement covering certain disability income business, whereby we released the embedded derivative liability related to the funds withheld nature of the reinsurance agreement.  Prior to the rescission of the Swiss Re indemnity reinsurance agreement, the fluctuations in the fair value of the trading securities mostly offset the fair value fluctuations in the embedded derivative of the reinsurance agreement with the net difference reported as a realized gain or loss.  The release of this embedded derivative liability increased net income by approximately $31 million in the first quarter of 2009.  Since the rescission, this line item is impacted by market conditions as we now have trading securities that are no longer supporting an embedded derivative liability due to the rescission causing us to release that liability.  Consequently, we may experience more volatility in the fluctuation of this component of realized gain or loss in the future.  During the third quarter of 2009, the value of these trading securities increased due to changes in interest rates.  For more information, see “Reinsurance” below and Note 11.

 
113

 

Operating Realized Gain (Loss)

Details underlying operating realized gain (loss) (dollars in millions) were as follows:
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Indexed Annuity Net Derivatives Results
                                   
Change in fair value of S&P 500 call options
  $ (47 )   $ 42    
NM
    $ (49 )   $ 167    
NM
 
Change in fair value of embedded derivatives
    48       (37 )     230 %     50       (167 )     130 %
Associated amortization expense of DAC,
                                               
VOBA, DSI and DFEL
    (1 )     (3 )     67 %     (1 )     -    
NM
 
Total indexed annuity net derivatives
                                               
results
    -       2       -100 %     -       -    
NM
 
GLB
                                               
Pre-DAC (1) amount
    10       18       -44 %     37       51       -27 %
Associated amortization expense of DAC,
                                               
VOBA, DSI and DFEL:
                                               
Retrospective unlocking (2)
    3       4       -25 %     13       7       86 %
Amortization, excluding unlocking
    (5 )     (11 )     55 %     (22 )     (31 )     29 %
Total GLB
    8       11       -27 %     28       27       4 %
GDB
                                               
Pre-DAC (1) amount
    (84 )     51    
NM
      (120 )     66    
NM
 
Associated amortization expense of DAC,
                                               
VOBA, DSI and DFEL:
                                               
Retrospective unlocking (2)
    (38 )     18    
NM
      (59 )     19    
NM
 
Amortization, excluding unlocking
    48       (30 )     260 %     72       (38 )     289 %
Total GDB
    (74 )     39    
NM
      (107 )     47    
NM
 
Total Operating Realized Gain (Loss)
  $ (66 )   $ 52    
NM
    $ (79 )   $ 74    
NM
 

(1)
DAC refers to the associated amortization of DAC, VOBA, DSI and DFEL.
(2)
Related primarily to the emergence of gross profits.

Operating realized gain (loss) includes the following:

Indexed Annuity Net Derivative Results

Indexed annuity net derivatives results represent the net difference between the change in the fair value of the S&P 500 Index® (“S&P 500”) call options that we hold and the change in the fair value of the embedded derivative liabilities of our indexed annuity products.  The change in the fair value of the liability for the embedded derivative represents the amount that is credited to the indexed annuity contract.

GLB

Our GWB, GIB and 4LATER® features have elements of both benefit reserves and embedded derivative reserves.  We calculate the value of the embedded derivative reserve and the benefit reserve based on the specific characteristics of each GLB feature.  For our GLBs that meet the definition of an embedded derivative under the Derivatives and Hedging Topic of the FASB ASC, we record them at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in realized loss on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss).  In bifurcating the embedded derivative, we attribute to the embedded derivative the portion of total fees collected from the contract holder that relates to the GLB riders (the “attributed fees”).  These attributed fees represent the present value of future claims expected to be paid for the GLB at the inception of the contract (the “net valuation premium”) plus a margin that a theoretical market participant would include for risk/profit (the “risk/profit margin”).

 
114

 

Our methodology for calculating the NPR component of the embedded derivative reserve utilizes an extrapolated 30-year NPR spread curve applied to a series of expected cash flows over the expected life of the embedded derivative.  Our cash flows consist of both expected fees to be received from contract holders and benefits to be paid, and these cash flows are different on a pre- and post- NPR basis are different.  The difference in the cash flows this quarter resulted in an increase to the GLB reserve liability in excess of the liability that we hedge.  We utilize a model based on our holding company’s CDS spreads adjusted for items, such as the liquidity of our holding company CDS.  Because the guaranteed benefit liabilities are contained within our insurance subsidiaries, we apply items, such as the impact of our insurance subsidiaries’ claims-paying ratings compared to holding company credit risk and the over-collateralization of insurance liabilities, in order to determine factors that are representative of a theoretical market participant’s view of the NPR of the specific liability within our insurance subsidiaries.  Details underlying the NPR component and associated impact to our GLB embedded derivative reserves (dollars in millions) were as follows:
 
   
As of
   
As of
   
As of
   
As of
 
   
September 30,
   
June 30,
   
March 31,
   
December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
 
10-year CDS spread
    2.49 %     5.52 %     23.25 %     6.34 %
NPR factor related to 10-year CDS spread
    0.20 %     0.82 %     1.49 %     1.23 %
Unadjusted embedded derivative liability
  $ 1,014     $ 1,197     $ 3,064     $ 3,416  
 
We experienced significant widening of our CDS spreads during the first quarter of 2009.  We compared our CDS spreads to those of our peer companies with similar holding company ratings and determined that our company specific spreads were significantly wider due to the market’s concerns over our holding company liquidity.  As a result, we reduced the spreads used in the calculation of our NPR factors to be in line with our peers.  Therefore, the starting point for our spreads was reduced over the entire term structure with the 10-year at 8.45%.

The $212 million change in the NPR component of the liability from June 30, 2009, to September 30, 2009, was attributable primarily to change in the NPR factors.  Estimating what the absolute amount of the NPR effect will be period to period is difficult due to the utilization of all cash flows and the shape of the spread curve.  For the third quarter of 2009, the spread curve flattened significantly relative to prior quarters.  Currently, we estimate that if the NPR factors as of September 30, 2009, were to have been zero along all points on the spread curve, then the NPR offset to the unadjusted liability would have resulted in an unfavorable impact to net income of approximately $100 million, pre-DAC* and tax.  Alternatively, if the NPR factors were 20 basis points higher along all points on the spread curve as of September 30, 2009, then there would have been a favorable impact to net income of approximately $100 million, pre-DAC* and tax.  Changing market conditions could cause this relationship to deviate significantly in future periods.  Sensitivity within this range is primarily a result of volatility in our CDS spreads and the slope of the CDS spread term structure.

*
DAC refers to the associated amortization of DAC, VOBA, DSI and DFEL.

We include the risk/profit margin portion of the GLB attributed rider fees in operating realized gain and include the net valuation premium of the GLB attributed rider fees in excluded realized (loss).  For our Retirement Solutions – Annuities and Retirement Solutions – Defined Contribution segments, the excess of total fees collected from the contract holders over the GLB attributed rider fees is reported in insurance fees.

We also include the change in the fair value of the derivatives that offsets the change in GLB benefit ratio reserves.  The change in GLB benefit ratio reserves attributable to the Retirement Solutions business is offset in benefits within income from operations.  This approach excludes the change in benefit ratio reserves from income from operations according to our definition of income from operations and instead reflects it within GLB net derivatives results, a component of excluded realized (loss).  On our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss), the change in benefit ratio reserves is reported within benefits.

GDB

GDB represents the change in the fair value of the derivatives that offsets the change in GDB benefit ratio reserves, including our expected cost of the hedging instruments.  The change in GDB benefit ratio reserves attributable to the Retirement Solutions business is offset in benefits within income from operations.  This approach excludes the change in benefit ratio reserves from income from operations according to our definition of income from operations and instead reflects it within GDB derivatives results, a component of excluded realized (loss).  On our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss), the change in benefit ratio reserves is reported within benefits.

 
115

 

Realized Loss Related to Certain Investments

See “Consolidated Investments – Realized Loss Related to Investments” below.

Gain (Loss) on Certain Reinsurance Derivative/Trading Securities

Gain (loss) on certain reinsurance derivative/trading securities represents changes in the fair values of total return swaps (embedded derivatives) theoretically included in our various modified coinsurance and coinsurance with funds withheld reinsurance arrangements that have contractual returns related to various assets and liabilities associated with these arrangements.

 
116

 

GLB Net Derivatives Results and GDB Derivatives Results

Details underlying GLB net derivatives results and GDB derivative results (in millions) were as follows:
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
GLB Net Derivatives Results
                                   
Net valuation premium, net of reinsurance
  $ 31     $ 21       48 %   $ 81     $ 58       40 %
Change in reserves hedged:
                                               
Prospective unlocking - assumption changes
    (17 )     80    
NM
      (17 )     80    
NM
 
Prospective unlocking - model refinements
    (9 )     -    
NM
      (9 )     -    
NM
 
Other
    210       (651 )     132 %     2,419       (812 )  
NM
 
Change in market value of derivative assets
    (241 )     319    
NM
      (2,385 )     388    
NM
 
Hedge program effectiveness
                                               
(ineffectiveness)
    (57 )     (252 )     77 %     8       (344 )     102 %
Change in reserves not hedged (NPR
                                               
component)
    (212 )     372    
NM
      (600 )     481    
NM
 
Change in derivative assets not hedged (NPR
                                               
component)
    5       -    
NM
      10       -    
NM
 
Change in benefit ratio reserves not hedged
    7       -    
NM
      14       -    
NM
 
Associated amortization expense of DAC,
                                               
VOBA, DSI and DFEL:
                                               
Prospective unlocking - assumption changes
    -       (31 )     100 %     -       (31 )     100 %
Retrospective unlocking (1)
    (75 )     (69 )     -9 %     (216 )     (59 )  
NM
 
Amortization, excluding unlocking
    79       48       65 %     209       14    
NM
 
Loss from the initial adoption of new accounting
                                               
standard, after-DAC (2) (3)
    -       -    
NM
      -       (34 )     100 %
Total GLB net derivatives results
  $ (222 )   $ 89    
NM
    $ (494 )   $ 85    
NM
 
                                                 
GDB Derivatives Results
                                               
Change in benefit ratio reserves
  $ 84     $ (51 )     265 %   $ 120     $ (66 )     282 %
Change in fair value of derivatives, excluding
                                               
expected cost of hedging instruments
    (97 )     8    
NM
      (203 )     10    
NM
 
Associated amortization expense of DAC,
                                               
VOBA, DSI and DFEL:
                                               
Retrospective unlocking (1)
    (5 )     (16 )     69 %     (36 )     (17 )  
NM
 
Amortization, excluding unlocking
    7       26       -73 %     49       32       53 %
Total GDB derivatives results
  $ (11 )   $ (33 )     67 %   $ (70 )   $ (41 )     -71 %

 
(1)
Related primarily to the emergence of gross profits.
 
(2)
This new accounting standard was the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the FASB ASC.
 
(3)
DAC refers to the associated amortization of DAC, VOBA, DSI and DFEL.

GLB Net Derivatives Results

Our GLB net derivatives results are comprised of the net valuation premium, the change in the GLB embedded derivative reserves and the change in the fair value of the derivative instruments we own to hedge them, including the cost of purchasing the hedging instruments.

 
117

 

Our GWB, GIB and 4LATER® features have elements of both benefit reserves and embedded derivative reserves.  The benefit ratio reserve component is calculated in a manner consistent with our GDB benefit ratio reserves.  We calculate the value of the embedded derivative reserve and the benefit reserve based on the specific characteristics of each GLB feature.  We record the embedded derivative reserve on our GLBs at fair value on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.  We use derivative instruments to hedge our exposure to the risks and earnings volatility that result from changes in the GLB embedded derivatives reserves.  The change in fair value of these derivative instruments is designed to generally offset the change in embedded derivative reserves.  In the table above, we have presented the components of our GLB results, which can be volatile especially when sudden and significant changes in equity markets and/or interest rates occur.  When we assess the effectiveness of our hedge program, we exclude the impact of the change in the component of the embedded derivative reserves related to the required NPR.  We do not attempt to hedge the change in the NPR component of the liability.  As of September 30, 2009, the net effect of the NPR resulted in an $87 million increase in the liability for our GLB embedded derivative reserves.  See above for information regarding the effect of the NPR on the GLB net derivatives results for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008.  For additional information on our guaranteed benefits, see “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates – Derivatives – Guaranteed Living Benefits” above.  For additional information on our hedge program see “Reinsurance” below.

Our GLB net derivatives results also include the change in GLB benefit ratio reserves.  The change in GLB benefit ratio reserves is offset in GLB operating realized gain (loss).  See “GLB”   above for additional information.

GDB Derivatives Results

Our GDB derivatives results represent the net difference between the change in GDB benefit ratio reserves and the change in the fair value of the derivative instruments we own to hedge the change in our benefit ratio reserves, excluding our expected cost of the hedging instruments.  The change in GDB benefit ratio reserves is offset in GDB operating realized gain (loss).  See “GDB”   above for additional information.

Indexed Annuity Forward-Starting Option

Details underlying indexed annuity forward-starting option (dollars in millions) were as follows:
 
   
For the Three
     
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
     
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
     
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
 
Change
 
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Indexed Annuity Forward-Starting Option
                               
Pre-DAC (1) amounts
  $ (11 )   $ 4  
NM
  $ (1 )   $ (2 )     50 %
Associated amortization expense of DAC,
                                         
VOBA, DSI and DFEL
    7       (2 )
NM
    1       1       0 %
Gain from the initial adoption of new accounting
                                         
standard, after-DAC (1) (2)
    -       -  
NM
    -       10       -100 %
Total
  $ (4 )   $ 2  
NM
  $ -     $ 9       -100 %

(1)
This new accounting standard was the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the FASB ASC.
(2)
DAC refers to the associated amortization of DAC, VOBA, DSI and DFEL.

The liability for the forward-starting option reflects changes in the fair value of embedded derivative liabilities related to index call options we may purchase in the future to hedge contract holder index allocations applicable to future reset periods for our indexed annuity products accounted for under the Derivatives and Hedging and the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topics of the FASB ASC.  These fair values represent an estimate of the cost of the options we will purchase in the future, discounted back to the date of the balance sheet, using current market indications of volatility and interest rates, which can vary significantly from period to period due to a number of factors and therefore can provide results that are not indicative of the underlying trends.

 
118

 

CONSOLIDATED INVESTMENTS

The MD&A included in our 2008 Form 10-K contains detailed information and discussion of our consolidated investments.  The following updates "Consolidated Investments" provided in our 2008 Form 10-K and, accordingly, should be read in conjunction with the "Consolidated Investments" in our Form 10-K.  See Note 5 for more information related to our consolidated investments. For a discussion on our risk management process, see “Item 3.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

Residential Mortgage-Baked Securities (“RMBS”)

Our AFS fixed maturity securities include RMBS, which are backed by residential mortgages.  These securities are backed by loans that are characterized by borrowers of differing levels of creditworthiness:  prime, Alt-A and subprime.  Prime lending is the origination of residential mortgage loans to customers with excellent credit profiles.  Alt-A lending is the origination of residential mortgage loans to customers who have prime credit profiles but lack documentation to substantiate income.  Subprime lending is the origination of loans to customers with weak or impaired credit profiles.

The slowing U.S. housing market, increased interest rates for non-prime borrowers and relaxed underwriting standards over the last several years have led to higher delinquency rates for residential mortgage loans and home equity loans.  We expect delinquency rates and loss rates on residential mortgages and home equity loans to increase in the future; however, we continue to expect to receive payments in accordance with contractual terms for a significant amount of our securities, largely due to the seniority of the claims on the collateral of the securities that we own.  The tranches of the securities will experience losses according to their seniority level with the least senior (or most junior), typically the unrated residual tranche, taking the initial loss.  The credit ratings of our securities reflect the seniority of the securities that we own.  Our RMBS had a market value of $9.6 billion and an unrealized loss of $642 million, or 7%, as of September 30, 2009.  The unrealized loss was due primarily to deteriorating fundamentals and a general level of illiquidity in the market resulting in price declines in many structured products.

 
119

 

The market value of investments backed by subprime loans was $417 million and represented less than 1% of our total investment portfolio as of September 30, 2009.  Investments rated A or above represented 65% of the subprime investments and $202 million in market value of our subprime investments was backed by loans originating in 2005 and forward.  AFS securities represent $405 million, or 97%, of the subprime exposure and trading securities represent $12 million, or 3%, as of September 30, 2009.  The tables below summarize our investments in AFS securities backed by pools of residential mortgages (in millions):

 
     
Fair Value as of September 30, 2009
 
           
Prime/
                   
     
Prime
   
Non -
                   
     
Agency
   
Agency
   
Alt-A
   
Subprime
   
Total
 
Type
                               
Collateralized mortgage obligations ("CMOs") and
                         
Mortgage pass-throughs ("MPTS")
$ 7,320     $ 919     $ 478     $ -     $ 8,717  
Asset-backed securities ("ABS") home equity
      -       -       240       405       645  
Total by type (1)
    $ 7,320     $ 919     $ 718     $ 405     $ 9,362  
                                           
Rating
                                         
AAA
    $ 7,298     $ 304     $ 158     $ 215     $ 7,975  
AA
      5       37       117       23       182  
  A       17       48       50       25       140  
BBB
      -       36       16       27       79  
BB and below
      -       494       377       115       986  
Total by rating (1)(2)
    $ 7,320     $ 919     $ 718     $ 405     $ 9,362  
                                             
Origination Year
                                         
2004 and prior
    $ 2,970     $ 317     $ 277     $ 206     $ 3,770  
2005       919       187       209       142       1,457  
2006       331       143       189       52       715  
2007       1,311       272       43       -       1,626  
2008       372       -       -       -       372  
2009       1,417       -       -       5       1,422  
Total by origination year (1)
    $ 7,320     $ 919     $ 718     $ 405     $ 9,362  
                                             
Total AFS securities
                                    $ 60,949  
                                             
Total by origination year as a percentage of
                                 
total AFS securities
                                      15.4 %
                                             
Total non-agency, Alt-A & subprime as a
                                     
percentage of total AFS securities
                                3.4 %

 
(1)
Does not include the fair value of trading securities totaling $220 million, which support our Modco reinsurance agreements because investment results for these agreements are passed directly to the reinsurers.  The $220 million in trading securities consisted of $192 million prime, $16 million Alt-A and $12 million subprime.
 
(2)
For the table above, credit ratings shown in the document are based on ratings provided by the major credit rating agencies (Fitch Ratings, Moody’s and S&P) or are based on internal ratings for those securities where external ratings are not available.  For securities where the ratings assigned by the major rating agencies are not equivalent, the second highest of the three ratings assigned is used.

 
120

 

 
 
     
Amortized Cost as of September 30, 2009
 
           
Prime/
                   
     
Prime
   
Non -
                   
     
Agency
   
Agency
   
Alt-A
   
Subprime
   
Total
 
Type
                               
CMOs and MPTS
    $ 6,939     $ 1,261     $ 663     $ -     $ 8,863  
ABS home equity
      -       -       394       732       1,126  
Total by type (1)
    $ 6,939     $ 1,261     $ 1,057     $ 732     $ 9,989  
                                           
Rating
                                         
AAA
    $ 6,917     $ 333     $ 190     $ 291     $ 7,731  
AA
      5       46       157       34       242  
A       16       53       68       54       191  
BBB
      -       53       30       52       135  
BB and below
      1       776       612       301       1,690  
Total by rating (1)(2)
    $ 6,939     $ 1,261     $ 1,057     $ 732     $ 9,989  
                                             
Origination Year
                                         
2004 and prior
    $ 2,802     $ 367     $ 363     $ 312     $ 3,844  
2005       866       254       296       264       1,680  
2006       309       213       315       151       988  
2007       1,213       427       83       -       1,723  
2008       351       -       -       -       351  
2009       1,398       -       -       5       1,403  
Total by origination year (1)
    $ 6,939     $ 1,261     $ 1,057     $ 732     $ 9,989  
                                             
Total AFS securities
                                    $ 60,835  
                                             
Total by origination year as a percentage of
                                         
total AFS securities
                                      16.4 %
                                             
Total non-agency, Alt-A & subprime as a
                                         
percentage of total AFS securities
                                      5.0 %

 
(1)
Does not include the amortized cost of trading securities totaling $235 million, which support our Modco reinsurance agreements because investment results for these agreements are passed directly to the reinsurers.  The $235 million in trading securities consisted of $195 million prime, $23 million Alt-A and $17 million subprime.
 
(2)
For the table above, credit ratings shown in the document are based on ratings provided by the major credit rating agencies (Fitch Ratings, Moody’s and S&P) or are based on internal ratings for those securities where external ratings are not available.  For securities where the ratings assigned by the major rating agencies are not equivalent, the second highest of the three ratings assigned is used.

None of these investments include any direct investments in subprime lenders or mortgages.  We are not aware of material exposure to subprime loans in our alternative asset portfolio.

See Note 5 for information on our commercial mortgage-backed securities.

 
121

 

Mortgage Loans on Real Estate

The following summarizes key information on mortgage loans (in millions):
 
   
As of September 30, 2009
     
As of September 30, 2009
 
   
Amount
   
%
     
Amount
   
%
 
Property Type
           
State Exposure
           
Office building
  $ 2,511       35 %
CA
  $ 1,493       21 %
Industrial
    1,929       26 %
TX
    627       9 %
Retail
    1,726       24 %
MD
    430       6 %
Apartment
    665       9 %
FL
    329       5 %
Hotel/Motel
    215       3 %
VA
    315       4 %
Mixed use
    133       2 %
TN
    311       4 %
Other commercial
    98       1 %
AZ
    303       4 %
    $ 7,277       100 %
WA
    289       4 %
                 
IL
    268       4 %
                 
NC
    264       4 %
                 
GA
    244       3 %
Geographic Region
               
PA
    211       3 %
Pacific
  $ 1,890       26 %
NV
    205       3 %
South Atlantic
    1,728       24 %
OH
    195       2 %
East North Central
    750       10 %
IN
    174       2 %
Mountain
    711       10 %
MA
    156       2 %
West South Central
    667       9 %
MN
    155       2 %
Middle Atlantic
    482       7 %
NJ
    142       2 %
East South Central
    442       6 %
SC
    131       2 %
West North Central
    396       5 %
NY
    129       2 %
New England
    211       3 %
Other states under 2%
    906       12 %
    $ 7,277       100 %     $ 7,277       100 %
 
All mortgage loans that are impaired have an established allowance for credit loss.  Changing economic conditions impact our valuation of mortgage loans.  Changing vacancies and rents are incorporated into the discounted cash flow analysis that we perform for monitored loans and may contribute to the establishment of (or an increase or decrease in) an allowance for credit losses.  In addition, we continue to monitor the entire commercial mortgage loan portfolio to identify risk.  Areas of emphasis are properties that have deteriorating credits or have experienced debt coverage reduction.  Where warranted, we have established or increased loss reserves based upon this analysis.  There were nine impaired mortgage loans as of September 30, 2009, or less than 1% of the total dollar amount of mortgage loans, and no impaired mortgage loans as of December 31, 2008.  As of September 30, 2009, there were seven commercial mortgage loans that were two or more payments delinquent.  As of December 31, 2008, there were no commercial mortgage loans that were two or more payments delinquent.  The carrying value on the mortgage loans that were two or more payments delinquent as of September 30, 2009, was $45 million, or less than 1%, of total mortgage loans.  The total principal and interest past due on the mortgage loans that were two or more payments delinquent as of September 30, 2009, was $2 million.  See Note 1 in our 2008 Form 10-K for more information regarding our accounting policy relating to the impairment of mortgage loans.

 
122

 

Alternative Investments

The carrying value of our consolidated alternative investments by business segment (in millions), which consists primarily of investments in limited partnerships, was as follows:
 
   
As of
   
As of
 
   
September 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
Retirement Solutions:
           
Annuities
  $ 77     $ 89  
Defined Contribution
    61       72  
Insurance Solutions:
               
Life Insurance
    480       603  
Group Protection
    29       8  
Other Operations
    33       4  
Total alternative investments
  $ 680     $ 776  
 
Income (loss) derived from our consolidated alternative investments by business segment (in millions) was as follows:
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Retirement Solutions:
                                   
Annuities
  $ 2     $ 2       0 %   $ (6 )   $ 1    
NM
 
Defined Contribution
    2       1       100 %     (3 )     (2 )     -50 %
Insurance Solutions:
                                               
Life Insurance
    (17 )     23    
NM
      (79 )     36    
NM
 
Group Protection
    1       1       0 %     (2 )     1    
NM
 
Other Operations
    1       -    
NM
      2       -    
NM
 
Total alternative investments (1)
  $ (11 )   $ 27    
NM
    $ (88 )   $ 36    
NM
 

(1)
Includes net investment income on the alternative investments supporting the required statutory surplus of our insurance businesses.

The decline in our investment income on alternative investments in the nine months ended September 30, 2009, as compared to the same period in 2008 presented in the table above was due to the impact of audit adjustments related to completion of calendar-year financial statement audits of the investments within our portfolio and deterioration of the financial markets.  The nature of these adjustments is discussed further below.  This weakness was concentrated primarily in our energy, domestic venture capital and real estate limited partnership holdings.

As of September 30, 2009, and December 31, 2008, alternative investments included investments in approximately 100 different partnerships.  The partnerships represent a broadly diversified portfolio of asset classes.  The investment strategy of the alternative investment portfolio is to provide incremental investment income compared to the traditional fixed-income and equity markets over a long term investment horizon.  In addition, the portfolio represents less than 1% of our overall invested assets.  The portfolio is actively monitored to minimize the likelihood of material investment income losses.

 
123

 

The carrying value of our consolidated alternative investments by asset class (in millions) was as follows:
 
   
As of
   
As of
 
   
September 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
             
Venture capital
  $ 308     $ 341  
Hedge funds
    182       223  
Real estate
    90       110  
Oil and gas
    100       102  
Total alternative investments
  $ 680     $ 776  
 
The partnerships do not represent off-balance sheet financing and generally involve several third-party partners.  Some of our partnerships contain capital calls, which require us to contribute capital upon notification by the general partner.  These capital calls are contemplated during the initial investment decision and are planned for well in advance of the call date.  The capital calls are not material in size and are not material to our liquidity.  The capital calls are included on the table of contingent commitments in “Review of Consolidated Financial Condition – Liquidity and Capital Resources” in our 2008 Form 10-K.  Alternative investments are accounted for using the equity method of accounting and are included in other investments on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Our venture capital portfolio is mainly comprised of private equity investments in various leveraged buyout and venture capital limited partnerships, which in turn, invest in a well-diversified portfolio across various industry sectors, geographies, and investment stages.  The objective of making such investments is to achieve an excess long-term risk-adjusted return.

The hedge fund portfolio is broadly diversified and contains exposure to the strategies which we believe will have the best long-term risk-adjusted returns.

The real estate limited partnership portfolio tries to capture value-added returns in both equity and mezzanine positions in both traditional and specialized areas of the commercial and residential real estate markets including workforce housing.

Similar to our venture capital portfolio, we invest in various oil and gas limited partnerships that target a well diversified energy sector including exploration and production, storage and distribution (midstream), oil field services, and other energy-related services.

We account for our investments in limited partnerships (“LPs”) using the equity method to determine the GAAP carrying value.  The LPs where LNC is a participant generally report their assets at fair value.  Since the assets of the LPs are measured at fair value and the values of the LPs’ liabilities would generally approximate fair value according to the audited financial statements received from the partnerships, the GAAP carrying value on our consolidated balance sheet would approximate a fair value for our LP investments.

Recognition of alternative investment income is delayed due to the availability of the related financial statements, as our venture capital, real estate and oil and gas portfolios are generally on a three-month delay and our hedge funds are on a one-month delay and are generally obtained from the partnerships’ general partners.  In addition, the impact of audit adjustments related to completion of calendar-year financial statement audits of the investees are typically received after the filing of Form 10-K during the second quarter of each calendar year.  Accordingly, our investment income from alternative investments for any calendar year period may not include the complete impact of the change in the underlying net assets for the partnership for that calendar year period.

 
124

 

Annually, typically during the first or second quarter, we obtain audited financial statements for our alternative investment partnerships for the preceding calendar year and recognize adjustments to the extent that audited equity of the investee differs from the equity used for reporting in prior quarters.  Accordingly, our investment income from alternative investments for any calendar year period may not include the complete impact of the change in the underlying net assets for the partnership for that calendar year period.  When we record audit adjustments, it impacts our investment income from alternative investments in the period that the adjustments are recorded.  Our investment income from alternative investments for the second quarter of 2009 included a pre-tax loss of $71 million, of which   $57   million of the losses were attributable to audit adjustments to partnerships’ 2008 financial statements.  The breakdown of these audit adjustments by segment were as follows:  $50 million for Insurance Solutions – Life Insurance; $1 million for Insurance Solutions – Group Protection; $3 million for Retirement Solutions – Annuities; and $3 million for Retirement Solutions – Defined Contribution.   Our investment income from alternative investments for the third quarter of 2009 included a $12 million, pre-tax, loss which was attributable to audit adjustments to partnerships’ 2008 financial statements for our Insurance Solutions – Life Insurance segment.

Non-Income Producing Investments

As of September 30, 2009, and December 31, 2008, the carrying amount of fixed maturity securities, mortgage loans on real estate and real estate that were non-income producing was $28 million and $15 million, respectively.

Net Investment Income

Details underlying net investment income (loss) (in millions) and our investment yield were as follows:
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Net Investment Income
                                   
Fixed maturity AFS securities
  $ 899     $ 833       8 %   $ 2,577     $ 2,510       3 %
Equity AFS securities
    2       6       -67 %     5       22       -77 %
Trading securities
    40       41       -2 %     119       126       -6 %
Mortgage loans on real estate
    114       120       -5 %     349       354       -1 %
Real estate
    4       4       0 %     10       15       -33 %
Standby real estate equity commitments
    -       1       -100 %     1       3       -67 %
Policy loans
    42       46       -9 %     128       133       -4 %
Invested cash
    1       9       -89 %     13       39       -67 %
Commercial mortgage loan prepayment and
                                               
bond makewhole premiums (1)
    6       8       -25 %     11       28       -61 %
Alternative investments (2)
    (11 )     27    
NM
      (88 )     36    
NM
 
Consent fees
    1       2       -50 %     4       4       0 %
Other investments
    3       -    
NM
      8       (3 )  
NM
 
Investment income
    1,101       1,097       0 %     3,137       3,267       -4 %
Investment expense
    (30 )     (29 )     -3 %     (82 )     (96 )     15 %
Net investment income
  $ 1,071     $ 1,068       0 %   $ 3,055     $ 3,171       -4 %
 
(1)
See “Commercial Mortgage Loan Prepayment and Bond Makewhole Premiums” below for additional information.
(2)
See “Alternative Investments” above for additional information.

 
125

 

 
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
   
Basis
   
Months Ended
   
Basis
 
   
September 30,
   
Point
   
September 30,
   
Point
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Interest Rate Yield
                                   
Fixed maturity securities, mortgage loans on
                                   
real estate and other, net of investment expenses
5.82 %     5.87 %     (5 )     5.82 %     5.89 %     (7 )
Commercial mortgage loan prepayment and
                                               
bond makewhole premiums
    0.03 %     0.05 %     (2 )     0.02 %     0.05 %     (3 )
Alternative investments
    -0.06 %     0.15 %     (21 )     -0.16 %     0.07 %     (23 )
Consent fees
    0.01 %     0.01 %     -       0.01 %     0.01 %     -  
Standby real estate equity commitments
    0.00 %     0.01 %     (1 )     0.00 %     0.01 %     (1 )
Net investment income yield on invested assets
  5.80 %     6.09 %     (29 )     5.69 %     6.03 %     (34 )
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Average invested assets at amortized cost
  $ 73,805     $ 70,150       5.2 %   $ 71,573     $ 70,121       2.1 %
 
We earn investment income on our general account assets supporting fixed annuity, term life, whole life, UL and interest-sensitive whole life insurance products.  The profitability of our fixed annuity and life insurance products is affected by our ability to achieve target spreads, or margins, between the interest income earned on the general account assets and the interest credited to the contract holder on our average fixed account values, including the fixed portion of variable.  Net investment income and the interest rate yield table each include commercial mortgage loan prepayments and bond makewhole premiums, alternative investments and contingent interest and standby real estate equity commitments.  These items can vary significantly from period to period due to a number of factors and therefore can provide results that are not indicative of the underlying trends.

The decline in net investment income when comparing the first nine months of 2009 to the same period in 2008 was attributable to a decline in investment income on alternative investments in conjunction with our liquidity strategy of maintaining higher cash balances in the first half of the year during the more volatile markets reducing portfolio yield.  We expect to continue to reduce this excess liquidity in future quarters as a result of the recent improvement in the capital markets.

Standby Real Estate Equity Commitments

Periodically, we enter into standby commitments, which obligate us to purchase real estate at a specified cost if a third-party sale does not occur within approximately one year after construction is completed.  These commitments are used by a developer to obtain a construction loan from an outside lender on favorable terms.  In return for issuing the commitment, we receive an annual fee and a percentage of the profit when the property is sold.  Our long-term expectation is that we will be obligated to fund a small portion of these commitments.  However, due to the current economic environment, we may experience increased funding obligations.

As of September 30, 2009, and December 31, 2008, we had standby real estate equity commitments totaling $220 million and $267 million, respectively.  During the nine months ended September 30, 2009, we funded commitments of $46 million and the fair value of the associated real estate of $32 million is included on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, which resulted in the recognition of $14 million in realized losses.  In addition, we recorded an estimated loss of $20 million in the second quarter of 2009 on one project due to our belief that our requirement to fund the project in accordance with the Standby Contingent Equity Acquisition Program (“CAP”) agreement is probable.

Commercial Mortgage Loan Prepayment and Bond Makewhole Premiums

Prepayment and makewhole premiums are collected when borrowers elect to call or prepay their debt prior to the stated maturity.  A prepayment or makewhole premium allows investors to attain the same yield as if the borrower made all scheduled interest payments until maturity.  These premiums are designed to make investors indifferent to prepayment.

 
126

 

The decline in prepayment and makewhole premiums when comparing the nine months ended September 30, 2009 to 2008 was attributable primarily to the continued tightening of credit conditions in the market resulting in less refinancing activity and less prepayment income.

Realized Loss Related to Investments

The detail of the realized loss related to investments (in millions) was as follows:
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Fixed maturity AFS securities:
             
Gross gains
  $ 23     $ 19       21 %   $ 110     $ 44       150 %
Gross losses
    (166 )     (372 )     55 %     (579 )     (592 )     2 %
Equity AFS securities:
                 
Gross gains
    -       1       -100 %     4       1    
NM
 
Gross losses
    (8 )     (25 )     68 %     (16 )     (32 )     50 %
Gain on other investments
    2       1       100 %     (58 )     29    
NM
 
Associated amortization expense of DAC, VOBA,
                 
DSI and DFEL and changes in other contract
                 
holder funds and funds withheld
                 
reinsurance liabilities
    25       91       -73 %     128       139       -8 %
Total realized loss on investments, excluding
  (124 )     (285 )     56 %     (411 )     (411 )     0 %
trading securities
                 
Loss on certain derivative instruments
    (12 )     (30 )     60 %     (33 )     (62 )     47 %
Total realized loss on investments and
                 
certain derivative instruments,
                 
excluding trading securities
  $ (136 )   $ (315 )     57 %   $ (444 )   $ (473 )     6 %

Amortization expense of DAC, VOBA, DSI, DFEL and changes in other contract holder funds reflects an assumption for an expected level of credit-related investment losses.  When actual credit-related investment losses are realized, we recognize a true up to our DAC, VOBA, DSI and DFEL amortization and changes in other contract holder funds within realized loss reflecting the incremental impact of actual versus expected credit-related investment losses.  These actual to expected amortization adjustments could create volatility in net realized gains and losses.  The write-down for impairments includes both credit-related and interest-rate related impairments.

Realized gains and losses generally originate from asset sales to reposition the portfolio or to respond to product experience.  During the first nine months of 2009 and 2008, we sold securities for gains and losses.  In the process of evaluating whether a security with an unrealized loss reflects declines that are other-than-temporary, we consider our ability and intent to sell the security prior to a recovery of value.  However, subsequent decisions on securities sales are made within the context of overall risk monitoring, assessing value relative to other comparable securities and overall portfolio maintenance.  Although our portfolio managers may, at a given point in time, believe that the preferred course of action is to hold securities with unrealized losses that are considered temporary until such losses are recovered, the dynamic nature of portfolio management may result in a subsequent decision to sell.  These subsequent decisions are consistent with the classification of our investment portfolio as AFS.  We expect to continue to manage all non-trading invested assets within our portfolios in a manner that is consistent with the AFS classification.

We consider economic factors and circumstances within countries and industries where recent write-downs have occurred in our assessment of the status of securities we own of similarly situated issuers.  While it is possible for realized or unrealized losses on a particular investment to affect other investments, our risk management has been designed to identify correlation risks and other risks inherent in managing an investment portfolio.  Once identified, strategies and procedures are developed to effectively monitor and manage these risks.  The areas of risk correlation that we pay particular attention to are risks that may be correlated within specific financial and business markets, risks within specific industries and risks associated with related parties.

 
127

 

When the detailed analysis by our credit analysts and investment portfolio managers leads to the conclusion that a security’s decline in fair value is other-than-temporary, the security is written down to estimated recovery value.  In instances where declines are considered temporary, the security will continue to be carefully monitored.  See “Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis – Introduction – Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” in our 2008 Form 10-K for additional information on our portfolio management strategy.

Details underlying write-downs taken as a result of OTTIs (in millions) that were recognized in net income (loss) were as follows:
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
       
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
       
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
       
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
 
Fixed Maturity Securities
                                   
Corporate bonds
  $ 29     $ 205       -86 %   $ 187     $ 331       -44 %
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                               
CMOs
    70       76       -8 %     213       153       39 %
ABS:
                                               
CDOs
    10       -    
NM
      39       1    
NM
 
Hybrid and redeemable preferred securities
    17       1    
NM
      18       1    
NM
 
Total fixed maturity securities
    126       282       -55 %     457       486       -6 %
Equity Securities
                                               
Insurance securities
    -       1       -100 %     -       1       -100 %
Other financial services securities
    8       24       -67 %     10       24       -58 %
Other securities
    -       -    
NM
      6       7       -14 %
Total equity securities
    8       25       -68 %     16       32       -50 %
Gross OTTI recognized in
                                               
net income (loss)
    134       307       -56 %     473       518       -9 %
Associated amortization expense
                                               
of DAC, VOBA, DSI and DFEL
    (54 )     (70 )     23 %     (154 )     (123 )     -25 %
Net OTTI recognized in
                                               
net income (loss), pre-tax
  $ 80     $ 237       -66 %   $ 319     $ 395       -19 %
 
When comparing the first nine months of 2009 to 2008, the decrease in write-downs for OTTIs on our AFS securities were attributable primarily to overall improvement in the credit markets as compared to the same period in prior year.  Losses in the first nine months of 2009 were primarily attributable to certain corporate bond holdings within the Financial, Automotive and Gaming sectors, as well as deteriorating fundamentals within the housing market which affected select RMBS holdings.

The $134 million of impairments taken during the third quarter of 2009 relates to credit related impairments.  The credit related impairments are largely attributable to our RMBS and mortgage-related ABS holdings that have suffered from continued deterioration in housing fundamentals.  The non-credit related impairments were incurred due to declines in values of securities for which we have an intent to sell.
 
We have investments in Royal Bank of Scotland (“RBS”) and Lloyds Banking Group.  These investments consist primarily of hybrid and redeemable preferred stocks and are reported in fixed maturity AFS securities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.  On November 3, 2009, both RBS and Lloyds Banking Group received U.K. government infusion and agreed to certain terms, related primarily to asset sales, cash bonus limitations and deferral of dividends.  As of October 30, 2009, our amortized cost and fair value for both of these investments totaled approximately $300 million and $200 million, respectively.  We are evaluating the impact of these agreed upon terms and what if any impact they have on the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected on our investments.

REINSURANCE

Our insurance companies cede insurance to other companies.  The portion of risks exceeding each of our insurance companies’ retention limits is reinsured with other insurers.  We seek reinsurance coverage within the businesses that sell life insurance to limit our exposure to mortality losses and enhance our capital management.  We utilize inter-company reinsurance agreements to manage our statutory capital position as well as our hedge program for variable annuity guarantees.  These inter-company agreements do not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 
128

 

Portions of our deferred annuity business have been reinsured on a modified coinsurance basis with other companies to limit our exposure to interest rate risks.  As of September 30, 2009, the reserves associated with these reinsurance arrangements totaled $1.0 billion.  To cover products other than life insurance, we acquire other insurance coverage with retentions and limits that management believes are appropriate for the circumstances.  The consolidated financial statements included in Item 1 reflect premiums, benefits and DAC, net of insurance ceded.  Our insurance companies remain liable if their reinsurers are unable to meet contractual obligations under applicable reinsurance agreements.

Our amounts recoverable from reinsurers represent receivables from and reserves ceded to reinsurers.  As of September 30, 2009, and December 31, 2008, the amounts recoverable from reinsurers were $7.7 billion and $8.4 billion, respectively.  We obtain reinsurance from a diverse group of reinsurers, and we monitor concentration and financial strength ratings of our principal reinsurers.  Swiss Re represents our largest exposure.  In 2001, we sold our reinsurance business to Swiss Re primarily through indemnity reinsurance arrangements.  Because we are not relieved of our liability to the ceding companies for this business, the liabilities and obligations associated with the reinsured policies remain on our Consolidated Balance Sheets with a corresponding reinsurance receivable from the business sold to Swiss Re, which totaled $3.2 billion and $4.5 billion as of September 30, 2009, and December 31, 2008, respectively.  Swiss Re has funded a trust with a balance of $2.0 billion as of September 30, 2009, to support this business.  As a result of Swiss Re’s S&P financial strength rating dropping below AA-, Swiss Re was required to fund an additional trust of approximately $1.8 billion as of September 30, 2009, to support this business.  Swiss Re funded the new trust in October of 2009.  In addition to various remedies that we would have in the event of a default by Swiss Re, we continue to hold assets in support of certain of the transferred reserves.  These assets consist of those reported as trading securities and certain mortgage loans.  Our liability for funds withheld and our asset for embedded derivatives included $1.2 billion and $44 million, respectively, as of September 30, 2009, related to the business sold to Swiss Re.

We sold a block of disability income business to Swiss Re as part of several indemnity reinsurance transactions executed in 2001, as discussed above.  On January 24, 2009, an award of rescission was declared related to an ongoing dispute between us and Swiss Re for this treaty, which requires us to be fully responsible for all claims incurred and liabilities supporting this block as if the reinsurance treaty never existed. We are conducting a review of the adequacy of the reserves supporting the liabilities.  We expect to evaluate the results of this review during our reporting for the fourth quarter of 2009.  Any increase in reserves will result in a charge to our earnings.  See Note 11 for a discussion of the effects of the rescission.

On March 31, 2009, we entered into a 55% coinsurance agreement whereby we ceded a closed block of business consisting of certain UL and VUL insurance products to a third party reinsurer.  Effective October 1, 2009, we executed an additional agreement whereby we assumed the mortality risk on this block of business through yearly renewable term reinsurance.  See “Results of Insurance Solutions – Insurance Solutions – Life Insurance” and “Review of Consolidated Financial Condition” for more information.

For factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those set forth in this section, see “Part I – Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our 2008 Form 10-K and “Forward-Looking Statements – Cautionary Language” in this report.

REVIEW OF CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL CONDITION

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity and Cash Flow

Liquidity refers to the ability of an enterprise to generate adequate amounts of cash from its normal operations to meet cash requirements with a prudent margin of safety.  Our principal sources of cash flow from operating activities are insurance premiums and fees and investment income, while sources of cash flows from investing activities result from maturities and sales of invested assets.  Our operating activities provided cash of $552 million and $811 million for the first nine months of 2009 and 2008, respectively.  When considering our liquidity and cash flow, it is important to distinguish between the needs of our insurance subsidiaries and the needs of the holding company, LNC.  As a holding company with no operations of its own, LNC derives its cash primarily from its operating subsidiaries.

The sources of liquidity of the holding company are principally comprised of dividends and interest payments from subsidiaries, augmented by holding company short-term investments, bank lines of credit, a commercial paper program and the ongoing availability of long-term public financing under an SEC-filed shelf registration statement.  These sources of liquidity and cash flow support the general corporate needs of the holding company, including its common and preferred stock dividends, interest and debt service, funding of callable securities, securities repurchases, repayment of preferred stock, acquisitions and investment in core businesses.

 
129

 

The disruptions in the capital markets experienced in the second half of 2008 continued into the first part of 2009.  During this extraordinary market environment, management continually monitored and adjusted its liquidity and capital plans for LNC and its subsidiaries in light of changing needs and opportunities.  To strengthen the capital position of our principal insurance subsidiaries and provide holding company liquidity during this period of volatility in the capital and credit markets, we issued common stock and debt during the second quarter of 2009 and issued preferred stock and a common stock warrant through the TARP CPP during the third quarter of 2009, which is discussed in more detail below in “Financing Activities.”

We believe that the rating agencies have heightened the level of scrutiny that they apply to the U.S. life insurance sector and may adjust upward the capital and other requirements employed in the rating agency models for maintenance of certain ratings levels.  In addition, actions we take to access third party financing may in turn cause rating agencies to reevaluate our ratings.  For more information about ratings, see “Part I – Item 1. Business – Ratings” in our 2008 Form 10-K.

Details underlying the primary sources of our holding company cash flows (in millions) were as follows:
 
   
For the Three
   
For the Nine
   
For the
 
   
Months Ended
   
Months Ended
   
Year Ended
 
   
September 30,
   
September 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2009
   
2008
   
2008
 
Dividends from Subsidiaries
                             
LNL, excluding Lincoln Financial Media
  $ -     $ 100     $ 403     $ 400     $ 400  
Lincoln Financial Media (1)
    -       3       4       656       659  
First Penn-Pacific
    -       -       50       50       50  
Delaware Investments
    3       15       8       43       51  
Lincoln Barbados
    -       -       300       -       -  
Lincoln UK
    -       -       -       24       24  
Other
    -       -       -       -       54  
Loan Repayments and Interest from
                                       
 Subsidiary
                                       
LNL interest on intercompany notes (2)
    22       22       63       63       83  
    $ 25     $ 140     $ 828     $ 1,236     $ 1,321  
Other Cash Flow and Liquidity Items
                                       
Net proceeds on common stock issuance
  $ -     $ -     $ 652     $ -     $ -  
TARP CPP proceeds
    950       -       950       -       -  
Net capital received from (paid for taxes on) stock
                                       
option exercises and restricted stock
    (1 )     1       (1 )     15       15  
    $ 949     $ 1     $ 1,601     $ 15     $ 15  
 
(1)
For 2008, amount includes proceeds on the sale of certain discontinued media operations.
(2)
Primarily represents interest on the holding company’s $1.3 billion in surplus note investments in LNL.

The table above focuses on significant and recurring cash flow items and excludes the effects of certain financing activities, namely the periodic issuance and retirement of debt and cash flows related to our inter-company cash management program (discussed below).  Taxes have been eliminated from the analysis due to a tax sharing agreement among our primary subsidiaries resulting in a modest impact on net cash flows at the holding company.  Also excluded from this analysis is the modest amount of investment income on short-term investments of the holding company.

 
130

 

Dividends from Subsidiaries

Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to certain insurance department regulatory restrictions as to the transfer of funds and payment of dividends to the holding company.  Under Indiana laws and regulations, our Indiana insurance subsidiaries, including our primary insurance subsidiary, LNL, may pay dividends to LNC without prior approval of the Indiana Insurance Commissioner (the “Commissioner”) up to a certain threshold, or must receive prior approval of the Commissioner to pay a dividend if such dividend, along with all other dividends paid within the preceding twelve consecutive months exceed the statutory limitation.  The current statutory limitation is the greater of 10% of the insurer’s contract holders’ surplus, as shown on its last annual statement on file with the Commissioner or the insurer’s statutory net gain from operations for the prior calendar year.  As discussed in “Part I – Item 1. Business – Regulatory – Insurance Regulation” in our 2008 Form 10-K, we may not consider the benefit from the permitted practice to the prescribed statutory accounting principles relating to our insurance subsidiaries’ deferred tax assets in calculating available dividends.  Indiana law gives the Commissioner broad discretion to disapprove requests for dividends in excess of these limits.  New York, the state of domicile of our other major insurance subsidiary, Lincoln Life & Annuity Co. of New York, has similar restrictions, except that in New York it is the lesser of 10% of surplus to contract holders as of the immediately preceding calendar year or net gain from operations for the immediately preceding calendar year, not including realized capital gains.

We expect our domestic insurance subsidiaries could pay dividends of approximately $550 million in 2009 without prior approval from the respective state commissioners.  The amount of surplus that our insurance subsidiaries could pay as dividends is constrained by the amount of surplus we hold to maintain our ratings, to provide an additional layer of margin for risk protection and for future investment in our businesses.

We maintain an investment portfolio of various holdings, types and maturities.  These investments are subject to general credit, liquidity, market and interest rate risks.  An extended disruption in the credit and capital markets could adversely affect LNC and its subsidiaries’ ability to access sources of liquidity, and there can be no assurance that additional financing will be available to us on favorable terms, or at all, in the current market environment.  In addition, further other-than-temporary impairments could reduce our statutory surplus, leading to lower RBC ratios and potentially reducing future dividend capacity from our insurance subsidiaries.

Subsidiaries’ Statutory Reserving and Surplus

Our insurance subsidiaries have statutory surplus and RBC levels above current regulatory required levels.  As mentioned earlier in “Results of Insurance Solutions – Insurance Solutions – Life Insurance,” approximately 58% and 66% of our life sales for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively, consisted of products containing secondary guarantees, which require reserving practices under AG38.  Our insurance subsidiaries are employing strategies to lessen the burden of increased AG38 and Valuation of Life Insurance Policies Model Regulation (“XXX”) statutory reserves associated with certain UL products and other products with secondary guarantees subject to these statutory reserving requirements.

Included in the letters of credit (“LOCs”) issued as of September 30, 2009, reported in the revolving credit facilities table below in “Financing Activities,” was approximately $1.5 billion of LOCs supporting the reinsurance obligations of Lincoln National Reinsurance Company (Barbados) Limited (“LNBAR”) on UL business with secondary guarantees.  Recognizing that LOCs are generally one to five years in duration, it is likely that our insurance companies will apply a mix of LOCs, reinsurance and capital market strategies in addressing long-term AG38 and XXX needs.  LOCs and related capital market alternatives lower the RBC impact of the UL business with secondary guarantee products.  An inability to obtain the necessary LOC capacity or other capital market alternatives could impact our returns on UL business with secondary guarantee products.  Our strategy to address the statutory reserve strain from UL products with secondary guarantees uses a mix of retaining a portion of the statutory reserve strain, implementing long-term capital financing solutions and leveraging short-term LOCs.  We previously executed a long-term structured solution of approximately $400 million in 2007.  It is our plan to replace the $1.5 billion of LOCs that mature in 2012 with a mix of more permanent long-term structures and new LOCs.

We are continuing to pursue capital management strategies related to our AG38 reserves involving reinsurance and securitizations.  As mentioned above in “Reinsurance,” we entered into a coinsurance agreement on March 31, 2009.  The transaction resulted in the release of approximately $240 million of statutory capital previously supporting a closed block of business of certain UL and VUL insurance products and an RBC benefit of approximately 20 percentage points in 2009.  Effective October 1, 2009, we executed an additional agreement whereby we assumed the mortality risk on this block of business, which resulted in a capital outlay of approximately $14 million.  See “Part I – Item 1A. Risk Factors – Attempts to mitigate the impact of Regulation XXX and Actuarial Guideline 38 may fail in whole or in part resulting in an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations” in our 2008 Form 10-K for further information on XXX reserves.  In addition, a portion of our term life insurance business is reinsured with a domestic reinsurance captive as part of our overall strategy of managing the statutory capital of our insurance subsidiaries.  There are no outstanding LOCs related to this business.

 
131

 

As a result of recent financing activities discussed below and upon the closing of the TARP CPP, we contributed $1.0 billion to our principal life insurance subsidiary during the third quarter of 2009.  In addition, we contributed media assets to our principal life insurance subsidiary during the second quarter of 2009, which increased our statutory capital by $285 million.

In September of 2008, the National Association of Insurance Commissioners adopted a new statutory reserving standard, VACARVM, which will be effective as of December 31, 2009.  We are currently in the process of evaluating the impact of adopting VACARVM.  This reserving requirement will replace current statutory reserving practices for variable annuities with guaranteed benefits and has the potential to require statutory reserves well in excess of current levels for certain variable annuity riders sold by us.  The actual impact of the adoption will be dependent upon several factors including account values and market conditions that exist as of December 31, 2009, the value of derivative and other assets supporting reserves whose change in value may be uncorrelated with the new reserving requirements and the use of captive or third-party reinsurance.  Our current capital plan assumes a $500 million impact related to VACARVM, recognizing that this is a preliminary estimate, and contemplates actions to better manage the capital requirements as we move towards implementation.  Markets will greatly influence the ultimate capital required due to their impact on the valuation of reserves and derivative assets hedging these reserves.  We continue to evaluate the impact of VACARVM requirements on our capital position and reserving assumptions.  Our estimates of the expected impact may change as we conduct further analysis prior to implementation.   We are analyzing the current use of existing captive reinsurance structures, as well as additional third-party reinsurance arrangements, and hedging strategies relative to managing the negative impact on the level and volatility of statutory capital and dividend capacity in our life insurance subsidiaries.  Depending on market conditions, reinsurance solutions and hedging strategies, additional statutory reserves could lead to lower RBC ratios and potentially reduce future dividend capacity of our insurance subsidiaries.

As a result of the equity market impacts in the third quarter of 2009, we experienced an increase in the statutory reserve adjustment under the Commissioners Annuity Reserve Valuation Method (“CARVM”) for our annuity products and lower net reserves for GDB riders.  CARVM is the current statutory actuarial method used for determining reserves for the base annuity contract.  The impact of these items increased statutory surplus of our statutory insurance companies by approximately $100 million in the third quarter of 2009.  We estimate that an S&P 500 level of 900, a 15% drop from the September 30, 2009, level, would result in a decrease in the CARVM statutory reserve adjustment and an increase in statutory net GDB reserves, and thereby, reduce statutory surplus of LNL by $80 million to $100 million at the end of 2009.  As a result, the estimated RBC ratio on a consolidated basis as of December 31, 2009, under this scenario would be reduced by approximately five to seven percentage points.  The estimated capital impact is based on the current statutory reserve formulas and does not take into account the reserve and asset adequacy analysis performed by our actuaries on an annual basis to determine appropriateness of the reserves at year end.  This analysis incorporates the adequacy of assets in LNBAR, our captive reinsurance company, supporting the liabilities that it assumes from LNL.  The outcome of this analysis may result in an additional reserve increase and could further reduce the RBC ratio. 

The sensitivity of our statutory reserves and surplus established for our variable annuity base contracts and riders to changes in the equity markets will vary depending on the magnitude of the decline.  The sensitivity will be affected by the level of account values relative to the level of guaranteed amounts, product design and reinsurance.  Statutory reserves for variable annuities depend upon the cumulative equity market impacts on the business in force and therefore result in non-linear relationships with respect to the level of equity market performance within any reporting period.  The RBC ratio is also affected by the product mix of the in-force book of business (i.e., the amount of business without guarantees is not subject to the same level of reserves as the business with guarantees).  The RBC ratio of LNL is an important factor in the determination of the credit and financial strength ratings of LNC and its subsidiaries.  The market value of our separate account assets increased during the first nine months of 2009, resulting in a $95 million increase in statutory surplus.  The separate accounts include the impact of our variable annuities and also our credit-linked notes.  However, future declines in the market values of our separate account assets could cause reductions in the surplus of LNL, which may impact its RBC ratio and dividend capacity. 

Financing Activities

Although our subsidiaries currently generate adequate cash flow to meet the needs of our normal operations, periodically we may issue debt or equity securities to maintain ratings and increase liquidity, as well as to fund internal growth, acquisitions and the retirement of our debt and equity securities.

We currently have an effective shelf registration statement, which allows us to issue, in unlimited amounts, securities, including debt securities, preferred stock, common stock, warrants, stock purchase contracts, stock purchase units, depository shares and trust preferred securities of our affiliated trusts.

We entered into a purchase agreement to sell Delaware on August 18, 2009.  We expect this transaction to close on or around December 31, 2009, and we expect that the after-tax proceeds of approximately $400 million will be used for general corporate purposes.

 
132

 

On July 10, 2009, we issued and sold to the U.S. Treasury 950,000 shares of Series B preferred stock together with a related warrant to purchase up to 13,049,451 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $10.92 per share, in accordance with the terms of the TARP CPP, for an aggregate purchase price of $950 million.  Holders of this Series B preferred stock are entitled to a cumulative cash dividend at the annual rate per share of 5% of the liquidation preference, $1,000 per share, or $48 million annually, for the first five years from issuance.  After July 10, 2014, if the preferred shares are still outstanding, the annual dividend rate will increase to 9% per year.  We intend to repay this financing prior to the increase in the dividend rate, taking into consideration appropriate balance sheet strength and capital market conditions.  The Series B non-voting preferred stock has no maturity date and ranks senior to our common stock.  The Series B preferred stock dividends and related accretion of discount is recorded as a direct reduction to retained earnings and deducted from income available to common stockholders in the calculation of earnings per share.  See Note 12 for additional details.

On June 22, 2009, we closed on the issuance and sale of 40 million shares of our common stock at a price to the public of $15.00 per share, and we also completed the issuance and sale of $500 million aggregate principal amount of our 8.75% senior notes due 2019.  On June 25, 2009, we closed on the issuance and sale of 6 million additional shares of our common stock at a price of $15.00 per share to the underwriters who exercised their over-allotment option.  The net proceeds from these offerings were approximately $1.1 billion.

As mentioned above, we contributed $1.0 billion of the proceeds of these recent financing activities to our principal insurance subsidiary during the third quarter of 2009, and we retained the remaining $1.1 billion at the holding company for general corporate purposes.

We announced on June 15, 2009, that we entered into a share purchase agreement to sell Lincoln UK.  The transaction closed on October 1, 2009, and we received proceeds of approximately $305 million, after-tax, that will be used for general corporate purposes.  There could be post-closing adjustments, some of which are beyond our control, and no assurance can be given as to the timing of its completion as an extension beyond 120 days is allowed in the share purchase agreement if there is disagreement during this period.

Details underlying debt and financing activities (in millions) were as follows:
 
   
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009
 
                     
Change
             
               
Maturities
   
in Fair
             
   
Beginning
         
and
   
Value
   
Other
   
Ending
 
   
Balance
   
Issuance
   
Repayments
   
Hedges
   
Changes (1)
   
Balance
 
Short-Term Debt
                                   
Commercial paper
  $ 315     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ (166 )   $ 149  
Current maturities of long-term debt
    500       -       (500 )     -       250       250  
Other short-term debt
    -       -       -       -       1       1  
Total short-term debt
  $ 815     $ -     $ (500 )   $ -     $ 85     $ 400  
                                                 
Long-Term Debt
                                               
Senior notes
  $ 2,555     $ 495     $ -     $ (104 )   $ (247 )   $ 2,699  
Bank borrowing
    200       -       -       -       -       200  
Federal Home Loan Bank
                                               
of Indianapolis ("FHLBI") advance
    250       -       -       -       -       250  
Junior subordinated debentures
                                               
issued to affiliated trusts
    155       -       -       -       -       155  
Capital securities
    1,571       -       (87 )     -       1       1,485  
Total long-term debt
  $ 4,731     $ 495     $ (87 )   $ (104 )   $ (246 )   $ 4,789  
 
(1)
Includes the net increase (decrease) in commercial paper, non-cash reclassification of long-term debt to current maturities of long-term debt, accretion of discounts and (amortization) of premiums.

 
133

 

On April 6, 2009, we funded the maturity of a $500 million floating rate senior note through dividends received during the second quarter of 2009 from LNL and LNBAR and internal borrowings.  Borrowings that are scheduled to mature within two years include a $250 million floating rate senior note due on March 12, 2010, and a $250 million 6.2% fixed rate senior note due on December 15, 2011.  We are currently considering refinancing alternatives to, among other things, pre-fund the debt maturing in March 2010.  The specific resources or combination of resources that we will use to meet the maturities will depend upon, among other things, the financial market conditions present at the time of maturity.  As of September 30, 2009, the holding company had $820 million in cash and cash equivalents.

In March of 2009, we repurchased $87 million of our capital securities and recognized a gain of $64 million, pre-tax.  See Note 10 for additional information on the gain recognized on the early extinguishment of debt.

Details underlying our credit facilities with a group of domestic and foreign banks (in millions) were as follows:
 
     
As of September 30, 2009
 
 
Expiration
 
Maximum
   
Borrowings
 
 
Date
 
Available
   
Outstanding
 
Revolving Credit Facilities
             
Credit facility with the FHLBI (1)
Not Applicable
  $ 411     $ 350  
Five-year revolving credit facility
March 2011
    1,750       -  
Five-year revolving credit facility
February 2011
    1,350       -  
Total
    $ 3,511     $ 350  
                   
Letters of credit issued
            $ 2,095  
 
(1)
Our borrowing capacity under this credit facility does not have an expiration date and continues while our investment in the FHLBI common stock remains outstanding as long as LNL maintains a satisfactory level of creditworthiness and does not incur a material adverse change in its financial, business, regulatory or other areas that would materially affect its operations and viability.  Of the borrowings outstanding as of September 30, 2009, $250 million is classified within long-term debt and $100 million is classified within payables for collateral under securities loaned and derivatives on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The maturity dates of the borrowings are discussed below.

The LOCs support inter-company reinsurance transactions and specific treaties associated with our business sold through reinsurance.  LOCs are used primarily to satisfy the U.S. regulatory requirements of our domestic insurance companies for which reserve credit is provided by our affiliated offshore reinsurance company, as discussed above, and our domestic clients of the business sold through reinsurance.

Under the credit agreements, we must maintain a minimum consolidated net worth level.  In addition, the agreements contain covenants restricting our ability to incur liens, merge or consolidate with another entity where we are not the surviving entity and dispose of all or substantially all of our assets.  As of September 30, 2009, we were in compliance with all such covenants.  All of our credit agreements are unsecured.

If current debt ratings and claims-paying ratings were downgraded in the future, terms in our derivative agreements may be triggered, which could negatively impact overall liquidity.  For the majority of our counterparties, there is a termination event should long-term debt ratings of LNC drop below BBB-/Baa3.  Our long-term debt currently holds a rating of BBB/Baa2.  In addition, contractual selling agreements with intermediaries could be negatively impacted, which could have an adverse impact on overall sales of annuities, life insurance and investment products.  See “Part I – Item 1A. Risk Factors – A decrease in the capital and surplus of our insurance subsidiaries may result in a downgrade to our insurer financial strength ratings” and “Part I – Item 1A. Risk Factors –   A downgrade in our financial strength or credit ratings could limit our ability to market products, increase the number or value of policies being surrendered and/or hurt our relationships with creditors” in our 2008 Form 10-K for more information.  See “Part I – Item 1. Business – Ratings” in our 2008 Form 10-K for additional information on our current bond ratings.

 
134

 

In the third quarter of 2008, LNL made an investment of $19 million in the FHLBI, a AAA-rated entity, and made an additional investment of $2 million in the second quarter of 2009.  We are allowed to borrow up to 20 times the amount of our common stock investment in the FHLBI.  All borrowings from the FHLBI are required to be secured by certain investments owned by LNL.  On December 4, 2008, the LNC and LNL Boards of Directors approved an additional common stock investment of $56 million, which would increase our total borrowing capacity up to $1.5 billion upon completion of that incremental investment.  As of September 30, 2009, based on our actual common stock investment, we had borrowing capacity of up to approximately $411 million from the FHLBI.  We had a $250 million floating-rate term loan outstanding under the facility due June 20, 2017, which may be prepaid beginning June 20, 2010.  In June 2009, we also borrowed $100 million at a rate of 0.8% that is due June 3, 2010.

Management is monitoring the covenants associated with LNC’s capital securities.  If we fail to meet capital adequacy or net income and shareholders’ equity levels (also referred to as “trigger events”), terms in the agreements may be triggered, which would require us to make interest payments in accordance with an alternative coupon satisfaction mechanism (“ACSM”).

The ACSM would require us to use commercially reasonable efforts to pay interest in full on the capital securities with the net proceeds from sales of our common stock and warrants on our common stock with an exercise price greater than the market price.  We would have to utilize the ACSM until the trigger events above no longer existed.  If we were required to utilize the ACSM and were successful in selling sufficient common shares or warrants to satisfy the interest payment, we would dilute the current holders of our common stock.  Furthermore, while a trigger event is occurring and if we do not pay accrued interest in full, we may not, among other things, pay dividends on or repurchase our capital stock.  We have designated the proceeds from our June 2009 common stock offering as being available to satisfy the ACSM; therefore, the proceeds can be used for such purpose for 180 days after June 22, 2009.

In recent quarters, we have triggered the net income test as a result of quarterly consolidated net losses, and we may continue to trigger the net income test looking forward to future quarters.  However, our capital raise in the form of equity in the second and third quarters of 2009 resulted in avoiding the overall shareholders’ equity trigger looking forward to the quarters ending December 31, 2009, and March 31, 2010.

For more information, see “Part I – Item 1A. Risk Factors – We will be required to pay interest on our capital securities with proceeds from the issuance of qualifying securities if we fail to achieve capital adequacy or net income and shareholders’ equity levels” and Note 13 in our 2008 Form 10-K.

Alternative Sources of Liquidity

In order to manage our capital more efficiently, we have an inter-company cash management program where certain subsidiaries can lend to or borrow from the holding company to meet short-term borrowing needs.  The cash management program is essentially a series of demand loans, which are permitted under applicable insurance laws, among LNC and its affiliates that reduces overall borrowing costs by allowing LNC and its subsidiaries to access internal resources instead of incurring third-party transaction costs.  For our Indiana-domiciled insurance subsidiaries, the borrowing and lending limit is currently the lesser of 3% of the insurance company’s admitted assets and 25% of its surplus, in both cases, as of its most recent year end.

The holding company did not borrow from the cash management program during the third quarter of 2009, and there was no balance as of September 30, 2009.  In addition, the holding company had an outstanding payable of $130 million to certain subsidiaries resulting from amounts placed by the subsidiaries in the inter-company cash management account in excess of funds borrowed by those subsidiaries as of September 30, 2009.  Any increase (decrease) in either of these holding company cash management program payable balances results in an immediate and equal increase (decrease) to holding company cash and cash equivalents.

Our insurance subsidiaries, by virtue of their general account fixed income investment holdings, can access liquidity through securities lending programs and repurchase agreements.  As of September 30, 2009, our insurance subsidiaries had securities with a carrying value of $694 million out on loan under the securities lending program and $344 million carrying value subject to reverse-repurchase agreements.  The cash received in our securities lending program is typically invested in cash equivalents, short-term investments or fixed maturity securities.

LNC has a $1.0 billion commercial paper program that is rated A-2, P-2 and F2.  The commercial paper program is backed by a bank line of credit.  During the third quarter of 2009, LNC had an average of $191 million in commercial paper outstanding with a maximum amount of $220 million outstanding at any time.  LNC had $149 million of commercial paper outstanding as of September 30, 2009.

For factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those set forth in this section, see “Part I – Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our 2008 Form 10-K and “Forward-Looking Statements – Cautionary Language” in this report.

 
135

 

Divestitures

For a discussion of our divestitures, see Note 3.

Uses of Capital

Our principal uses of cash are to pay policy claims and benefits, operating expenses, commissions and taxes, to purchase new investments, to purchase reinsurance, to fund policy surrenders and withdrawals, to pay dividends to our stockholders and to repurchase our stock and debt securities.

Return of Capital to Common Stockholders

One of the holding company’s primary goals is to provide a return to our common stockholders through dividends and stock repurchases.  In determining dividends, the Board takes into consideration items such as current and expected earnings, capital needs, rating agency considerations and requirements for financial flexibility.  As a result of our participation in the TARP CPP, we are subject to limits on increasing the dividend on our common stock (unless the U.S. Treasury consents), which applies until the third anniversary of the U.S. Treasury’s investment unless we redeem the Series B preferred shares in whole or the U.S. Treasury transfers all of the Series B preferred stock to third parties.
 
Details underlying this activity (in millions, except per share data) were as follows:
 
   
For the Three
         
For the Nine
         
For the
 
   
Months Ended
         
Months Ended
         
Year Ended
 
   
September 30,
         
September 30,
         
December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2009
   
2008
   
Change
   
2008
 
Common dividends to stockholders
  $ 3     $ 106       -97 %   $ 59     $ 323       -82 %   $ 429  
Repurchase of common stock
    -       50       -100 %     -       476       -100 %     476  
Total cash returned to
                                                       
stockholders
  $ 3     $ 156       -98 %   $ 59     $ 799       -93 %   $ 905  
                                                         
Number of shares issued
    -       -    
NM
      46.000       -    
NM
      -  
Average price per share
  $ -     $ -    
NM
    $ 14.34     $ -    
NM
    $ -  
                                                         
Number of shares repurchased
    -       1.010       -100 %     -       9.091       -100 %     9.091  
Average price per share
  $ -     $ 49.55       -100 %   $ -     $ 52.31       -100 %   $ 52.31  
 
Note:  Average price per share is calculated using whole dollars instead of dollars rounded to millions.

On February 24, 2009, the Board of Directors approved a reduction of the dividend on our common stock from $0.21 to $0.01 per share, which, along with a prior reduction, is expected to add approximately $100 million to capital each quarter.  Additionally, we have suspended stock repurchase activity.  We expect that both of these changes will favorably impact our capital position prospectively in light of the recent market volatility and extraordinary events and developments affecting financial markets.

Significant Trends in Sources and Uses of Cash Flow

As stated above, LNC’s cash flow, as a holding company, is largely dependent upon the dividend capacity of its insurance company subsidiaries as well as their ability to advance funds to it through inter-company borrowing arrangements, which may be impacted by factors influencing the insurance subsidiaries’ RBC and statutory earnings performance.  As a result of the raising of $2.1 billion as part of our capital plan, discussed in “Financing Activities” above, we currently expect to be able to meet the holding company’s ongoing cash needs and to have sufficient capital to offer downside protection in the event that the capital and credit markets experience another period of extreme volatility and disruption.  These actions compliment the previously mentioned dividend reductions, suspension of share repurchases and enterprise-wide restructuring program that is expected to generate $250 million, pre-tax, in annual savings to further strengthen our capital and liquidity positions.  In addition, we are exploring our options with regard to protecting and building capital at the insurance company subsidiaries, which may include, depending on then current market conditions and other factors, potential securitizations of reserves, reinsurance transactions and sales of corporate assets.  Note, a continuation of or an acceleration of poor capital market conditions, which reduces our insurance subsidiaries’ statutory surplus and RBC, may require them to retain more capital and may pressure our subsidiaries’ dividends to the holding company, which may lead us to take steps to preserve or raise additional capital.  For factors that could affect our expectations for liquidity and capital, see “Part I – Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our 2008 Form 10-K.

 
136

 

OTHER MATTERS

Other Factors Affecting Our Business
 
In general, our businesses are subject to a changing social, economic, legal, legislative and regulatory environment.  Some of the changes include initiatives to require more reserves to be carried by our insurance subsidiaries.  Although the eventual effect on us of the changing environment in which we operate remains uncertain, these factors and others could have a material effect on our results of operations, liquidity and capital resources.  For factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those set forth in this section, see “Part I – Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our 2008 Form 10-K, as updated in “Forward-Looking Statements – Cautionary Language” in this report.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 for a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements that have been implemented during the periods presented or that have been issued and are to be implemented in the future.

Item 3.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We analyze and manage the risks arising from market exposures of financial instruments, as well as other risks, in an integrated asset-liability management process that takes diversification into account.  By aggregating the potential effect of market and other risks on the entire enterprise, we estimate, review and in some cases manage the risk to our earnings and shareholder value.  We have exposures to several market risks including interest rate, foreign currency exchange, equity market, default, basis and credit.  The exposure of financial instruments to market risks, and the related risk management process, are most important to our Retirement Solutions and Insurance Solutions businesses, where most of the invested assets support accumulation and investment-oriented insurance products.  As an important element of our integrated asset-liability management process, we use derivatives to minimize the effects of changes in interest levels, the shape of the yield curve, currency movements and volatility.  In this context, derivatives are designated as a hedge and serve to minimize interest rate risk by mitigating the effect of significant increases in interest rates on our earnings.  Additional market exposures exist in our other general account insurance products and in our debt structure and derivatives positions.  Our primary sources of market risk are:  substantial, relatively rapid and sustained increases or decreases in interest rates; fluctuations in currency exchange rates; or a sharp drop in equity market values.  These market risks are discussed in detail in the following pages and should be read in conjunction with, our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (“Notes”) presented in “Item 1. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” as well as “Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”).

Derivatives

We have entered into derivative transactions to hedge our exposure to rapid changes in interest rates.  The derivative programs are used to help us achieve somewhat stable margins while providing competitive crediting rates to contract holders during periods when interest rates are changing.  Such derivatives include interest rate swaps, interest rate futures, interest rate caps and treasury locks.  See Note 6 for additional information on our derivatives used to hedge our exposure to changes in interest rates.

In addition to continuing existing programs, we may use derivative instruments in other strategies to limit risk and enhance returns, particularly in the management of investment spread businesses.  We have established policies, guidelines and internal control procedures for the use of derivatives as tools to enhance management of the overall portfolio of risks assumed in our operations.  Annually, our Board of Directors reviews our derivatives policy.

 
137

 

Impact of Equity Market Sensitivity

Due to the use of our reversion to the mean (“RTM”) process and our hedging strategies as described in “MD&A – Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” in Item 2 above and in Item 7 of our 2008 Form 10-K, we expect that, in general, short-term fluctuations in the equity markets should not have a significant impact on our quarterly earnings from unlocking of assumptions for deferred acquisition costs, value of business acquired, deferred sales inducements and deferred front-end loads, as we do not unlock our long-term equity market assumptions based upon short-term fluctuations in the equity markets.  However, there is an impact to earnings from the effects of equity market movements on account values and assets under management and the related asset-based fees we earn on those assets net of related expenses we incur based upon the level of assets.  The following table presents our estimate of the impact on income from operations (in millions), from the change in asset-based fees and related expenses, if the level of the S&P 500 Index® (“S&P 500”) were to drop to 800 immediately after September 30, 2009, and remaining at that level through the next twelve months or dropped to 700 immediately after September 30, 2009, and remain at that level through the next twelve months, excluding any impact related to sales, prospective unlocking, persistency, hedge program performance or customer behavior caused by the equity market change:
 
   
S&P 500
   
S&P 500
 
   
at 700 (2)
   
at 800 (2)
 
Segment
           
Retirement Solutions – Annuities (1)
  $ (110 )   $ (80 )
Retirement Solutions – Defined Contribution (1)
    (25 )     (20 )
 
(1)
If the level of the S&P 500 dropped to 700 immediately after September 30, 2009, and remained at that level in subsequent periods we project that we would have a RTM prospective unlocking of approximately $250 million to $310 million, after-tax, for Retirement Solutions late in 2011.  If the level of the S&P 500 dropped to 800 immediately after September 30, 2009, and remained at that level  in subsequent periods we project that we would have a RTM prospective unlocking of approximately $200 million to $240 million, after-tax, for Retirement Solutions late in 2012.
(2)
The baseline for these impacts assumes 9% annual equity market growth beginning on October 1, 2009.  The baseline is then compared to scenarios of S&P 500 at the 700 and 800 levels, which assume the index stays at those levels for the next twelve months and grows at 9% annually thereafter.  The difference between the baseline and S&P 500 at the 700 and 800 level scenarios is presented in the table.

The impact on earnings summarized above is an expected effect for the next twelve months.  The effect of quarterly equity market changes upon fee revenues and asset-based expenses will not be fully recognized in the current quarter because fee revenues are earned and related expenses are incurred based upon daily variable account values.  The difference between the current period average daily variable account values compared to the end of period variable account values impacts fee revenues in subsequent periods.  Additionally, the impact on earnings may not necessarily be symmetrical with comparable increases in the equity markets.  This discussion concerning the estimated effects of ongoing equity market volatility on the fees we earn from account values and assets under management is intended to be illustrative.  Actual effects may vary depending on a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, such as changing customer behaviors that might result in changes in the mix of our business between variable and fixed annuity contracts, switching among investment alternatives available within variable products, changes in sales production levels or changes in policy persistency.  For purposes of this guidance, the change in account values is assumed to correlate with the change in the relevant index.

Credit-Related Derivatives

We use credit-related derivatives to minimize our exposure to credit-related events and we also sell credit default swaps to offer credit protection to our contract holders.  For additional information see Note 6.

 
138

 

Credit Risk

Through the use of derivative instruments, we are exposed to both credit risk (our counterparty fails to make payment) and market risk (the value of the instrument falls).  When the fair value of a derivative contract is positive, this generally indicates that the counterparty owes us and, therefore, creates a credit risk for us equal to the extent of the fair value gain in the derivative.  When the fair value of a derivative contract is negative, this generally indicates we owe the counterparty and therefore we have no credit risk, but have been affected by market risk.  We minimize the credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high quality counterparties with minimum credit ratings that are reviewed regularly by us, by limiting the amount of credit exposure to any one counterparty, and by requiring certain counterparties to post collateral if our credit risk exceeds certain limits.  We also maintain a policy of requiring all derivative contracts to be governed by an International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) Master Agreement.  We do not believe that the credit or market risks associated with derivative instruments are material to any insurance subsidiary or to us.

We have derivative positions with counterparties.  Assuming zero recovery value, our exposure is the positive market value of the derivative positions with a counterparty, less collateral, that would be lost if the counterparty were to default.  As of September 30, 2009, and December 31, 2008, our counterparty risk exposure, net of collateral, was $426 million and $562 million, respectively.  Of this exposure, $144 million and $145 million, respectively was related to our program to hedge our variable annuity guaranteed benefits.  As of September 30, 2009, we have exposure to 16 counterparties, with a maximum exposure of $148 million, net of collateral, to a single counterparty.  The credit risk associated with such agreements is minimized by purchasing such agreements from financial institutions with long-standing, superior performance records.  For the majority of Lincoln National Corporation (“LNC”) counterparties, there is a termination event should long-term debt ratings of LNC rating drop below BBB-/Baa3.  Additionally, we maintain a policy of requiring all derivative contracts to be governed by an ISDA Master Agreement.

As of September 30, 2009, and December 31, 2008, our fair value of counterparty exposure (in millions) was as follows:
 
     
As of
   
As of
 
     
September 30,
   
December 31,
 
     
2009
   
2008
 
Rating
             
AAA
    $ 4     $ 20  
AA
      290       333  
A         125       209  
BBB
      7       -  
Total
    $ 426     $ 562  
 
Item 4.   Controls and Procedures

Conclusions Regarding Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures, which are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. As of the end of the period covered by this report, we, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as that term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act).  Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective in timely alerting them to material information relating to us and our consolidated subsidiaries required to be disclosed in our periodic reports under the Exchange Act.

 
139

 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as that term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter ended September 30, 2009, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met.  Further, because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the company have been detected.  Projections of any evaluation of controls effectiveness to future periods are subject to risks.  Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures.

 
140

 

PART II – OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1 .  Legal Proceedings

Information regarding reportable legal proceedings is contained in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements in “Part I – Item 1.”

Item 2 .  Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

(c)  The following table summarizes purchases of equity securities by the issuer during the quarter ended September 30, 2009 (dollars in millions, except per share data):
                         
   
(a) Total
         
(c) Total Number
   
(d) Approximate Dollar
 
   
Number
   
(b) Average
   
of Shares (or Units)
   
Value of Shares (or
 
   
of Shares
   
Price Paid
   
Purchased as Part of
   
Units) that May Yet Be
 
   
(or Units)
   
per Share
   
Publicly Announced
   
Purchased Under the
 
Period
 
Purchased (1)
   
(or Unit)
   
Plans or Programs (2)
   
Plans or Programs (3)
 
7/1/09 - 7/31/09
    433     $ 15.06       -     $ 1,204  
                                 
8/1/09 - 8/31/09
    11,636       23.22       -       1,204  
                                 
9/1/09 - 9/30/09
    18,855       23.97       -       1,204  
 
(1)
Of the total number of shares purchased, no shares were received in connection with the exercise of stock options and related taxes and 30,924 shares were withheld for taxes on the vesting of restricted stock.  For the quarter ended September 30, 2009, there were no shares purchased as part of publicly announced plans or programs.
(2)
On February 23, 2007, our Board approved a $2.0 billion increase to our securities repurchase authorization, bringing the total authorization at that time to $2.6 billion.  As of September 30, 2009, our security repurchase authorization was $1.2 billion.  The security repurchase authorization does not have an expiration date.  The amount and timing of share repurchase depends on key capital ratios, rating agency expectations, the generation of free cash flow and an evaluation of the costs and benefits associated with alternative uses of capital.  The shares repurchased in connection with the awards described in Note 15 are not included in our security repurchase.  As required under the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”), repurchases of the Company’s outstanding preferred and common stock are subject to certain restrictions (unless the U.S. Treasury consents).  In addition to these restrictions, in connection with this arrangement, the Company will comply with enhanced compensation restrictions for certain executives and employees.  
(3)
As of the last day of the applicable month.

On July 10, 2009, in connection with the TARP CPP, established as part of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, we issued and sold to the U.S. Treasury, under an exemption from registration pursuant to Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933, 950,000 shares of Series B preferred stock together with a related warrant to purchase up to 13,049,451 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $10.92 per share, in accordance with the terms of the TARP CPP, for an aggregate purchase price of $950 million.

Item 6 .  Exhibits

The Exhibits included in this report are listed in the Exhibit Index beginning on page E-1, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 
141

 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

     
 
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
     
 
By:
/s/    FREDERICK J. CRAWFORD         
   
Frederick J. Crawford
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
     
 
By:
/s/    DOUGLAS N. MILLER         
   
Douglas N. Miller
Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
Date:   November 6, 2009
   
 
 


 
142

 

LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
Exhibit Index for the Report on Form 10-Q
For the Quarter Ended September 30, 2009


2.1
Purchase And Sale Agreement By And Among Lincoln National Corporation, Lincoln National Investment Companies, Inc. And Macquarie Bank Limited, dated as of August 18, 2009 is filed herewith.*
4.1
Warrant for the Purchase of Shares of Common Stock is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to LNC’s Form 8-K (File No. 1-6028) filed with the SEC on July 10, 2009.
10.1
Form of Indemnification between LNC and each director filed herewith.
10.2
Letter Agreement, dated July 10, 2009, between LNC and the U.S. Department of the Treasury is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to LNC’s Form 8-K (File No. 1-6028) filed with the SEC on July 10, 2009.
10.3
Side Letter, dated July 10, 2009, between LNC and the U.S. Department of the Treasury is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to LNC’s Form 8-K (File No. 1-6028) filed with the SEC on July 10, 2009.
10.4
Form of Waiver, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to LNC’s Form 8-K (File No. 1-6028) filed with the SEC on July 10, 2009.
12.1
Historical Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
31.1
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101
Attached as Exhibit 101 to this report are the following Interactive Data Files formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 and period ended December 31, 2008, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008; and (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008.  Users of this data are advised pursuant to Rule 401 of Regulation S-T that the information contained in the XBRL documents is unaudited and these are not the official publicly filed financial statements of Lincoln National Corporation.

In accordance with Rule 402 of Regulation S-T, the XBRL related information in this report shall not be deemed filed for purposes of Section18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, and shall not be incorporated by reference into any registration statement or other document filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.

* The contents of the schedules to the Purchase and Sale Agreement and its exhibits have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K.  LNC will furnish supplementally a copy of the exhibits and schedules to the Purchase and Sale Agreement to the SEC upon request.  The Purchase and Sale Agreement contains representations and warranties that the parties to the Agreement made to and solely for the benefit of each other. The assertions embodied in such representations and warranties are qualified by information contained in confidential schedules that the parties exchanged in connection with signing the Purchase and Sale Agreement. Accordingly, investors and shareholders should not rely on such representations and warranties as characterizations of the actual state of facts or circumstances, since they were only made as of the date of the Purchase and Sale Agreement and are modified in important part by the underlying disclosure schedules. Moreover, information concerning the subject matter of such representations and warranties may change after the date of the Purchase and Sale Agreement, which subsequent information may or may not be fully reflected in our public disclosures.


E-1
 
 

 



Exhibit 2.1
















 
PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
 
 
by and among
 
 
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION,
 
 
LINCOLN NATIONAL INVESTMENT COMPANIES, INC.
 
and
 
MACQUARIE BANK LIMITED
 
 
dated as of August 18, 2009
 








 
 

 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
                                                                                                        Page
 
ARTICLE I PURCHASE AND SALE
 
Section 1.1
Purchase and Sale of the Shares
1
Section 1.2
Closing Deliverables
1
Section 1.3
Closing
2
Section 1.4
Net Assets Adjustment
3
Section 1.5
Certain Post-Closing Client True-Up Payments
5
Section 1.6
Performance Fee Payments
6
Section 1.7
Post-Closing Purchase Price Adjustment
7
Section 1.8
Certain Post-Closing Payments
7
 
ARTICLE II REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER
 
Section 2.1
Organization
7
Section 2.2
Authority
8
Section 2.3
No Violation
8
Section 2.4
Consents and Approvals
9
Section 2.5
Title; Capital Structure
9
Section 2.6
Subsidiaries
10
Section 2.7
Company Financial Statements; No Undisclosed Liabilities
11
Section 2.8
Absence of Certain Changes
11
Section 2.9
Material Contracts
12
Section 2.10
Base Revenue Run-Rate Schedule
13
Section 2.11
Public Funds
13
Section 2.12
Compliance with Applicable Law
15
Section 2.13
Regulatory Documents; Registrations
17
Section 2.14
Ineligible Persons
20
Section 2.15
Legal Proceedings, etc
21
Section 2.16
Employee Benefit Plans; Employee Matters
21
Section 2.17
Intellectual Property
25
Section 2.18
Insurance
27
Section 2.19
Real Estate
27
Section 2.20
Affiliate Transactions
27
Section 2.21
Brokers and Finders
28
 

 
 
i

 

 
ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER
 
Section 3.1
Organization
28
Section 3.2
Authority
28
Section 3.3
No Violations
28
Section 3.4
Consents and Approvals
29
Section 3.5
Ineligible Persons
29
Section 3.6
Legal Proceedings
29
Section 3.7
Investment Representations
30
Section 3.8
Sufficient Funds
30
Section 3.9
Brokers and Finders
30
 
ARTICLE IV COVENANTS
 
Section 4.1
Pre-Closing Conduct of Business by the Company Group
30
Section 4.2
Client Consents
34
Section 4.3
Pre-Closing Access
38
Section 4.4
Post-Closing Access; Post-Closing Retention of Records; Etc.
39
Section 4.5
Confidentiality; Announcements
41
Section 4.6
Regulatory Matters; Third Party Consents
42
Section 4.7
Expenses
43
Section 4.8
Financial Information
43
Section 4.9
Efforts of Parties to Close
43
Section 4.10
Further Assurances
43
Section 4.11
No Solicitation
44
Section 4.12
Employee Benefits
44
Section 4.13
Delivery of Closing Revenue Run-Rate Schedule
48
Section 4.14
Section 15(f)
48
Section 4.15
Certain Pre-Closing Matters
49
Section 4.16
Notifications
51
Section 4.17
Affiliate Agreements
51
Section 4.18
IT Separation Plan; Transition Services; Real Estate and Related Assets
51
Section 4.19
Names of Members of the Company Group; Transitional Use of Certain Trademarks
54
Section 4.20
Company Group Website
55
Section 4.21
Use of Trade Performance Information
55
Section 4.22
Non-Solicitation of Company Group Employees
55
Section 4.23
APRA Regulatory Actions
56
Section 4.24
Certain Trademarks
56
 
ARTICLE V CONDITIONS TO THE CONSUMMATION OF THE TRANSACTION
 
Section 5.1
Mutual Conditions
56
Section 5.2
Conditions to the Obligation of Buyer
56
Section 5.3
Conditions to the Obligation of Seller Parent and Seller
58
Section 5.4
Frustration of Closing Conditions
58
 
 
 
 
 
ii

 

 
ARTICLE VI TERMINATION
 
Section 6.1
Termination
59
Section 6.2
Survival after Termination
60
 
ARTICLE VII TAX MATTERS
 
Section 7.1
Tax Representations
60
Section 7.2
Preparation of Tax Returns and Payment of Taxes
62
Section 7.3
Tax Refunds
63
Section 7.4
Tax Indemnification
64
Section 7.5
Tax Proceedings
66
Section 7.6
Coordination; Survival
67
Section 7.7
Transfer Taxes
67
Section 7.8
Section 338 Election
67
Section 7.9
Cooperation and Retention of Records
67
Section 7.10
Purchase Price Adjustment
68
Section 7.11
Termination of Tax Sharing Agreements
68
 
ARTICLE VIII INDEMNIFICATION
 
Section 8.1
Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants
68
Section 8.2
Indemnification
69
Section 8.3
Indemnification Procedure
71
Section 8.4
Limitation of Liability
72
Section 8.5
Effect on Purchase Price
73
Section 8.6
Calculation of Losses
74
Section 8.7
No Duplication
74
Section 8.8
No Set-Off
75
Section 8.9
Exclusive Remedy
75
Section 8.10
Assignment of Claims
75
 
ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS
 
Section 9.1
Amendments; Waiver
75
Section 9.2
Entire Agreement, etc
75
Section 9.3
Interpretation
76
Section 9.4
Disclosure Schedules
77
Section 9.5
Severability
77
Section 9.6
Notices
77
Section 9.7
Binding Effect; Persons Benefiting; No Assignment
78
Section 9.8
Specific Performance
78
Section 9.9
Counterparts
78
Section 9.10
Governing Law; Venue
79
Section 9.11
WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
79


 
 
iii

 

Annexes
 
Annex A –                      Definitions
 
Exhibits
 
Exhibit A –                      Illustrative Closing Balance Sheet
 
Exhibit B –                      Transition Services Agreement Term Sheet
 
Exhibit C –                      Form of the General Account Advisory Agreements
 
Exhibit D –                      Certain Terms of Subleases
 
Exhibit E –                      Purchase Price Adjustment Payment Amounts
 
Exhibit F –                      Certain Company Group Investment Professionals
 
Exhibit G –                      Outline of IT Separation Plan
 
 
 
 
iv

 


PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
 
This PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT, dated as of August 18, 2009 (this “ Agreement ”), is by and among Macquarie Bank Limited, an Australian corporation (“ Buyer ”), Lincoln National Corporation, an Indiana corporation (“ Seller Parent ”) and Lincoln National Investment Companies, Inc., an Indiana corporation and an indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of Seller Parent (“ Seller ”).  For all purposes of this Agreement, capitalized terms shall have the respective meanings set forth in Annex A hereto.
 
W I T N E S S E T H :
 
WHEREAS, Seller owns all of the issued and outstanding shares (the “ Shares ”) of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Delaware Management Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”); and
 
WHEREAS, Buyer desires to purchase from Seller, and Seller desires to sell to Buyer, all of the Shares, all upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereby agree as follows:
 
 
ARTICLE I
 
 
PURCHASE AND SALE
 
Section 1.1   Purchase and Sale of the Shares .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, (i) Buyer shall purchase from Seller, and Seller shall sell, transfer and deliver to Buyer, all of the Shares free and clear of any Encumbrances, and (ii) Buyer shall pay by Wire Transfer to Seller an amount in cash equal to (A) $320,000,000 (such amount, the “ Base Purchase Price ”), plus (B) the Estimated Net Assets and less (C) the Revenue Run-Rate Adjustment Amount, if any (the Base Purchase Price as adjusted pursuant to the foregoing clauses (B) and (C), the “ Closing Purchase Price ,” and as so further adjusted pursuant to Sections 1.4, 1.5, 1.6 and 1.7 following the Closing, the “ Purchase Price ”).
 
Section 1.2   Closing Deliverables .
 
(a)   At the Closing, Seller shall deliver or cause to be delivered:
 
(i)   the executed officer’s certificate required pursuant to Section 5.2(c) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer;
 

 
(ii)   one or more certificates representing all of the Shares, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by stock powers or other instruments of transfer duly executed in blank;
 
(iii)   a duly executed and acknowledged certificate of Seller of non-foreign status meeting the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(b)(2), dated as of the Closing Date;
 
(iv)   each of the General Account Advisory Agreements, duly executed by the RIA and the applicable Affiliate of Seller Parent;
 
(v)   the Transition Services Agreement, duly executed by Seller Parent or one of its Affiliates.
 
(b)   At the Closing, Buyer shall deliver or cause to be delivered:
 
(i)   the executed officer’s certificate required pursuant to Section 5.3(c) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Seller;
 
 
(ii)   by Wire Transfer to the account of Seller designated pursuant to Section 1.2(c), an amount in cash equal to the Closing Purchase Price;
 
(iii)   the Transition Services Agreement, duly executed by Buyer and/or one of its Affiliates.
 
(c)   Not less than two Business Days prior to the Closing Date, Seller shall deliver to Buyer Wire Transfer instructions designating the account to which the Closing Purchase Price due to Seller shall be paid by Buyer at the Closing.
 
Section 1.3   Closing .  The consummation of the purchase and sale of the Shares (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Four Times Square, New York, New York, at 10:00 a.m., local time, on (a) the first Business Day of the calendar month immediately following the calendar month in which all of the conditions set forth in Article V hereof (other than conditions which relate to actions to be taken at the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver thereof at the Closing) have been satisfied or waived by the parties entitled to the benefits thereto; provided that, notwithstanding that all of the conditions set forth in Article V hereof (other than conditions which relate to actions to be taken at the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver thereof at the Closing) may have been satisfied, at the option of Seller, if Seller has complied with its covenant in Section 4.2(a)(iv), the Closing may be delayed until the first Business Day of the calendar month occurring immediately after the calendar month during which Closing would otherwise occur if the Closing Revenue Run-Rate is less than 90% of the Base Revenue Run-Rate, provided , further , that such option may only be exercised one
 
2

 
time, or (b) at such other date, time and place as Buyer and Seller shall mutually agree in writing (the date on which the Closing takes place being referred to herein as the “ Closing Date ”).
 
Section 1.4   Net Assets Adjustment .
 
(a)   Seller shall prepare (or cause to be prepared) an estimated unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company Group as of the close of business on the Business Day immediately prior to the Closing Date, which balance sheet shall be prepared in accordance with the Closing Balance Sheet Principles (the “ Estimated Closing Balance Sheet ”).  Seller shall provide Buyer with a draft of the Estimated Closing Balance Sheet no later than ten Business Days prior to the Closing.  Seller and Buyer will in good faith discuss the Estimated Closing Balance Sheet delivered to Buyer and Seller will consider Buyer’s comments on such draft to the extent consistent with the Closing Balance Sheet Principles, provided that such comments are delivered in writing to Seller within three Business Days of Buyer’s receipt of the draft Estimated Closing Balance Sheet.  The final version of the Estimated Closing Balance Sheet shall be delivered to Buyer at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date.
 
(b)   As soon as reasonably practicable following the Closing Date, and in no event more than 60 days thereafter, Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company Group as of the close of business on the Business Day immediately prior to the Closing Date, which balance sheet shall be prepared in accordance with the Closing Balance Sheet Principles (the “ Final Closing Balance Sheet ”).
 
(c)   Within 60 days after delivery to Seller of the Final Closing Balance Sheet (during which period Buyer shall provide access to such working papers and information of it and its Affiliates and their accountants relating to the preparation of the Final Closing Balance Sheet as may be reasonably requested by Seller and its Affiliates and their respective representatives), Seller may dispute all or a portion of such Final Closing Balance Sheet by giving written notice (a “ Notice of Disagreement ”) to Buyer setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for any such dispute (any such dispute being hereinafter called a “ Disagreement ”).  The parties shall promptly commence good faith negotiations with a view to resolving all such Disagreements.  If Seller does not provide a Notice of a Disagreement to Buyer within the 60-day period set forth in this subsection (c), Seller shall be deemed to have irrevocably accepted the Final Closing Balance Sheet in the form delivered to it by Buyer.
 
(d)   If Seller delivers a Notice of Disagreement and Buyer does not dispute all or any portion of such Notice of Disagreement by giving written notice to Seller setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for such dispute within 45 days following the delivery of such Notice of
 
3

 
Disagreement (during which period Seller shall provide access to such working papers and information of it and its Affiliates and their accountants relating to the preparation of the Notice of Disagreement as may be reasonably requested by Buyer and its representatives), Buyer shall be deemed to have irrevocably accepted the Final Closing Balance Sheet as modified by Seller in the manner set forth in the Notice of Disagreement.
 
(e)   If Buyer shall dispute a Notice of Disagreement by delivery of written notice to Seller within the 45-day period set forth in the preceding subsection (d), and within the 20 days following the delivery to Seller of the notice of such dispute, the parties do not resolve the Disagreement in writing, such Disagreement shall thereafter be referred to the Independent Accounting Firm for a resolution of such Disagreement in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  If any remaining issues in dispute are submitted to the Independent Accounting Firm for resolution, each of Buyer and Seller will be afforded an opportunity to present to the Independent Accounting Firm any material relating to the determination of the matters in dispute and to discuss such matters with the Independent Accounting Firm as the Independent Accounting Firm may request or permit.  The Independent Accounting Firm shall act as an expert and not as an arbitrator to calculate the Final Closing Balance Sheet and shall be instructed that its calculation must be made in accordance with the standards and definitions in this Agreement (including the Closing Balance Sheet Principles).  Buyer and Seller shall instruct the Independent Accounting Firm that the determinations of such firm with respect to any Disagreement shall be rendered within 30 days after referral of the Disagreement to such firm or as soon thereafter as reasonably possible.  The Independent Accounting Firm shall make a determination with respect to any unresolved Disagreement only in a manner consistent with this Section 1.4, and in no event shall the Independent Accounting Firm’s determination of the unresolved Disagreements be for an amount that is outside the range of Buyer’s and Seller’s proposals with respect to each individual Disagreement.  Such determinations shall be final and binding upon the parties, and the amount so determined shall be used to complete the Final Closing Balance Sheet.  Each of Buyer and Seller shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Independent Accounting Firm to render its determination within the 30-day period described in the fourth sentence of this subsection (e), and each shall cooperate with such firm and provide such firm with access to the books, records, personnel and representatives of it and such other information as such firm may require in order to render its determination.  The fees and expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm shall be borne by the party whose proposed Final Net Asset amount as reflected in such party’s submission to the Independent Accounting Firm differs the most from the Final Net Asset amount finally determined by the Independent Accounting Firm (or, if such differences of the parties are equal, equally by Buyer and Seller).
 
(f)   Promptly after the Final Closing Balance Sheet has been finally determined in accordance with this Section 1.4 (including by means of a deemed acceptance of such documents by Buyer or Seller as provided in subsections (c) and (d) of this Section 1.4), but in no event later than five Business Days following such final determination, (i) if Final Net Assets is greater than the Estimated Net Assets, Buyer shall pay to Seller an amount in cash
 
4

 
equal in the aggregate to such difference by Wire Transfer as set forth in written instructions from Seller and (ii) if the Final Net Assets is less than the Estimated Net Assets, Seller shall pay to Buyer an amount in cash equal to such difference by Wire Transfer as set forth in written instructions from Buyer.  In any case, the foregoing amount payable shall be accompanied by interest thereon calculated from the Closing Date until the date of payment at the Applicable Rate.
 
(g)   The provisions of Section 1.4(e) relating to resolutions of disputes by the Independent Accounting Firm are not intended to and shall not be interpreted to require that the parties refer to such a firm (i) any dispute arising out of a breach by one of the parties of its obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any dispute the resolution of which requires the construction of this Agreement (apart from the mathematical calculation of Final Net Assets and the accounting treatment of components thereof as such treatment affects the calculation of Final Net Assets).
 
(h)   The adjustments contemplated by this Section 1.4 shall be the exclusive remedy of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and no party shall have any right of recovery under Article VIII with respect thereto.
 
(i)   Any payment under this Section 1.4 and under Section 1.5 or Section 1.6 shall be treated as an adjustment to the Purchase Price for any Tax purposes, except as otherwise required by Applicable Law.
 
Section 1.5   Certain Post-Closing Client True-Up Payments .
 
(a)   In the event that there is a reduction of the Base Purchase Price as a result of the Revenue Run-Rate Adjustment Amount, if (x) any Client who is a party to an Advisory Agreement described in Section 4.2(c)(ii)(A) that requires the “written” consent of such Client to the deemed assignment or continuation of such Advisory Agreement does not provide its written consent on or prior to the Closing Date and such Client continues to accept advisory services provided by the Company Group (or another Affiliate of Buyer) on the date that is 120 days following the Closing Date (such 120 day period, the “ True-Up Period ”) or (y) any Client communicates an intention to withdraw assets from an account or terminate its Advisory Agreement prior to the Closing but does not actually withdraw all of such assets or terminate its Advisory Agreement prior to the end of the True-Up Period, and, in either case, prior to the end of the True-Up Period such Client does not notify the Company in writing that it has terminated its Advisory Agreement or that it will withdraw such assets from its account or otherwise has not taken affirmative steps to terminate its Advisory Agreement (such steps, if any, to be documented by the Company in reasonable detail), then to the extent that Adjusted Assets Under Management under the applicable Advisory Agreement were not included in the calculation of the Closing Revenue Run-Rate Buyer shall make a payment by Wire Transfer to Seller within five Business Days following the end of the True-Up Period in an amount equal to the additional amount that would have been paid to Seller at the Closing if each such
 
5

 
Client had given its written consent on or prior to the Closing Date and all of the Adjusted Assets Under Management under each such Advisory Agreement as of the Closing Revenue Run-Rate calculation date had been included in the calculation of the Closing Revenue Run-Rate.
 
(b)   In the event that there is a reduction in the Base Purchase Price as a result of the Revenue Run-Rate Adjustment Amount, if any U.S. Public Fund that is a party to an Advisory Agreement described in Section 4.2(a)(iv) has approved an interim Advisory Agreement in conformity with Rule 15a-4 under the Investment Company Act, to be effective immediately following the Closing Date, but has not obtained shareholder approval as required by Section 4.2(a) in connection with a new Advisory Agreement on or prior to the Closing Date but the shareholders of such U.S. Public Fund approve such new Advisory Agreement prior to the end of the True-Up Period and the amounts placed in escrow pursuant to Rule 15a-4 are released to the RIA, then if the Adjusted Assets Under Management under such Advisory Agreement were not included in the calculation of the Closing Revenue Run-Rate Buyer shall make a payment by Wire Transfer to Seller within five Business Days following the end of the True-Up Period in an amount equal to the additional amount that would have been paid to Seller at the Closing if each such shareholder approval had been obtained on or prior to the Closing Date and the Adjusted Assets Under Management under each such Advisory Agreement as of the Closing Revenue Run-Rate calculation date had been included in the calculation of the Closing Revenue Run-Rate.
 
Section 1.6   Performance Fee Payments .  No later than twenty Business Days following the date on which the Company Group (or Buyer or its Affiliates on their behalf) receives any of the Performance Fees in respect of any period beginning prior to the Closing (each, a “ Performance Fee Calculation Period ”), Buyer shall make (or cause to be made) a payment by Wire Transfer to Seller in an amount equal to (a) the total amount of any such Performance Fees for the applicable Performance Fee Calculation Period (net of any Taxes, if any, due with respect to the portion of such fees paid for the period ending on the Closing Date) multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from (and including) the first day of the applicable Performance Fee Calculation Period until (and including) the Closing Date and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the applicable Performance Fee Calculation Period, and shall provide a calculation of such amount in reasonable detail to Seller together with such payment.  Any such payments in respect of the same Performance Fee Calculation Period may be aggregated so that a single payment is made to Seller.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount of any such payment shall be reduced to the extent that the applicable Performance Fees in respect of performance periods ending on or prior to the Closing Date are accrued on the Final Closing Balance Sheet (and, in the event of a Disagreement as to the amount of any such accrual, the portion of such payment that relates to such Disagreement shall be made no later than five Business Days following the final termination date determined under Section 1.4(f)).  Buyer acknowledges and agrees that, prior to the Closing, with the prior written consent of Buyer (such
 
6

 
consent not to be unreasonably withheld), Seller may cause the Company Group to assign to Seller or one of its Affiliates the right of the Company Group to any such payment; provided , that, such assignment does not result in any adverse financial or other consequences to Buyer.  In the event that such assignment is not possible or otherwise as may be reasonably requested by Seller, Buyer and Seller agree to cooperate in good faith to structure the payments contemplated by this Section 1.6 in a manner that is mutually tax efficient.
 
Section 1.7   Post-Closing Purchase Price Adjustment .  No later than 10 Business Days following the occurrence of a Purchase Price Adjustment Event, Seller shall pay by Wire Transfer to Buyer an amount in cash equal to the Purchase Price Adjustment Payment Amount in respect of the applicable Purchase Price Adjustment Event.
 
Section 1.8   Certain Post-Closing Payments .  No later than 30 days following the end of a Measurement Period, to the extent a payment is otherwise due, Seller Parent or Buyer (as applicable) shall pay to the other Person by Wire Transfer an amount in cash equal to the Buyer Measurement Period Payment (in the case of a payment by Seller Parent) or the Seller Parent Measurement Period Payment (in the case of a payment by Buyer) for the Measurement Period in question; provided that this Section 1.8 shall be void and of no further force or effect and all payment obligations hereunder shall cease at such time as (a) a Client (as defined in the applicable General Account Advisory Agreement) terminates its General Account Advisory Agreement where such termination does not trigger the payment of a Purchase Price Adjustment Payment Amount or (b) the Adviser (as defined in the applicable General Account Advisory Agreement) terminates any General Account Advisory Agreement.
 
ARTICLE II
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER
 
Except as set forth in a correspondingly labeled section of the written disclosure schedule delivered by Seller to Buyer on or prior to the date of this Agreement (the “ Seller Disclosure Schedule ”) (it being agreed that any matter disclosed in any section or subsection of the Seller Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed disclosed in any other section or subsection to the extent that such information is reasonably apparent to be so applicable to such other section or subsection), Seller Parent and Seller hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to Buyer as follows:
 
Section 2.1   Organization .  Each of Seller Parent and Seller is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Indiana.  The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.  The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority necessary to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and to own, lease and operate all of its properties and assets.  
 
7

 
The Company is duly licensed or qualified to do business and in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted by it or the character or location of the properties and assets owned, leased or operated by it makes such qualification or licensing necessary under Applicable Law, except where the failure to be so licensed, qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to be material to the Company Group, taken as a whole.  Seller has provided or made available to Buyer prior to the date hereof in the on-line and/or physical data-rooms established by Seller in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (collectively, the “ Data Rooms ”) true and complete copies of the Organizational Documents of each member of the Company Group, all as in effect on the date hereof.
 
Section 2.2   Authority .  Each of Seller Parent and Seller has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is (or will be) a party, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  The execution, delivery and performance by Seller Parent and Seller of this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which it is a party has been, and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby has been, duly and validly authorized and approved by all required actions on the part of Seller Parent and Seller.  This Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which Seller Parent or Seller is a party has been (or, in the case of any such Ancillary Agreement to be executed and delivered after the date hereof, will be) duly and validly executed and delivered by it and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by Buyer) this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which Seller Parent or Seller is a party constitutes (or, in the case of any such Ancillary Agreement to be executed and delivered after the date hereof, will constitute) legal, valid and binding obligations of Seller Parent and/or Seller (as applicable), enforceable against Seller Parent and/or Seller (as applicable) in accordance with their respective terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and except as the availability of equitable remedies may be limited by equitable principles of general applicability.
 
Section 2.3   No Violation .  Except as set forth in Schedule 2.3 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule or Section 2.4 hereof, neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party, nor the consummation by Seller Parent and Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, will, with or without the giving of notice, the termination of any grace period or both:  (i) violate, conflict with, or result in a breach or default under any provision of the Organizational Documents of Seller Parent, Seller or any member of Company Group; (ii) violate any Applicable Law; (iii) result in a violation or breach by Seller Parent, Seller or any member of the Company Group of, conflict with or constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default (or give rise to any right of termination,
 
8

 
cancellation, payment, acceleration or guaranteed rights or entitlements) under any Contract to which Seller Parent, Seller or any member of the Company Group is a party or by which Seller Parent, Seller or any member of the Company Group or any of its properties or assets are bound, or (iv) result in the creation of any Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances) upon any of the Shares or on any properties or assets of any member of the Company Group, except for, in the case of clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) of this Section 2.3, any violation, breach, conflict, default or right of termination, cancellation, payment, acceleration, guaranteed rights or entitlements or creation of any Encumbrances that, individually and in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to impair or materially delay the ability of Seller Parent or Seller to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder or have a Company Material Adverse Effect.
 
Section 2.4   Consents and Approvals .  Except (a) as required under the HSR Act, (b) as set forth in Schedule 2.3 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, (c) for the Client consents described in Section 4.2 and (d) for those consents, approvals, filings and registrations the failure to obtain or make would not be material to the Company Group, taken as a whole, none of Seller Parent, Seller or any member of the Company Group is required to obtain any consent, waiver or approval of, or make any filing, notification or registration with, any Governmental Authority or any third party in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement to which Seller Parent or Seller is a party or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.
 
Section 2.5   Title; Capital Structure .
 
(a)   The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 1,500,000 shares of voting common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Company Capital Stock ”), and 300,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which only the Shares are issued and outstanding.  Seller is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Shares free and clear of any Encumbrances.  All of the Shares have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and were not issued in violation of any Equity Rights.
 
(b)   There are no authorized, issued or outstanding securities, options, warrants, calls, conversion rights, preemptive or other outstanding rights, rights of first refusal, stock appreciation rights, redemption rights, repurchase rights, “tag-along” or “drag-along” or other similar rights, agreements, arrangements, undertakings or commitments of any kind (“ Equity Rights ”) (i) obligating Seller Parent, Seller or any member of the Company Group to issue, deliver, redeem, purchase or sell, or cause to be issued, delivered, redeemed, purchased or sold any Company Capital Stock or any other ownership interests in any member of the Company Group or any securities or obligations convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into or exercisable for any Company Capital Stock or any other ownership interests in any member of the Company Group, (ii) giving
 
9

 
any Person a right to subscribe for or acquire any Company Capital Stock or any other ownership interests in any member of the Company Group or (iii) obligating Seller Parent, Seller or any member of the Company Group to issue, grant, adopt or enter into any such Equity Right.  There are no bonds, debentures, notes or other Indebtedness of Seller Parent, Seller or any member of the Company Group that grants to a third party the right to vote or consent (or, convertible into, or exchangeable for, securities having the right to vote or consent) on any matters related to the transactions contemplated hereby.  There are no voting trusts, irrevocable proxies or other Contracts to which Seller Parent, Seller or any member of the Company Group is a party or is bound with respect to the voting or consent of any shares of Company Capital Stock or the equity interests of any member of the Company Group.
 
Section 2.6   Subsidiaries .  Each Subsidiary of the Company is listed in Schedule 2.6 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, along with its form and jurisdiction of organization, the jurisdictions, if any, in which it is qualified to do business, the number of shares of its authorized capital stock, the number and class of shares thereof duly issued and outstanding and (other than in the case of Delaware Investments U.S., Inc. (“ DIUS ”), for which the following information shall be set forth in the Letter Agreement) the names of all stockholders or other equity owners and the number of shares of stock owned by each stockholder or the amount of equity owned by each equity owner (subject, in the case of DIUS, to changes resulting from issuances described in Schedule 4.1 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule and repurchases, forfeitures and other transfers contemplated by the DIUS Incentive Compensation Plans set forth in Schedule 2.16(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule and/or DIUS’s constituent documents).  Each such Subsidiary is duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization.  Each such Subsidiary has the requisite company, partnership or corporate (as applicable) power and authority to carry on its business in the manner as it is now being conducted and to own, lease and operate all of its properties and assets, except where the failure to have such power and authority, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to be material to the Company Group, taken as a whole.  Each such Subsidiary is duly licensed or qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted by it or the character or location of the properties and assets owned, leased or operated by it makes such qualification or licensing necessary under Applicable Law, except where the failure to be so licensed, qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.  The Company owns, directly or indirectly, all of the issued and outstanding company, partnership or corporate interests, as applicable, in its Subsidiaries (other than DIUS), free and clear of any Encumbrances.  All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of DIUS are owned by the Persons, and in the amounts, set forth in the Letter Agreement (subject to changes resulting from issuances described in Schedule 4.1 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule and repurchases, forfeitures and other transfers contemplated by the DIUS Incentive Compensation Plans set forth in Schedule 2.16(a) of the Seller
 
10

 
Disclosure Schedule and/or DIUS’s constituent documents), in the case of such shares owned by DMH Corp., free and clear of any Encumbrances.  All of the issued and outstanding interests in such Subsidiaries are duly authorized, validly issued fully paid and non-assessable.
 
Section 2.7   Company Financial Statements; No Undisclosed Liabilities .
 
(a)   Attached to the Letter Agreement are true and complete copies of (i) the audited consolidated balance sheets of the Company Group as of December 31, 2008 (the “ Company Balance Sheet ”), December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 and the related audited consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 and (ii) an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company Group as of June 30, 2009 (the “ Unaudited Company Balance Sheet ”) and related unaudited consolidated statement of income for the six month period ended June 30, 2009 (the financial statements referred to in clauses (i) and (ii), collectively, the “ Company Financial Statements ”).  The balance sheets referred to in the previous sentence present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company Group as of the dates thereof, and the other financial statements referred to in this Section 2.7 present fairly in all material respects the results of the operations and cash flows of the Company Group for the respective fiscal periods therein set forth, in each case in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (except as expressly indicated in the related notes thereto), subject, in the case of the unaudited financial statements, to normal recurring year-end adjustments and the absence of notes.
 
(b)   There are no material liabilities or material obligations of the Company Group of any kind whatsoever, whether known or unknown, accrued, contingent, absolute, determined, determinable or otherwise other than (i) obligations and liabilities expressly contemplated by or in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or set forth in the Seller Disclosure Schedule, (ii) as and to the extent disclosed or reserved against in the Unaudited Company Balance Sheet or referred to in the notes thereto, or (iii) obligations or liabilities incurred since June 30, 2009 in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.
 
Section 2.8   Absence of Certain Changes . (a) Since the date of the Company Balance Sheet and through the date hereof, (i) each member of the Company Group has conducted its business in the ordinary course consistent with past practice in all material respects, (ii) there has not been any event, change, occurrence or circumstance that, individually or in the aggregate with any such events, changes, occurrences or circumstances, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect and (b) since the date of the Unaudited Company Balance Sheet and through the date hereof, neither Seller or
 
11

 
Seller Parent (solely in respect of the Company Group) nor any member of the Company Group has taken any action that if proposed to be taken after the date hereof, would be prohibited under Section 4.1.
 
Section 2.9   Material Contracts .
 
(a)   Schedule 2.9(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule contains a true and complete list of all Material Contracts (other than Affiliate Agreements and Leases) in existence on the date hereof.  The Company has made available or provided to Buyer prior to the date hereof in the Data Rooms true and complete copies of all written Material Contracts (other than the redaction of the Client name and fee rate information from Advisory Agreements, solicitor agreement and Logan Circle Agreements), including all amendments, modifications and supplements thereto as in effect as of the date of this Agreement.  There are no oral Material Contracts.
 
(b)   Each Material Contract is in full force and effect and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company Group member that is a party thereto and, to the Knowledge of Seller, of each other party thereto, enforceable in accordance with its terms subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and except as the availability of equitable remedies may be limited by equitable principles of general applicability.  No member of the Company Group is in material default under any Material Contract, nor, to the Knowledge of Seller, is any other party to any Material Contract in material breach of or material default thereunder.  No condition or event exists which with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both would constitute a material violation of or material default under a Material Contract by the Company Group member that is a party thereto or, to the Knowledge of Seller, any other party thereto.  Prior to the date hereof, no party to any Material Contract has delivered to any member of the Company Group a written notice of termination with respect thereto, and no party has given written notice to any member of the Company Group of any significant dispute with respect to any Material Contract.
 
(c)   The material rights and obligations of the Broker-Dealer under each selling agreements listed on Schedule 2.9(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule do not differ from the material rights and obligations of the Broker-Dealer contained in the form of selling agreement made available in the Data Rooms, other than such differences that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to be material to the Company Group, taken as a whole.  The material rights and obligations of the Company Group under each of the Dual Wrap Account Advisory Agreements listed on Schedule 2.9(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule (with each of the counterparties listed on Annex N of the Letter Agreement) do not differ from the material rights and obligations of the Company Group contained in the form of Dual Wrap Account Advisory Agreement made available in the Data Rooms, other than such differences that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to be material
 
12

 
to the Company Group, taken as a whole.  The material rights and obligations of the Company Group under each of the “soft dollar” Contracts listed as items F, N, S, T and R under item 289 on Schedule 2.9(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule do not differ from the material rights and obligations of the Company Group contained in the other “soft dollar” Contract listed under item 289 on Schedule 2.9(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, other than such differences that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to be material to the Company Group, taken as a whole.
 
Section 2.10   Base Revenue Run-Rate Schedule . Schedule 2.10(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule sets forth: (a) a true and complete list, as of the Base Date, of the name of each Client (other than any Excluded Client); (b) the Adjusted Assets Under Management for each such Client as of 4:00 p.m. New York time on the Base Date; (c) the investment advisory, investment management or subadvisory fee payable to the Company Group by each such Client (or, if different, each account of each such Client) (the “ Monthly Fees ”) for the calendar month in which the Base Date falls; (d) a calculation of the Revenue Run-Rate for all accounts of all such Clients as of the Base Date (the " Base Revenue Run-Rate "); (e) a calculation of the effective gross revenue run rate (the “ Fee Rate ”) derived from the Monthly Fees described in clause (c); and (f) the amount deducted, waived or reimbursed directly by or on behalf of a Client from the fee otherwise payable by such Client to a member of the Company Group for the month of the Base Date, including any Revenue Sharing Arrangement, fee or expense waiver, rebate or cap or reimbursement obligation.
 
Section 2.11   Public Funds .
 
(a)   Schedule 2.10(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule notes each Client therein that is a U.S. Public Fund or UCIT.  Each U.S. Sponsored Fund is, and all times required under Applicable Law has been, duly registered with the SEC as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.  As of the date hereof, members of the Company Group do not provide any advisory services pursuant to Advisory Agreements to any Clients with aggregated net assets exceeding $50,000,000 that are excepted from the definition of investment company under Section 3(c)(1) or Section 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act (which Clients, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any Client that is a UCIT).
 
(b)   Each Advisory Agreement with a Public Fund has been duly approved, continued and at all times has been in compliance in all material respects with Applicable Law.  Each such Advisory Agreement has been performed in all material respects by the applicable member of the Company in accordance with its terms and Applicable Law.  To the Knowledge of Seller, there is no Proceeding pending or threatened against any Public Fund that would reasonably be expected to have a Fund Material Adverse Effect.
 
(c)   Each Public Fund that is a juridical entity is duly organized,
 
13

 
validly existing and, with respect to entities in jurisdictions that recognize the concept of “good standing,” in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has the requisite corporate, trust, company or partnership power and authority to own its properties and to carry on its business as currently conducted, and is qualified to do business in each jurisdiction where it is required to be so qualified under Applicable Law, except where any failure to be so duly organized, validly existing, in good standing, licensed or qualified or to have such power would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Fund Material Adverse Effect.
 
(d)   Each Public Fund is, and has since January 1, 2006, operated in compliance (i) with Applicable Law and (ii) with its respective investment objectives, policies and restrictions, as set forth in the applicable prospectus and registration statement for such Fund, except where any failure to be in compliance would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Fund Material Adverse Effect.  Since January 1, 2006, each Public Fund has filed all material Regulatory Documents in compliance with Applicable Law in all material respects.  Since January 1, 2006, no applicable prospectus and registration statement of any Public Fund contained, as of its filing date or effective date, any untrue statement of material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances in which such statements were made, not misleading.  No such prospectus or registration statement is currently subject to any stop order or similar order restricting its use.
 
(e)   The shares or units of each Public Fund (i) have been issued and sold in compliance with Applicable Law and (ii) are qualified for public offering and sale in each jurisdiction where offers are made to the extent required under Applicable Law, except where any failure to be in compliance or qualified would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Fund Material Adverse Effect.
 
(f)   The audited balance sheet of each Public Fund as of each such Public Fund’s most recently completed fiscal year and the related other financial statements for such most recently completed fiscal year (i) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (or, in the case of a UCIT, such other applicable generally accepted accounting principles), and (ii) present fairly in all material respects the financial position and other financial results of such Public Fund at the dates and for the periods stated therein.  There are no material liabilities or material obligations of any Public Fund of any kind whatsoever, whether known or unknown, accrued, contingent, absolute, determined, determinable or otherwise other than (i) liabilities or obligations to the extent reserved against in the balance sheet of such Public Fund or referred to in the notes thereto contained in the most recent annual or semi-annual report filed by the Public Fund prior to the date hereof with the SEC, or (ii) liabilities or obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice since the date of the Public Fund’s applicable report referenced in clause
 
14

 
(i) above that have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Fund Material Adverse Effect.
 
(g)   For all taxable years since its inception, each U.S. Sponsored Fund has elected to be treated as, and has qualified to be classified as, a regulated investment company taxable under Subchapter M of Chapter 1 of the Code.  Each Public Fund has timely filed all Tax Returns required to be filed by it with any Taxing Authority and all such Tax Returns are true, correct and complete in all material respects.  Each Public Fund has timely paid, and withheld and remitted or paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority, all Taxes required to be paid by it, or withheld and paid over, whether or not shown on such Tax Returns.  In all taxable years since its inception, each U.S. Sponsored Fund has distributed all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gains, within the meaning of Section 852 of the Code.  No U.S. Sponsored Fund is or was during the past three years subject to a material liability for the payment of the excise tax imposed under Section 4982 of the Code.  No Public Fund has received a written notice from a Governmental Authority proposing an audit of such Tax Return, no assessment of Taxes has been asserted in writing with respect to such Tax Returns, and no requests for waivers of the time to make any such assessment are pending.
 
(h)   Neither a member of the Company Group nor any U.S. Sponsored Fund has been the recipient of any exemptive order or no-action letter upon which a Public Fund currently relies for the operation of its business.
 
(i)   Each U.S. Sponsored Fund has written policies and procedures adopted pursuant to Rule 38a-1 of the Investment Company Act that are reasonably designed to prevent material violations of the Federal Securities Laws (as such term is defined in Rule 38a-1(e)(1) under the Investment Company Act).  Since January 1, 2006, there have been no Material Compliance Matters (as such term is defined in Rule 38a-1(e)(2) under the Investment Company Act) for any U.S. Sponsored Fund other than those which (x) have been reported to the applicable Public Fund Board or (y) will be reported to the applicable Public Fund Board at the next scheduled Board meeting in the ordinary course of business by the U.S. Sponsored Fund’s chief compliance officer, and in both cases, to the extent necessary, satisfactorily remedied or are in the process of being remedied.
 
(j)   Since January 1, 2006, the board of directors or trustees of each U.S. Sponsored Fund has been constituted in compliance with Section 10 of the Investment Company Act and any election of a board’s member to fill any vacancy has been performed in accordance with Section 16 of the Investment Company Act.
 
Section 2.12   Compliance with Applicable Law .
 
(a)   Since January 1, 2006, each member of the Company Group has complied with all Applicable Law, except for violations that would not,
 
15

 
individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.  Since January 1, 2006, no member of the Company Group has received any written notice or other written communication asserting any material violation by any member of the Company Group of any Applicable Law.  To the Knowledge of Seller, no member of the Company Group is under investigation with respect to any material violation of any Applicable Law.
 
(b)   Each member of the Company Group holds, and at all times since January 1, 2006 has held, all material Permits necessary for the conduct of its businesses under and pursuant to Applicable Law.  Schedule 2.12(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule contains a list of all Permits which are required for the operation of the business of the Company Group as of the date hereof, other than those the failure of which to possess is not material to the Company Group, taken as a whole.  All Permits of the Company Group are in full force and effect and are not subject to any suspension, cancellation, modification or revocation or any Proceedings related thereto, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, no such suspension, cancellation, modification or revocation or Proceeding is threatened, except for any failure to be in full force and effect or suspension, cancellation, modification or revocation or Proceedings that, individually or in the aggregate, in each case, would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.  Subject to the filing of the notices set forth in Schedule 2.4 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, no Permit set forth in Schedule 2.12(b) of Seller Disclosure Schedule will terminate as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein.
 
(c)   Except for routine examinations conducted by any Governmental Authority in the regular course of the business of any member of the Company Group, since January 1, 2006, no Governmental Authority has, to the Knowledge of Seller, initiated, and no Governmental Authority has provided written notice to any member of the Company Group of, any investigation into the business or operations of any member of the Company Group or the Public Funds.  To the Knowledge of Seller, there is no material deficiency, violation or exception claimed or asserted in writing since January 1, 2006 by any Governmental Authority with respect to any examination of any member of the Company Group or any Public Fund that has not been resolved in all material respects.
 
(d)   To the Knowledge of Seller, since January 1, 2006, no member of the Company Group, or any director, officer, employee or, at the direction of any of them, agent thereof, has, in violation of Applicable Law in any material respect, offered or given anything of value to any official of a Governmental Authority, any political party or official thereof, or any candidate for political office (i) with the intent of inducing such Person to use such Person’s influence with any Governmental Authority to affect or influence any act or decision of such Governmental Authority or to assist the obtaining or retaining of business for, or with, or the directing of business to, any member of the Company Group or (ii) constituting an illegal bribe or kickback to assist any member of the Company Group in obtaining or retaining business for or with any Governmental Authority.
 
16

 
 
(e)   Neither Seller Parent, Seller, any member of the Company Group nor any of their respective “affiliated persons” (as that term is defined under applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act as interpreted by the SEC or its equivalent under any applicable state or foreign law) has any express or implied understanding or arrangement that would reasonably be expected to impose an unfair burden (as that term is defined under Section 15(f) of the Investment Company Act) on any of the U.S. Sponsored Funds as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
 
(f)   Since January 1, 2006, all material interest rate swaps, caps, floors, option agreements, futures and forward Contracts and other similar risk management arrangements and derivative financial instruments entered into for the account of any member of the Company Group, or for the account of one or more of the Clients, were entered into (i) in accordance in all material respects with applicable Client guidelines, prospectuses or offering memoranda to the extent entered into for Clients, (ii) in accordance in all material respects with all Applicable Law and (iii) with counterparties as directed by the applicable Client (where the Client so directs), in all cases except where failure to do so would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to be material to the members of the Company Group, taken as a whole.  None of Seller, its Affiliates or, to the Knowledge of Seller, any other party thereto is in material breach of any of its obligations under any such material Contract.
 
(g)   Delaware Management Business Trust (the “ RIA ”) has implemented one or more formal codes of ethics, insider trading policies, personal trading policies and other material policies as required by Applicable Law (including Rule 204A-1 and Rule 206(4)-7 under the Investment Advisers Act), true and complete copies of which have been provided or made available to Buyer prior to the date hereof in the Data Rooms.  Attached to the Letter Agreement are copies of all such codes of ethics, insider trading policies, personal trading policies and other material compliance policies in effect on the date hereof.  Such codes of ethics, insider trading polices, personal trading policies and other material policies comply in all material respects with Applicable Law.
 
Section 2.13   Regulatory Documents; Registrations .
 
(a)   Since January 1, 2006, each member of the Company Group has timely filed all Regulatory Documents that were required to be filed with any Governmental Authority, other than such failures to timely file that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.  As of their respective dates, the Regulatory Documents of the Company Group have complied in all material respects with Applicable Law as in effect at the time the Regulatory Documents were filed.
 
(b)   The RIA at all times required by the Investment Advisers
 
17

 
Act has been duly registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act.  The RIA is, and at all times required by Applicable Law (other than the Investment Advisers Act) during the past five years has been, duly registered, licensed or qualified as an investment adviser, or has made required notice filings, in each state or any other jurisdiction where the conduct of its business required such registration, licensing, qualification or notice filing, except where the failure to be so registered, licensed or qualified would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.  No member of the Company Group other than the RIA is required to be registered, licensed or qualified as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act or any other Applicable Law.  Attached to the Letter Agreement is a true and complete copy of the Form ADV Parts I and II (and any applicable brochure in lieu of Part II) of the RIA as in effect on the date of this Agreement.
 
(c)   After the Closing Date, the members of the Company Group will have the right to use the Trade Performance Information to the extent permitted by Applicable Law.  All Trade Performance Information provided, presented or made available by the members of the Company Group to Clients or potential Clients has complied in all material respects with Applicable Law.  The members of the Company Group maintain (or have access to) all documentation necessary to form the basis for, demonstrate or recreate the calculation of the Trade Performance Information (including the rate of return of all accounts that are included in a composite (current and historical performance results) as required by Applicable Law.  Any investment performance earned by any Person at a firm other than one of the members of the Company Group and presented by a member of the Company Group as its investment performance has complied in all material respects with Applicable Law and any interpretations thereof by any applicable Governmental Authority.  Since January 1, 2006, for each account of any Client maintained by a member of the Company Group or any Public Fund, and in both cases only where a member of the Company Group is responsible for pricing, there has existed no unremedied pricing error.  The RIA has adopted and implemented procedures or practices for the allocation of securities purchased for its Clients that comply in all material respects with Applicable Law.
 
(d)   Delaware Distributors, L.P. (the “ Broker-Dealer ”) is, and at all times required by the Exchange Act during the past five years has been, duly registered as a broker-dealer under the Exchange Act.  The Broker-Dealer, at all times required by Applicable Law (other than the Exchange Act) during the past five years has been, duly registered, licensed or qualified as a broker-dealer in each state or any other jurisdiction where the conduct of its business required such registration, licensing or qualification, except where the failure to be so registered, licensed or qualified would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.  No member of the Company Group other than the Broker-Dealer is required to be registered, licensed or qualified as a “broker” or “dealer” under the Exchange Act or any other Applicable Law.  Attached to the Letter Agreement is a true and complete copy of the Form BD of the Broker-Dealer as in effect on the date of this
 
18

 
Agreement.  The Form BD of the Broker-Dealer is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act.
 
(e)   The Broker-Dealer is in compliance in all material respects with Applicable Law, including the applicable provisions of the Exchange Act, and the net capital requirements and customer protection requirements thereof.  The Broker-Dealer is duly registered as a member of FINRA.
 
(f)   The Broker-Dealer has implemented any material written policies and procedures as required by Applicable Law (including, but not limited to, NASD Conduct Rules 3010-3012 and FINRA Rule 3130), complete and correct copies of which (including all material reports or material filings under such policies and procedures since January 1, 2006 relating to compliance by the Broker-Dealer and their employees subject thereto) have been made available to Buyer prior to the date hereof in the Data Rooms and, except as otherwise noted in any such reports or filings, the Broker-Dealer has been in compliance in all material respects with such policies and procedures.
 
(g)   Neither the Broker-Dealer nor any “associated person” thereof is subject to a “statutory disqualification” (as such terms are defined in the Exchange Act).  There is no investigation pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller threatened, whether formal or informal, that is reasonably expected to result in such a statutory disqualification.
 
(h)   Delaware Service Company, Inc. (the “ Transfer Agent ”) is, and at all times required by the Exchange Act during the past five years has been, duly registered as a transfer agent under the Exchange Act.  The Transfer Agent, at all times required by Applicable Law (other than the Exchange Act) during the past five years has been, duly registered, licensed or qualified as a transfer agent in each state or any other jurisdiction where the conduct of its business required such registration, licensing or qualification, except where the failure to be so registered, licensed or qualified would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.  No member of the Company Group other than the Transfer Agent is required to be registered, licensed or qualified as a “transfer agent” under the Exchange Act or any other Applicable Law.  Attached to the Letter Agreement is a true and complete copy of the Form TA-1 as in effect on the date of this Agreement.
 
(i)   Delaware Management Trust Company (the “ Trust Company ”) is, and at all times required by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking during the past five years has been, duly registered as a trust company with the Pennsylvania Department of Banking.  No member of the Company Group other than the Trust Company is required to be registered, licensed or qualified as a “trust company” with the Pennsylvania Department of Banking or any other state banking authority.
 
(j)   Each employee of a member of the Company Group and
 
19

 
each individual identified in Schedule 4.15(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule who is required to be registered as a registered representative or a sales person is duly registered as such and such registration is in full force and effect, except where the failure to be so registered or to have such registration in full force and effect would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.
 
(k)   Each U.S. Sponsored Fund (or member of the Company Group that is the operator thereof) is exempt from registration as a commodity pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act, and each U.S. Sponsored Fund (or the operator thereof) (x) has filed all applicable documentation with the National Futures Association except to the extent that the failure to file such documentation would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to materially impair the Fund’s ability to conduct its business and (y) has conducted its business in compliance in all material respects with such exclusion or exemption.  Each member of the Company Group that falls within the definition of commodity trading advisor (“ CTA ”) as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act has either filed an appropriate claim of exemption or has registered as a CTA and has filed all applicable documentation.
 
(l)   To the extent any member of the Company Group has acted as a fiduciary (within the meaning of ERISA) with respect to the assets of any Client that is (i) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (ii) a Person acting on behalf of such a plan or (iii) any Person whose assets are “plan assets” within the meaning of Department of Labor Regulation Section 2510.3-101, such member of the Company Group has acted in compliance with the applicable requirements of ERISA, except for any failure to act in compliance as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to be material to the members of the Company Group, taken as a whole. To the extent any such member of the Company Group has relied upon any statutory or administrative exemption from the prohibited transaction rules of Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code, such member of a Company Group is eligible to rely on such exemption and has satisfied the requirements of such exemption, except for any failure to be so eligible or to so satisfy as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to be material to the members of the Company Group, taken as a whole.
 
Section 2.14   Ineligible Persons .  Neither any member of the Company Group nor any of their directors, officers or employees is ineligible pursuant to Section 9(a) or 9(b) of the Investment Company Act to serve as an investment adviser (or in any other capacity contemplated by the Investment Company Act) to a registered investment company nor is there any Proceeding pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened by any Governmental Authority, that would result in the ineligibility of any member of the Company Group or any of its directors, officers or
 
20

 
employees to serve in any such capacities.  Neither any member of the Company Group nor any of its directors, officers or employees is ineligible pursuant to Section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act to serve as a registered investment adviser or as an associated person of a registered investment adviser, nor is there any Proceeding pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened by any Governmental Authority that would result in the ineligibility of any member of the Company Group or such persons.  No member of the Company Group or any of their directors, officers or employees or any individual identified in Schedule 4.15(b) is ineligible pursuant to Section 15(b) of the Exchange Act to serve as a broker-dealer or as an “associated person” (as defined in the Exchange Act) of a registered broker-dealer, as applicable, and there is no Proceeding pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened by any Governmental Authority that would result in the ineligibility of any member of the Company Group or such persons.
 
Section 2.15   Legal Proceedings, etc .
 
(a)   There are no claims, actions, suits, complaints, demands, litigations, arbitrations, prosecutions, contests, hearings, inquiries, investigations, inquests, audits or other proceedings of any nature, civil, criminal, regulatory or otherwise, in law or in equity, by or before any Government Authority (collectively, “ Proceedings ”) that (i) are pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened against Seller Parent, Seller or any member of the Company Group that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, (ii) that individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of Seller Parent or Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements or to comply with its obligations hereunder or thereunder in a timely manner, or (iii) as of the date hereof, challenge the validity of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements.  Schedule 2.15(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and correct list of all material Proceedings that are pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened in writing as of the date hereof that involve the Company Group in which Seller Parent, Seller or any member of the Company Group is a complainant or defendant (solely in respect of the Company Group).  As of the date hereof, to the Knowledge of Seller, neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates (other than a member of the Company Group) has any disputes with, or claims against, the Company Group relating to any Contract to which a member of the Company Group is a party, breach of any such Contract or violation of Applicable Law (other than for accrued and unpaid obligations under any Affiliate Agreement).
 
(b)   Neither Seller Parent, Seller or any member of the Company Group is subject to any Order of any Governmental Authority that materially and adversely impacts the Company Group.
 
Section 2.16   Employee Benefit Plans; Employee Matters .
 
(a)   Schedule 2.16(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule lists (i)
 
21

 
all employee benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), (ii) all bonus, stock option, stock purchase, restricted stock, incentive, deferred compensation, retiree medical or life insurance, supplemental retirement, severance, vacation, tax gross up, salary continuation, flexible benefit or other material benefit plans, programs or arrangements, and (iii) all employment, termination or other material individual contracts or agreements, in each case that is sponsored or maintained by any member of the Company Group for the benefit of any current or former employee, officer or director of any member of the Company Group (the “ Company Benefit Plans ”).  Schedule 2.16(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule separately lists all employee benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) and all bonus, stock option, stock purchase, restricted stock, incentive, deferred compensation, retiree medical or life insurance, supplemental retirement, severance, vacation, tax gross up, salary continuation, flexible benefit or other material benefit plans, programs or arrangements maintained by Seller Parent or any Affiliate, in each case that is for the benefit of any current or former employee, officer or director of any member of the Company Group, excluding Company Benefit Plans (each, a “ Seller Plan ”).
 
(b)   Seller has provided to Buyer prior to the date hereof in the Data Rooms a complete and correct copy of each Company Benefit Plan, together with a copy of the following documents, if applicable:  (i) the most recent summary plan description, (ii) the most recent Form 5500, together with all schedules thereto, (iii) the applicable trust or custodial agreement, or (iv) the most recent actuarial valuation.
 
(c)   Each Company Benefit Plan (i) is, and has been for the prior three years, operated in accordance with all provisions of ERISA, the Code, and all other Applicable Law in all material respects and (ii) is, and has been for the prior three years, administered, operated and managed in accordance with its governing documents in all material respects.
 
(d)   No Company Benefit Plan is subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 or 4971 of the Code.  No member of the Company Group has now or at any time during the last six years, contributed to, sponsored, or maintained (i) a multiemployer plan (within the meaning of Section 3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA) (a “ Multiemployer Plan ”) or (ii) a single employer pension plan (within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA) for which a member of the Company Group has any liability under Section 4063 or 4064 of ERISA (a “ Multiple Employer Plan ”).
 
(e)   With respect to each Company Benefit Plan that is intended to be a “qualified plan” within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code (“ Qualified Plans ”), the IRS has issued a favorable determination letter that has not been revoked, or the remedial amendment period under Section 401(b) of the Code and IRS Revenue Procedure 2005-66 has not expired.  To the Knowledge of Seller, each trust created under any Qualified Plan is exempt from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code.
 
22

 
(f)   No Company Benefit Plan provides for life, health, medical or other welfare benefits coverage to former employees or beneficiaries or dependents thereof, except for health continuation coverage as required by Section 4980B of the Code or Part 6 of Title I of ERISA.
 
(g)   There are no pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened claims (other than claims for benefits in the ordinary course), lawsuits or arbitrations which have been asserted in writing or instituted against a Company Benefit Plan or any fiduciaries thereof with respect to their duties to a Company Benefit Plan, which if adversely determined would reasonably be expected to result in a material liability to the Company Group.
 
(h)   To the Knowledge of Seller, no labor union, labor organization or group of employees of any member of the Company Group has made a pending demand for recognition or certification, there are no representation or certification proceedings or petitions seeking a representation proceeding with respect to such employees presently pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened to be brought or filed, with the National Labor Relations Board or any other labor relations tribunal or authority and there have been no such actions, events or disputes since January 1, 2006.  There are no strikes, organized work stoppages, organized slowdowns, lockouts or other material labor disputes pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened against or involving any member of the Company Group.  No member of the Company Group is a party to, bound by, or in the process of negotiating a collective bargaining agreement or other agreement with a labor union or labor organization.  No trade union, council of trade unions, employee bargaining agency or affiliated bargaining agent holds bargaining rights with respect to any employees of the Company Group by way of certification, interim certification, voluntary recognition, designation or successor rights.
 
(i)   Since January 1, 2006, the Company Group has complied with Applicable Law regarding employment and termination of employment, except for violations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to be material to the Company Group, taken as a whole.  There is no claim with respect to payment of wages, salary or overtime pay that has been asserted or is now pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened before any Governmental Authority with respect to any persons currently or formerly employed by any member of the Company Group.  There is no charge of discrimination in employment or employment practices, for any reason, including, without limitation, age, gender, race, religion or other legally protected category, pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened before the United States Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or otherwise with respect to any member of the Company Group.
 
(j)   During the 12 months prior to the date hereof, no employees of the Company Group have been transferred from employment with the Company Group to Seller Parent or any other Affiliate of Seller Parent or
 
23

 
from Seller Parent or any other Affiliate of Seller Parent to a member of the Company Group.
 
(k)   There are no pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened proceedings before any board, tribunal, arbitrator of claims with respect to employment and labor laws, including, but not limited to, employment and labor standards, unfair labor practices, employment discrimination, occupational health and safety, employment equity, pay equity, workers’ compensation, human rights and labor relations.  No statutory or common law claims, demands or actions have been initiated or threatened in writing, or investigations commenced by any competent authority, by or involving or related to any current or former employee or independent contractor of the Company Group in any way connected with their employment with the Company Group, in any jurisdiction in which the Company Group or its related entities conduct business, in each case that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.
 
(l)   Attached to the Letter Agreement is a list of all employees of the Company Group as of the date hereof, setting forth, as to each, such employee’s position, date of hire, employment status, location of employment, base salary and severance plan participation.
 
(m)  
 
(i)   Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company Group, all employees and former employees of the Company Group have been, or will have been on or before the Closing Date, paid (or amounts in respect thereof shall have been accrued) for wages, salaries, commissions, bonuses, vacation pay, severance and termination pay, sick pay, and other compensation for all services performed by them or that was accrued by them up to the Closing Date, in accordance with the obligations of the Company Group under any employment or labor practices and policies or any collective bargaining agreement or individual agreement to which a member of the Company Group is a party, or by which a member of the Company Group may be bound, except for, in the case of severance and termination pay, statutory and common law requirements for payment in lieu of reasonable notice of termination.
 
 
(ii)   No member of the Company Group will be required to pay any bonus, fee or any other cash compensation to any employee of the Company Group (other than salaries, wages or bonuses paid or payable to employees in the ordinary course of business in accordance with current compensation levels and practices) as a result of the transactions contemplated herein.
 
24

 
(n)   Each employee of the Company Group holds all current work visas or similar work licenses or qualifications required under Applicable Law to perform his or her ordinary duties.
 
(o)   There are no employees who are in the recruitment process of any member of the Company Group (including but not limited to employees who have been offered positions with the Company Group) as of the date of this Agreement, other than in the ordinary course consistent with past practice.
 
(p)   No member of the Company Group has entered into any Contract, sub-contract or service agreement with any party that may give rise to obligations under any state or Federal affirmative action laws in the US including but not limited to the provisions of the Vietnam Era Veterans Readjustment Act and Executive Order 11246 and related legislation, or any state or city ordinance.
 
Section 2.17   Intellectual Property .
 
(a)   All Company Group Intellectual Property that (i) is registered with any Governmental Authority by any member of the Company Group, (ii) is subject to an application for registration with any Governmental Authority submitted by the Company Group, ((i) and (ii) collectively the “ Registered IP ”), (iii) is material to the business of the Company Group whether or not registered with any Governmental Authority, or (iv) is a domain name used or registered by the Company Group, on the date hereof is listed in Schedule 2.17(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule.  For Registered IP, Schedule 2.17(a) also sets forth a list of all jurisdictions in which such Registered IP is registered or registrations have been applied for and all registration and application numbers.  All Registered IP owned by any member of the Company Group has been duly registered in, filed in or issued by the appropriate Governmental Authority where such registration, filing or issuance is necessary for the conduct of the business of the Company Group as currently conducted, except for any failure to be so registered, filed or issued that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to be material to the Company Group, taken as a whole.
 
(b)   The members of the Company Group own, license or otherwise have the right to use all material Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of the business of the Company Group as currently conducted and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not cause a termination or material impairment of such rights.  Other than the Seller Trademarks, there is no Intellectual Property used in the business of the Company Group as currently conducted which is owned or (other than the rights of Seller Parent and its Affiliates (other than the Company Group) and funds sponsored by them in the Trade Performance Information) held for use by any Affiliate of the Company that is not a member of the Company Group.
 
(c)   Neither the Company Group’s use of the owned Company Group Intellectual Property, nor the conduct of its business as currently conducted,
 
25

 
infringes or otherwise violates in any material respect the rights of any Person, and to the Knowledge of Seller, no Person is infringing or otherwise violating in any material respect the rights of the Company Group in any material Company Group Intellectual Property.  No claims have been asserted in writing by any Person against any member of the Company Group alleging that any member of the Company Group’s use of any Company Group Intellectual Property or the conduct of the business of the Company Group or the products or services thereof infringes or otherwise violates the rights of such Person, and no claims have been asserted in writing by any member of the Company Group alleging that any Person infringes or otherwise violates the rights of the Company Group in any Company Group Intellectual Property.
 
(d)   The members of the Company Group own or license all material computer software currently used by the Company Group that is material to the conduct of its business as currently conducted (“ Computer Software ”) and have the right to use such software without infringing or otherwise violating the Intellectual Property rights of any Person.  No member of the Company Group has received written notice of any claim respecting any violation or infringement of such Computer Software by any member of the Company Group.
 
(e)   To the Knowledge of Seller, all of the rights in and to the material Company Group Intellectual Property are valid and enforceable.
 
(f)   The Company Group has taken reasonable measures to protect the confidentiality of all trade secrets owned by the Company Group that are material to the conduct of its business as currently conducted.  To the Knowledge of Seller, no employee, consultant or independent contractor of the Company Group is, as a result of or in the course of such employee’s, consultant’s or independent contractor’s engagement by the Company Group, in default or breach of any material term of any non-disclosure agreement or assignment of invention agreement.
 
(g)   No member of the Company Group has granted or agreed to grant any exclusive license of or exclusive right to use or granted joint ownership of any owned Company Group Intellectual Property to any other Person.
 
(h)   No open source or public library software, including any version of any software licensed pursuant to any GNU public license, was used in the development or modification of any proprietary software owned by the Company Group that is incorporated into or utilized by any products of the Company Group where, as a result of the use of such open source or public library software, the Company Group is obligated to make available to third parties the source code for any proprietary software owned by the Company Group that is incorporated into such products.
 
(i)   The material Information Technology Systems of the
 
26

 
Company Group have not malfunctioned in any material respect within the past two years.  A copy of the disaster recovery plan of the Company Group in effect on the date hereof has been made available to Buyer prior to the date hereof in the Data Rooms, which plan has been tested at least annually for the prior two years.
 
(j)   The Company Group is in compliance in all material respects with Applicable Law relating to personally identifiable information.  No member of the Company Group as of the date hereof has received, within the past 24 months, any written claim pending against it alleging any material breach, violation, misuse or unauthorized disclosure of any personally identifiable information.
 
Section 2.18   Insurance .  Each insurance policy and bond covering the Company Group or any of its assets or properties is set forth in Schedule 2.18 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule and is in full force and effect and no member of the Company Group is in violation thereof, and in the 12 months prior to the date hereof, no member of the Company Group has received written notice or other written communication from any insurer or agent of any intent to cancel any such insurance policy or bond.  There is no material claim by any member of the Company Group pending under any of such policies or bonds as to which coverage has been denied or disputed by the underwriters of such policies or bonds.
 
Section 2.19   Real Estate .  No member of the Company Group owns any real property.  Schedule 2.19 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule identifies all of the real estate leases, subleases, real estate licenses or occupancy agreements to which any member of the Company Group is a party on the date hereof, together with all amendments, modifications or supplements, if any, thereto (collectively, the “ Leases ”).  True and complete copies of the Leases have been provided or made available to Buyer prior to the date hereof in the Data Rooms, together with any amendments, modifications or supplements thereto.  No member of the Company Group has received any written notice or any other written communication from the landlord or lessor under any of the Leases claiming that any member of the Company Group is in breach in any material respect of its obligations under the respective Leases.  Each member of the Company Group, as applicable, has a valid, binding and enforceable leasehold interest under each of the Leases under which it is a lessee, free and clear of all Encumbrances other than Permitted Encumbrances.  No member of the Company Group subleases, licenses or otherwise grants to any Person any interest in any Lease.
 
Section 2.20   Affiliate Transactions .  Neither Seller nor its Affiliates (other than the Company Group) (i) is a party to any Contract with any member of the Company Group (any such Contract, an “ Affiliate Agreement ”), in each case other than any Plan and this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements or (ii) has any loan outstanding from, or has any loan outstanding to, any member of the Company Group.
 
27

 
Section 2.21   Brokers and Finders .  No broker, finder or similar intermediary has acted for or on behalf of, or is entitled to any broker’s, finder’s or similar fee or other commission from, any member of the Company Group in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
ARTICLE III
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER
 
Except as set forth in a correspondingly labeled section of the written disclosure schedule delivered to Seller by Buyer on or prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement (the “ Buyer Disclosure Schedule ”) (it being agreed that any matter disclosed in any section or subsection of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed disclosed in any other section or subsection to the extent that such information is reasonably apparent to be so applicable to such other section or subsection), Buyer represents and warrants to Seller Parent and Seller as follows:
 
Section 3.1   Organization .  Buyer is an Australian corporation, duly formed and validly existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Australia.  Buyer has the requisite organizational power and authority to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and to own, lease and operate all of its properties and assets.
 
Section 3.2   Authority .  Buyer has all requisite power, authority and legal capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is (or will be) a party, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  The execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which it is a party has been, and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby has been, duly and validly authorized and approved by all required actions on the part of Buyer.  This Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which Buyer is a party has been (or, in the case of any such Ancillary Agreement to be executed and delivered after the date hereof, will be) duly and validly executed and delivered by it and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by Seller Parent and Seller) this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which Buyer is a party constitutes (or, in the case of any such Ancillary Agreement to be executed and delivered after the date hereof, will constitute) legal, valid and binding obligations of Buyer, enforceable against Buyer in accordance with their respective terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and except as the availability of equitable remedies may be limited by equitable principles of general applicability.
 
Section 3.3   No Violations .  Except as set forth in Section 3.4 hereof, neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement and the
 
28

 
Ancillary Agreement to which it is a party, nor the consummation by Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, will, with or without the giving of notice, the termination of any grace period or both:  (i) violate, conflict with, or result in a breach or default under any provision of the Organizational Documents of Buyer; (ii) violate any Applicable Law; or (iii) result in a violation or breach by Buyer of, conflict with, constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default (or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation, payment, acceleration or guaranteed rights or entitlements) under any Contract to which it is a party, or by which it or any of its properties or assets are bound, except for, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) of this Section 3.3, any violation, breach, conflict, default or right of termination, cancellation, payment, acceleration, guaranteed right or entitlement that, individually and in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to impair or materially delay the ability of Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or by the Ancillary Agreements or to comply with its obligations hereunder or thereunder in a timely manner.
 
Section 3.4   Consents and Approvals .  Except as required under the HSR Act and as set forth in Schedule 3.4 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule, no consents or approvals of or filings, declarations or registrations with any Governmental Authority or any third party are necessary in connection with the execution and delivery by Buyer of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement or the consummation by Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.
 
Section 3.5   Ineligible Persons .  Neither Buyer nor any “affiliated person” (as defined under the Investment Company Act) with Buyer is ineligible pursuant to Section 9(a) or 9(b) of the Investment Company Act to serve as an investment adviser (or in any other capacity contemplated by the Investment Company Act) to a registered investment company nor is there any Proceeding pending or, to the Knowledge of Buyer, threatened by any Governmental Authority, that would result in the ineligibility of Buyer or such persons to serve in any such capacities.  Neither Buyer nor any person “associated” (as defined under the Investment Advisers Act) with Buyer is ineligible pursuant to Section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act to serve as a registered investment adviser or as an associated person of a registered investment adviser, nor is there any Proceeding pending or, to the Knowledge of Buyer, threatened by any Governmental Authority that would result in the ineligibility of Buyer or such persons.  Neither Buyer nor any person “associated” with Buyer is ineligible pursuant to Section 15(b) of the Exchange Act to serve as a broker-dealer or as an “associated person” (as defined in the Exchange Act) of a registered broker-dealer, as applicable, and there is no Proceeding pending or, to the Knowledge of Buyer, threatened by any Governmental Authority that would result in the ineligibility of Buyer or such persons.
 
Section 3.6   Legal Proceedings .
 
(a)   There are no Proceedings that are pending or, to the Knowledge of Buyer, threatened against or relating to Buyer or any of its
 
29

 
Affiliates that (i) individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements or to comply with its obligations hereunder or thereunder in a timely manner, or (ii) challenge the validity of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements.
 
(b)   There is no Order imposed upon Buyer or any of its Affiliates that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements or to comply with its obligations hereunder or thereunder in a timely manner.
 
Section 3.7   Investment Representations .  Buyer is an “accredited investor,” as such term is defined in Rule 501 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.  Buyer is purchasing the Shares for its own account, for investment purposes only, and not for, with a view to, or in connection with the resale or other distribution thereof, in whole or in part.  Buyer understands that the Shares may not be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of without registration under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from such registration available under the Securities Act.  Buyer (either alone or together with its advisors) has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business matters so as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Shares and is capable of bearing the economic risks of such investment.  Buyer has had an opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from Seller and the Company Group regarding the business of the Company Group.
 
Section 3.8   Sufficient Funds .  Buyer has on the date hereof, and shall have on the Closing Date, sufficient funds to enable Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, including the payments contemplated under Article I.  Buyer’s obligations under this Agreement are not subject to any conditions regarding Buyer’s, its Affiliates’, or any other Person’s ability to obtain financing for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
Section 3.9   Brokers and Finders .  No Person has acted, directly or indirectly, as a broker, finder or financial advisor for Buyer or any of its Affiliates in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, other than any broker, finder or financial advisor the fees and expenses of which are due only from Buyer.
 
 
ARTICLE IV
 
 
COVENANTS
 
Section 4.1   Pre-Closing Conduct of Business by the Company
 
30

 
Group .  During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing through the Closing Date, except as (A) contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, (B) set forth in Schedule 4.1 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule or (C) with the prior written consent of Buyer, Seller Parent and Seller shall cause each member of the Company Group to (i) conduct its business in all material respects in the ordinary course consistent with past practice and (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve intact its business organization (including officers and employees, goodwill and clients of the Company Group) in all material respects ( provided that any changes in Clients, assets under management or Client revenues shall not be a breach of this sentence, with such matters governed exclusively by Sections 1.1 (in respect of the Revenue Run-Rate Adjustment Amount), 4.2 and 5.2(d)).  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except (A) as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, (B) as set forth in Schedule 4.1 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule or (C) as consented to in writing by Buyer (which consent, in the case of clauses (q) and (r)(D)(x) of this Section 4.1, shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), Seller shall cause each member of the Company Group not to:
 
(a)   amend its Organizational Documents;
 
(b)   enter into or agree to enter into any merger or consolidation with any other Person or liquidate or dissolve;
 
(c)   make any distribution or declare, pay or set aside any dividend with respect to, or issue, split, combine, redeem, reclassify, purchase or otherwise acquire, any Company Capital Stock or other equity interest in any member of the Company Group, other than cash dividends from any member of the Company Group to Seller or one of its Affiliates ( provided that in the case of issuances of equity interests in DIUS to new hires after the date hereof consistent with past practice and not material to DIUS, the consent of Buyer will not be unreasonably withheld);
 
(d)   transfer, issue, sell, pledge, encumber or dispose of any shares of capital stock or other securities of, or other ownership interests in, any member of the Company Group or grant options, warrants, calls or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire shares of the capital stock or other securities of, or other ownership interests in, any member of the Company Group;
 
(e)   effect any recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, combination or like change in the capitalization of the Company Group, or amend the terms of any outstanding securities of any member of the Company Group;
 
(f)   to the extent within its control and subject to its fiduciary duties to the U.S. Sponsored Funds, take any action that (i) would prevent any Public Fund from qualifying as a “regulated investment company” under Section 851 of the Code, or (ii) would result in the merger, consolidation or other reorganization of any Public Fund;
 
31

 
(g)   issue, create, incur, assume, guarantee, endorse or otherwise become liable or responsible with respect to (whether directly, contingently or otherwise) any Indebtedness, (ii) except in the ordinary course of business, pay, repay, discharge, purchase, repurchase or satisfy any Indebtedness of any member of the Company Group or (iii) modify the terms of any such Indebtedness;
 
(h)   sell, license, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of any of the material properties or assets of any member of the Company Group, other than in the ordinary course of business;
 
(i)   subject to any Encumbrance (other than Permitted Encumbrances), any of the material properties or assets (whether tangible or intangible) of the Company Group;
 
(j)   subject to Section 4.4(c), settle or compromise any pending or threatened Proceeding that results in restrictions upon any of its operations or results in the imposition of any fines or penalties that will not fully be paid by Closing; provided , that if the aggregate amount of such fines and penalties paid after the date hereof and prior to Closing exceeds $10,000,000, Seller shall consult with Buyer prior to the making of any further payments;
 
(k)   make any change to its accounting polices, annual accounting period or accounting method, other than as required by GAAP or Applicable Law;
 
(l)   make, change or revoke any material Tax election; file any amended material Tax Return; enter into any material closing agreement; settle and/or compromise any material Tax liability; incur any material liability for Taxes other than in the ordinary course of business; consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any Tax claim or assessment, in each case if such election, adoption, change, amendment agreement or other action would reasonably be expected to have any adverse effect on any member of the Company Group after the Closing Date;
 
(m)   enter into, terminate or modify in any material respect (including by way of waiver) any Material Contract, other than in the ordinary course of business;
 
(n)   (i) other than as may be required as a result of changes in Applicable Law or in connection with Seller Parent’s participation in the U.S. Treasury’s Troubled Asset Relief Program or other government program, enter into or materially amend or terminate any Company Benefit Plan or (ii) take any action to accelerate any rights or benefits under any Company Benefit Plan;
 
(o)   enter into any lease of real property;
 
(p)   acquire any business or Person or any material properties or
 
32

 
assets, by merger, consolidation or otherwise, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (other than permitted commitments for capital expenditure which shall be governed exclusively by Section 4.1(q);
 
(q)   make, incur or enter into any financial commitment for capital expenditure requiring payments in excess of $500,000 for an individual commitment and $2,000,000 for all commitments in the aggregate;
 
(r)   except as required by any Applicable Law, existing Company Benefit Plan or Contract disclosed on Schedule 2.16(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule or as consented to by Buyer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) (A) subject to Section 4.12(g), increase the salary or other compensation of any director, officer, or employee of the Company Group whose annual cash compensation exceeds $200,000; provided , however , that increases of salary and compensation to those other than executives, directors and employees whose annual cash compensation exceeds $200,000 may be made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices and not exceeding 5% (in the aggregate) of the person’s cash compensation immediately prior to such change, (B) grant any promotion to any officer or employee of the Company Group, (C) grant any unusual or extraordinary bonus, benefit or other direct or indirect compensation to any director, officer, employee or individual consultant of the Company Group, (D) increase the coverage or material benefits available under any (or create any new) severance pay, termination pay, vacation pay, company awards, salary continuation for disability, sick leave, deferred compensation, bonus or other incentive compensation, insurance, pension or other employee benefit plan or arrangement made to, for, or with any of the directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives of the Company Group or otherwise materially modify or materially amend or terminate any such plan or arrangement; provided , however , that changes may be made to such plans covering employees of Parent and its Subsidiaries so long as any such change is made on a non-discriminatory basis and covers all participants in such plan, or (E) enter into any employment, deferred compensation, severance, special pay, individual consulting, non-competition or similar agreement or arrangement with any directors or officers of the Company Group (or materially amend any such agreement to which a member of the Company Group is a party), other than, after consultation with Buyer, any employment agreement or arrangement entered into with any director, officer or employee of the Company Group who is hired after the date hereof to replace a terminated employee in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice (provided that such agreement or arrangement shall provide for employment at-will and will not trigger severance or other payments if such director, officer or employee is terminated after the Closing, other than any payment provided for in an existing Company Benefit Plan disclosed on Schedule 2.16(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule);
 
(s)   except as consented to by Buyer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), transfer employees from employment with the Company Group to Seller Parent or any other Affiliate of Seller Parent or from
 
33

 
 Seller Parent or any other Affiliate of Seller Parent to a member of the Company Group;
 
(t)   enter into, modify or terminate any labor or collective bargaining agreement of the Company Group, through negotiation or otherwise, make any commitment or incur any liability to any labor organization with respect to the Company Group; or
 
(u)   enter into or agree to enter into any agreement, resolution or commitment to do any of the foregoing.
 
Section 4.2   Client Consents .
 
(a)   U.S. Public Funds .  Seller shall cause the Company Group to use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, as promptly as practicable following the date of this Agreement, the approval of the applicable Public Fund Board (or, solely in the case of clause (y) below, the Public Fund Board of the U.S. Sponsored Funds) and, except in the case of an Exempt Sub-Advised Fund with respect to clause (x) below, the shareholders of the applicable U.S. Public Fund, pursuant to the provisions of Section 15 of the Investment Company Act applicable thereto, of (x) a new Advisory Agreement for such U.S. Public Fund to be effective as of the Closing with such agreement containing terms (including the fee rate), taken as a whole, that are substantially similar to the terms of the existing Advisory Agreement between such U.S. Public Fund and the RIA, with the exception of (i) its effective and termination dates and (ii) the changes reflected in the form of Advisory Agreement attached to the Letter Agreement and (y) solely in the case of the U.S. Sponsored Funds, the reelection of the current members of the board of directors or trustees (as applicable) of such funds.  Without limiting the foregoing, subject in each case to the requirements of Applicable Law and the fiduciary duties of the Company Group and each applicable Public Fund Board:
 
 
(i)   With respect to each U.S. Public Fund (other than an Exempt Sub-Advised Fund in the case of clauses (B), (C) and (D)) and the Public Fund Board thereof, Seller shall cause the Company Group to use its commercially reasonable efforts, (A) to request, as promptly as practical following the date of this Agreement, such Public Fund Board to approve (and to recommend that the shareholders of such U.S. Public Fund approve) a new Advisory Agreement and, if applicable, the reelection of the current members of the board of directors or trustees (as applicable) as described in the first sentence of Section 4.2(a); (B) to request, as promptly as practical following receipt of the approval and recommendation described in clause (A) above, such Public Fund Board to call a meeting of the shareholders of such Public Fund to be held as promptly as reasonably practical for the purpose of voting upon a proposal to approve (in the requisite manner) such new Advisory Agreement and, if
 
34

 
applicable, the reelection of the current members of the board of directors or trustees (as applicable); (C) to prepare and to file (or to cause to be prepared and filed) with the SEC and all other applicable Governmental Authorities, as promptly as practical following receipt of the approval and recommendation described in clause (A) above, all proxy solicitation materials required to be distributed to the shareholders of such U.S. Public Fund with respect to the actions recommended for shareholder approval by such Public Fund Board and to mail (or to cause to be mailed) such proxy solicitation materials as promptly as practical after clearance thereof by the SEC (if applicable); and (D) to request such Public Fund Board to submit, as promptly as practical following the mailing of the proxy materials, to the shareholders of such U.S. Public Fund for a vote at a shareholders meeting the proposal described in clause (B) above.
 
(ii)   The parties hereto agree that a U.S. Public Fund shall be deemed to have consented for all purposes under this Agreement to the transactions contemplated hereby and the continued management of such U.S. Public Fund by the RIA following the Closing if a new Advisory Agreement has been approved by the Public Fund Board thereof and, except in the case of an Exempt Sub-Advised Fund, shareholders of such U.S. Public Fund in the manner contemplated by clause (i) of this subsection (a), unless at any time prior to the Closing the respective Public Fund Board (or, in the case of a U.S. Public Fund sub-advised by the RIA, the investment adviser to such sub-advised U.S. Public Fund) notifies the Company, whether in writing or orally, that such U.S. Public Fund has terminated or intends to terminate its Advisory Agreement prior to or following the Closing (and such notice is not withdrawn).
 
 
(iii)   Seller agrees that the information that is contained in the proxy materials to be furnished to the shareholders of any U.S. Public Fund (other than information that is or will be provided by or on behalf of Buyer or its Affiliates or any other third party specifically for inclusion in such proxy materials) will not contain, at the time the proxy materials are first mailed to the shareholders of any U.S. Public Fund or at the time of the meeting thereof, any untrue statement of a material fact, or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  Buyer agrees that the information by it or its Affiliates (or on their behalf) in writing for inclusion in the proxy materials to be furnished to the shareholders of any U.S. Public Fund will not contain, at the time the proxy materials are first mailed to the shareholders of any U.S. Public Fund or at the time of the meeting thereof, any untrue statement of a material fact, or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  
 
35

 
Each of Seller and Buyer shall have the right to review in advance and to approve (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) all the information relating to it and any of its Affiliates proposed to appear in any registration statement or proxy statement or any amendment or supplement thereto submitted to the SEC or such other applicable Governmental Authority in connection with the approvals contemplated by this subsection (a).
 
(iv)   In the event that the approval by the shareholders of a U.S. Public Fund (other than an Exempt Sub-Advised Fund) of the applicable new Advisory Agreement described in this subsection (a) is not reasonably expected to be obtained prior to the Closing, as soon as practicable after the parties so determine such shareholder approval is not reasonably expected to be obtained by the Closing, the Company Group shall request the Public Fund Board of each such U.S. Public Fund to approve, in conformity with Rule 15a-4 under the Investment Company Act, an interim Advisory Agreement, to be effective immediately following the Closing, for each such U.S. Public Fund with the RIA containing substantially similar terms as the existing applicable Advisory Agreement with each such U.S. Public Fund (except for changes thereto to the extent necessary to comply with Rule 15a-4).  In the event that an interim Advisory Agreement under Rule 15a-4 becomes effective prior to Closing, Seller and Buyer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the required U.S. Public Fund shareholder approval as promptly as practicable following the Closing Date (and in any event prior to the expiration of such interim contracts).
 
(b)   UCITs .  Seller shall cause the Company Group to use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, as promptly as practicable following the date of this Agreement, the approval of the Financial Regulator of Ireland to the continued management of each Public Fund that is a UCIT by the RIA following the Closing.  The parties hereto agree that each such Public Fund shall be deemed to have consented for all purposes under this Agreement to the transactions contemplated hereby and the continued management of such Public Fund by the RIA following the Closing if continued management of such Public Fund by the RIA following the Closing has been approved in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, unless at any time prior to the Closing such Public Fund notifies the RIA in writing that such Public Fund has terminated its Advisory Agreement prior to or following the Closing (and such notice is not withdrawn).
 
(c)   Non-Public Fund Clients .
 
 
(i)   If consent is required by Applicable Law or by the Advisory Agreement of any Client (other than a Public Fund) for the
 
36

 
deemed assignment or continuation of the Advisory Agreement with such Client as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, as promptly as practicable following the date of this Agreement, Seller shall cause the Company Group to send a notice (“ Transaction Notice ”) informing such Client of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and requesting the written consent of such Client to such deemed assignment or continuation.
 
(ii)   The parties hereto agree that any consent required for the deemed assignment or continuation of any Advisory Agreement with a Client (other than a Public Fund) shall be deemed given for all purposes under this Agreement (A) if written consent is expressly required under the respective Advisory Agreement, upon receipt of the written consent requested in the Transaction Notice or (B) if consent other than written consent is permitted under Applicable Law and the respective Advisory Agreement, (x) upon receipt of a written consent requested in the Transaction Notice or (y) if no such written consent is received, if 60 days shall have passed since the sending of written notice (“ Negative Consent Notice ”) to such Client (which Negative Consent Notice shall be included in the Transaction Notice) informing such Client:  (I) of the intention to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, which will result in a deemed assignment of such Client’s Advisory Agreement; (II) of the intention of the RIA to continue to provide the advisory services pursuant to the existing Advisory Agreement with such Client after the Closing if such Client does not terminate such agreement prior to the Closing; and (III) that the consent of such Client will be deemed to have been granted if such Client continues to accept such advisory services for a period of at least 60 days after the sending of the Negative Consent Notice without termination; provided that, in any case under clause (A) or (B), no consent shall be deemed to have been given for any purpose under this Agreement if at any time prior to the Closing such Client notifies the Company, whether in writing or orally, that such Client has not so consented or has terminated or intends to terminate its Advisory Agreement (and such notice is not withdrawn or superseded).  For the avoidance of doubt, the parties hereto agree that Seller shall, or shall cause the applicable member of the Company Group to, include in each Negative Consent Notice a request for written consent, even if written consent to an assignment is not required by the applicable Advisory Agreement.
 
(d)   The Seller shall cause each member of the Company Group, as applicable, to use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all consents, waivers and approvals from, and provide all notices to, all Persons (including, as applicable, noteholders, rating agencies, trustees and shareholders) required in order to ensure that that the transactions contemplated hereby will not cause the termination of any Collateral Management Agreement.  Executed counterparts of
 
37

 
such consents, waivers and approvals shall be delivered to Buyer promptly after receipt thereof, and copies of such notices shall be delivered to Buyer promptly after the making thereof.
 
(e)   In connection with obtaining the Client consents under this Section 4.2, at all times prior to the Closing, Seller shall take reasonable steps to keep Buyer informed of the status of obtaining such Client consents and, upon Buyer’s request, make available to Buyer copies of all such executed Client consents.  Seller and Buyer agree that they shall coordinate and consult in good faith with each other with respect to all matters relating to rating agency relations and investor relations in regard to the collateral debt obligation transactions set forth in Schedule 4.2(e) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule (each, a “ CDO ”) and the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
(f)   Seller shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) drafts of all consent materials (including proxy solicitation materials) prepared by Seller or its Affiliates to Buyer a reasonable time prior to the mailing or distribution of such documents to any Client (and in the case of proxy solicitation materials, prior to the filing of such materials with the SEC) in order to afford Buyer an opportunity to fully review and comment on such documents and Buyer shall have the right to so review and comment on such documents.  Any reasonable comments provided by Buyer on such documents shall be considered in good faith by Seller.  Buyer shall reasonably cooperate with Seller and its Affiliates in connection with the obtaining of Client consents under this Section 4.2.
 
(g)   Prior to Closing, without the prior written consent of Seller, none of Buyer or its Affiliates or their respective employees, directors, officers or agents shall, directly or indirectly, contact or communicate with any Client or any Affiliate thereof (including any member of any Public Fund Board and any consultant, “gatekeeper” or similar Person) regarding the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  Consent of the Seller shall not be required in connection with any responses or communications by Buyer in connection with any requests directed to Buyer relating to the approval by an applicable Public Fund Board of any agreements pursuant to the provisions of Section 15 of the Investment Company Act.
 
Section 4.3   Pre-Closing Access .
 
(a)   Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing, subject to the other provisions of this Section 4.3, Seller shall cause the Company Group to provide such access to Buyer and its accountants, counsel, financial advisors and other representatives to such information and data relating to the Company Group, including the books, compliance records, financial information (including working papers and data in the possession of the Company’s independent public accountants (subject to execution by Buyer of a hold harmless or similar agreement if requested by the accountants), internal audit reports, and “management letters” from such accountants with respect to the Company
 
38

 
Group’s systems of internal control) and records (including Tax records, but only to the extent such records relate solely to the Company Group) and employees of the Company Group and such other information, Contracts and properties of or relating to the Company Group, as is reasonably requested in connection with this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  Such review shall occur only during normal business hours upon reasonable advance notice by Buyer to Seller, under the supervision of Seller’s personnel and shall be conducted in a manner that does not unreasonably interfere with the operations of the Company Group.  Notwithstanding the obligations contained in this Section 4.3, the Company Group shall not be required by this Section 4.3 to provide access to or to disclose information where such access or disclosure would (x) jeopardize the attorney-client privilege of it or its Affiliates (based on the advice of counsel) or contravene any Applicable Law or fiduciary duty or breach a binding agreement or (y) cause material competitive harm to the Company Group if the transactions contemplated hereby are not consummated.  All information provided or accessed under this Section 4.3(a) shall be subject to the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement.  No information provided to or obtained by Buyer pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall limit or otherwise affect the remedies available hereunder to Buyer (including Buyer’s right to seek indemnification pursuant to Article VIII), or the representations or warranties of, or the conditions to the obligations of, the parties hereto.
 
(b)   Prior to the Closing, none of Buyer or its Affiliates or their respective employees, directors, officers or agents shall contact or communicate with the customers, suppliers and licensors of the Company Group in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby without the prior written consent of Seller.
 
Section 4.4   Post-Closing Access; Post-Closing Retention of Records; Etc.
 
(a)   Following the Closing, Buyer shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, upon reasonable notice by Seller or its Affiliates to Buyer:
 
 
(i)   (A) provide to Seller and its Affiliates and their respective representatives reasonable access to their properties, information, data, books, records, employees and auditors to the extent relating to the business and operations of the Company Group with respect to any pre-Closing period or matter occurring prior to the Closing (including in connection with any Proceeding arising out of any business or operations of the Company Group in which Seller or any of its Affiliates may from time to time be involved (including the Retained Disputes), other than with respect to proceedings involving disputes between Buyer, on the one hand, and Seller and/or Seller Parent, on the other hand, and the preparation and audit of any financial statements or Tax Returns) and (B) permit Seller and its Affiliates and their respective
 
39

 
representatives to make such copies and inspections of any such information, data, books and records as any of them may reasonably request; and
 
(ii)   (A) make available at the Company offices to Seller and its Affiliates and their respective representatives, the officers, employees and representatives of the Company Group to provide reasonable assistance and co-operation in the review of information described in Section 4.4(a) and (B) reasonably cooperate with Seller and its Affiliates and their respective representatives, including by furnishing such records, information and testimony, and attend such conferences, mediations, discovery proceedings, hearings, trials or appeals and making available their respective employees as witnesses, to the extent reasonably necessary or appropriate in connection with any Proceeding arising out of any business or operations of the Company Group in which Seller or any of its Affiliates are or may from time to time be involved (including the Retained Disputes), other than with respect to proceedings involving disputes between Buyer, on the one hand, and Seller and/or Seller Parent, on the other hand;
 
 
provided that (w) any access or cooperation pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) shall not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of the business of the Company Group and (x) such access or review shall occur only during normal business hours upon reasonable advance notice by Seller to Buyer, under the supervision of Company or Buyer personnel, (y) such access or review shall occur only after Seller and/or Seller Parent shall have (i) entered into a customary and reasonable non-disclosure agreement with the Company on terms with respect to confidentiality of information no more restrictive than the relevant terms of the Confidentiality Agreement and (ii) identified, in reasonable detail, its purpose in seeking access or cooperation pursuant to this Section 4.4(a) and (z) Seller shall be responsible for any out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Buyer and its Affiliates in connection with its compliance with this Section 4.4(a).  Notwithstanding the obligations contained in this Section 4.4, the Company Group shall not be required to provide access or information or to disclose information where such access or disclosure would jeopardize the attorney-client privilege of it or its Affiliates (based on the advice of counsel) or contravene any Applicable Law or fiduciary duty or breach a binding agreement in effect at Closing.
 
(b)   Following the Closing, Buyer shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, (i) retain true and complete originals or copies of the books and records and other information and data, including personnel records, of the Company Group and its business and operations with respect pre-Closing periods in accordance with the document retention policies of Buyer and its Affiliates, but in no event for less than six years, (ii) comply with the terms of the applicable
 
40

 
hold order distributed by Seller Parent to the Company Group regarding the Retained Disputes (including the hold order, dated April 6, 2005, regarding TransAmerica (a copy of which is attached to the Letter Agreement)) and (iii) prior to destroying or disposing of any such books and records, information or data, provide not less than 30 days’ prior notice to Seller, specifying the information and records proposed to be destroyed or disposed of, and, if Seller shall request in writing prior to the scheduled date for such destruction or disposal that any of the information and records proposed to be destroyed or disposed of be delivered to Seller, to promptly arrange for the delivery of such of the information to Seller as was requested at Seller’s cost, provided , that prior to any such delivery Seller shall be required to enter into a customary and reasonable non-disclosure agreement with the Company on terms with respect to confidentiality of information no more restrictive than the relevant terms of the Confidentiality Agreement.
 
(c)   Without limitation of the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.4, following the Closing, the parties agree that Seller and its Affiliates shall exclusively control, manage and be responsible for the defense, handling and disposition of the matters described in Schedule 4.4(c) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule (the “ Retained Disputes ”).  As of the Closing, Seller Parent and Buyer agree that the Company Group shall cease to have any obligation to pay, or reimburse Seller Parent for, any costs of the Retained Disputes (including costs of counsel).  Seller shall keep Buyer apprised in a timely manner of the status of the Retained Disputes and shall provide Buyer with reasonable access to any documents, information or other materials prepared by, or provided to Seller or its Affiliates, in connection with the Retained Disputes, except to the extent such access would jeopardize the attorney-client privilege (based on the advice of counsel).  Seller shall consult with Buyer prior to the entry into any settlement in connection with any Retained Dispute and consider Buyer’s views in good faith and any such settlement shall not contain any restriction on the business of the Company Group or any admission or finding of wrongdoing on behalf of the Company Group or any of its officers or employees.  Any such settlement with respect to a particular defendant that does not provide for a full release of such defendant with respect to the claim(s) being settled shall require the consent of Buyer, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  Any settlement that applies to all claims against all defendants in connection with a Retained Dispute shall contain a full and complete release of the Company Group and its officers from all liability related thereto.
 
Section 4.5   Confidentiality; Announcements .
 
(a)   The parties agree to be bound by and comply with the provisions set forth in the Confidentiality Agreement, the provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference, and further agree that the Confidentiality Agreement shall terminate upon the Closing.
 
(b)   Seller and Buyer shall, and shall cause their respective
 
41

 
Affiliates to, consult with each other as to the form, substance and timing of any press release or other public disclosure related to this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and no such press release or other public disclosure shall be made without the consent of each of parties hereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided , however , that any party may make such disclosure to the extent required by Applicable Law or the rules of any applicable stock exchange; provided , further , that in the event this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 6.1(i), the parties shall mutually agree on the form, substance and timing of any press release or other public disclosure related to such termination.
 
Section 4.6   Regulatory Matters; Third Party Consents .
 
(a)   The parties to this Agreement shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, cooperate with each other and use their reasonable best efforts to as promptly as practicable after the date hereof prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, all necessary documentation to effect all applications, notices, petitions and filings with, and to obtain as promptly as practicable after the date hereof all permits, consents, approvals, waivers and authorizations of, all third parties and Governmental Authorities that are necessary or advisable to timely consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.  The parties hereto agree to take all reasonable steps necessary to satisfy any conditions or requirements imposed by any Governmental Authority in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, neither Buyer nor any of its Affiliates (which for purposes of this sentence shall include the Company Group) shall be required, in connection with the matters covered by this Section 4.6, (i) to pay any amounts (other than the payment of filing fees and expenses and fees of counsel), (ii) to commence or defend any litigation, (iii) to hold separate (including by trust or otherwise) or divest any of their respective businesses, product lines or assets, (iv) to agree to any limitation on the operation or conduct of their or the Company’s or any member of the Company Group’s respective businesses or (v) to waive any of the conditions set forth in Article V of this Agreement.  The parties hereto will have the right to review in advance, and will consult with the other parties on, all the information relating to Seller, Buyer, the Company Group or any of their Affiliates, as the case may be, that appears in any filing made with, or written materials submitted to, any third party or any Governmental Authority in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  The parties hereto agree that they will keep the other parties apprised in a timely manner of the status of matters relating to completion of the transactions contemplated herein.  Each of the parties hereto agrees that none of the information regarding it or any of its Affiliates supplied or to be supplied by it or to be supplied on its behalf specifically for inclusion in any documents to be filed with any Governmental Authority in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby will, at the respective times such documents are filed with any Governmental Authority, contain any untrue statement of a material fact
 
42

 
or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  This Section 4.6(a) shall not apply to the obtaining of Client consents, which shall be governed exclusively by Section 4.2.
 
(b)   Each of the parties to this Agreement shall promptly advise the other parties upon receiving any communication relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements or otherwise materially affecting its ability to timely consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby from any Governmental Authority.
 
Section 4.7   Expenses .  Seller shall bear the fees, costs and expenses of it and its Affiliates (including the Company and its Subsidiaries), incurred in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including legal, accounting and financial advisors).  Buyer shall bear the fees, costs and expenses of it and its Affiliates incurred in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including legal, accounting and financial advisors).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the aggregate costs and expenses relating to obtaining the consents contemplated by Section 4.2(a) (including the costs and expenses of proxy solicitation, printing and mailing and legal counsel for the funds and independent trustees counsel) and obtaining the approval of any Governmental Authority pursuant to Section 4.6 shall be borne 50% by Seller and 50% by Buyer, and each of them shall promptly reimburse the other upon request with respect to such costs and expenses to be borne by them.
 
Section 4.8   Financial Information .  Between the date hereof and the Closing Date, Seller shall provide (or cause to be provided) to Buyer as promptly as practicable after the same are available to Seller, but in any event within 20 Business Days following the end of each calendar month, or, if later, copies of any regularly prepared monthly financial information of the Company Group.
 
Section 4.9   Efforts of Parties to Close .  During the period from the date of this Agreement through the Closing, each party hereto agrees to use reasonable best efforts to fulfill or obtain the fulfillment of the conditions precedent to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement as promptly as reasonably practicable following the date of this Agreement, including the execution and delivery of any documents, certificates, instruments or other papers that are reasonably required for the consummation of such transactions.
 
Section 4.10   Further Assurances .  Each party to this Agreement shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, at the request of any other party, at any time and from time to time following the Closing, execute and deliver to the requesting
 
43

 
party such further customary instruments and take such other actions as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order to confirm or carry out the provisions of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.  Seller Parent agrees to cause Seller to comply with its obligations under this Agreement.
 
Section 4.11   No Solicitation .  During the period from the date hereof continuing through the Closing, Seller Parent shall not, and shall cause its respective Affiliates not to, solicit or engage in discussions or negotiations with any Person (other than Buyer and its Affiliates and their respective representatives) concerning any acquisition by such Person of any member of the Company Group or any of their respective material assets.
 
Section 4.12   Employee Benefits .
 
(a)   During the one-year period following the Closing, Buyer shall, or shall cause the applicable member of the Company Group, subject to the discretion of its Board Remuneration Committee, to provide to each employee of the Company Group as of Closing (the “ Company Group Employees ” or “employees of the Company Group”) during their employment , with a base salary at the same rate as in effect at June 30, 2009 for such employee (which, during such period, shall not be reduced except on a case-by-case basis consistent with past practices or where the Company’s Chief Executive recommends such reduction). In addition, Buyer shall, or shall cause the applicable member of the Company Group, subject to the discretion of its Board Remuneration Committee, to provide aggregate base salaries and employee benefits to Company Group Employees in the aggregate that are intended to have an approximate value midway between (i) the aggregate value of such employees’ total base salaries and employee benefits immediately before the Closing and (ii) the aggregate value of the sum of such employees’ base salaries immediately before the Closing and employee benefits provided under the Buyer’s employee benefit plans for similarly situated employees, as reasonably determined by Buyer and the Company’s Chief Executive.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Agreement shall be construed (i) as a guarantee of continued employment of any employee of the Company Group, (ii) to prohibit Buyer or any member of the Company Group from having the right to terminate the employment of any employee of the Company Group, (iii) to prevent the amendment, modification or termination of any Company Benefit Plan or other employee benefit plan, program or arrangement sponsored, maintained or contributed to by Buyer, any member of the Company Group or any of their respective Affiliates after the Closing (the “ Buyer Plans ”) or (iv) to prevent the Buyer’s Board Remuneration Committee making any compensation structure changes that it feels may be necessary given economic events affecting the Company Group.  Following the Closing, Buyer, the Company Group and their respective Affiliates (as applicable) shall be responsible for all cash severance obligations with respect to any termination of employment of any employee of the Company Group.
 
(b)   As of the Closing, the employees of the Company Group
 
44

 
shall cease active coverage or active participation under all Seller Plans; provided , however , that Seller shall remain responsible for claims incurred under a Seller Plan up to the Closing.  Seller shall retain (and Buyer shall not assume) any obligation under any Seller Plan that is a retiree medical plan for such employees or former employees who are eligible or would be eligible if they terminated employment on the Closing Date and such coverage shall commence following the later of their termination of employment with the Seller or the Company Group; provided that such employees satisfy all conditions of coverage of any Seller Plan including without limitation the requirements that the employees remain covered by a group medical plan through commencement of retiree medical benefits; and provided , further that nothing herein shall obligate Seller Parent to continue to maintain any retiree medical plan or amend any retiree medical plan from time to time.  Each Company Group Employee and former employee of the Company Group shall be credited with his or her years of service with the Company Group (and any predecessor entities thereof) before the Closing under any Buyer Plan providing benefits similar to those provided under any Seller Plan for purposes of eligibility to participate and vesting but not for purposes of benefit accrual.  Buyer shall, or shall cause the Company Group to, immediately following the Closing, credit each employee of the Company Group with paid time off in an amount equal to the amount of paid time off that each such employee had accrued with Seller Parent or its Affiliates, but had not used or been paid for, as of the Closing Date.
 
(c)   From and after Closing until the date that is 12 months following the date hereof, Buyer shall, or shall cause the Company Group to provide each employee of the Company Group whose employment is terminated without “cause” (as such term or any similar term is defined in the applicable severance plan but excluding any terminations of employment by reason of resignation, death, or disability) with severance compensation in accordance with the applicable Seller Plan existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 2.16(a), provided that (i) any reference to the term “Established Compensation” in the applicable Seller Plan shall be as defined in such plan as of the date hereof and shall be determined based on Established Compensation as of the date of such employee’s termination of employment (but excluding any salary adjustment by reason of TARP compliance or compliance with the employee benefit covenant in Section 4.12(a) hereof) or (ii) if the Buyer’s severance plan applicable to such employee provides more generous severance compensation, the Buyer’s severance plan shall apply in lieu of the otherwise applicable Seller Plan (and for purposes of calculating severance compensation under the Buyer’s severance plan, any salary adjustment by reason of TARP compliance or compliance with the employee benefit covenant in Section 4.12(a) shall be excluded).  Each employee of the Company Group shall be credited with his or her years of service with the Company Group (and any predecessor entities thereof) before the Closing for purposes of this Section 4.12(c).
 
(d)   Buyer shall, or shall cause the Company Group, to cause each employee of the Company Group to be given credit under each Buyer Plan
 
45

 
providing welfare benefits for amounts paid under the corresponding Seller Plan (if any) providing welfare benefits for purposes of applying deductibles, co-payments and out-of-pocket maximums as though such amounts had been paid in accordance with the terms and conditions of such Buyer Plan.  Buyer shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and any Buyer Plans to, waive all limitations as to pre-existing conditions, exclusions, waiting periods and evidence of insurability requirements with respect to participation and coverage of employees of the Company Group and their eligible dependents in any Buyer Plan that is a welfare plan.
 
(e)   If, subsequent to a review of benefits schemes pursuant to 4.12 (a), the Buyer and the Company's Chief Executive so request, Seller shall cause the Company to terminate its 401(k) plan  (“ Company 401(k) Plan ”) immediately prior and subject to the Closing.  The Company shall be solely liable for all costs, expenses and Losses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in the termination of the Company 401(k) Plan, and the Buyer shall, or shall cause the Company to, reimburse Seller for all such costs, expenses and Losses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by Seller for acts or omissions taken or not taken at the discretion of the Buyer and the Company’s Chief Executive.  Further, Buyer shall take all action necessary or appropriate to cause a defined contribution plan to be adopted or maintained by Buyer or any Affiliate of Buyer (the “ Buyer 401(k) Plan ”). Seller Parent shall permit, and Buyer shall cause the Buyer 401(k) Plan to accept, a “rollover” of any account balances of employees of the Company Group under the defined contribution retirement plan of Seller Parent and its Affiliates (the “ Seller 401(k) Plan ”) to the Buyer 401(k) Plan.  In connection with any such rollover elected by any employee of the Company Group, Buyer shall allow any such employee's outstanding loan and related promissory note under the Seller 401(k) Plan to be rolled over into the Buyer 401(k) Plan.
 
(f)   Seller Parent or one of its Affiliates will be responsible for any obligations under its plans, policies or programs related to Company Group Employees or former employees of the Company Group and, to the extent applicable, their qualified beneficiaries currently eligible to receive benefits under COBRA or long-term disability policies, plans or programs as of the Closing; provided that any employees of the Company Group covered under any such long-term disability policies, plans or programs as of the Closing shall become employees of Buyer or one of its Affiliates effective as of the date such employee is ready to return to active employment.  By way of clarification and not in limitation of the immediately preceding sentence, Seller Parent or one of its Affiliates shall be responsible for providing COBRA coverage with respect to any employee of the Company Group terminated on or prior to the Closing and any qualified beneficiary entitled to coverage on or prior to the Closing.
 
(g)  
 
 
46

 
(i)   Prior to the Closing, Seller Parent shall cause the Company Group to establish a deferred compensation plan (such plan, the “ Company Group Deferred Compensation Plan ”) that complies with Section 409A of the Code for the benefit of any Company Group Employee who participates in the Seller Parent’s Deferred Compensation and Supplemental/Excess Retirement Plan (the “ Seller Parent Deferred Compensation Plan ”) (each, a “ Participant ”), to which shall be credited all deferred compensation account balances held under the Seller Parent Deferred Compensation Plan in respect of Participants at the time of establishment of the Company Group Deferred Compensation Plan (or, with respect to the Participants who are identified on Schedule 4.15(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, all deferred compensation balances transferred to the Company Group Deferred Compensation Plan subsequent to the establishment of such plan but prior to Closing).  The Company Group Deferred Compensation Plan shall be identical in all respects to the Seller Parent Deferred Compensation Plan as it relates to the Participants; provided that, (i) unless otherwise determined by Buyer, Buyer shall have no obligation to permit deferrals by the Participants for any future calendar years under the Company Group Deferred Compensation Plan, and (ii) the plan document shall provide that all deferred compensation may be paid in full upon any termination of the plan in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.  For the calendar year in which the Closing occurs, subject to the terms of the plan (including the right to terminate the plan), Buyer shall honor (or cause to be honored) any deferral election made by a Participant under the Seller Parent Deferred Compensation Plan for such calendar year.  The parties agree that Buyer shall be solely responsible for all liabilities and obligations relating to the Participants under the Company Group Deferred Compensation Plan (including all payments to the Participants of their respective balances thereunder), that any amounts owed to employees of the Company Group under the Company Group Deferred Compensation Plan were for services rendered for the Company Group, and neither the Seller nor the Company Group, prior to the Closing, shall claim a deduction relating to the deferred compensation account balances credited to the Participants under the Seller Parent Deferred Compensation Plan or the Company Group Deferred Compensation Plan.
 
 
(ii)   The aggregate account balances as of the Closing Date of the Participants under the Company Group Deferred Compensation Plan shall be accrued as a liability on the Estimated Closing Balance Sheet and the Final Closing Balance Sheet to the extent and in the manner provided for in the Closing Balance Sheet Principles.
 
(h)   Seller shall retain exclusive responsibility and liability for all workers’ compensation injuries and claims incurred on or prior to the Closing by Company Group Employees or former employees of the Company Group.
 
47

 
(i)   With respect to annual bonus and other cash incentive compensation for the period of employment through the Closing Date of employees of the Company Group, Seller shall accrue such amount on Estimated Closing Balance Sheet and the Final Closing Balance Sheet to the extent and in the manner provided for in the Closing Balance Sheet Principles, in which event Buyer shall pay such amount accrued with respect to such period to applicable employees.
 
(j)   Seller Parent shall make certain changes to the compensation arrangements of certain employees of the Company Group as described in the Letter Agreement.  Each such employee shall acknowledge in writing to the Company or Buyer that (i) such changes shall cease to be in effect prior to or immediately following the Closing and (ii) Buyer shall have no obligation to continue any such employee’s compensation arrangements in effect immediately prior to the Closing.
 
(k)   Except where prohibited for any Company Group Employee by reason of the Seller Parent’s participation in the U.S. Treasury’s Troubled Asset Relief Program or similar government program, Seller shall cause a portion of each outstanding equity award held by a Company Group Employee under any Seller Plan that does not otherwise vest pro-rata by reason of consummation of this Agreement to vest, and such portion shall be equal to the amount of such award that would have vested on the vesting date on or after the Closing Date (the “ Post Closing Vesting Date ”), multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the date of grant of such equity award (the " Grant Date ") through the Closing Date, and the denominator of which is the number of days from the Grant Date through the Post Closing Vesting Date.  Such vested equity awards shall be paid in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.
 
Section 4.13   Delivery of Closing Revenue Run-Rate Schedule .  Seller shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to Buyer, (i) not later than the tenth Business Day prior to the Closing Date, a schedule setting forth in reasonable detail the estimated calculation of the Closing Revenue Run-Rate based upon information as then available, and (ii) not later than the third Business Day prior to the Closing Date, an update of such schedule.  On the Closing Date Seller shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to Buyer an updated schedule setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the Closing Revenue Run-Rate Rate if necessary to reflect consents that have been obtained, and written notices of termination that have been received, from Clients from and after the date on which such schedule was initially delivered to Buyer through the Closing Date.
 
Section 4.14   Section 15(f) .
 
(a)   Buyer acknowledges that each of Seller Parent and Seller is entering into this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements in reliance upon the benefits and protections provided by Section 15(f) of the Investment Company
 
48

 
Act.  From and after the Closing Date, to the extent within its control, Buyer shall not take, and shall cause its Affiliates not to take, any action that would have the effect, directly or indirectly, of causing the requirements of any of the provisions of Section 15(f) of the Investment Company Act not to be met in respect of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, and to the extent within its control, shall not fail to take, and, after the Closing, shall cause its Affiliates not to fail to take, any action if the failure to take such action would have the effect, directly or indirectly, of causing the requirements of any of the provisions of Section 15(f) of the Investment Company Act not to be met in respect of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements. In that regard, from and after the Closing Date and to the extent within its control, Buyer shall conduct its business and shall cause each of its Affiliates to conduct its business so as to assure that:
 
(i)   for a period of not less than three years after the Closing, at least 75% of the members of the boards of directors or trustees of each Public Fund are not (A) “interested persons” (within the meaning of Section 15(f) of the Investment Company Act) of the investment adviser of such Fund after the Closing or (B) “interested persons” (within the meaning of Section 15(f) of the Investment Company Act) of the investment adviser of such Fund immediately prior to the Closing; and
 
(ii)   for a period of not less than two years after the Closing, there shall not be imposed on any Public Fund an “unfair burden” (for purposes of Section 15(f) of the Investment Company Act) as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, or any terms, conditions or understandings applicable thereto.
 
(b)   For a period of three years from the Closing, Buyer shall not engage, and shall cause its Affiliates not to engage, in any transaction that would constitute an “assignment” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) to a third party of any Advisory Agreement between Buyer or any of its Affiliates and any U.S. Public Fund managed or advised by any member of the Company Group as of the Closing without first obtaining a covenant in all material respects the same as that contained in this Section 4.14; provided that the foregoing shall not apply in the event that Section 15(f) of the Investment Company Act no longer applies to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the covenants of the parties hereto contained in this Section are intended only for the benefit of such parties and for no other Person.
 
Section 4.15   Certain Pre-Closing Matters .
 
(a)   Prior to the Closing Seller shall cause the Company Group to transfer the employees of the Company Group identified in Schedule 4.15(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule and the computers, furniture, office equipment and other office assets used by such employees to Seller or one of its Affiliates.
 
49

 
(b)   Prior to the Closing Seller shall, and shall cause the Company Group to, take such actions as are necessary so that the individuals identified in Schedule 4.15(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule are employed by the Broker-Dealer at the Closing (other than any such individual who ceases to be employed by Seller or one of its Affiliates prior to Closing).  In connection therewith, Seller and Buyer shall cooperate, and take such actions as are reasonably necessary, so that each such individual is a registered representative of the Broker-Dealer no later than the Closing.
 
(c)   Buyer acknowledges and agrees that, prior to the Closing, Seller shall cause the Company Group to assign to Seller or one of its Affiliates all right, title and interest of the Company Group under the Contract set forth in Schedule 4.15(c) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule to any payment to be made to any member of the Company Group thereunder to the extent that any such payment is not reflected as an asset on the Final Closing Balance Sheet.
 
(d)   At or prior to the Closing, Seller shall cause the Company Group to repay any long-term Indebtedness outstanding as of Closing Date (other than (a) any such Indebtedness to the extent between members of the Company Group) and (b) any long-term Indebtedness that the parties agree shall be deducted from the Purchase Price).
 
(e)   Buyer acknowledges and agrees that, prior to the Closing, Seller shall, and shall cause the Company Group to, take such actions as are necessary so that the assets and liabilities related to the Seller Parent pension plan as identified in Exhibit A (but, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be determined as of the date of transfer for purposes of this Section 4.15(e)) will be transferred to Seller Parent or one of its Affiliates (other than the Company Group).
 
(f)   Buyer acknowledges and agrees that, prior to the Closing, Seller shall, and shall cause the Company Group to, take such actions as are necessary so that the three life insurance policies on employees and former employees will be transferred to Seller Parent or one of its Affiliates (other than the Company Group).
 
(g)   Prior to the Closing, Seller shall notify Buyer of any new products that any member of the Company Group is planning to launch prior to the Closing, including but not limited to, launching any new Public Fund and/or any pooled investment vehicle that is excepted from the definition of investment company under Section 3(c)(1) or Section 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act.
 
(h)   Prior to the Closing, Seller Parent will, or will cause its Affiliates to, amend the Fund Accounting and Financial Administration Oversight Agreement between DSC and the Lincoln VIP Trust and the Fund Accounting and Financial Administration Oversight Agreement between DSC and The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company to provide that each of these agreements will be terminable by each party thereto upon not less than six months
 
50

 
notice without penalty and to update the schedules thereto to reflect the actual services being provided by DSC thereunder and the list of funds and accounts receiving such services.
 
Section 4.16   Notifications .  Until the Closing, each party hereto shall promptly notify the other party in writing of any fact, change, condition, circumstance or occurrence or nonoccurrence of any event of which it is has knowledge that will or would reasonably be expected to result in any of the conditions set forth in Article V of this Agreement becoming incapable of being satisfied.
 
Section 4.17   Affiliate Agreements .  Except as set forth in Schedule 4.17 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, effective at the Closing, all Affiliate Agreements shall be terminated pursuant to written termination agreements and without any further right, obligation or liability of any Person thereunder.
 
Section 4.18   IT Separation Plan; Transition Services; Real Estate and Related Assets .
 
(a)   From the date hereof through the Closing, Seller Parent and Buyer shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, negotiate in good faith and use their commercially reasonable efforts to prepare a mutually agreed written plan (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) setting forth, in reasonable detail, the separation of the Information Technology Systems and related software that are currently being used by the Company Group and, to the extent related to the business of the Company Group attributable to the employees being transferred to the Company Group pursuant to Section 4.15(b), Lincoln Financial Distributors (“ LFD ”) from the Information Technology Systems and software of the Seller Parent and its Affiliates (other than the Company Group) (the “ IT Separation Plan ”).  The IT Separation Plan shall include the functions listed in Exhibit G.  Seller Parent, after giving reasonable notice to and consulting in good faith with Buyer, may commence such separation prior to the IT Separation Plan being mutually agreed.  The IT Separation Plan shall provide that (i) Seller Parent and Buyer shall cooperate and use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to implement the IT Separation Plan as soon as commercially practicable following the Closing and (ii) Seller Parent shall be responsible for all costs and expenses incurred by Seller Parent and its Affiliates (the “ IT Separation Costs ”) to implement the IT Separation Plan through the date on which the IT Separation Plan (or any identified subcomponent thereof) is implemented (such implementation date to be mutually agreed by Seller Parent and Buyer, such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld).  For the avoidance of doubt, the IT Separation Costs shall not include any costs or expenses related to (x) the integration of the Company Group into Buyer (including the integration of the Information Technology Systems of the Company Group into the Information Technology Systems of Buyer) unless, and only to the extent, as part of the IT Separation Plan, Seller Parent and Buyer
51

 
mutually agree that integration of such systems into Buyer’s systems would be a preferable alternative to separating such systems to a stand-alone system (and such alternative results in no additional cost or expense to Seller Parent), (y) the upgrade or improvement of any Information Technology Systems or software (including the Information Technology Systems and software that are being segregated under the IT Separation Plan) except insofar as upgrading or improving those Information Technology Systems or software is necessary so that the Information Technology Systems of the Company Group after the implementation of the IT Separation Plan function in a substantially similar manner to the manner in which such Information Technology Systems have functioned in the ordinary course of business prior to the Closing; or (z) any costs or expenses incurred by Buyer or its Affiliates (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Company Group following the Closing), unless such costs or expenses are undertaken by Buyer or its Affiliates by mutual written agreement of Buyer and Seller Parent prior to such expenditure, which agreement expressly provides that such costs or expenses are to be borne by Seller Parent.
 
(b)   From the date hereof through the Closing, Seller Parent and Buyer shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, negotiate in good faith and use their commercially reasonable efforts to enter into a definitive transition services agreement (the “ Transition Services Agreement ”), to be effective as of the Closing, which shall reflect the terms set forth on Exhibit B hereto and customary additional terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed to by the parties.  The Transition Services Agreement shall provide that Buyer shall not be required to pay for any of the costs of any Information Technology Systems and related software services provided by Seller Parent and its Affiliates to Buyer and its Affiliates until the IT Separation Plan (or an identified related subcomponent thereof) is implemented (provided that the costs and expenses of any information technology transition services provided after the time that the IT Separation Plan (or an identified related subcomponent thereof) has been implemented shall be subject to the terms of the Transition Services Agreement).
 
(c)   No later than the Closing, Seller Parent shall cause, at its cost, all of the employees of Seller Parent and its Affiliates (other than the Company Group) who occupy the 9 th and 39 th floors at One Commerce Square and floor P1 at Two Commerce Square to vacate such floors.  No later than the Closing, Seller shall, and shall cause the Company Group, to take such actions as are necessary so that the copier leases for the copiers located on such floors are assigned to or otherwise assumed by the Company Group.
 
(d)   Buyer and Seller Parent shall cooperate and negotiate in good faith to, and to cause the landlord of One Commerce Square and Two Commerce Square to, enter into or consent to (as applicable) one or more subleases, to be effective at the Closing, between Seller Parent (or one of its creditworthy Affiliates), a member of the Company Group and such landlord prior to the Closing with respect to the 5 th floor, as determined pursuant to Section 4.18(f), the 30 th floor or 36 th floor (as applicable) and the 34 th floor at One
 
52

 
Commerce Square and a portion of the 2 nd floor at Two Commerce Square (as applicable) on the terms set forth in Exhibit D hereto and such other terms as are customary for a sublease, reasonably requested by the applicable landlord or otherwise mutually agreed by Seller Parent and Buyer.  In the event that the landlord will not enter into or consent to (as applicable) a sublease, Buyer and Seller Parent shall cooperate in good faith to enter into an alternative arrangement to provide Seller Parent (or its Affiliates) with the benefit of the occupancy of the applicable space to the greatest extent practicable and to ensure, to the greatest extent practicable, that Seller shall be responsible for all obligations of the Company Group of such locations (including payment of all applicable costs and expenses) as though an assignment of the leases associated with such locations had been implemented.
 
(e)   Buyer acknowledges and agrees that, prior to the Closing, Seller Parent shall, or shall cause its Affiliates to transfer the following assets to Seller Parent or one of its Affiliates (other than the Company Group):
 
(i)   All computers, equipment and other office assets (but not furnishings or leasehold improvements) located on floor P1 at Two Commerce Square other than any computers, equipment or other assets leased by the Company Group;
 
(ii)   All computers, equipment, furnishings and other office assets located on the 5 th floor and the 34 th floor at One Commerce Square;
 
(iii)   All computers, equipment and other office assets (but not furnishings or leasehold improvements) located on the 9 th floor and the 30 th floor at One Commerce Square that are used by employees of Seller Parent and its Affiliates (other than the Company Group); and
 
(iv)   All computers, equipment, furnishings and other office assets located on the 2 nd floor at Two Commerce Square that are primarily for the benefit of Seller Parent and its Affiliates (other than the Company Group).
 
(f)   If requested by Buyer prior to Closing, Seller Parent shall cause all of the employees of Seller Parent and its Affiliates (other than the Company Group) who occupy the 30 th floor at One Commerce Square to vacate such floor in exchange for right of Seller Parent to occupy an equivalent portion of the 36 th floor at One Commerce Square (and the Company Group shall vacate the 36 th floor), such vacatement to be effected as soon as practicable following such request (and if such request is made at least 30 days prior to Closing, by the Closing); provided that Seller Parent shall not be required to pay rent and other costs and expenses for the occupancy of the 36 th floor in excess of the amount of rent and other costs and expenses currently incurred by Seller Parent for the occupancy of the 30 th floor.  Neither Seller Parent nor Buyer shall be required to
 
53

 
bear any cost or expense incurred by the other (or, in the case of Seller Parent, the Company Group) to alter the configuration of either floor or to move employees or computers, equipment and other office assets to or from either floor.
 
(g)   Buyer agrees that in the event that Buyer determines that neither it nor any of its Affiliates will elect to give back space when permitted under the lease for One Commerce Square, Buyer shall give written notice to Seller Parent of each such determination no later than 90 days prior to the date on which any such election must be made to the landlord and shall instead permit Seller Parent to give back space that it or one of its Affiliates is subleasing at One Commerce Square.  If Seller Parent elects to give back space that it is subleasing at One Commerce Square, Buyer shall, and shall cause it Affiliates to, cooperate with any reasonable request of Seller Parent in connection therewith, including providing any necessary notices to the landlord.
 
Section 4.19   Names of Members of the Company Group; Transitional Use of Certain Trademarks .
 
(a)   Buyer acknowledges and agrees that all right, title and interest in and to the Seller Trademarks are owned exclusively by Seller Parent or its Affiliates.  Except as provided in Section 4.19(b), from and after the Closing, Buyer shall not use, and shall cause the Company Group not to use, the names “Lincoln,” “Lincoln National,” or “Lincoln Financial” or any other names, trademarks, service marks, trade names, business names, corporate names, domain names, logos, trade dress or other source indicators (“ Trademarks ”) that contain or comprise any Trademark owned or used by Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates prior to the Closing (“ Seller Trademarks ”) (other than those Trademarks set forth in Schedule 2.17(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule that are owned by the Company Group) or any Trademark confusingly similar thereto.  In furtherance of the foregoing, promptly following the Closing, Buyer shall, and shall cause the Company Group to, remove, strike over or otherwise obliterate all Seller Trademarks from all assets and other materials owned by the Company Group, including, without limitation, any business cards, schedules, stationery, packaging materials, displays, signs, sales, marketing and promotional materials, manuals, forms, websites, email, computer software and other materials and systems.  Notwithstanding the forgoing, nothing in this Section 4.19(a) shall preclude the Company Group from making any reference to the Seller Trademarks in internal historical, tax, employment or similar records or for purposes of prospectus and similar disclosures describing the historical relationship of the Company Group and the Funds with Seller Parent and its Affiliates.
 
(b)   To the extent the Seller Trademarks are used by the Company Group on stationery, signage, invoices, receipts, forms, packaging, advertising and promotional materials, product, training and service literature and materials, software or like materials (“ Marked Materials ”), the Company Group may use such Marked Materials after the Closing without altering or modifying
 
54

 
such Marked Materials for a transitional period not to exceed six months; provided that (i) no member of the Company Group shall use such trademarks, service marks, brand names or trade, corporate or business names in any other manner during the time thereafter and (ii) no member of the Company Group shall reorder any Marked Materials after the Closing Date.  The foregoing permitted use is subject to (A) compliance by the Company Group with the quality control requirements and guidelines in effect for the Seller Trademarks as of the Closing Date and (B) to the extent reasonably practicable, the placement of a mutually agreed upon disclaimer on such materials used by the Company Group identifying in a readily observable manner that the Company Group is no longer an Affiliate of Seller Parent.  Buyer shall indemnify and hold Seller Parent and its Affiliates harmless from and against any liabilities, obligations, losses or damages arising from the use of such Marked Materials after the Closing Date.
 
Section 4.20   Company Group Website .  For nine months following the Closing, Seller Parent shall enable visitors to its home page to access the Company Group’s new home page after such visitors acknowledge that the Company Group is no longer an Affiliate of Seller Parent and they wish to continue to the Company Group’s new home page.
 
Section 4.21   Use of Trade Performance Information .
 
(a)   Unless otherwise permitted under a written agreement between Seller Parent or one of its Affiliates (other than the Company Group) and the Company Group entered into after the Closing, Seller Parent agrees that it will not, and will cause its controlled Affiliates not to, use the Trade Performance Information to the extent attributable to accounts managed by the Company Group (other than any such accounts that are accounts of Seller Parent or its Affiliates (other than the Company Group) or an insurance, annuity, retirement or similar product or fund created, sponsored, advised or administered by Seller Parent or its Affiliates (other than the Company Group) (such Trade Performance Information , the “ Covered Trade Performance Information ”)); provided that the foregoing shall not restrict the use of the Covered Trade Performance Information by Seller Parent or its controlled Affiliates in connection with the marketing, management or administration of any insurance, annuity, retirement or similar product or fund to which any portion of the Trade Performance Information relates to the extent permitted by Applicable Law.
 
(b)   Following the Closing, Seller Parent shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, upon reasonable notice by Buyer or its Affiliates to Seller Parent, provide such access to the members of the Company Group to all documentation relating to any Trade Performance Information maintained by Seller or Seller Parent.
 
Section 4.22   Non-Solicitation of Company Group Employees .  During the period beginning immediately following the Closing and ending on the second anniversary of the Closing Date, Seller Parent shall not, and shall cause
 
55

 
each of its Affiliates not to, directly or indirectly, cause, solicit, induce, encourage or hire for employment or otherwise engage any individual who, at the Closing, is an employee of the Company Group; provided that nothing herein shall prohibit Seller and its Affiliates from (i) conducting a general solicitation of prospective employees in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and that are not specifically directed at any employee of the Company Group or (ii) soliciting or hiring any individual whose employment with the Company Group is terminated.
 
Section 4.23   APRA Regulatory Actions .  Prior to the Closing, the Seller Parent shall cause the Company Group to use its commercially reasonable efforts to take the actions described in Schedule 4.23 (which to the extent such action requires the consent, approval or other action of a Sub-Advised Fund or other third party shall be to the extent within the control of the Company Group).
 
Section 4.24   Certain Trademarks .  At or prior to Closing, Seller shall cause the Company Group to use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) secure the release of any security interests granted against U.S. Trademark No. 1,310,369 for DELAWARE TAX-FREE MONEY FUND and 1,332,508 for DELAWARE CASH RESERVE, both in favor of Chemical Bank, as collateral agent (which security interests may be evidenced by a document recorded at reel/frame 1134/0044 at the United States Patent and Trademark Office ("USPTO")), (ii) file all documents with the USPTO necessary to either record the releases if such security interests had previously been granted or to remove the incorrect recordation if no security interests had in fact been granted; and (iii) provide copies of all such filings together with filing receipts to Buyer.
 
ARTICLE V
 
CONDITIONS TO THE CONSUMMATION OF THE TRANSACTION
 
Section 5.1   Mutual Conditions .  The obligation of each party to this Agreement to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:
 
(a)   (i) No Order preventing the consummation shall be in effect and (ii) no statute, rule, regulation or Order shall have been enacted by any Governmental Authority that prohibits or makes illegal the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; and
 
(b)   Any applicable waiting period under the HSR Act with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby shall have expired or been terminated.
 
Section 5.2   Conditions to the Obligation of Buyer .  The obligation of Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be
 
56

 
subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived in writing by Buyer:
 
(a)   Each of the representations and warranties of Seller set forth in Section 2.5 shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing as if made on the Closing (except with respect to Section 2.5(b), any immaterial inaccuracies thereof for DIUS).  Each of the representations and warranties of Seller set forth in Section 2.1 (Organization) (first, second and third sentences only), Section 2.2 (Authority), Section 2.6 (Subsidiaries) (first, second, third, fifth and sixth sentences only) and Section 2.21 (Brokers and Finders), shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing as if made on the Closing (except for any representation or warranty made with respect to a specific date, which shall be so true and correct only with respect to such specific date).  The other representations and warranties of Seller Parent and Seller set forth in Article II and Section 7.1 of this Agreement shall be true and correct in all respects (determined without regard to any qualifications as to materiality or Company Material Adverse Effect or Fund Material Adverse Effect) as of the Closing Date as though made at and as of such time (except for any representation or warranty made with respect to a specific date, which shall be so true and correct only with respect to such specific date), except for any failure(s) to be so true and correct that, individually or in the aggregate, has not had and would not be reasonably expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect or a Fund Material Adverse Effect;
 
(b)   Seller Parent and Seller shall have performed and complied in all material respects with its covenants and agreements required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by them at or prior to the Closing;
 
(c)   An appropriate senior officer of Seller Parent shall deliver to Buyer a certificate dated as of the Closing Date signed by him on behalf of Seller Parent confirming the satisfaction of the conditions contained in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 5.2;
 
(d)   The Closing Revenue Run-Rate shall not be less than 75% of the Base Revenue Run-Rate;
 
(e)   Since the date hereof, no event, change, occurrence or circumstance shall have occurred which, individually or in the aggregate, has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Company Material Adverse Effect;
 
(f)   APRA shall not have provided notice to Buyer of (i) its objection to the consummation of the purchase by Buyer of the Shares or (ii) the imposition of any burdensome and material financial restriction on Buyer in order for APRA not to have provided Buyer notice of such objection; provided , that (A) any objection by APRA on the grounds that the requirements of APRA Prudential Standard APS 120 (Securitisation) have not been complied with shall not constitute a notice or imposition for the purposes of clauses (i) or (ii) and (B) in
 
57

 
the event that such notice is not provided by APRA in writing, (x) Buyer will request that APRA provide such notice in writing and (y) if APRA does not provide such written notice, Buyer shall deliver to Seller a certificate of a senior executive officer of Buyer providing a summary, in reasonable detail, of the oral notice received from APRA and certifying that, based on such oral notice, the condition set forth in this Section 5.2(f) has not been satisfied; and
 
(g)   Seller and the appropriate member of the Company Group (or appropriate Affiliates thereof) shall have executed and delivered to Buyer all of the Ancillary Agreements to which they are parties.
 
Section 5.3   Conditions to the Obligation of Seller Parent and Seller .  The obligation of Seller Parent and Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to satisfaction of each of the following conditions, which may be waived in writing by Seller:
 
(a)   Each of the representations and warranties of Buyer set forth in Section 3.1 (Organization), Section 3.2 (Authority), and Section 3.9 (Brokers and Finders), shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing as if made on the Closing (except for any representation or warranty made with respect to a specific date, which shall be so true and correct only with respect to such specific date).  The other representations and warranties of Buyer set forth in Article III of this Agreement shall be true and correct in all respects (determined without regard to any qualifications or limitations as to materiality or material adverse effect) as of the Closing Date (except for any representation or warranty made with respect to a specific date, which shall be so true and correct only with respect to such specific date), except for any failure(s) to be so true and correct that, individually and in the aggregate, has not had and would not be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or to comply with its obligations hereunder in a timely manner;
 
(b)   Buyer shall have performed and complied in all material respects with its covenants and agreements required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it at or prior to the Closing;
 
(c)   Buyer shall each have delivered to Seller a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, signed on its behalf by an appropriate senior officer thereof confirming the satisfaction of the conditions contained in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 5.3; and
 
(d)   Buyer shall have executed and delivered to Seller all of the Ancillary Agreements.
 
Section 5.4   Frustration of Closing Conditions .  Neither Seller Parent or Seller, on the one hand, nor Buyer, on the other hand, may rely on the
 
58

 
failure of any condition set forth in this Article V to be satisfied if such failure was caused by its breach of this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE VI
 
TERMINATION
 
Section 6.1   Termination .
 
(a)   This Agreement may be terminated prior to the Closing as follows:
 
(i)   by written consent of each party hereto;
 
(ii)   by any party hereto, if any Order of any Governmental Authority permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall have become final and non-appealable;
 
(iii)   by Seller Parent (on behalf of itself and Seller), if there shall be a breach by Buyer of any representation or warranty or any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement that would result in a failure of a condition set forth in Section 5.1 or 5.3 and which breach cannot be cured or has not been cured (to the extent necessary to avoid a failure of such a condition) prior to the Termination Date;
 
(iv)   by Buyer, if there shall be a breach by Seller Parent or Seller of any representation or warranty or any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement that would result in a failure of a condition set forth in Section 5.1 or 5.2 and which breach cannot be cured or has not been cured (to the extent necessary to avoid a failure of such a condition) prior to the Termination Date; or
 
(v)   by Seller Parent (on behalf of itself and Seller) or Buyer if the Closing does not occur by the close of business on the nine-month anniversary of the date hereof (the “ Termination Date ”); provided , that notwithstanding the foregoing, no party hereto may terminate this Agreement pursuant to this clause (v) if it is in breach of any of its representations or warranties, or has failed to perform any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement on the Termination Date and such breach shall have been the cause (in whole or in part) of, or shall have resulted in, the failure of the Closing to occur by the Termination Date.
 
(b)   The termination of this Agreement shall be effectuated by the delivery by the party terminating this Agreement to each other party of a written notice of such termination.  If this Agreement so terminates, it shall become null and void and have no further force or effect, except as provided in Section 6.2.
 
 
59

 
Section 6.2   Survival after Termination .  If this Agreement is terminated in accordance with Section 6.1 hereof and the transactions contemplated hereby are not consummated, this Agreement shall become void and of no further force and effect, without any liability on the part of any party hereto, except for the provisions of Sections 4.5(b) (final proviso only), 4.7, this Section 6.2 and Article IX, and except that the Confidentiality Agreement shall remain in effect in accordance with its terms.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 6.2 shall relieve any party to this Agreement of liability for any willful breach of this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE VII
 
TAX MATTERS
 
Section 7.1   Tax Representations .  Except as set forth in a correspondingly labeled section of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, Seller Parent and Seller hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to Buyer as follows:
 
(a)   Each member of the Company Group, or Seller Parent or its Affiliate on behalf of such member of the Company Group, has (i) duly and timely filed all income Tax Returns and all other material Tax Returns required to be filed in all jurisdictions in which such Tax Returns are required to be filed (taking into account applicable extensions) and all such Tax Returns were true, correct and complete in all material respects when filed and (ii) paid all material amounts of Taxes required to be paid whether or not shown on such Tax Returns other than such Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate provisions have been made therefor on the Company Financial Statements, in accordance with GAAP.
 
(b)   No member of the Company Group is the subject of any audit for any material amount of Taxes.  There are no other assessments, reassessments, actions, objections, appeals outstanding relating to Taxes of any Company Group member, or any other audits or investigations by any Taxing Authority in progress, nor has Seller, Seller Parent or any Company Group member received any written or, to the actual knowledge of the chief financial officer or Chief Tax Officer of either Seller or Seller Parent, any oral, notice from any Taxing Authority that it intends to conduct such an audit or investigation.
 
(c)   There are no outstanding written agreements or waivers extending the statutory period of limitations applicable to any Tax Returns of any member of the Company Group.
 
(d)   Each member of the Company Group, or Seller Parent or its Affiliate on behalf of such member of the Company Group, has complied in all material respects with all Applicable Laws relating to the payment and withholding of Taxes, and has duly and timely withheld and remitted or paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority all material amounts required to be so
 
60

 
withheld and paid under such Applicable Laws.
 
(e)   There are no Encumbrances for Taxes upon the assets or properties of any member of the Company Group except for Permitted Encumbrances.
 
(f)   Seller has delivered (or caused to be delivered) to Buyer correct and complete copies of all federal, state, local, and foreign income Tax Returns (or, where consolidated returns were filed, such portions thereof that relate to any member of the Company Group), examination reports, and statements of deficiency assessed against or agreed to by, or on behalf of, the Company or any member of the Company Group (but only to the extent that such reports and/or statements relate to the Company or a member of the Company Group) filed or received since December 31, 2005.
 
(g)   Neither the Company nor any member of the Company Group will be required to include any material item of income in, or exclude any material item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date as a result of any: (A) change in method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date; (B) “closing agreement” as described in Code §7121 (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local, or foreign income Tax law) executed on or prior to the Closing Date; or (C) intercompany transaction or excess loss account within the meaning of Code Section 1502 and the regulation promulgated thereunder (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local, or foreign income Tax law).
 
(h)   Neither the Company nor any member of the Company Group has constituted either a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled corporation” (within the meaning of Section 355(a)(1)(A) of the Code) in a distribution of stock qualifying for tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code (A) in the two years prior to the date of this Agreement or (B) in a distribution which could otherwise constitute part of a “plan” or “series of related transactions” (within the meaning of Section 355(e) of the Code) in conjunction with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
 
(i)   No member of the Company Group was ever a member of any consolidated, combined, unitary, affiliated or similar group filing (or required to file) a consolidated, combined or unitary income Tax Return other than the group of which Seller Parent is the common parent for any taxable year for which the assessment of Taxes has not expired pursuant to the relevant statutes of limitations.  No member of the Company Group has any liability for any Taxes of any Person other than a member of the Company Group (A) as a transferee or successor, (B) by contract, or (C) otherwise.
 
(j)   No member of the Company Group is a party to any Tax indemnity, Tax sharing, allocation or similar agreement (whether or not written) with any Person other than obligations in customary agreements with third parties
 
61

 
entered into in the ordinary course of business.
 
(k)   There is no contract, agreement, plan or arrangement covering any person that, individually or collectively, would give rise to the payment of any amount that would not be deductible by the Company or any member of the Company Group by reason of Section 162(m) .
 
(l)   No Claim has been made by a Taxing Authority in a jurisdiction where any member of the Company Group does not file Tax Returns such that it is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction.
 
(m)   No member of the Company Group has participated in a “reportable transaction” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b).
 
Section 7.2   Preparation of Tax Returns and Payment of Taxes .
 
(a)   Seller Parent shall prepare and file (or cause to be prepared and filed) all Tax Returns of the members of the Company Group required to be filed for all Pre-Closing Tax Periods.  Unless otherwise required by a change in Applicable Law, such Tax Returns shall be prepared in a manner consistent with past practice.  In the case of any such Tax Return that requires the signature of any officer or employee of any member of the Company Group, Seller Parent shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) such Tax Returns (together with all supporting documents) to Buyer for its review and comment not later than 30 days prior to the due date of such Tax Returns.  Seller Parent shall incorporate all reasonable changes requested by Buyer, at least 20 days prior to the due date of such Tax Returns, and Buyer shall cause an appropriate officer or employee to sign such Tax Return.  Subject to Section 7.2(d) below, Buyer shall return such Tax Return to Seller Parent no later than 2 Business Days after receipt thereof.  To the extent permitted by Applicable Law and consistent with past practice, Seller Parent shall include the members of the Company Group in the consolidated, combined, unitary or similar Tax Returns filed by Seller Parent or its Affiliates for such Pre-Closing Tax Periods.  Seller Parent shall be liable for and shall timely pay or cause to be paid to the applicable Taxing Authority all Taxes shown to be due on such Tax Returns, provided , however , that no later than five days after the due date (including extensions) of such Tax Returns, Buyer shall reimburse Seller Parent for any amounts shown on the Final Closing Balance Sheet as a liability for Taxes with respect to such Pre-Closing Tax Periods.
 
(b)           Buyer shall prepare and file (or cause to be prepared and filed) all Tax Returns of the members of the Company Group required to be filed for all Straddle Periods, and shall timely pay or cause to be paid to the applicable Taxing Authority all Taxes shown to be due on such Tax Returns.  Buyer shall provide such Tax Returns to Seller Parent for its review and comment at least 30 days prior to the filing date of such Tax Returns.  Buyer shall incorporate all reasonable changes requested by Seller Parent at least 20 days prior to the due
 
62

 
date of such Tax Returns.
 
(c)           Buyer shall be free to file any Tax Return and to seek a ruling, guidance or similar action from any Taxing Authority for any Post-Closing Tax Period in the manner and with respect to the issues that Buyer chooses.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Buyer determines to cause or permit Delaware Management Business Trust-Delaware Management Company Series, solely with respect to its own operations, to seek a ruling or request formal guidance from any Taxing Authority for any Post-Closing Tax Period, Buyer shall or shall cause Delaware Management Business Trust-Delaware Management Company Series to (i) notify Seller that it intends to take such action; (ii) provide Seller with a draft of any proposed submission at least 30 days prior to the date of intended submission; and (iii) consult with Seller and consider Seller's views and comments in good faith with respect to the submission, which views and comments shall be provided to Buyer within 10 days of receipt by Seller of such submission, it being understood that Buyer shall not be required to amend its submission to reflect Seller's views and comments.
 
(d)           In the event of a dispute with respect to Tax Returns relating to Straddle Periods or any Tax Return required to be signed by any officer or employee of the Company Group pursuant to this Section 7.2, Buyer and Seller Parent shall negotiate in good faith, for a period of no more than 5 days (or such shorter period as is practicable under the circumstances in order to permit timely filing of the applicable Tax Return) to resolve such dispute, and in the event Buyer and Seller Parent are unable to fully resolve such dispute within such period, they shall refer their remaining differences to the Independent Accounting Firm, and shall request that the Independent Accounting Firm resolve any such differences at least 5 days prior to the due date for the filing (including extensions) of the applicable Tax Return, in order that such Tax Return may be timely filed.  If the Independent Accounting Firm does not reach a determination with respect to such dispute at least two days prior to the due date of such Tax Return, such Tax Return shall be filed in the manner which the party responsible for preparing such Tax Return deems correct.  Following the Independent Accounting Firm’s determination, if needed, such party shall file an amended Tax Return.  Seller Parent shall pay Buyer its allocable share, as determined pursuant to Section 7.4(c), of Taxes shown to be due on any Tax Return for any Straddle Period no later than two days prior to the due date (including extensions) of such Tax Returns, but only to the extent that the amount of such Taxes exceeds any liability for Taxes attributable to such Straddle Periods included in the Final Closing Balance Sheet (or the worksheets thereto).
 
Section 7.3   Tax Refunds .
 
(a)           Except as provided in Section 7.3(b), if Buyer determines that any member of the Company Group has received a refund, credit or offset of Taxes attributable to any Pre-Closing Tax Period or the portion of any Straddle Period that ends on the Closing Date, such refund shall be for the account of Seller Parent.  
 
63

 
Buyer shall pay over to Seller Parent any such refund (after taking into account any Taxes and out-of-pocket expenses associated with such refund) within 10 days after Buyer or any of its Affiliates receives such refund (or after the relevant Tax Return is filed in which the credit or offset is applied against Buyer’s or any of its Affiliates’ liability for Taxes); provided , however , that Seller Parent, upon the request of Buyer, shall repay such refund (plus penalties, interest, or other charges) to Buyer or the appropriate member of the Company Group within five days of such request, in the event that Buyer or such member of the Company Group is required to repay such refund to the Taxing Authority.  Provided that doing so could not reasonably be expected to have any adverse effect on Buyer or any of its Affiliates, Buyer shall, upon the reasonable request of Seller Parent and at Seller Parent’s sole expense, file, or cause the relevant member of the Company Group to file, any amended Tax Returns or claims for refunds, credits or offsets attributable to any Pre-Closing Tax Period or the portion of any Straddle Period that ends on the Closing Date.
 
(b)           To the extent permissible under Applicable Law, Buyer shall cause the members of the Company Group to elect not to carry back any losses realized in Post-Closing Tax Periods to Pre-Closing Tax Periods.  Where such an election is not possible, Seller Parent shall, upon the request of Buyer and at Buyer’s sole expense, agree to permit the relevant member of the Company Group to file an amended Tax Return or claim for refund for a Pre-Closing Tax Period solely for the purpose of carrying back a loss or other Tax attribute generated in a Post-Closing Tax Period to a Pre-Closing Tax Period.  Any refund, credit or offset received pursuant to the previous sentence shall be for the account of Buyer; provided , however , that Buyer, upon the request of Seller Parent, shall repay such refund (plus penalties, interest, or other charges) to Seller Parent within five days of such request, in the event that Seller Parent or such member of the Company Group is required to repay such refund to the Taxing Authority.  Seller Parent shall pay over to Buyer the amount of any such refund, credit or offset (after taking into account any Taxes and out-of-pocket expenses associated with such refund) within 10 days after Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates receives such refund (or after the relevant Tax Return is filed in which the credit or offset is applied against Seller Parent’s or any of its Affiliates’ liability for Taxes).
 
Section 7.4   Tax Indemnification .
 
(a)   Following the Closing Date, and subject to the other terms of this Article VII, Seller Parent shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Buyer Indemnified Parties, without duplication, from and against, and pay to the applicable Buyer Indemnified Party the amount of, any and all Losses arising out of, resulting from or attributable to any and all (i) Taxes of Seller Parent or its Subsidiaries (other than members of the Company Group), including Taxes imposed on any member of the Company Group for any taxable period ending before or including the Closing Date solely by reason of Treasury Regulation 1.1502-6 (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local, or foreign Tax
 
64

 
law); (ii) Taxes of any member of the Company Group (or any predecessor thereof) for (A) any Pre-Closing Tax Periods, and (B) the portion of any Straddle Period ending at the close of business on the Closing Date (determined as provided in Section 7.4(c)); (iii) subject to Section 8.1, 8.4(a) and 8.6, the failure of any of the representations and warranties contained in Section 7.1 to be true and correct in all respects (determined without regard to any qualification related to materiality contained therein); (iv) the failure to perform any covenant contained in this Agreement with respect to Taxes; and (v) Transfer Taxes for which Seller is responsible pursuant to Section 7.7, provided , however , that Seller Parent shall not be required to indemnify Buyer pursuant to this Section 7.4(a) for Losses in respect of Taxes (x) except to the extent that such Taxes exceed, in the aggregate, the total amount of Taxes shown as a liability on the Final Closing Balance Sheet, or (y) that are Excluded Taxes.
 
(b)   Following the Closing Date, and subject to the other terms of this Article VII, Buyer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Seller Indemnified Parties, without duplication, from and against, and pay to the applicable Seller Indemnified Party the amount of, any and all Losses arising out of, resulting from or attributable to (i) [Intentionally deleted]; (ii) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 7.4(a)(ii), Taxes imposed on Delaware Management Business Trust-Delaware Management Company Series for Pre-Closing Tax Periods commencing with calendar year 2003 by reason of Buyer having taken or caused or permitted Delaware Management Business Trust-Delaware Management Company Series to take the actions described in the second sentence of Section 7.2(c) of this Agreement; (iii) Excluded Taxes; (iv) failures to perform any covenant contained in this Agreement with respect to Taxes except for the covenant set forth in the second sentence of Section 7.2(c); and (v) Transfer Taxes for which Buyer is responsible pursuant to Section 7.7, provided , however , that in the cases of Losses described in clause (ii) of this Section 7.4(b), Buyer shall be required to indemnify Seller Indemnified Parties for only thirty percent (30%) of such Losses.
 
(c)   Straddle Periods.
 
 
(i)   In the case of Taxes that are payable with respect to any Straddle Period, the portion of any such Tax that is allocable to the portion of the period ending on the Closing Date, shall be: (i) in the case of Taxes imposed on a periodic basis (such as real or personal property Taxes), the amount of such Taxes for the entire period (or, in the case of such Taxes determined on an arrears basis, the amount of such Taxes for the immediately preceding period) multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of calendar days in the Straddle Period ending on and including the Closing Date and the denominator of which is the number of calendar days in the entire relevant Straddle Period and (ii) in the case of Taxes not described in (i) above (such as franchise Taxes, Taxes that are based upon or related to income or receipts, based upon
 
65

 
occupancy or imposed in connection with any sale or other transfer or assignment of property (real or personal, tangible or intangible)), the amount of any such Taxes shall be determined as if such taxable period ended as of the close of business on the Closing Date (based on the closing of the books method).
 
(ii)   The parties shall, to the extent permitted or required under Applicable Law, take all actions necessary to treat the Closing Date as the last day of the taxable year or period of each member of the Company Group for all Tax purposes.  The parties shall cause such members of the Company Group to file all Tax Returns for the period including the Closing Date on the basis that the relevant taxable period ended as of the close of business on the Closing Date, unless the relevant Taxing Authority will not accept a Tax Return filed on that basis.
 
Section 7.5   Tax Proceedings .
 
(a)   Buyer shall control, manage and be responsible for any audit, contest, claim, proceeding or inquiry in respect of Taxes (each, a “ Tax Proceeding ”) with respect to any member of the Company Group for any Post-Closing Tax Period and shall have the right to settle or contest any such Tax Proceeding.
 
(b)   Buyer and Seller Parent shall jointly control, manage and be responsible for any Tax Proceeding with respect to any member of the Company Group for any Straddle Period, provided , that such Tax Proceeding shall not be settled without the mutual written consent of Seller Parent and Buyer, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.
 
(c)   Seller Parent shall control, manage and be responsible for any Tax Proceeding with respect to any member of the Company Group for any Pre-Closing Tax Period and shall have the right to settle or contest any such Tax Proceeding, provided , however , that Buyer shall be entitled to participate at its own expense in any such Tax Proceeding the resolution of which could increase the Taxes of or otherwise adversely affect any member of the Company Group for any Post-Closing Tax Period, provided , further , that such Tax Proceeding shall not be settled without the written consent Buyer, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.
 
(d)   Each party shall promptly notify the other party in writing of the commencement of any Tax Proceeding of which such party, any member of the Company Group or any of their respective Affiliates has been informed in writing by any Taxing Authority relating to Tax Returns of the Company Group for any Pre-Closing Tax Period or Straddle Period.  Such notice shall describe the asserted Tax Proceeding in reasonable detail and shall include copies of any notices and other documents received from any Taxing Authority in respect
 
66

 
thereof; provided , however , that the failure of the notified party to give the other party notice as provided herein shall not relieve such other party of its obligations under this Article VII, except to the extent that such other party is actually and materially prejudiced thereby.
 
Section 7.6   Coordination; Survival .  Except as provided in Sections 8.1, 8.2(d), 8.4(a) and 8.6 with respect to any claim for indemnification pursuant to Section 7.4(a)(iii), claims for indemnification with respect to Taxes shall be governed by this Article VII.  For the avoidance of doubt, if any claim for indemnification with respect to Taxes could be governed by both Section 7.4(a)(iii) and any other clause of Section 7.4(a), the indemnity claim and payment shall be governed by and treated as being made solely pursuant to such other clause of Section 7.4(a).  Any such claim made pursuant to this Article VII must be made within the period that is 30 days after the expiration (giving effect to any valid extensions, waivers and tolling periods) of the applicable statutes of limitations relating to the Taxes at issue.
 
Section 7.7   Transfer Taxes .  Any fees, duties, sales, use, transfer, documentary, recording, registration, stamp or similar Taxes (all including penalties, interest and other charges with respect thereto, “Transfer Taxes”) arising as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be borne equally by Seller, on the one hand, and Buyer, on the other hand, and each of Seller and Buyer shall cooperate with respect to the preparation and filing of any Tax Returns with respect to Transfer Taxes.
 
Section 7.8   Section 338 Election .  Neither Buyer nor Seller Parent or any of their respective Affiliates shall make or cause or permit to be made any election under Section 338 of the Code in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
 
Section 7.9   Cooperation and Retention of Records .
 
(a)   Buyer and Seller Parent shall provide each other and shall cause their respective Affiliates, officers, employees, agents, auditors and representatives to provide each other with such cooperation and information relating to the Company Group as any of them reasonably may request in connection with any Tax matter governed by this Agreement, including, without limitation, (i) the preparation and filing of any Tax Return or form (including any pro forma Tax Return), amended Tax Return or claim for refund; (ii) resolution of disputes and audits; (iii) contest or compromise of any Tax claim; (iv) determination of any Tax liability or right to a refund of Taxes; (v) participation in or conduct of any Tax Proceeding; and (vi) furnishing each other with copies of all correspondence received from any Taxing Authority in connection with any audit or information request.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither party nor any of its Affiliates shall be entitled to any information regarding or a copy of any consolidated, combined, affiliated or unitary Tax Return which includes Seller or Buyer ( provided, however , that to the extent that such Tax Return would be
 
67

 
required to be delivered but for this sentence, the person that would be required to deliver such Tax Return shall instead deliver the portion of such Tax Return applicable solely to the Company Group or appropriate member thereof or, to the extent this is not reasonably practicable, a pro forma Tax Return relating solely to the Company Group or appropriate member thereof).  Each such party shall make employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide explanations of any documents or information provided hereunder.  Notwithstanding the obligations contained in this Section 7.9, no party shall be required to provide access or information or to disclose information where such access or disclosure would jeopardize any attorney-client privilege of it or its Affiliates or contravene any Applicable Law, fiduciary duty or material binding agreement.
 
(b)   Each of Seller Parent and Buyer shall retain all books and records in its possession with respect to Tax matters pertinent to the parties hereto and any member of the Company Group relating to Pre-Closing Tax Period or Straddle Period until the expiration of the statute of limitations (and, to the extent notified by Seller or Buyer, any extensions thereof) of the respective taxable periods.
 
Section 7.10   Purchase Price Adjustment .  All payments made with respect to this Article VII shall be treated as adjustments to the Purchase Price for Tax purposes, except as otherwise required pursuant to Applicable Law.
 
Section 7.11   Termination of Tax Sharing Agreements .  On or before the Closing Date, Seller Parent shall terminate (or cause to be terminated) all Tax sharing, allocation or similar agreements or arrangements, if any, to which any member of the Company Group, on the one hand, and Seller Parent or any Affiliate (other than a member of the Company Group), on the other hand, are parties, and neither Seller Parent nor any Affiliate of Seller Parent, on the one hand, or any member of the Company Group, on the other hand, will have any liability thereunder to each other on or after the Closing Date, nor shall any such liabilities be included in the Estimated Closing Balance Sheet or the Final Closing Balance Sheet.
 
 
ARTICLE VIII
 
 
INDEMNIFICATION
 
Section 8.1   Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants .  All representations and warranties in this Agreement or in any certificate executed and delivered in fulfillment of the requirements of this Agreement shall survive the Closing until and including the date that is two years following the Closing Date; provided , however , that the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 2.1 (first, second and third sentences only), 2.2, 2.5, 2.6 (first, second, third, fifth and sixth sentences only), 2.21, 3.1, 3.2 and 3.9 shall survive indefinitely and provided , further , that the representations and
 
68

 
warranties set forth in Sections 2.16 (solely to the extent such representations and warranties relate to Seller Plans) and 7.1 shall survive until 30 days after the expiration (giving effect to any valid extensions, waivers and tolling periods) of the applicable statute of limitations.  If written notice of a claim has been given in the manner required by Article VII or Article VIII prior to the expiration of the applicable representations and warranties by the party seeking indemnification for such claim, then the relevant representations and warranties of the other party shall survive as to such claim until such claim has been finally resolved pursuant to such Article.  All covenants and other agreements the performance of which is specified to occur on or prior to the Closing, shall survive the Closing until the date that is two years following the Closing Date, and all covenants and other agreements that by their terms are to be performed after the Closing Date, shall survive the Closing in accordance with their terms.
 
Section 8.2   Indemnification .
 
(a)   Following the Closing, and subject to the other terms of this Article VIII, Seller Parent shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless, Buyer and its Affiliates (including the Company Group) and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, stockholders, representatives and agents (each a “ Buyer Indemnified Party ” and collectively, the “ Buyer Indemnified Parties ”) from and against, and pay to the applicable Buyer Indemnified Parties, the amount of any and all claims, interest, fines, penalties, assessments, costs, expenses, losses, damages, liabilities, awards, judgments, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ consultant, and other professionals’ fees and expenses) actually incurred by any of them whether or not involving a third party claim (collectively, “ Losses ” and individually, a “ Loss ”), arising out of, resulting from or attributable to (i) any failure of any representation or warranty made by Seller Parent or Seller in this Agreement to be true and correct in all respects (excluding any failure of any representation or warranty made with respect to Taxes, which shall be governed exclusively by Article VII), it being understood that such representations and warranties shall be interpreted without giving effect to any limitations or qualifications as to materiality including Company Material Adverse Effect or Fund Material Adverse Effect set forth therein (other than the defined term “Material Contracts” as used therein and the representations and warranties in Section 2.7(a), Section 2.8(a)(ii), Section 2.11(d) (third sentence), clause (ii) of Section 2.11(f) and Section 2.11(i) (second sentence), for which such limitations or qualifications shall be given full effect), (ii) any breach of any covenant or agreement of Seller Parent or Seller under this Agreement (excluding any breach of any covenant or agreement relating to Taxes set forth in Article VII, which shall be governed exclusively by Article VII), (iii) the Retained Disputes or (iv) any breach of the Logan Circle Agreements occurring prior to the Closing.
 
(b)   Following the Closing, and subject to the other terms of this Article VIII, Buyer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Seller Parent and its Affiliates and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, stockholders, representatives and agents (each a “ Seller Indemnified Party ” and
 
69

 
collectively, the “ Seller Indemnified Parties ”) from and against, and pay to the applicable Seller Indemnified Parties, any and all Losses arising out of, resulting from or attributable to (i) any failure of any representation or warranty made by Buyer in this Agreement to be true and correct in all respects, it being understood that such representations and warranties shall be interpreted without giving effect to any limitations or qualifications as to materiality including material adverse effect set forth therein, (ii) any breach of any covenant or agreement of Buyer under this Agreement, or (iii) any Losses incurred by the Seller Indemnified Parties as a result of claims by or on behalf of participants and their beneficiaries in the Company 401(k) Plan against the Seller for following the Buyer's directions to terminate the Company 401(k) Plan (other than Losses resulting from Seller's willful misconduct or gross negligence) in accordance with Section 4.12(e) or as a result of the actions of the Buyer or the Company Group to effectuate such termination.   
 
(c)   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall have any liability hereunder or otherwise for any special, consequential, exemplary or punitive damages or lost business opportunity; provided , that the foregoing shall not limit the right of any Indemnified Party to indemnification in accordance with this Agreement with respect to any component of any claim, settlement, award or judgment against such party by any unaffiliated third party.
 
(d)   The right to indemnification will not be affected by any investigation conducted at any time with respect to, or any knowledge acquired (or capable of being acquired) at any time, with respect to the accuracy or inaccuracy of or compliance with, any representations, warranties, covenants or obligations.  The waiver of any condition based on the accuracy of any such representation or warranty, or on the performance of, or compliance with, any such covenant or agreement, will not affect the right to indemnification or any other remedy based on such representations, warranties, covenants and agreements.
 
(e)   Seller Parent and Seller release the Company Group of any and all claims of Seller Parent or one of its Affiliate (other than the Company Group) against the Company Group of which Seller Parent has any actual knowledge, including any and all claims based in indemnification or contribution, in respect of any covenant, agreement or obligation to be performed by the Company Group prior to the Closing Date,
 
 
70

 
 
other than any claim (x) pursuant to this Agreement or (y) for accrued and unpaid obligations under any Affiliate Agreement.  Buyer releases Seller Parent and its Affiliates of any and all claims of any member of the Company Group against Seller Parent or on one of its Affiliates (other than the Company Group) of which any member of the Company Group has any actual knowledge, including any and all claims based in indemnification or contribution, in respect of any covenant, agreement or obligation to be performed by Seller Parent or Seller prior to the Closing Date, other than any claim (x) pursuant to this Agreement or (y) for accrued and unpaid obligations under any Affiliate Agreement.  For the avoidance of doubt, the parties agree that the foregoing releases shall not affect any rights under the Ancillary Agreements.
 
Section 8.3   Indemnification Procedure .
 
(a)   Promptly after the Person seeking indemnification (the “ Indemnified Party ”) has knowledge of any event or circumstance, including any written claim by a third party, that, in the reasonable judgment of the Indemnified Party, would reasonably be expected to give rise to indemnification under this Agreement (but in any event not later than 10 Business Days prior to the time any response to the asserted claim is required), the Indemnified Party shall deliver to the Person from which indemnification is sought (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) a notice (a “ Claim Notice ”) setting forth in reasonable detail a description of the matter giving rise to indemnification hereunder, including, if known, the anticipated Losses; provided , however , that any failure or delay by the Indemnified Party in delivering a Claim Notice to the Indemnifying Party shall not affect the Indemnified Party’s right to indemnification under this Agreement, except to the extent the Indemnifying Party has been materially prejudiced by such failure or delay.
 
(b)   In case the Indemnifying Party shall object to the indemnification of an Indemnified Party in respect of any claim or in any Claim Notice not involving a third party claim, the Indemnifying Party shall, as soon as practicable after receipt by the Indemnifying Party of such Claim Notice, deliver to the Indemnified Party a written notice to such effect and the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall, within the 30-day period beginning on the date of receipt by the Indemnified Party of such written objection, shall attempt in good faith to agree upon the rights of the respective parties with respect to each of such claims to which the Indemnifying Party shall have so objected, and any agreement reached regarding their respective rights with respect to any of such claims shall be set forth in a written agreement signed by the parties.  If the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party are unable to agree as to any particular item or items or amount or amounts, then either the Indemnified Party or the Indemnifying Party may submit such dispute to a court of competent jurisdiction.
 
(c)   Promptly after receipt by the Indemnifying Party of a Claim Notice of a third-party claim delivered in accordance with Section 8.3(a) to the Indemnifying Party, such Indemnifying Party may, at its option, assume the defense of the Indemnified Party against such claim (including the retention of counsel of the Indemnifying Party’s choosing); provided , that, the Indemnified Party shall give its prior consent to the retention of such counsel (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).  If the Indemnifying Party elects not to so defend any third party claim, the Indemnified Party may, but is not obligated to, defend such third party claim on behalf of and for the account and risk of the
 
 
71

 
 
Indemnifying Party, and if such Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification under this Article VIII, all reasonable legal and other expenses reasonably incurred by the Indemnified Party shall be borne by the Indemnifying Party.  The Indemnified Party shall cooperate in the compromise of, or defense against, such claim.  Notwithstanding anything herein in this Section 8.3 to the contrary, neither the Indemnifying Party nor the Indemnified Party shall, without the written consent of the other party (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), settle or compromise any third party claim or permit a default or consent to an entry of any judgment unless such settlement or compromise (x) relates solely to monetary damages and (y) provides for a full release of the Company Group defendant with respect to the claim(s) being settled (or, in the case of a settlement or compromise that applies to all claims against all Company Group defendants, provides for  full and complete release of all such defendants for all such claims); provided , that such settlement or compromise shall not contain any admission or finding of wrongdoing on behalf of the Company Group or any of its officers or employees.  Any Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action or claim and to participate in the defense thereof at the Indemnifying Party’s cost and expense if (i) the employment of such counsel has been specifically authorized in writing by the Indemnifying Party or (ii) in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Indemnified Party, a conflict or potential conflict exists between the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party that would make such separate representation advisable.  After any such claim has been filed or initiated, each party shall provide reasonable access to the other parties and their attorneys and accountants all pertinent information under its control relating to such claim, and the parties agree to render to each other such assistance as they may reasonably require of each other in order to facilitate the proper and adequate defense of any such claim.  The foregoing control provisions shall not apply to claims for indemnity arising under Article VII, the procedures for which are set forth therein.
 
Section 8.4   Limitation of Liability .
 
(a)   Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Seller Parent shall not be liable in respect of any indemnification obligation for Losses under Section 8.2(a)(i) and Section 7.4(a)(iii) (i) with respect to any claim or series of related claims unless such claim or series of related claims involves Losses in excess of $50,000 (the “ De Minimis Threshold ”) (and, for the avoidance of doubt, any such claim or series of related claims that do not meet or exceed the De Minimis Threshold shall not be applied to or considered for purposes of calculating the aggregate amount of the Losses for purposes of the Indemnity Deductible under Section 8.4(a)(ii)), (ii) unless and until the aggregate cumulative amount of such Losses for which indemnification would be available but for this Section 8.4(a) and Section 7.4(a)(iii) exceeds $3 million (such amount, the “ Indemnity Deductible ”), in which case Seller Parent shall be liable for such Losses in excess of the Indemnity Deductible, or (iii) in excess of 25% of the Purchase Price (such amount, the “ Indemnity Cap ”) in the aggregate for all such Losses; provided that (A) the De Minimis Threshold,
 
 
72

 
 
Indemnity Deductible and Indemnity Cap shall not apply to Losses to the extent related to the failure to be true and correct of any of the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 2.1 (first, second and third sentences only), 2.2, 2.5, 2.6 (first, second, third, fifth and sixth sentences only), 2.16 (solely to the extent that any Loss results from a violation of ERISA in respect of a Seller Plan) or 2.21 and (B) the De Minimis Threshold, Indemnity Cap and Indemnity Deductible shall not apply to Losses to the extent related to fraud.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Seller Parent shall not be liable in respect of any indemnification obligation under Section 8.2(a)(i) for aggregate Losses in excess of the Purchase Price.
 
(b)   Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Buyer shall not be liable in respect of any indemnification obligation for Losses under Section 8.2(b)(i) (i) with respect to any claim or series of related claims unless such claim or series of related claims involves Losses in excess of the De Minimis Threshold) (and, for the avoidance of doubt, any such claim or series of related claims that do not meet or exceed the De Minimis Threshold shall not be applied to or considered for purposes of calculating the aggregate amount of the Losses for purposes of the Indemnity Deductible under Section 8.4(b)(ii)), (ii) unless and until the aggregate cumulative amount of such Losses for which indemnification would be available but for this Section 8.4(b) exceeds the Indemnity Deductible, in which case Buyer shall be liable for such Losses in excess of the Indemnity Deductible, or (ii) in excess of the Indemnity Cap in the aggregate for all such Losses; provided that the De Minimis Threshold, Indemnity Deductible and Indemnity Cap shall not apply to Losses (A) related to the failure to be true and correct of any of the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 3.1, 3.2 or 3.9 and (B) to the extent related to fraud.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Buyer shall not be liable in respect of any indemnification obligation for Losses under Section 8.2(b)(i) in excess of the Purchase Price
 
(c)   All claims for indemnification pursuant to Section 8.2(a) and 8.2(b) must be asserted by the party seeking indemnification, in writing in accordance with this Article VIII, not later than the date on which the applicable representation, warranty, covenant or agreement ceases to survive pursuant to Section 8.1; provided , however , that if written notice of a claim specifying the indemnification claim in reasonable specificity (including the representations, warranties, covenants and/or agreements alleged to have been breached) has been given in accordance with this Article VIII prior to such date, such claim (and the relevant representations, warranties, covenants and/or agreements of the other party) shall survive as to such claim until such claim has been finally resolved pursuant to this Article VIII.
 
Section 8.5   Effect on Purchase Price .  All payments made with respect to the rights of indemnity under this Article VIII shall be treated as adjustments to the Purchase Price for Tax purposes, except as otherwise required pursuant to Applicable Law.
 
 
73

 
 
Section 8.6   Calculation of Losses .  In calculating any amount due hereunder in respect of Losses, Losses shall be reduced by (a) any amounts recovered by the Indemnified Party under applicable insurance policies, under any indemnification or similar agreements, or from any other Person alleged to be responsible for any Losses or other rights of recovery with respect to such Losses, net of any deductible or any other reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expense incurred by the Indemnified Party in obtaining such recovery and (b) any Tax benefit, saving or reduction in Taxes actually realized by the Indemnified Party or its Affiliates, attributable to the accrual, incurrence or payment of any such Losses.  If an Indemnified Party or its Affiliates receives or actually realizes, as applicable, any such recovery or Tax benefit, saving or reduction in Taxes after an indemnification payment by the Indemnifying Party has been made, then such Indemnified Party or its Affiliates shall promptly reimburse the Indemnifying Party for any payment made up to the amount received or actually realized by the Indemnified Party or its Affiliates; provided , however, that such reimbursement shall be required only to the extent that such Tax benefit, saving or reduction in Taxes results in a cash Tax savings both (i) to the Company Group on a stand-alone basis and (ii) to any affiliated, consolidated, combined, unitary or similar group in which the members of the Company Group are included.  In the event of the occurrence of any Losses, an Indemnified Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to seek recovery under any and all available third party insurance policies or third party indemnification obligations or other rights of recovery with respect to such Losses; provided , that, if an Indemnified Party is denied recovery under any third party insurance policy, the rights of such Indemnified Party to seek indemnification under this Agreement shall not be affected; provided , further , that (i) if an Indemnified Party reasonably determines that it will incur material out-of-pocket costs or expenses in connection with seeking any such recovery, such Indemnified Party shall be required to pursue such recovery only if the Indemnifying Party agrees to bear such costs and expenses, (ii) an Indemnified Party shall be required to commence or defend a Proceeding in connection with seeking any such recovery if the Indemnifying Party agrees to bear the out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Indemnified Party (including all fees and expenses of counsel) in connection with such Proceeding and (iii) if elected by the Indemnifying Party and to the extent permitted under the applicable policy, agreement or right, the Indemnified Party shall assign the rights to recovery under such policy, agreement or right to the Indemnifying Party, in which case the Indemnifying Party may pursue recovery under such policy, agreement or right at its cost and expense.
 
Section 8.7   No Duplication .  Any liability for any Loss shall be determined without duplication of recovery by reason of the state of facts giving rise to such Loss constituting a breach of more than one representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of this Agreement.  No Person shall be entitled to any recovery under this Agreement in respect of any Loss to the extent that (i) such recovery would constitute a duplicative payment of amounts recovered as a purchase price adjustment pursuant to Sections 1.1 and 1.4, (ii) such Loss was
 
 
74

 
 
reflected as a liability on the Final Closing Balance Sheet or (iii) such Loss was the subject of a dispute resolved as contemplated by Section 1.4.
 
Section 8.8   No Set-Off .  Neither Buyer nor Seller Parent shall have any right to off-set or set-off any payment due pursuant to this Article VIII against any other payment to be made pursuant to this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or otherwise.
 
Section 8.9   Exclusive Remedy .  Following the Closing, Article VII and Article VIII shall provide the sole and exclusive remedy for any and all claims under this Agreement.  In furtherance of the foregoing, except as otherwise provided in Article VII and Article VIII, the parties hereby waive, and release each other from, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, any and all other rights, defenses, claims and causes of action (including rights of contributions, if any) known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, which exist or may arise in the future, that it may have against Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates or Buyer or any of its Affiliates, as the case may be, arising under or based upon any Applicable Law (including any such law arising under or based upon any securities law, common law or otherwise).
 
Section 8.10   Assignment of Claims .  The Indemnifying Party shall be subrogated to, and the Indemnified Party shall assign, any right of action (whether pursuant to contract, arising under Applicable Law or otherwise) which the Indemnified Party may have against any other Person with respect to any matter giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder.
 
ARTICLE IX
 
MISCELLANEOUS
 
Section 9.1   Amendments; Waiver .  This Agreement may not be amended, altered or modified, and no provision hereof may be waived, except by written instrument executed by Seller, Seller Parent and Buyer.  No waiver shall constitute a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other inaccuracy, breach or failure to strictly comply with the provisions of this Agreement.
 
Section 9.2   Entire Agreement, etc .
 
(a)   This Agreement (including the Seller Disclosure Schedule, the Buyer Disclosure Schedule, the Letter Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, the Confidentiality Agreement and any other schedules, certificates, lists and documents referred to herein, and any documents executed by any of the parties simultaneously herewith or pursuant thereto), constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto, except as expressly provided herein, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, discussions, negotiations and communications, written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.
 
 
 
75

 
 
(b)   The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that neither party nor any of its Affiliates, representatives or agents is making any representation or warranty whatsoever, oral or written, express or implied, other than those set forth in Articles II and III (as applicable), and no party is relying on any statement, representation or warranty, oral or written, express or implied, made by any other party or such other party’s Affiliates, representatives or agents (including with respect to (i) any projections, estimates or budgets for the Company Group or its businesses, (ii) any materials, documents or information relating to the Company Group or its businesses made available to Buyer or its counsel, accountants or advisors in the Data Rooms or otherwise or (iii) the information contained in any confidential information memorandum provided to Buyer in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby), except for the representations and warranties set forth in such Articles.  EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION AS TO CONDITION, MERCHANTABILITY OR SUITABILITY AS TO ANY OF THE ASSETS OF THE COMPANY GROUP.  In furtherance of the foregoing, Buyer acknowledges and agrees that (i) it is an informed and sophisticated purchaser, and has engaged expert advisors, experienced in the evaluation and purchase of companies such as the Company Group as contemplated hereunder and (ii) it has undertaken such investigation and has been provided with and has evaluated such documents and information as it has deemed necessary to enable it to make an informed and intelligent decision with respect to the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement.
 
Section 9.3   Interpretation .  When a reference is made in this Agreement to Articles, Sections, Schedules or Exhibits, such reference shall be to an Article of, Section of, Schedule to or Exhibit to this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.  The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.  Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”  All pronouns and any variations thereof refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, single or plural, as the context may require.  All capitalized terms defined in Annex A shall be equally applicable to the singular and plural forms thereof.  All references to any period of days shall be deemed to be to the relevant number of calendar days unless otherwise specified.  “Knowledge of the Seller” shall mean those facts that are actually known on the date hereof by Frederick J. Crawford or Lisa DeSimone, including those facts that are actually known by him or her on the date hereof after inquiry of the individuals identified in Schedule 9.3 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule.  The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement.  In the event any ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by all parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.  References to any Person include the successors and assigns of that Person.
 
 
 
76

 
 
Section 9.4   Disclosure Schedules .  The disclosure of any item or matter in the Seller Disclosure Schedule or the Buyer Disclosure Schedule shall not be construed as an admission, representation or indication that such item or other matter is “material” or would have a Company Material Adverse Effect or that such item or other matter is required to be referred to or disclosed in the Seller Disclosure Schedule or the Buyer Disclosure Schedule (as applicable), nor shall such disclosure establish a standard of materiality for any purpose whatsoever.  The disclosure of any item or matter relating to any possible breach or violation of any law or contract shall not be construed as an admission or indication that any such breach or violation exists or has actually occurred.
 
Section 9.5   Severability .  Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction.  If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable.
 
Section 9.6   Notices .  Unless otherwise provided herein, all notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given and received (a) if delivered in person, on the date delivered, (b) if transmitted by telecopy (provided receipt is confirmed by telephone), on the date sent or (c) if delivered by an express courier, on the second Business Day after mailing, to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):
 
 
If to Seller Parent or Seller:

Lincoln National Corporation
150 North Radnor Chester Road
Radnor, PA 19087
Telecopy:                      (484) 583-3215
Attention:                      General Counsel
 
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
 
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
 
4 Times Square
 
New York, NY 10036
 
Telecopy:                      (212) 735-2000
 
Attention:                      David Hepp
 
 
77

 
 
If to Buyer:
 
Macquarie Bank Limited
 
c/- Level 7
 
No. 1 Martin Place
 
Sydney NSW 2000
 
Australia
 
Telecopy:                      +61 2 8232 4330
 
Attention:                      Company Secretary
 
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
 
Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP
 
767 Fifth Avenue
 
New York, NY 10153
 
Telecopy:                      (212) 310-8007
 
Attention:                      Frederick Green and Michael Lubowitz

Section 9.7   Binding Effect; Persons Benefiting; No Assignment .  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties and their respective successors and assigns and any transferee of all or substantially all of the assets of such party.  No provision of this Agreement (other than the provisions of Article VII and VIII relating to Indemnified Parties) is intended or shall be construed to confer upon any entity or Person other than the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns any right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement or any part hereof.  This Agreement may not be assigned by any of the parties without the prior written consent of Buyer, in the case of any assignment by Seller, or Seller, in the case of any assignment by Buyer; provided, that, prior to the Closing, Buyer may assign this Agreement to a direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of Macquarie Group Limited, but no such assignment shall relieve Buyer of any of its obligations hereunder and provided further that Buyer or any other creditworthy entity reasonably acceptable to Seller shall unconditionally guarantee the obligations of such Subsidiary hereunder.
 
Section 9.8   Specific Performance .  The parties agree that if any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed by the parties hereto in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached thereby at or prior to the Closing, irreparable damage would occur, no adequate remedy at law would exist and damages would be difficult to determine, and that each party hereto will be entitled to specific performance at or prior to the Closing to prevent such breaches of the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof, in addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled at law or in equity.
 
Section 9.9   Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of
 
 
78

 
 
which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, it being understood that all of the parties need not sign the same counterpart.
 
Section 9.10   Governing Law; Venue .  This Agreement, the legal relations between the parties and the adjudication and the enforcement thereof, shall be governed by and interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws of the State New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of law provisions thereof that would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.  The parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County and of the federal court located in New York, New York for any actions, suits or proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (and the parties agree not to commence any action, suit or proceeding relating thereto except in such courts, and further agree that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to the applicable address set forth in Section 9.6 above shall be effective service of process for any action, suit or proceeding brought against in any such court).  The parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County and the federal court located in New York, New York, and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  The parties agree that a final judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding and may be enforced in any other courts to whose jurisdiction the parties are or may be subject, by suit upon such judgment.
 
Section 9.11   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
 
 
[Signature Page Follows]
 

 
79

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.
 
 
LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION
 
By:        /s/ Dennis R. Glass
 
Name:           Dennis R. Glass
 
Title:  President and CEO
 

 
LINCOLN NATIONAL INVESTMENT COMPANIES, INC.
 
By:        /s/ Patrick Coyne
 
Name:           Patrick Coyne
 
Title:  President
 

 
MACQUARIE BANK LIMITED
 
By: /s/ S. Wikrananayce
 
Name:           Siemara Wikrananayce
 
Title: Executive Director
 

 
By:                   /s/ Ben Bruck
 
Name:           Ben Bruck
 
Title:           Executive Director

 
 

 


 
Annex A - Definitions
 
Adjusted Assets Under Management ” shall mean, with respect to each account of each Client, as of a specified date, the amount of assets under management by the Company Group in such account as of the Base Date, as adjusted, in the case of any determination of Adjusted Assets Under Management after the Base Date, to reflect additions and withdrawals of funds, new accounts and terminated accounts during the period after the Base Date through and including such specified date.  For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the calculation of Adjusted Assets Under Management shall not take into account any distributions of interest, dividends, income or capital gains from any account (or reinvestments of such distributions) or any increase or decrease in assets under management due to market appreciation or depreciation and any currency fluctuations after the Base Date, (ii) additions and contributions shall be taken into account only when actually funded and withdrawals shall be taken into account when they are actually funded only out of such account or, if earlier, the date on which the Company Group receives notice communicating an intention to withdraw any assets from an existing account (unless such notice has been revoked prior to the applicable date), (iii) any assets under management for any account for which members of the Company Group act as investment adviser and subadviser shall be counted only once, and (iv) any assets under management for any set of accounts one of which invests in the other shall be counted only once if members of the Company Group act as an investment adviser to both, except to the extent that an investment management fee is payable to one or more members of the Company Group in respect of both accounts.
 
Advisory Agreement ” shall mean any Contract entered into by a member of the Company Group for the purpose of providing investment advisory or investment management services, including any sub-advisory services, to a Person.
 
Affiliate ” shall mean any individual, partnership, corporation, entity or other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified, but such term shall not include any Public Fund.  For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlling” and “controlled”) shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.  For the avoidance of doubt, each member of the Company Group shall be an Affiliate of Seller Parent prior to the Closing and an Affiliate of Buyer following the Closing.
 
Affiliate Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.20.
 
Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
 
Ancillary Agreements ” shall mean each of the General Account Advisory Agreements and the Transition Services Agreement.
 
 
 
A-1

 
 
Applicable Law ” shall mean any domestic or foreign federal, state or local statute, law (whether statutory or common law), ordinance, rule, administrative interpretation, regulation, order, writ, injunction, directive, judgment, decree, policy, guideline or other requirement (including those of FINRA or any other self-regulatory organization) applicable to and legally binding on the Company, any Fund, Buyer, Seller Parent or Seller or any of their respective Affiliates, equity holders, properties, assets, officers, directors, employees or agents, as the case may be.
 
Applicable Rate ” shall mean, with respect to any post-Closing payment, the applicable interest rate per annum on the Closing Date payable on United States Treasury obligations with a maturity date most closely corresponding to the period from the Closing Date up to but not including the date of such payment.
 
APRA ” shall mean the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority.
 
Base Date ” shall mean April 30, 2009.
 
Base   Purchase Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.
 
Base Revenue Run-Rate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10.
 
Broker-Dealer ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.13(d).
 
Business Day ” shall mean any day that the NYSE is normally open for trading and that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks in the city of New York or Sydney, Australia are authorized or required to close for regular banking business.
 
Buyer ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
 
Buyer Disclosure Schedule ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introduction to Article II.
 
Buyer Indemnified Parties ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(a).
 
Buyer Measurement Event ” shall mean, with respect to a particular Measurement Period, where the Measurement Period Revenues for such Measurement Period are less than 75% of the Seller Parent Closing Revenue Run-Rate.
 
Buyer Measurement Period Payment ” shall mean, with respect to a particular Measurement Period in respect of which a Buyer Measurement Event has occurred, an amount equal to the product of (a) 33% and (b) the excess of (i) 75% (or, if the Closing occurs in 2010 other than on January 1, 2010, in 2010 only, a percentage equal to (x) 75% times (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of calendar days remaining in 2010 from and after the Closing Date, and the denominator of which is equal to 365) times the Seller Parent Closing Revenue Run-Rate over (ii) the Measurement Period Revenues for such Measurement Period.
 
 
A-2

 
 
Buyer Plans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(a).
 
CDO ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(e).
 
Claim Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.3(a).
 
Client ” shall mean any Person who is party to an Advisory Agreement pursuant to which the Company Group provides investment management or investment advisory services, including any sub-advisory services, to such Person.
 
Closing ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3.
 
Closing Balance Sheet Principles ” means (i) the accounting principles, procedures, policies and methods used to prepare the illustrative consolidated balance sheet of the Company Group attached hereto as Exhibit A and (ii) to the extent not addressed in such balance sheet, GAAP consistent with the accounting principles and practices applied in preparation of the Company Balance Sheet, with any inconsistency between the principles reflected in the Company Balance Sheet and the principles reflected in Exhibit A to be resolved in favor of Exhibit A.
 
Closing Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3.
 
Closing Purchase Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.
 
Closing Revenue Run-Rate ” shall mean the aggregate Revenue Run-Rate for each account of each Client (other than any account (a) for which a consent has not been obtained in accordance with Section 4.2(a), (b) or (c) (as applicable), or which consent is not in effect as of the Closing Date or (b) of any Excluded Client) as of the fifth Business Day prior to the last Business Day of the calendar month ending immediately prior to the Closing Date.
 
Collateral Management Agreement ” means each collateral management agreement or similar investment advisory agreement related to each CDO whereby the RIA has agreed to manage assets or provide advice with respect to management of collateral, assets or synthetic assets (e.g., a notional basket of instruments) of a CDO.
 
COBRA ” shall mean the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, as amended.
 
Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
Commodity Exchange Act ” means the United States Commodity Exchange Act of 1936, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
 
Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.
 
Company Balance Sheet ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a).
 
 
A-3

 
 
Company Benefit Plans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a).
 
Company Capital Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a).
 
Company Financial Statements ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a).
 
Company Group ” shall mean the Company and its Subsidiaries.
 
Company Group Deferred Compensation Plan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(g)(i).
 
Company Group Intellectual Property ” shall mean all Intellectual Property owned by the Company Group or licensed to the Company Group for use in the Company Group’s business.
 
Company Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean a material adverse effect on the combined business, assets or financial condition of the Company Group, taken together as a whole, provided that any such effect resulting from or arising in connection with the following shall not constitute a Company Material Adverse Effect and shall be excluded from any determination as to whether a Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred or exists or would reasonably be expected to occur or exist: (i) the entering into of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements or public announcement or consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including any losses of Company Group employees), (ii) any change or condition generally affecting the investment management industry, (iii) any change in economic, financial market, regulatory or political conditions generally (including, without limitation, any change in interest rates), (iv) any outbreak or substantial worsening of war or hostilities in which the United States is involved, or terrorist act, calamity, natural disaster or crisis within, or involving, the United States or its properties or citizens, (v) any change in Applicable Law or accounting principles or official binding interpretations thereof, (vi) any termination of Client accounts or reduction in assets under management or the Revenue Run-Rate of any Client account or (vii) any action taken by Buyer or its Affiliates, except in the case of clauses (ii) through (v), to the extent such circumstance, change in or effect has had a disproportionate impact on the Company Group as compared to similarly situated Persons in the investment management industry.
 
Computer Software ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.17(d).
 
Confidentiality Agreement ” shall mean that certain letter agreement, dated as of March 3, 2009, between Macquarie Investment Management Limited and Seller Parent.
 
Contracts ” shall mean any contract, agreement, indenture, note, bond, loan, letter of credit, pledge, instrument, lease, mortgage, license, commitment or other arrangement, understanding, undertaking, obligation or agreement (whether written or
 
 
A-4

 
 
oral) to which the applicable Person is a party or by which the applicable Person or any of its properties or assets is bound.
 
Covered Trade Performance Information ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.21.
 
CTA ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.13(k).
 
Data Rooms ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.
 
De Minimis Threshold ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(a).
 
Disagreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.4(c).
 
Distribution Agreement ” shall mean any Contract for the distribution or sale of shares or units of a Public Fund.
 
DIUS ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.
 
DSC ” means Delaware Service Company, Inc.
 
Encumbrance ” shall mean any lien, pledge, mortgage, deed of trust, security interest, claim, lease, charge, option, right of first refusal, easement, servitude, transfer restriction under any shareholder or similar agreement or other encumbrance of any kind.
 
Equity Rights ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(b).
 
ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules, regulations and class exemptions of the Department of Labor thereunder.
 
Estimated Closing Balance Sheet ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.4(a).
 
Estimated Net Assets ” shall mean the net assets of the Company Group as determined in accordance with GAAP, including allowances for doubtful receivables, valuations for any investments, and accruals for all liabilities, including any retention payments, determined pursuant thereto, all as reflected on the Estimated Closing Balance Sheet.
 
Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.
 
Excluded Client ” shall mean any Client that is set forth in Schedule 2.10(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule.
 
Excluded Taxes ” shall mean Taxes for any Pre-Closing Tax Period and for any portion of a Straddle Period that ends on the Closing Date which Taxes are
 
 
A-5

 
 
attributable to any (i) transaction or action caused or taken or permitted to be taken by Buyer or any of its Affiliates (other than the transactions or actions contemplated hereunder) on the Closing Date, but after the Closing, other than such transaction or action taken in the ordinary course of business consistent with the past practice of Seller Parent and the Company Group or (ii) except to the extent permitted by Section 7.3(b) or required by any Taxing Authority pursuant to a final determination agreed to by Seller or the Seller Parent on behalf of the relevant member of the Company Group pursuant to this Agreement, the filing of an amended Tax Return by Buyer or any of its Affiliates with respect to or including any member of the Company Group for any Pre-Closing Tax Period or Straddle Period.
 
Exempt Sub-Advised Fund ” shall mean a U.S. Public Fund that has obtained (or whose investment adviser has obtained) exemptive relief from the SEC that renders shareholder approval of a new Advisory Agreement for such U.S. Public Fund unnecessary.
 
Fee Rate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10.
 
Final Closing Balance Sheet ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.4(b).
 
Final Net Assets ” shall mean the net assets of the Company Group determined in accordance with GAAP, including allowances for doubtful receivables, valuations for any investments, and accruals for all liabilities, including any retention payments, determined pursuant thereto, all as reflected on the Final Closing Balance Sheet.
 
FINRA ” shall mean the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.
 
Fund Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean a material adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of a Public Fund, provided that any such effect resulting from or arising in connection with the following shall not constitute a Fund Material Adverse Effect and shall be excluded from any determination as to whether a Fund Material Adverse Effect has occurred or exists or would reasonably be expected to occur or exist: (i) the entering into of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements or public announcement or consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including any losses of Public Fund employees), (ii) any change or condition generally affecting the investment management industry, (iii) any change in economic, financial market, regulatory or political conditions generally (including, without limitation, any change in interest rates), except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), to the extent having a disproportionate impact on a Public Fund as compared to similarly situated Persons in the investment management industry, (iv) any outbreak or substantial worsening of war or hostilities in which the United States is involved, or terrorist act, calamity, natural disaster or crisis within, or involving, the United States or its properties or citizens, (v) any change in Applicable Law or accounting principles or official binding interpretations thereof, (vi) any termination of Client accounts or reduction in assets
 
 
A-6

 
 
under management or the Revenue Run-Rate of any Client account or (vii) any action taken by Buyer or its Affiliates.
 
Fund Services Agreements ” shall mean all material custody, transfer agent, shareholder servicing, administrative, accounting and other similar agreements to which a Public Fund is a party, other than any Advisory Agreement or Distribution Agreement.
 
GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles as used in the United States as in effect at the time any applicable financial statements were or are prepared.
 
General Account Advisory Agreement ” shall mean each Advisory Agreement, to be effective as of the Closing, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C with the Persons set forth in Exhibit E, as may be amended from time to time after the Closing pursuant to the terms thereof.
 
Governmental Authority ” shall mean any United States or foreign government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including the SEC, or any other authority, agency, department, board, commission or instrumentality of the United States, any state of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, including any municipality or other local governmental authority, or any foreign jurisdiction, and any court, tribunal or arbitrator(s) of competent jurisdiction, and any United States or foreign governmental or non-governmental self-regulatory organization, agency or authority.
 
Grant Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(k).
 
HSR Act ” shall mean the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act, of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
Indebtedness ” of any Person means, without duplication, (i) the principal, accreted value, accrued and unpaid interest, unpaid fees or expenses and other monetary obligations in respect of (A) indebtedness of such Person for money borrowed and (B) indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable; (ii) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations of such Person and all obligations of such Person under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable and other accrued current liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business (other than the current liability portion of any indebtedness for borrowed money)); (iii) all obligations of such Person under leases required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP; (iv) all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction; (v) all obligations of such Person under interest rate or currency swap transactions (valued at the termination value thereof); (vi) the liquidation value, accrued and unpaid dividends; unpaid fees or expenses and other monetary
 
 
A-7

 
 
obligations in respect of any redeemable preferred stock of such Person; (vii) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) of any Persons for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor, surety or otherwise, including guarantees of such obligations; and (viii) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vii) of other Persons secured by (or for which the holder of such obligations has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any lien on any property or asset of such Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person).
 
Indemnified Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.3(a).
 
Indemnifying Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.3(a).
 
Indemnity Cap ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(a).
 
Indemnity Deductible ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(a).
 
" Independent Accounting Firm " shall mean such nationally recognized independent public accounting firm mutually agreed to by Seller and Buyer; provided that if Buyer and Seller do not appoint an Independent Accounting Firm within 30 days after written notice by one party to the other proposing such a firm, either party may request the American Arbitration Association to appoint as the Independent Accounting Firm a nationally recognized independent public accounting firm that has not had a material relationship with Seller and its Affiliates or Buyer and its Affiliates within the preceding two years, and such appointment shall be final, binding and conclusive.
 
Information Technology Systems ” means electronic data processing, information, record keeping, telecommunications and computer systems.
 
Intellectual Property ” shall mean, in any jurisdiction (i) any and all patents and patent applications (including without limitation reissues, reexaminations, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part, extensions, revisions and counterparts thereof in any jurisdiction), (ii) any and all trademarks, service marks, logos, trade dress, trade names, corporate names and domain names (whether registered or unregistered), and including all goodwill associated therewith and all applications and registrations therefor, (iii) any and all copyrights (whether registered or unregistered) and all copyright registrations and applications for registration of copyrights, including computer programs and software (including source code, object code, data, databases and documentation therefor) and (iv) any and all rights in non-public information, trade secrets and proprietary or confidential information (including ideas, research and development, know-how, formulas, compositions, technical data, designs, drawings, specifications, customer and supplier lists, pricing and cost information and business and marketing plans and proposals).
 
Investment Advisers Act ” shall mean the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.
 
 
A-8

 
 
Investment Company Act ” shall mean the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.
 
IRS ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Service, and any successor thereto.
 
IT Separation Costs ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.18(a).
 
IT Separation Plan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.18(a).
 
Leases ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.19.
 
Letter Agreement ” shall mean the Letter Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between Buyer, Seller Parent and Seller.
 
LFD ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.18(a).
 
License Agreements ” shall mean all Contracts with respect to any Intellectual Property that is licensed by or to the Company Group.
 
Logan Circle Agreements ” shall mean the Contracts set forth under the heading “Logan Circle Agreements” in Schedule 2.9(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule.
 
Losses ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(c).
 
Marked Materials ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.19(b).
 
Material Contract ” shall mean any Contract to which any member of the Company Group is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets is bound of the type listed below:
 
(a)   any Advisory Agreement;
 
(b)   any Distribution Agreement;
 
(c)   any Fund Services Agreement;
 
(d)   any License Agreement or Contract pertaining to the licensing of Information Technology Systems used in the ordinary course of the business of any member of the Company Group, other than (i) off-the-shelf software licenses entered into on standard terms involving commercially available software and (ii) License Agreements and such other Contracts involving fees and payments of less than $50,000;
 
(e)   any Lease;
 
(f)   any Contract relating to the incurrence, assumption or guarantee of any Indebtedness or imposing an Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on any of the material assets of the Company Group;
 
(g)   any Contract that is not cancelable without penalty on 30 days’ or
 
 
A-9

 
 
less notice involving annual payments in excess of $250,000;
 
(h)   any Contract for joint ventures, strategic alliances, partnerships or sharing of profits or proprietary information;
 
(i)   any Contract relating to the acquisition (by merger, purchase of stock or assets or otherwise) by any member of the Company Group of any operating business or material assets or the capital stock of any other Person entered into in the last three years or otherwise under which there remains unperformed obligations;
 
(j)   any Contract for the sale of any of the assets of the Company Group other than in the ordinary course of business or for the grant to any Person of any preferential rights to purchase any of its assets;
 
(k)   any Contract involving annual payments in excess of $250,000 providing for the acceleration or vesting of payments that are conditioned, in whole or in part, on a change in control of any member of the Company Group;
 
(l)   other than any Company Benefit Plan or Seller Plan, any Contract with any current or former officer, director, stockholder or Affiliate of any member of the Company Group or any “key person” or, to the Knowledge of Seller, any family member of any of the foregoing;
 
(m)   any Contract with any labor union or association representing any employee of any member of the Company Group;
 
(n)   other than any Company Benefit Plan or Seller Plan, any Contract under which a member of the Company Group has made advances or loans to any other Person;
 
(o)   other than any Company Benefit Plan or Seller Plan, any Contract providing for severance, retention, change in control or other similar payments;
 
(p)   any Contract that prohibits or restricts the ability of any member of the Company Group to conduct its business, to engage in any business or operate in any geographical area or to compete with any Person or (other than customary non-solicits in vendor Contracts not applicable to investment professionals) to solicit or hire any person with respect to employment;
 
(q)   other than any Company Benefit Plan or Seller Plan, any Contract to pay any consulting fee where the total guaranteed compensation for the consultant would exceed $200,000   in the aggregate per annum;
 
(r)   any Contract requiring any member of the Company Group to co-invest with any other Person, to provide seed capital or similar investment or to invest in any investment product;
 
(s)   any Contract that provides for earn-outs or other similar contingent
 
 
A-10

 
 
obligations;
 
(t)   any Contract that includes a “most favored nation” provision; and
 
(u)   any “soft dollar” Contract relating to the provision or use of market data and other research-related products and services under which payments made in the form of brokerage commissions (or the value of the services received in connection with such payments) would exceed $50,000 in the aggregate per annum regardless of whether such payments are made by a member of the Company Group or a third party on behalf of the Company Group.
 
Material Variance ” shall mean, with respect to any rolling two year period, a negative variance of more than 5% per annum of the annual rate of return of the Accounts measured against the Risk Management Benchmark for that same period.  The parties agree that (a) for purposes of calculating the annual rate of return for the one year period ending as of the calendar quarter ending immediately prior to the Closing, such annual rate of return shall be deemed to equal the Risk Management Benchmark for such period, (b) for the purposes of determining the annual rate of return for the Accounts and the Risk Management Benchmark, the annual rate of return and Risk Management Benchmark shall not include any portion thereof attributable to (i) Excluded Assets, (ii) any portion of an Account comprised of limited partnerships or (iii) any action taken or not taken as a result of instructions by, or restrictions and practices of, the Client; provided , that, for the purpose of this sub-paragraph (iii), the rate of return applicable to the class of asset to which any such instruction, restriction or practice applies shall be deemed to equal the Risk Management Benchmark for the duration of such exclusion.
 
Measurement Client ” shall mean (a) Seller Parent or any Affiliate thereof and (b) any Seller Parent product set forth on Schedule 1.8 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule invested in a Company Group product set forth therein or any other investment product, fund or account created, sponsored, advised or administered by Seller Parent or its Affiliates.
 
Measurement Period ” shall mean each of each of calendar year 2010, 2011 and 2012.
 
Measurement Period Revenues ” shall mean, with respect to a particular Measurement Period, the aggregate investment advisory, investment management and subadvisory revenues (other than for the avoidance of doubt, revenues from securities, capital market or investments banking services) earned, directly or indirectly, by Buyer and its Affiliates (including the Company Group) in respect of such Measurement Period from all accounts of all Measurement Clients; provided that Measurement Period Revenues shall not include any revenues earned from (i) any account for which Seller Parent or one of Affiliates acts as an ERISA fiduciary or (ii) any account that is subject to a General Account Advisory Agreement after the time that such General Account Advisory Agreement is terminated for any reason by either party thereto.
 
Monthly Fees ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10.
 
 
A-11

 
 
Multiemployer Plan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(d).
 
Multiple Employer Plan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(d).
 
Negative Consent Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(c)(ii).
 
Notice of Disagreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5(c).
 
NYSE ” shall mean The New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
 
One Commerce Square ” shall mean the property located at One Commerce Square, Philadelphia, PA.
 
Order ” shall mean any order, injunction, judgment, doctrine, decree, ruling or writ of a Governmental Authority.
 
Organizational Documents ” shall mean, with respect to any Person that is a corporation, its articles or certificate of incorporation or memorandum and articles of association, as the case may be, and bylaws; with respect to any Person that is a partnership, its certificate of partnership and partnership agreement; with respect to any Person that is a limited liability company, its certificate of formation and limited liability company or operating agreement; with respect to any Person that is a trust or other entity, its declaration or agreement of trust or other constituent document; and with respect to any other Person, its comparable organizational documents; in each case, as has been amended or restated and as in effect on the date hereof.
 
Participant ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(g)(i).
 
Performance Fee ” shall mean any performance fee or incentive fee payable under any Advisory Agreement.
 
Performance Fee Calculation Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.6.
 
Permits ” shall mean all municipal, state and federal and other governmental permits, licenses, registrations, agreements, waivers and authorizations held or used by the applicable Person in connection with its business and operations.
 
Permitted Encumbrances ” shall mean (i) zoning, entitlement and other land use and environmental regulations by any Governmental Authority, provided that such regulations have not been violated; (ii) statutory liens for current Taxes not yet delinquent or which are being actively contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; (iii) mechanics’, carriers’, workmen’s and repairmen’s Encumbrances arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business that are not material to the business, operations and financial condition of the property of the Company so encumbered and that are not
 
 
A-12

 
 
resulting from a breach, default or violation by the Company or any member of the Company Group of any Contract or Applicable Law or (iv) Encumbrances disclosed in policies of title insurance which have been delivered to Buyer.
 
Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, company, partnership (limited or general), limited liability company, joint venture, association, trust, joint stock company, unincorporated organization, Governmental Authority or other entity.
 
Plan ” shall mean each Company Benefit Plan and each Seller Plan, as applicable.
 
Post-Closing Tax Period ” shall mean any taxable year or period that begins after the Closing Date.
 
Post Closing Vesting Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(k).
 
Pre-Closing Tax Period ” shall mean any taxable year or period that ends on or before the Closing Date.
 
Proceedings ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.15.
 
Public Fund ” shall mean each U.S. Sponsored Fund and UCIT.
 
Public Fund Board ” shall mean the board of directors or trustees (as applicable) of the applicable U.S. Public Fund.
 
Purchase Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(a).
 
Purchase Price Adjustment Event ” shall mean the termination of a General Account Advisory Agreement by an Affiliate of Seller Parent other than any such termination following the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a)  
(i) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Adviser (for purposes of this definition, as defined in the applicable General Account Agreement) in managing any Account (for purposes of this definition, as defined in the applicable General Account Agreement), (ii) a material violation of law by the Adviser with respect to the management of any Account or (iii) the imposition of any material sanction, restriction or penalty imposed by a Regulatory Authority on the Adviser that the Client (for purposes of this definition, as defined in the applicable General Account Agreement) determines could reasonably be expected to have a material and adverse effect on the Adviser’s ability to manage the Accounts;
 
(b)  
for a period of 90 consecutive days, the number of Approved Managers managing the Accounts is less than a majority of the total number of Approved Managers set forth in Exhibit F; provided that the Client may not terminate this Agreement pursuant to this clause (b) if the Client has approved pursuant to Section 2.11(a) of the applicable General Account Agreement a sufficient number of new Approved Managers (for purposes of this definition, as defined in the applicable General Account Agreement) so that the number of Approved Managers is a majority of the total number of Approved Managers set forth in Exhibit F;
 
 
 
A-13

 
 
 
(c)  
(c) (i) if, for any calendar quarter ending on or after the one year anniversary of the Closing Date, there is a Material Variance of the Accounts for any rolling two year period ending at the end of any such calendar quarter (any such calendar quarter at the end of which there is a Material Variance, a “ Measurement Quarter ”) and (ii) there remains a Material Variance for each two year rolling period ending at the end of each of the next four calendar quarters following the Measurement Quarter, a decision by the Client’s board of directors in the good faith exercise of its fiduciary duties to terminate the Agreement because the Client’s interests are better served with another investment adviser; or
 
(d)  
the Adviser’s material breach of this Agreement (other than breaches of Section 2.7 which shall be subject to the standard set forth in clause (a) above) that (if curable) has not been cured by the Adviser within 30 days of the Client providing written notice, unless the Client agrees in writing to extend such cure period.
 
Purchase Price Adjustment Payment Amount ” shall mean, with respect to a particular Purchase Price Adjustment Event, a portion of the Purchase Price equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the number of full months remaining in the period measured from the Closing Date through the ten year anniversary thereof after such Purchase Price Adjustment Event, and the denominator of which is equal to 120 and (ii) the amount set forth on Exhibit E hereto opposite the name of the applicable Affiliate of Seller Parent.
 
Qualified Plans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(e).
 
Registered IP ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.17(a).
 
Regulatory Documents ” shall mean, with respect to a Person, all forms, reports, registration statements, schedules and other documents filed, or required to be filed, by such Person pursuant to applicable Securities Laws or the applicable rules and regulations of any United States or foreign governmental or non-governmental self-regulatory organization, agency or authority.
 
Retained Disputes ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(c).
 
 
 
A-14

 
 
Revenue Run-Rate ” shall mean, with respect to any account of any Client, as of a specified date, the aggregate annualized investment advisory, investment management and subadvisory fees for such account payable to the Company Group as of such specified date, determined by multiplying (a) the Adjusted Assets Under Management for such account as of such specified date by (b) the applicable Fee Rate (or, in the case of any U.S. Sponsored Fund, 80% of the Fee Rate) for such account derived from the Monthly Fees for the calendar month immediately prior to the calendar month in which the Closing Date falls (not including any performance-based or incentive fees, and net of any subadvisory fees paid to a Person not a member of the Company Group).  The calculation of the applicable annual fee rates used in the Closing Revenue Run-Rate shall be made in a manner consistent with the methodologies used for the calculation of the applicable annual fee rates used in the Base Revenue Run-Rate.
 
Revenue Run-Rate Adjustment Amount ” means the product of (a) the Base Purchase Price multiplied by (b) the excess, if any, of (i) 90% over (ii) a fraction (expressed as a percentage) the numerator of which is the Closing Revenue Run-Rate and the denominator of which is the Base Revenue Run-Rate ( provided that the resulting excess percentage calculated pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed 15%).
 
Revenue Sharing Arrangement ” means any agreement pursuant to which a member of the Company Group is obligated to make a payment to a third party for services rendered by such third party out of the advisory fee otherwise payable to a member of the Company Group based on the assets under management attributable to such third party.
 
RIA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.12(g).
 
Risk Management Benchmark ” shall mean the risk management benchmark utilized in the Lincoln Financial Group Investment Review process for the Accounts as quarterly re-weighted and which shall be consistent with the past practice of the Client as of the date hereof, with any variance from such risk management benchmark determined in accordance with the methodology employed in the Lincoln Financial Group Investment Review process as of the date hereof, excluding the variance, if any, attributable to the Accounts’ Investment Policies (for purposes of this definition, as defined in the applicable General Account Agreement).
 
SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor thereto.
 
Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.
 
Securities Laws ” shall mean the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Investment Company Act, the Investment Advisers Act, state “blue sky,” securities and investment advisory laws, all applicable foreign securities laws, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
Seller ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
 
 
A-15

 
 
Seller Disclosure Schedule ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introduction to Article II.
 
Seller Indemnified Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(b).
 
Seller Parent ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
 
Seller Parent Closing Revenue Run-Rate ” shall mean the aggregate Revenue Run-Rate calculated as of the fifth Business Day prior to the last Business Day of the calendar month ending immediately prior to the Closing Date for all accounts of any Client that is (a) an account that is the subject of a General Account Advisory Agreement and (b) any Seller Parent product set forth on Schedule 1.8 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule invested in a Company Group product set forth therein; provided that the Seller Parent Closing Revenue Run-Rate shall not include any Revenue Run-Rate attributable to (a) any account for which Seller Parent or one of Affiliates acts as an ERISA fiduciary or (ii) any account that is subject to a General Account Advisory Agreement after the time that such General Account Advisory Agreement is terminated for any reason by either party thereto.
 
Seller Parent Deferred Compensation Plan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(g)(i).
 
Seller Parent Measurement Event ” shall mean, with respect to a particular Measurement Period, where the Measurement Period Revenues for such Measurement Period are greater than 125% of the Seller Parent Closing Revenue Run-Rate.
 
Seller Parent Measurement Period Payment ” shall mean, with respect to a particular Measurement Period in respect of which a Seller Parent Measurement Event has occurred, an amount equal to the product of (a) 20% and (b) the excess of (A) the Measurement Period Revenues for such Measurement Period over (B) 125% (or, if the Closing occurs in 2010 other than on January 1, 2010, in 2010 only, a percentage equal to (x) 125% times (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of calendar days remaining in 2010 from and after the Closing Date, and the denominator of which is equal to 365) times the Seller Parent Closing Revenue Run-Rate.
 
Seller Plans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a).
 
Seller Trademarks ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.19(a).
 
Shares ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.
 
Straddle Period ” shall mean any taxable period that begins before the Closing Date and ends after the Closing Date.
 
Subsidiary ” of a Person shall mean any other Person with respect to which the first Person (i) has the right to elect a majority of the board of directors or other
 
 
A-16

 
 
Persons performing similar functions or (ii) beneficially owns 50% or more of the voting stock (or of any other form of other voting or controlling equity interest in the case of a Person that is not a corporation) in each case, directly or indirectly through one or more other Persons; provided that no Public Fund shall be a Subsidiary of Seller or any member of the Company Group.
 
Taxes ” shall mean all federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes, imposts, rates, levies, assessments and other charges imposed by any Taxing Authority (and all interest and penalties thereon and additions thereto), including, without limitation, all income, excise, franchise, gains, capital, real property, goods and services, transfer, value added, gross receipts, occupation, premium, customs duties, alternative, windfall profits, severance, ad valorem, personal property, production, sales, use, license, stamp, documentary stamp, mortgage recording, employment, payroll, social security, unemployment, disability, estimated and withholding taxes, fees and charges with respect to taxes of any kind whatsoever.
 
Taxing Authority ” shall mean any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the assessment, determination, collection or other imposition of any Tax.
 
Tax Proceeding ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.5(a).
 
Tax Return ” shall mean all returns, declarations, reports, statements, estimates, estimated tax returns or forms, information returns, information statements and other statements, forms and documents and amended returns (including all schedules, exhibits, and other attachments thereto) filed or required to be filed with any Taxing Authority in connection with the calculation, determination, assessment or collection of, any Taxes and including, where permitted or required, such portions of combined, consolidated or unitary returns that includes any member of the Company Group.
 
Termination Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a)(v).
 
Trade Performance Information ” shall mean the investment performance record and related historical performance data of the Company Group (or any member thereof) for any period in question.
 
Trademarks ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.19(a).
 
Transaction Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(c)(i).
 
Transfer Agent ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.13(h).
 
Transfer Taxes ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.7.
 
Transition Services Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.18(b).
 
True-Up Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5(a).
 
 
A-17

 
 
Trust Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.13(i).
 
Two Commerce Square ” shall mean the property located at Two Commerce Square, Philadelphia, PA.
 
UCIT ” shall mean a collective investment scheme governed by the Irish regulations on Undertakings for the Collective Investment of Transferable Securities.
 
Unaudited Company Balance Sheet ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a).
 
U.S. Public Fund ” shall mean an investment company (or series thereof) registered under the Investment Company Act for which a member of the Company Group provides advisory or subadvisory services pursuant to an Advisory Agreement.
 
U.S. Sponsored Fund ” means each of the U.S. Public Funds listed in Schedule 2.11(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule.
 
“USPTO ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.24.
 
Wire Transfer ” shall mean a payment in immediately available funds by wire transfer in lawful money of the United States to such account or to a number of accounts as shall have been designated by written notice from the receiving party to the paying party.
 

 
A-18

 





Exhibit 10.1

LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION

Indemnification Agreement


This Indemnification Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of November 5, 2008, by and between LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION , a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Indiana (the “Corporation”), and _______________ (“Indemnitee”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve for-profit corporations as directors or officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as members of the Board and/or officers of the Corporation and/or its Subsidiaries (as defined in Section 2), the Corporation will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Corporation and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States based corporations and other business enterprises, the Corporation believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors and/or officers are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to the business and affairs of corporations.  The Corporation recognizes that the cost of defending and otherwise participating in such litigation can be far greater than the financial benefits of serving as a director and/or officer;

WHEREAS , the indemnification sections of the Corporation’s Restated Articles of Incorporation, Amended and Restated Bylaws and the Indiana Business Corporation Law (the “IBCL”), when read together, provide that the indemnification provisions set forth in those documents need not be exclusive and thus contemplate that agreements may be entered into between the Corporation and members of its Board with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS , the uncertainties relating to insurance have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining directors and officers;

WHEREAS , the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining directors and officers is detrimental to the best interests of the Corporation and its constituencies;

WHEREAS , it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Corporation contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to pay expenses on behalf of directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Corporation free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;


 
 

 

WHEREAS , this Agreement is in furtherance of the Corporation’s Restated Articles of Incorporation, Amended and Restated Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and the IBCL, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder;

WHEREAS , the Corporation has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director and/or officer of the Corporation, and the Corporation acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director and/or officer of the Corporation; and

WHEREAS , Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to consider additional service for or on behalf of the Corporation on the condition that he or she be so indemnified;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the covenants contained herein, the Corporation and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

1.             Services to the Corporation .   Indemnitee will serve or continue to serve the Corporation and its Subsidiaries for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or otherwise ceases to be a director and/or officer.

2.             Definitions .   As used in this Agreement:

(a)           A “Change in Control” shall be as defined in the Corporation’s Executive Severance Benefit Plan or any successor plan.

(b)           “Corporation” shall include, in addition to the Corporation, any Subsidiary of which Indemnitee is a director or officer, any corporation which results from or survives a consolidation or merger with the Corporation as well as any corporation absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(c)           “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding as defined herein in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(d)           “Enterprise” shall mean any other corporation, partnership, limited liability Corporation, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, member, partner, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.


 
2

 

(e)           “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise being involved with, a Proceeding as defined in this Agreement. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(f)           “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Corporation or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Corporation or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(g)           The term “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation (including but not limited to any internal corporate investigation), inquiry, administrative hearing or any actual, threatened or completed proceeding, including any and all appeals, whether brought in the right of the Corporation or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, in which Indemnitee was, is, or will be a party to, a witness in or otherwise participates in by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, by reason of any action taken by him or her or of any action on his or her part while acting as director or officer of the Corporation, or by reason of the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or payment of expenses can be provided under this Agreement; except one initiated by a Indemnitee to enforce his rights under this Agreement.  Any Indemnitee serving, in any capacity, (i) another corporation of which a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of its directors is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, or (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or of any corporation referred to in clause (i), shall be deemed to be doing so at the request of the Corporation.

(h)           “Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of the Corporation as defined by Rule 1-02(x) of Regulation S-X and upon whose board the Indemnitee is serving as a director, any corporation or other legal entity which results from or survives a consolidation or merger with such Subsidiary as well as any corporation or other legal entity absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that if the Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation or other legal entity, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation or other legal entity as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise, the Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as the Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.


 
3

 

(i)           References to “fines” shall include, but are not limited to, any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Agreement.

3.             Indemnification . If Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to, a witness in or otherwise participates in any Proceeding, the Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee, to the extent legally permissible, against all Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with the Proceeding if Indemnitee (a)(i) conducted himself or herself in good faith; (ii) reasonably believed that Indemnitee’s conduct was in the best interests of the Corporation or in all other cases, at least not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; and (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was lawful, or had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful; or (b) engaged in conduct for which Indemnitee shall not be liable under any provisions of the Corporation’s Restated Articles of Incorporation or Amended and Restated Bylaws.

4.            Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful .

(a)           Notwithstanding Section 3 above, in any Proceeding, if Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding, but has been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation, unless and only to the extent that an Indiana Court (as defined in Section 22) or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability to the Corporation, in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to such indemnification.  However, in any Proceeding, the Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement, in connection with each claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee is successful on the merits or has reached a settlement.

(b)           To the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, Indemnitee shall be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the IBCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.  Indemnification pursuant to this Section 4(b) shall not require a determination pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement.

(c)           For purposes of this Section 4 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in a Proceeding in which Indemnitee is a defendant by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.


 
4

 

5.            Additional Indemnification.

(a)           Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 3 or 4, the Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent permitted by law if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to, a witness in or otherwise participates in any Proceeding against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the Proceeding (i) unless Indemnitee’s conduct constitutes a breach of Indemnitee’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation; (ii) except for liability for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; or (iii) except for liability related to any transaction from which Indemnitee derived an improper benefit.

(b)           For purposes of this Agreement, the meaning of the phrase “to the extent permitted by law" shall include, but not be limited to:

i.           the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the IBCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the IBCL; and

ii.           the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the IBCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

6.             Exclusions .   Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Corporation shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any payment for indemnity including Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent that the amount for which Indemnitee seeks indemnification, or a portion thereof:
 
 
(a)           has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise; or

(b)           in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Corporation or its directors, officers or  employees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Corporation provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Corporation under applicable law.

7.             Notification of Indemnifiable Claim .   Indemnitee shall, as a condition precedent to his right to be indemnified under this Agreement, give the Corporation notice in writing as soon as practicable of any claim made against Indemnitee for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement.  Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Corporation in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which will or could be subject to indemnification or payment of Expenses covered hereunder. The Corporate Secretary of the Corporation shall, promptly upon receipt of such notice, advise the Board in writing of such notice.  The failure of Indemnitee to timely notify the Corporation shall not relieve the Corporation of any obligation which it may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise, unless such failure to provide timely notice materially prejudices the Corporation.  The omission to notify the Corporation will not relieve the Corporation from any liability for indemnification which it may have to Indemnitee otherwise than under this Agreement.


 
5

 

8.             Advancement of Expenses .   Any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding in which Indemnitee was, is, or will be a party to, a witness in or otherwise participates by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, by reason of any action taken by him or her or of any action on his or her part while acting as director or officer of the Corporation, or by reason of the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Enterprise shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such matter within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advancement; provided , however , that the payment of such Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in advance of the final disposition of such matter under this Section 8 shall be made only upon receipt of (i) a written affirmation of Indemnitee’s good faith belief that Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth herein, (ii) an unlimited written undertaking by Indemnitee to repay any Expenses so advanced in the event that it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation, and (iii) a determination is made that the facts then known to those making the determination would not preclude indemnification under Section 3.  Payment of Expenses pursuant to this Section shall be unsecured and interest free.  Payment of Expenses shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement.  Such payment shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of payment of Expenses, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Corporation to support the payment claimed.  This Section 8 shall not apply to any claim for Expenses made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 6.  Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Section 8, to the extent that the Corporation is prohibited by applicable law from making payment of Expenses to Indemnitee prior to the Corporation’s determination that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Corporation shall not pay Expenses to the Indemnitee pursuant to this Section.  Nothing herein shall be construed to limit the Corporation’s right to seek damages from Indemnitee, including but not limited to the full amount of the Expenses paid by the Corporation hereunder. The selection by the Corporation of defense counsel for Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, shall be made only with the approval of the Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Corporation’s election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Corporation, the Corporation will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding, provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his counsel in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense; and (ii) if (A) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Corporation, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Corporation and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, or (C) the Corporation shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, then the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel shall be at the expense of the Corporation.


 
6

 

9.            Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification .

(a)           Upon final disposition of a Proceeding for which indemnification is sought pursuant to this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit promptly (and in any event, no later than the applicable statute of limitations) to the Board a written request for indemnification averring that he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth herein.  Any indemnification made under this Agreement shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct.  Such determination shall be made in the following manner: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred and the Indemnitee is not a director at the time of such determination, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; and (ii) in any other circumstance: (A) if there are two or more Disinterested Directors on the Board, by the Board by a majority vote of a quorum of the Disinterested Directors, or if a quorum of Disinterested Directors does not exist, by a majority of the members of a committee of two or more Disinterested Directors duly designated by the Board (directors who are not Disinterested Directors may participate in such designation); or (B) by Independent Counsel. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee's entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination.  Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Corporation (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Corporation hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.


 
7

 

(b)           In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 9(a) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 9 (b). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected (x) if there are two or more Disinterested Directors on the Board, by the Board by a majority vote of  a quorum of the Disinterested Directors, or if a quorum of Disinterested Directors does not exist by a majority of the members of a committee of two or more Disinterested Directors appointed by vote or (y) if there are fewer than two Disinterested Directors, by the Board, in which selection directors who do not qualify as Disinterested Directors may participate.  Such selection must be made within ten (10) days of submission of a written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), and the Corporation shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected.  If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee within ten (10) days of submission of a written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Corporation advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected.  In either event, Indemnitee or the Corporation, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Corporation or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. The objection must also include a proposed substitute Independent Counsel.  If objection including a proposed substituted Independent Counsel is timely made, such substituted Independent Counsel shall serve as Independent Counsel unless objected to within ten (10) days.  An objection to the substituted Independent Counsel may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion.  If written objection is made, the Independent Counsel or substituted Independent Counsel proposed may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit.  If, within thirty (30) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a) hereof, the parties have not agreed upon the selection of the Independent Counsel, either the Corporation or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Corporation or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person or entity selected by the Court or by such other person or entity as the Court shall designate, and the person or entity with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person or entity so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 9(a) hereof.


 
8

 

10.            Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

(a)           The submission of the Application for Indemnification to the Board shall create a rebuttable presumption that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, and the Board or Independent Counsel, as the case may be, shall within sixty (60) days after submission of the Application for Indemnification specifically determine that the Indemnitee is so entitled, unless it or they possess sufficient evidence to rebut the presumption that Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct.  If a determination shall have been made pursuant to this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Corporation shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to Section 11, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.  Neither the failure of the Corporation (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.  Moreover, the fact that the Corporation has paid the Indemnitee’s Expenses pursuant to Section 8 herein shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct for indemnification.

(b)           If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 9 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Corporation of the request therefore, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto.

(c)           The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation.

(d)           For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the books or records of the Enterprise, including financial statements, on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise.  The provisions of this Section 10 (d) shall not be deemed exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

 
9

 

(e)           To the extent legally permissible, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

11.            Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a)           In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) payment of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Corporation of the request for indemnification, or (iv) payment of indemnification pursuant to this Agreement is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of his entitlement to such indemnification or payment of Expenses.

(b)           In the event that Indemnitee successfully sues the Corporation for indemnification or payment of Expenses, and is successful in whole or in part, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid by the Corporation for the Expense of prosecuting such suit.  If the Corporation sues Indemnitee to recover Expenses paid prior to final disposition under Section 8 and Indemnitee is successful in defending such suit, in whole or in part, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid the Expense of defending such suit.

           (c)           In the event that a determination shall have been made under this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding pursuant to this Section, the Corporation shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or payment of Expenses, as the case may be.

           (d)           The Corporation shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Corporation is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Corporation shall to the extent permitted by law, indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Corporation of a written request therefore) pay in advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or payment of Expenses from the Corporation under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Corporation, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, payment of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.


 
10

 

12.            Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation .

(a)           The rights of indemnification and to receive payment of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Corporation’s Restated Articles of Incorporation, the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Bylaws, any agreement, a resolution of directors  or any other authorization adopted by shareholders. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Indiana law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or payment of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Corporation’s Restated Articles of Incorporation, Amended and Restated Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b)           The Corporation shall, from time to time, make the good faith determination whether or not it is practicable for the Corporation to obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies providing the directors, officers, employees, or agents of the Corporation with coverage for losses from wrongful acts, or to ensure the Corporation’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement.  Among other considerations, the Corporation will weigh the costs of obtaining such insurance coverage against the protection afforded by such coverage.  To the extent that the Corporation maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors of the Corporation or of any other corporation, partnership, limited liability Corporation, joint venture, trust, employee benefits plan or other enterprise which the Indemnitee serves at the request of the Corporation, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in such manner as to provide the Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Corporation’s directors.  The Corporation shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c)           In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all actions necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Corporation to bring suit to enforce such rights.

13.             Duration of Agreement .    This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) 10 years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Corporation or as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which Indemnitee served at the request of the Corporation (“Ten Year Anniversary Date”); or (b) 1 year after the final termination of each and every Proceeding, commenced prior to the Ten Year Anniversary Date.


 
11

 

14.             Successors and Assigns .

(a)           This Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporation), shall continue as to Indemnitee after he or she has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her heirs, assigns, executors, devisees and administrators and other legal representatives.

(b)           The Corporation shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Corporation, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporation would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

15.             Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

16.             Entire Agreement .   Except as otherwise specified herein, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

17.             Effectiveness of Agreement .   This Agreement shall be effective as of the date set forth on the first page and may apply to acts or omissions of Indemnitee which occurred prior to such date if Indemnitee was an officer, director, employee or other agent of the Corporation, or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability Corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at the time such act or omission occurred, and shall continue to exist after the rescission or restrictive modification of this Agreement with respect to events occurring prior to such rescission or restrictive modification.

18.             Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

19.             Notices .   All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) if delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

 
12

 

If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Corporation.

If to the Corporation, to

Lincoln National Corporation
Attention :  Corporate Secretary
150 N. Radnor Chester Road
Radnor, Pennsylvania 19087

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Corporation.

20.             Contribution . The Corporation hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee from any claims for contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Corporation other than Indemnitee who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

21.             Specific Performance .   The Corporation and Indemnitee agree that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm.  Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining other relief to which he or she may be entitled.  The Corporation and Indemnitee further agree that Indemnitee shall be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertaking in connection therewith.  The Corporation acknowledges that in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by an Indiana Court, (as defined in Section 2) and the Corporation hereby waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking.

22.             Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Indiana, without regard to its conflict of laws rules.  The Corporation and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with  this Agreement shall be brought only in the appropriate court in the State of Indiana (the "Indiana Court"), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Indiana Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Indiana Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Indiana Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

23.             Identical Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

24.             Miscellaneous . Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.
 
13

 


Exhibit 12.1

LINCOLN NATIONAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
HISTORICAL RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
(dollars in millions)


   
For the Nine Months
 
   
Ended September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes
  $ (654 )   $ 655  
Sub-total of fixed charges
    209       234  
Sub-total of adjusted income (loss)
    (445 )     889  
Interest on annuities and financial products
    1,880       1,903  
Adjusted income base
  $ 1,435     $ 2,792  
Fixed Charges
               
Interest and debt expense (1)
  $ 194     $ 209  
Interest expense related to uncertain tax positions
    2       10  
Portion of rent expense representing interest
    13       15  
Sub-total of fixed charges excluding interest on annuities and financial products
    209       234  
Interest on annuities and financial products
    1,880       1,903  
Total fixed charges
  $ 2,089     $ 2,137  
                 
Ratio of sub-total of adjusted income (loss) to sub-total of fixed charges excluding interest on
               
annuities and financial products (2)
 
NM
      3.80  
Ratio of adjusted income base to total fixed charges (2)
 
NM
      1.31  
 
(1)
Interest and debt expense excludes a $64 million gain related to a gain on early retirement of debt in the first quarter 2009.
(2)
The ratios of earnings to fixed charges for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, indicated less than one-to-one coverage and are therefore not presented.  Additional earnings of $654 million would have been required for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, to achieve ratios of one-to-one coverage.




 
Exhibit 31.1
 
Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
I, Dennis R. Glass, President and Chief Executive Officer, certify that:
 
1.
I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Lincoln National Corporation;
 
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
 
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
 
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
 
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
 
d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
 
a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
 
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Dated:           November 6, 2009                                                       /s/ Dennis R. Glass                       
Dennis R. Glass
                                                                President and Chief Executive Officer


Exhibit 31.2
 
Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  
I, Frederick J. Crawford, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, certify that:
 
1.
I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Lincoln National Corporation;
 
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
 
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
 
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
 
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
 
d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
 
a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
 
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.


Dated:           November 6, 2009                                                       /s/ Frederick J. Crawford                             
Frederick J. Crawford
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer




Exhibit 32.1
 
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C.  Section 1350,
As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906
Of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
______________

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C.  § 1350, the undersigned officer of Lincoln National Corporation (the “Company”), hereby certifies that the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 


Dated: November 6, 2009                                                                             /s/ Dennis R. Glass                      
Name: Dennis R. Glass
Title:    President and Chief Executive Officer
 
The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.
 
A signed original of this written statement required under Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.



 
Exhibit 32.2

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C.  Section 1350,
As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906
Of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
______________

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C.  § 1350, the undersigned officer of Lincoln National Corporation (the “Company”), hereby certifies that the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 

Dated:    November 6, 2009                                                                 /s/ Frederick J. Crawford                 
                                                                                  Name: Frederick J. Crawford
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.
 
A signed original of this written statement required under Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.